Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2011

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3663   32-0097377

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

91 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

(408) 942-3085

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert J. Pera

Chief Executive Officer

91 E. Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

(408) 942-3085

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Robert P. Latta, Esq.

Julia Reigel, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Mark G. Borden, E sq.

Joseph K. Wyatt, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

950 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 858-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

  $200,000,000.00   $23,220.00
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes additional shares the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 17, 2011

LOGO

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We are offering              shares and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering              shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “UBNT.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to Ubiquiti, before expenses

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $         $     

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders at the public offering price, to cover over-allotments.

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

Raymond James

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2011.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     6   

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     7   

Risk Factors

     10   

Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     34   

Use of Proceeds

     35   

Dividend Policy

     35   

Capitalization

     36   

Dilution

     37   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     39   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     42   

Business

     66   

Management

     82   

Executive Compensation

     89   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     106   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     110   

Description of Capital Stock

     112   

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     116   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     119   

Underwriting

     121   

Legal Matters

     127   

Experts

     127   

Where You Can Find More Information

     127   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we, the underwriters nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Through and including                         , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements set forth elsewhere. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus.

Business Overview

We are a product driven company that leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver wireless networking solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to both start-up and established network operators and service providers. Our products bridge the digital divide by fundamentally changing the economics of deploying high performance wireless networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated markets globally. These markets include emerging markets and other areas where individual users and small and medium sized enterprises do not have access to the benefits of carrier class broadband networking. Our business model has enabled us to break down traditional barriers such as high product and network deployment costs that are driven by business model inefficiencies and achieve rapid market adoption of our products and solutions in previously underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our business model and proprietary technologies provide us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond effectively due to their higher cost business models.

We offer a broad and expanding portfolio of wireless networking products and solutions. Our products and solutions, based on our proprietary technologies, include high performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class performance for wireless networking and other applications in the unlicensed radio frequency, or RF, spectrum. Our products and solutions are integrated and flexible, which substantially reduces the cost and complexity of installation, maintenance and management of wireless networks. Our products and solutions meet the demanding performance requirements of video, voice and data applications, have a low total cost of ownership and are broadly adopted by network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable wireless networks.

Our business model is driven by a large, growing and engaged community of network operators, service providers and distributors, which we refer to as the Ubiquiti Community. The Ubiquiti Community is a critical element of our business strategy as it has enabled us to redefine the traditional models for product development, sales and marketing and product support in the following key ways:

 

  §  

Product development .    Our products and solutions benefit from the active engagement between the Ubiquiti Community and engineers throughout the product development cycle, which eliminates long and expensive multistep internal processes and results in rapid introduction and adoption of optimally designed products. This approach significantly reduces our development costs and the time to market for our products.

 

  §  

Sales and marketing .    We do not currently have a direct sales force, but instead rely on the Ubiquiti Community to drive market awareness and demand for our products and solutions. This community propagated viral marketing enables us to reach underserved and underpenetrated markets far more efficiently and cost effectively than is possible through traditional sales models.

 

  §  

Product support.     The engaged members of the Ubiquiti Community have enabled us to foster a large, cost efficient, highly scalable and, we believe, self-sustaining mechanism for rapid product support and dissemination of information.

The savings we achieve by relying on the Ubiquiti Community in the areas of product development, sales and marketing and product support are passed along to network operators and service providers in the form of prices that are a fraction of those of existing alternative solutions.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Building on our leadership in the underserved and underpenetrated segments of the wireless broadband access market, we intend to expand our product offerings in our existing market and enter adjacent markets by relying on the combination of our efficient business model and proprietary technologies to provide products and solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to customers in those markets.

Our revenues were $22.4 million, $63.1 million, $137.0 million and $130.3 million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. In accordance with accounting standards generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, we had net income (loss) of $4.7 million, $9.9 million, $(5.5) million and $31.6 million in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Our GAAP net loss in fiscal 2010 reflected a one time compensation charge of $35.9 million related to a repurchase of our common stock and options in connection with the sale of our Series A preferred stock, which we refer to collectively as the Summit transaction and a $1.6 million charge for a regulatory export compliance issue. On a non-GAAP basis, we have been profitable since fiscal 2006. In this prospectus, we refer to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 as fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011 as fiscal 2011. As of March 31, 2011, we had 84 full time equivalent employees in four offices worldwide.

Industry Overview

Wired networking solutions have traditionally been used to address increasing consumer and enterprise bandwidth needs. However, the high capital and operating costs and long market lead times associated with building and installing infrastructure for wired networks has severely limited the widespread deployment of these networks in underserved and underpenetrated areas of developed countries and emerging markets. Wireless networks are emerging as an attractive alternative for addressing both the broadband access needs of underserved and underpenetrated markets and for offering a host of other services and solutions. According to Gartner, Inc., 1 an independent market research firm, aggregate end-user spending on wireless networking equipment for enterprise local area network, or WLAN, wireless broadband access, and Long Term Evolution, or LTE, solutions are expected to grow from $5.2 billion in 2010 to $22.5 billion in 2015, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 34%.

Underserved and underpenetrated markets .    Emerging markets and remote areas in developed markets remain significantly underserved and underpenetrated for broadband access. According to a forecast by Gartner Inc., an independent market research firm, fixed wireless household broadband penetration rates for 2009 and 2010 in emerging countries was a fifth of the broadband penetration in developed countries, whereas the aggregate number of households in emerging countries was approximately four times the aggregate number of households of developed countries. 2 We believe this is due to the lack of an established network infrastructure and the high initial deployment costs.

Limitation of existing solutions .    Existing wireless networking technologies such as 802.11 standard based Wi-Fi, WiMAX and LTE have been designed to satisfy the increasing demand for broadband access and support mobility, but often fail to meet the price-performance requirements of wireless networking in emerging markets, which in turn has led to low penetration and large populations of unaddressed users in these areas.

Increasing use of the unlicensed spectrum .    In the absence of affordable broadband access in the licensed spectrum, the number of users of the unlicensed RF spectrum has increased for communications equipment, as well as consumer devices such as cordless phones, baby monitors and microwave ovens. As a result of high

 

1   Gartner, Inc., Forecast Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 2Q11 Update, Peter Kjeldsen et al., June, 2011 and Forecast: Enterprise WLAN Equipment, Worldwide, 2006-2015, 2Q11 Update, Christian Canales, May, 2011.
2   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Consumer Fixed Voice, Internet and Broadband Services, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 2Q11 Update. Amanda Sabia et al., May, 2011.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

demand for the unlicensed RF spectrum, use of this spectrum to provide high quality wireless networking has become more challenging and congestion is limiting the growth of wireless networks.

Government incentives for broadband access .    Governments around the world are increasingly taking both regulatory and financial steps to expand access to broadband networks and increase availability of advanced broadband services to consumers and businesses.

To provide robust wireless networks that meet the price-performance needs of individuals and businesses in underserved and underpenetrated markets, vendors of wireless networking solutions must solve some of the problems facing existing solutions:

 

  §  

Poor performance .    Existing wireless networking solutions built for the licensed RF spectrum are designed to operate in more predictable environments and are not optimized for the crowded and less reliable unlicensed spectrum.

 

  §  

High cost of ownership .    Existing alternative solutions, such as fiber-to-the-premises, cable, DSL, WiMAX, LTE and traditional backhaul, provide high capacity, high performance broadband access, but often do not meet the demanding price-performance requirements of underserved and underpenetrated markets.

 

  §  

Complexity .    Existing alternative solutions are often difficult to deploy and manage in heterogeneous network environments and require skilled employees or consultants to install and operate.

 

  §  

Lack of reliability, resiliency and scalability .    Existing wireless solutions are not designed to overcome obstacles and effectively recover from the dynamic changes in wireless spectrum usage that prevail in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Additionally, the performance and reliability of existing wireless networking solutions decline rapidly as the number of subscribers and range of service delivery increases.

Our Solution

Our products and solutions enable both start-up and established network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable wireless networks cost effectively. Our wireless networking solutions offer the following key benefits:

 

  §  

High performance wireless technologies for the unlicensed RF spectrum.     Our proprietary products and solutions include high performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class wireless broadband access and other services primarily in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Our products and solutions overcome significant performance challenges such as dynamic spectrum noise, device interference, outdoor obstacles and unpredictable levels of video, voice and data performance.

 

  §  

Unparalleled cost effectiveness .    Our products and solutions have been designed to enable service providers and network operators to deliver carrier class performance to their subscribers within the economic constraints of underserved and underpenetrated markets. The deployment and operation of our solutions require a fraction of the capital expenditures and network maintenance costs of those associated with existing alternative solutions.

 

  §  

Integrated and easy to deploy and manage .    Our integrated products and solutions eliminate significant complexity associated with the installation, management and expansion of wireless networks. The level of integration between our products is designed to enable network operators and service providers to use a plug and play approach to delivering wireless broadband access and other services that have carrier class performance without significant management or upgrade complexity.

 

  §  

Reliable and scalable .    The reliability and predictability of our products and solutions enable network operators and service providers to deliver to their subscribers carrier class broadband connectivity in

 

3


Table of Contents
 

unlicensed RF spectrum. The combination of our key proprietary technologies enables us to deliver reliable network performance that scales efficiently with an increase in the number of subscribers, range of service delivery, network size and number of applications for video, voice and data.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a dominant player in the market for communications technology for underserved and underpenetrated markets. Key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

  §  

Continue to enhance our leadership in the wireless broadband access market.     We intend to continue to disrupt wireless broadband markets by introducing products and solutions that deliver carrier class performance and compelling economic value.

 

  §  

Leverage our technologies and business model in adjacent markets.     We intend to leverage our technologies and business model to target other large and growing markets that we believe are ripe for disruption, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, supervisory control and data acquisition, or SCADA, and licensed microwave wireless backhaul markets.

 

  §  

Maintain and extend our technological leadership .    We intend to continue to develop innovative hardware solutions and management tools for our target markets. We believe that our continued focus on developing such technologies will allow us to deliver products and solutions with disruptive price-performance characteristics in our markets.

 

  §  

Extend our powerful user community .    As we move into adjacent markets, we intend to foster additional self-reinforcing, customer driven communities and to continue to grow the Ubiquiti Community, to increase awareness of our brand and assist us with product development, sales, viral marketing and product support.

 

  §  

Evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions.     We intend to evaluate strategic investment and acquisition opportunities to enhance the features and functions of our products and solutions, extend our product portfolio, increase our geographic presence and take advantage of new market opportunities while preserving our business model.

Risks Associated with our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks. You should carefully read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock.

Corporate Information

We incorporated in the State of California in 2003 as Pera Networks, Inc. and we commenced our current operations in 2005 and changed our name to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. at that time. In June 2010, Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation, changed its state of organization to Delaware by merging with and into Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation. Our executive offices are located at 91 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number is (408) 942-3085. Our website address is www.ubnt.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our” and “Ubiquiti” refer to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries as a whole.

We own the Ubiquiti Networks trademark and a trademark for our logo, registered with the European Union, or the EU. We own trademarks for AirControl, AirGrid, AirMax, AirView, UBNT and for our AirOs logo, in each

 

 

4


Table of Contents

case registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Additionally, we have trademark applications pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for AirSync, AirSelect, AirVision, AirBeam, UniFi, AirFiber, AirWire, Ubiquiti Networks and AirBlast. We also have trademark applications pending in China for Ubiquiti Networks and UBNT. Other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                 shares

 

Over-allotment option

                 shares

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering

                 shares (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option)

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds we receive to acquire other businesses, products, services or technologies. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“UBNT”

The shares of common stock to be outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis after this offering in this table are based on 39,457,888 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and exclude:

 

  §  

2,678,593 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.64 per share;

 

  §  

205,472 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011; and

 

  §  

58,500 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $12.79 per share;

 

  §  

40,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, or RSUs, we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011; and

 

  §  

2,471,821 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

 

  §  

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option;

 

  §  

the four for one forward split of our common and preferred stock completed in fiscal 2010;

 

  §  

the conversion of each outstanding share of preferred stock into one share of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  §  

no exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2011; and

 

  §  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary consolidated financial data for fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended March 31, 2011 and as of March 31, 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2008     2009     2010         2010             2011      
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues

  $ 22,435      $ 63,121      $ 136,952      $ 96,653      $ 130,320   

Cost of revenues (1)

    10,942        37,181        82,404        58,034        77,545   
                                       

Gross profit

    11,493        25,940        54,548        38,619        52,775   
                                       

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    2,706        5,166        31,704        29,984        8,038   

Sales, general and administrative (1)(2)

    1,396        2,946        18,162        16,178        5,307   
                                       

Total operating expenses

    4,102        8,112        49,866        46,162        13,345   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    7,391        17,828        4,682        (7,543     39,430   

Interest income

    112        118        64        59        46   

Other income (expense), net

    11               517        250        4   
                                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    7,514        17,946        5,263        (7,234     39,480   

Provision for income taxes

    2,817        8,057        10,719        7,523        7,888   
                                       

Net income (loss)

    4,697        9,889        (5,456     (14,757     31,592   

Preferred stock cumulative dividend

                  (1,336            (3,252

Accretion of cost of preferred stock

                  (100            (11,298

Less allocation of net income to participating preferred stockholders

                                (6,186
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

    4,697        9,889        (6,892     (14,757     10,856   

Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stockholders

                                227   
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 4,697      $ 9,889      $ (6,892   $ (14,757   $ 11,083   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

         

Basic

  $ 0.17      $ 0.24      $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.43   

Diluted

  $ 0.12      $ 0.23      $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.41   

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:

         

Basic

    28,123        40,675        35,589        38,696        25,296   
                                       

Diluted

    40,670        42,234        35,589        38,696        26,809   
                                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited):

         

Basic

      $ (0.14     $ 0.80   
                     

Diluted

      $ (0.14     $ 0.77   
                     

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited):

         

Basic (3)

        40,328          39,710   
                     

Diluted (3)

        40,328          41,223   
                     

 

         

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

       

       

Cost of revenues

  $ 1      $ 5      $ 124      $ 120      $ 20   

Research and development

    46        315        26,221        26,213        191   

Sales, general and administrative

    53        185        9,814        9,713        465   
                                       

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 100      $ 505      $ 36,159      $ 36,046      $ 676   
                                       

(2)     Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:

  $      $      $ 1,625      $ 1,625      $   

 

 

7


Table of Contents
(3) Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or original date of issuance, if later.

 

     Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008     2009     2010         2010             2011      
Additional Key Metrics:    (In thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP net income

   $   4,797      $ 10,268      $ 32,023      $ 22,655      $ 31,998   

Non-GAAP operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues

     17.8     12.1     8.8     8.8     9.7

Our management uses non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues to measure our performance. We exclude stock-based compensation and a charge for a regulatory export compliance issue from these non-GAAP operating expenses and net income because we believe these measures provide a more accurate depiction of our actual operating results, particularly in light of the Summit transaction. See page 43. Because these non-GAAP metrics exclude certain expenses such as stock-based compensation and a charge for an export compliance matter and the tax effect of these adjustments, these measures provide us with additional useful information to measure and understand our performance on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to changes in performance from period to period. We use non-GAAP metrics in the preparation of our budgets and to measure and monitor our performance and may from time to time amend our definition of our non-GAAP net income to exclude certain recurring and non-recurring costs, and the tax effect of these adjustments. We have chosen to provide this information to investors so they can analyze our operating results in the same way management does and use this information in their assessments of our results. Non-GAAP net income is not determined in accordance with GAAP and is not a substitute for or superior to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

     Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009     2010         2010             2011      
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss)
to Non-GAAP Net Income:
   (In thousands)  

GAAP net income (loss)

   $   4,697       $ 9,889      $ (5,456   $ (14,757   $ 31,592   

Ordinary course stock-based compensation expense:

           

Cost of revenues

     1         5        25        21        20   

Research and development

     46         315        27        19        191   

Sales, general and administrative

     53         185        229        128        465   
                                         

Total ordinary course stock-based compensation expense

     100         505        281        168        676   

Stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction:

           

Cost of revenues

                    99        99          

Research and development

                    26,194        26,194          

Sales, general and administrative

                    9,585        9,585          
                                         

Total stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction

                    35,878        35,878          

Charge for a regulatory export compliance issue

                    1,625        1,625          

Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments

             (126     (305     (259     (270
                                         

Non-GAAP net income

     4,797         10,268        32,023        22,655        31,998   
                                         

 

     March 31, 2011  
       Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma as
Adjusted (2) (3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 71,489      $ 71,489      $                

Working capital

     75,244        75,244     

Total assets

     116,533        116,533     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     118,329            

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

     2,769        108,439     

Treasury stock

     (69,554     (69,554  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (42,367     75,962     

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock including the reclassification of our preferred stock to additional paid-in capital immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the reversal of the accrued convertible preferred stock dividend.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data reflects the items described in footnote (1) above, as well as the estimated net proceeds of $             million from our sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting an assumed underwriting discount and estimated offering expense payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 decrease or increase in the offering price would result in an approximately $             million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there would be a $         increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders’ equity, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock. These risks could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

We have limited visibility into future sales, which makes it difficult to forecast our future operating results.

Because of our limited visibility into demand and channel inventory levels, our ability to accurately forecast our future revenues is limited. We sell our products and solutions globally to network operators, service providers and others, primarily through our network of distributors, resellers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. We do not employ a direct sales force. Sales to distributors accounted for 93% and 97% of our revenues in fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Generally, our distributors are not obligated to promote our products and solutions and are free to promote and sell the products and solutions of our competitors. We sell our products to our distributors on a purchase order basis. Our distributors do not typically provide us with information about market demand for our products. Our operating expenses are fixed in the short-term and we may not be able to decrease our expenses in a timely manner to offset any shortfall in revenues. If we under forecast demand, our ability to fulfill sales orders will be compromised and sales may be deferred or lost altogether as potential purchasers seek alternative solutions.

We are subject to risks associated with our distributors’ inventory management practices. Should any of our distributors fail to resell our products in the period of time they anticipate or overstock inventories to address anticipated supply interruptions that do not occur, our revenues and operating results would suffer in future periods.

Our distributors are required to purchase and maintain their own inventories of our products and have no right to return the products they have purchased. We do not receive information from the distributors regarding their inventory levels or their sales of our products. If our distributors are unable to sell an adequate amount of their inventories of our products, their financial condition may be adversely affected, which could result in a decline in our sales to these distributors. Distributors with whom we do business may face issues maintaining sufficient working capital and liquidity or obtaining credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, in the past we have experienced shortages of our products and our distributors have ordered quantities in excess of their anticipated near term demand to insulate themselves from supply interruptions. If, in the future, some distributors decide to purchase more of our products than are required to satisfy customer demand in any particular quarter, inventories at these distributors would grow. These distributors likely would reduce future orders until inventory levels realign with customer demand, which could adversely affect our revenues in a subsequent quarter.

We rely on a limited number of distributors, and the loss of existing, or a need to add new, distributors may cause disruptions in our shipments, which may materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We sell a substantial majority of our products through a limited number of distributors. In fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, two of our distributors each represented more than 10% of our revenues. We anticipate that we will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. The portion of our revenues attributable to a given distributor may also fluctuate in the future. Termination of a relationship with a major distributor, either by us or by the distributor, could result in a temporary or permanent loss of revenues. We may not be successful in finding other suitable distributors on satisfactory terms, or at all, and this could adversely affect our ability to sell in certain geographic markets or to certain network operators and service providers.

 

10


Table of Contents

Our operating results will vary over time and such fluctuations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and we expect them to continue to do so. Our revenues were $40.3 million, $34.1 million, $45.1 and $51.2 million and our net income was $9.3 million, $7.6 million, $11.0 million and $13.0 million in the three months ended June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Because revenues for any future period are not predictable with any significant degree of certainty, you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. If our revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any estimates we may provide to the market, the price of our common shares would likely decline substantially. Factors that could cause our operating results and stock price to fluctuate include:

 

  §  

varying demand for our products due to the financial and operating condition of our distributors and their customers, distributor inventory management practices and general economic conditions;

 

  §  

inability of our contract manufacturers and suppliers to meet our demand;

 

  §  

success and timing of new product introductions by us and the performance of our products generally;

 

  §  

announcements by us or our competitors regarding products, promotions or other transactions;

 

  §  

costs related to responding to government inquiries related to regulatory compliance;

 

  §  

our ability to control and reduce product costs;

 

  §  

expenses of our entry into new markets, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, and SCADA;

 

  §  

commencement of litigation or adverse results in litigation;

 

  §  

changes in the manner in which we sell products;

 

  §  

increased warranty costs;

 

  §  

volatility in foreign exchange rates, changes in interest rates and/or the availability and cost of financing or other working capital to our distributors and their customers; and

 

  §  

the impact of write downs of excess and obsolete inventory.

In addition, our business may be subject to seasonality; however, our recent growth rates and timing of product introductions may have masked seasonal changes in demand. Although we have not perceived seasonality to date, we may experience seasonality in the future.

The wireless networking markets in which we compete are highly competitive, and competitive pressures from existing and new products and solutions may have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, growth rates and market share.

The wireless networking markets in which we compete are highly competitive and are influenced by competitive factors including:

 

  §  

total cost of ownership and return on investment associated with the solutions;

 

  §  

simplicity of deployment and use of the solutions;

 

  §  

ability to rapidly develop high performance integrated solutions;

 

  §  

reliability and scalability of the solutions;

 

  §  

market awareness of a particular brand;

 

  §  

ability to provide secure access to wireless networks;

 

  §  

ability to offer a suite of wireless networking products and solutions;

 

11


Table of Contents
  §  

ability to allow centralized management of the solutions; and

 

  §  

ability to provide quality product support.

We expect competition to intensify in the future as other established and new companies introduce new products in the same markets we serve or intend to enter and as these markets continue to consolidate. In particular, companies with successful, widely known brands may price their products aggressively to compete with ours. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results or financial condition. If we do not keep pace with product and technology advances, there could be a material adverse effect on our competitive position, revenues and prospects for growth.

A number of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As we move into new markets for different types of equipment, our brand may not be as well known as incumbents in those markets. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier, regardless of product performance or features. In the integrated radio market, our competitors include Alvarion Ltd., Motorola Inc. and Trango Systems, Inc. and, in the 900MHz product market, Cisco Systems, Inc. and Proxim Inc. In the embedded radio market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls Ltd. and Senao Networks, Inc. In the backhaul market, our competitors include Ceragon Networks, Inc., DragonWave Inc. and Mikrotīkls. In the CPE market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls, Ruckus Wireless, Inc. and TP-LINK Technologies CO., LTD. In the antenna market, we compete with Andrew Corporation, PCTEL, Inc. and Radio Waves, Inc. We expect increased competition from other established and emerging companies if our market continues to develop and expand. As we enter new markets, we expect to face competition from incumbent and new market participants.

In addition, some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships with one another to offer a more comprehensive solution than they had offered individually. We expect this consolidation to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry and as companies enter into partnerships or are acquired. Many of the companies driving this consolidation trend have significantly greater financial, technical and other resources than we do and are better positioned to acquire and offer complementary products and technologies. The competitors resulting from these possible consolidations may create more compelling product offerings and be able to offer greater pricing flexibility, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology or product functionality. Continued industry consolidation may adversely impact perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized technology companies and, consequently, willingness to purchase from such companies. These pressures could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution and sale of our products are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology and new products may make it more difficult for us to sell our products, and could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Historically, large, integrated telecommunications equipment suppliers controlled access to the wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and network management software that could be used to extend the geographic reach of wireless internet networks. However, in recent years, network operators and service providers have been able to purchase wireless broadband infrastructure equipment and purchase and implement network management applications from distributors, resellers and OEMs. Increased competition from providers of wireless broadband equipment may result in fewer vendors providing complementary equipment, which could

 

12


Table of Contents

harm our business and revenues. Broadband equipment providers or system integrators may also offer wireless broadband infrastructure equipment for free or as part of a bundled offering, which could force us to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive. If there is a major shift in the market such that network operators and service providers begin to use closed network solutions that only operate with other equipment from the same vendor, we could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with these proprietary standards.

We are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries outside of the United States. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently assess the nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees for any such violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Sale of certain of our products into Iran, Cuba, Syria, the Sudan and North Korea is restricted or prohibited under U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws. In addition, certain of our products incorporate encryption components and may be exported from and outside the United States only with the required authorization or eligibility for a license exception. Until early 2010, we lacked sufficient familiarity with the export control and sanctions laws and their applicability to our products. Our lack of sufficient familiarity was largely due to our lean corporate infrastructure, the inexperience of our management team in these matters and the fact that our products are manufactured outside the United States and most of our products never enter the United States. In early 2010, as a result of diligence undertaken in connection with the Summit transaction, we learned that our products could not be sold, directly or indirectly, into Iran and other countries subject to a U.S. embargo and we learned that some of our products were listed on the Commerce Control List in the Export Administration Regulations, or EAR, and require authorization from the U.S. Commerce Department, Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS, prior to export. We then began to evaluate the export controls and sanctions applicable to our product sales and to take steps to comply with these laws. For instance, we revised our standard form distribution agreements to clearly articulate the restrictions imposed by export control and sanctions laws governing business with embargoed countries, disabled downloads of our software by users in these countries, and obtained the required Commodity Classification Rulings for our encryption products as required by the EAR. In February 2011, our Audit Committee retained outside counsel to conduct a review of our export control compliance and possible sales of our products by third persons to embargoed countries. This review was conducted to fully respond to and cooperate with a request for information from BIS’s Office of Export Enforcement, or OEE, relating to two foreign companies and the export classification of our products and to ensure that we were in compliance with the export control and sanctions laws. The review was completed in April 2011 and we took the actions described below as a result of our review.

Transactions Involving Possible Sales of Products into Iran

Although we do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo, we believe our products have been sold into Iran by third parties. However, until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo.

From 2008 to early 2010, we had a distribution arrangement with a distributor, or Distributor 1, in the United Arab Emirates, or UAE, that gave this distributor exclusive jurisdiction over eleven countries in the Middle East, including Iran, as well as authorization to sell worldwide. Sales to Distributor 1 represented 5%, 7%, 6% and 6% of our revenues in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. We cannot determine which of our products Distributor 1 sold directly or indirectly to persons in Iran. At some point prior to February 2010, Distributor 1 requested that we list two resellers on our website as authorized resellers of our products in Iran and we did so. We removed these resellers from our website in late February 2010 upon learning of restrictions under the U.S. embargo.

 

13


Table of Contents

In early 2010, we began implementing policies prohibiting sales of our products into the countries subject to the U.S. embargo, revised our standard form distribution agreements to clearly articulate this policy and disabled downloads of our software by users in these countries. We also entered into a new distribution agreement with Distributor 1 that excluded Iran as one of its territories and contained explicit covenants that Distributor 1 would comply with U.S. export control and economic sanction laws, including a covenant not to sell our products into Iran.

From March 2010 until February 2011, we continued doing business with Distributor 1 under the amended distribution agreement. However, we now believe that Distributor 1 continued to sell our products into Iran after February 2010 and that we overlooked emails from Distributor 1 that included information about Distributor 1’s possible activities related to shipping our products to Iran. In February 2011, we suspended sales of our products to Distributor 1 due to the information learned during our export control review that indicated Distributor 1 may still be selling products into Iran. Also, during the export review we recently conducted, we learned that from December 2009 through February 2011, another distributor, Distributor 2, was selling our products to a company in Iran. At the time of these transactions, we did not have a distribution agreement with Distributor 2 and we had not specifically instructed Distributor 2 that our products could not be sold into Iran. Distributor 2, a distributor in Europe, received orders from an Iranian entity, placed those orders with us and instructed us to ship the products to a third party in the UAE. As such, we believed the products’ final destination was the UAE. Our records indicate that we may have made up to 13 shipments to Distributor 2 involving an aggregate value of approximately $340,000 that may have been resold into Iran during this time. Prior to February 2011, we had not previously notified Distributor 2 of our prohibition against sales of our products into Iran. In March 2011, upon learning that it was receiving orders from a company in Iran, we notified Distributor 2 that the end customer was in Iran and of our prohibition on sales to Iran and also entered into a distribution agreement with Distributor 2. The agreement contains clear language requiring compliance with the export control and economic sanctions laws. We continue to sell products to Distributor 2, as we believe this issue has been resolved and these sales did not represent a material portion of Distributor 2’s business with us.

Export Classification of Our Products

Following the Summit transaction, we began to research whether our products were subject to U.S. export controls and we hired outside counsel to assist us with this analysis. We learned that a number of our products, although they are foreign produced and do not enter into the United States, may be considered encryption items under the EAR and required an encryption review by BIS. In May 2010, we filed encryption reviews with BIS for our products, and we obtained the required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products between June 2010 and November 2010. We shipped our products prior to receiving these rulings and these shipments appear to have violated the EAR. In addition, we used incorrect export authorizations on our shipping documents even after we received the required Commodity Classification Rulings.

Accordingly, prior to May 2010, we did not fully comply with applicable encryption controls in the EAR, despite having made foreign sales of such items, and continued to use incorrect export authorizations on shipping documents until February 2011, as we did not fully understand the scope of the requirements. In addition, throughout this period, we lacked an effective compliance program with respect to these laws. We have implemented a significant number of policies and procedures and continue to implement further policies and procedures that will help us to comply with these laws.

Inquiry from U.S. Department of Commerce’s Office of Export Enforcement

In January 2011, OEE contacted us to request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products, neither of which are Distributor 1 or Distributor 2. As a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside counsel, conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to OEE’s request but also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. It was in the course of this review that we identified the Iranian sales of Distributor 1 after

 

14


Table of Contents

February 2010 and the Iranian sales of Distributor 2. Our review also found that while we had obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not advise our shipping personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our export control review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the sanctions regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite.

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with BIS and in June 2011, we filed one with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, regarding the compliance issues noted above. The disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both Distributor 1 or Distributor 2 continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and that we received various email communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so.

Since January 2011, we have cooperated with OEE and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the OEE the substance of our findings with respect to Distributor 1 and Distributor 2. We are still in the early stages of working with OFAC and OEE on these issues and their review of these matters is just beginning. Although we have provided OEE and OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions, OFAC and OEE may conclude that our actions resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, termination of our ability to export our products, and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against us and/or our management. While we do not think it likely, OEE could place our products under a temporary denial order, which would prevent us from exporting our products at all. If this were to occur, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition because sales outside the United States represent the substantial majority of our revenues. The maximum civil monetary penalty for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We cannot predict when OEE or OFAC will complete their reviews or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.

While we have now taken actions to ensure that export classification information is distributed to the appropriate personnel in a timely manner and have adopted policies to promote our compliance with these laws and regulations, we have not yet obtained written distribution agreements with all our distributors that contain covenants requiring compliance with U.S. export control and economic sanctions law; we have obtained them from distributors that account for about 80% of our revenue in fiscal 2010. Our failure to amend all our distribution agreements and to implement more robust compliance controls immediately after the discovery of Iran-related sales activity in early 2010 may be aggravating factors that could impact the imposition of penalties imposed on us or our management.

Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our estimates, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.

 

15


Table of Contents

We may also be subject to export control and economic sanctions laws of jurisdictions outside of the United States and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries outside of the United States. If we fail to comply with those foreign export control and economic sanctions laws, we may be unable to sell our products and our business and financial results would be materially and adversely affected.

In addition to U.S. export regulations, various other countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and products, and these laws could limit our ability to distribute our products or our customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in other countries, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the transfer of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could negatively impact our ability to sell our products to existing customers or the ability of our current and potential distributors, network operators and service providers outside the United States.

We may not be able to enhance our products to keep pace with technological and market developments, or develop new products in a timely manner or at competitive prices.

The market for our wireless broadband networking equipment is emerging and is characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and short product life cycles. Our future success in keeping pace with technological developments, satisfying increasing network operator and service provider requirements and achieving product acceptance depends upon our ability to enhance our current products and to continue to develop and introduce new product offerings and enhanced performance features and functionality on a timely basis at competitive prices. Our inability, for technological or other reasons, to enhance, develop, introduce or deliver compelling products in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions, technologies or network operator and service provider expectations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our ability to compete successfully will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled development and engineering staff and to adapt to technological changes and advances in the industry, including providing for the continued compatibility of our products with evolving industry standards and protocols and competitive network management environments.

Development and delivery schedules for our products are difficult to predict. We may fail to introduce new versions of our products in a timely fashion. If new releases of our products are delayed, our distributors may curtail their efforts to market and promote our products and network operators and service providers may switch to competing products, any of which would result in a delay or loss of revenues and could harm our business. In addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies and related products that we develop will be brought to market by us as quickly as anticipated or that they will achieve broad acceptance among network operators and service providers.

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to generate awareness of, and demand for, our products. If participation in the Ubiquiti Community decreases materially, or if negative information, justified or otherwise, spreads quickly through the community, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We believe a significant portion of our rapid growth to date has been driven by the diverse and actively engaged Ubiquiti Community and our business model is predicated on the assumption that the Ubiquiti Community will continue to be actively engaged. Given our lack of a direct sales force and limited marketing expenditures, the viral marketing model enabled by the Ubiquiti Community is central to the success of our business but is ultimately outside of our control. In light of the rapid spread of information within the Ubiquiti Community and the material influence such community has over product adoption by network operators and service providers, any negative information about us or our products, whether or not justified, could quickly and materially decrease demand for our products and be difficult for us to overcome. If the members of the Ubiquiti Community were to reject our products and solutions or adopt competitors’ products on a broad basis, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand. Failure to maintain and enhance our brand would harm our ability to expand our base of distributors and the number of network operators and service providers who purchase our products.

Maintaining and enhancing the Ubiquiti brand is critical to expanding our base of distributors and the number of network operators and service providers who purchase our products. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to develop and provide products and solutions that address the price-performance characteristics sought by network operators and service providers in underserved and underpenetrated markets, which we may not do successfully. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand successfully, our ability to sustain and expand our business and enter new markets will suffer. Furthermore, if we fail to replicate the Ubiquiti Community in other markets that we seek to enter, the strength of our brand in and beyond those markets could be adversely affected. Our brand may be impaired by a number of other factors, including product malfunctions and exploitation of our trademarks by others without permission. Despite our efforts to protect our trademarks, we have been unsuccessful to date in obtaining a trademark registration from the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the name of our company, Ubiquiti Networks, and as a result, we only have common law trademark rights in the United States in our name. Any inability to effectively police our trademark rights against unauthorized uses by third parties could adversely impact the value of our trademarks and our brand recognition. If we fail to maintain and enhance the Ubiquiti brand, or if we need to incur unanticipated expenses to establish and maintain our brand, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide network operators and service providers with support to install, operate and maintain our products. Any inaccurate information regarding our products that is spread by the Ubiquiti Community could lead to a poor user experience or dissatisfaction with our products.

As we offer limited technical support for our products, we rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide assistance and, in many cases documentation, to network operators and service providers for the installation, operation and maintenance of our products. Because we do not generate or control the information provided through the Ubiquiti Community, inaccurate information regarding the installation, operation and maintenance of our products could be promulgated through forum postings by members of the Ubiquiti Community. Inaccurate information could lead to a poor customer experience or dissatisfaction with our products, which could negatively impact our reputation and disrupt our sales. Although we moderate and review forum postings to learn of reported problems and assess the accuracy of advice provided by the Ubiquiti Community, as our operations continue to grow, we may not have adequate time or resources to adequately monitor the quality of Ubiquiti Community information.

Our profitability may decline as we expand into new product areas.

We receive a substantial majority of our revenues from the sale of outdoor wireless networking equipment. We have limited experience in selling our products outside of our distribution model. As we expand into new product areas, such as enterprise WLAN or video surveillance equipment, we may not be able to compete effectively with existing market participants and may not be able to realize a positive return on the investment we have made in these products or services. Entering these markets may result in increased product development costs and our new products may have extended time to market relative to our current products. If our introduction of a new product is not successful or we are not able to achieve the revenues or margins we expect, our operating results may be harmed and we may not recover our product development and marketing expenditures. We may also be required to add a direct sales force and customer support personnel to market and support new or existing products. Adding a direct sales force or customer support personnel could reduce our operating income and may not be successful.

 

17


Table of Contents

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide our engineers with valuable feedback central to our research and development processes and if the members of the Ubiquiti Community were to stop providing feedback, our internal research and development costs could increase.

We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to provide rapid and substantive feedback on the functionality and effectiveness of our products. The insights, problems and suggestions raised by the Ubiquiti Community enable our engineers to quickly resolve issues with our existing products and improve functionality in subsequent product releases. For example, we developed AirSync in response to collocation interference issues that were described in forum postings by members of the Ubiquiti Community. If the members of the Ubiquiti Community were to become less engaged or otherwise stopped providing valuable, timely feedback, our internal research and development costs and our time to market would increase and our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to produce, test and ship all of our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products.

We retain contract manufacturers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture, control quality of and ship our products. We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of these contract manufacturers. Any significant change in our relationship with these manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Our contract manufacturers are not required to manufacture our products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately three to six months to transition manufacturing, quality assurance and shipping services to new providers. Relying on contract manufacturers for manufacturing, quality assurance and shipping also presents significant risks to us, including the inability of our contract manufacturers to:

 

  §  

qualify appropriate component suppliers;

 

  §  

manage capacity during periods of high demand;

 

  §  

safeguard consigned materials;

 

  §  

meet delivery schedules;

 

  §  

assure the quality of our products;

 

  §  

ensure adequate supplies of materials;

 

  §  

protect our intellectual property; and

 

  §  

deliver finished products at agreed upon prices.

The ability and willingness of our contract manufacturers to perform is largely outside our control. For example, during mid-2009, the technology market was rebounding from the sharp economic contraction that was experienced in 2008. Many suppliers and contract manufacturers were unprepared for the speed of the rebound. This led to significant component shortages and capacity constraints at contract manufacturers. During this time, our contract manufacturers claimed difficulty in procuring components and extended our order lead times significantly, which forced us to extend the lead time for our distributors.

From time to time, we may change contract manufacturers, which may disrupt our ability to obtain our products in a timely manner. We believe that our orders may not represent a material portion of our contract manufacturers’ total orders and, as a result, fulfilling our orders may not be a priority in the event our contract manufacturers are constrained in their abilities or resources to fulfill all of their customer obligations in a timely manner. If any of our contract manufacturers suffers an interruption in its business, experiences delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its manufacturing operations or we have to change or add additional contract manufacturers, our ability to ship products to our customers would be delayed and our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

 

18


Table of Contents

We and our contract manufacturers purchase some components, subassemblies and products from a limited number of suppliers. The loss of any of these suppliers may substantially disrupt our ability to obtain orders and fulfill sales as we design in and qualify new components.

We rely on third party components and technology to build and operate our products, and we rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. Shortages in components that we use in our products are possible, and our ability to predict the availability of such components is limited. In addition, we do not know what, if any, the impact will be of the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan on our and our contract manufacturers ability to obtain raw materials and components used in the manufacture of our products. If shortages occur in the future, as they have in the past, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected. Unpredictable price increases of such components due to market demand may occur. While components and supplies are generally available from a variety of sources, we and our contract manufacturers currently depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for several components for our products. If our suppliers of these components or technology were to enter into exclusive relationships with other providers of wireless networking equipment or were to discontinue providing such components and technology to us and we were unable to replace them cost effectively, or at all, our ability to provide our products would be impaired. We and our contract manufacturers generally rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with these suppliers. As a result, even if available, we and our contract manufacturers may not be able to secure sufficient components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build our products in a timely manner. Therefore, we may be unable to meet customer demand for our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Substantially all of our products currently include chipsets from Atheros Communications Inc., or Atheros. Our license agreement with Atheros may be terminated for convenience at the end of the annual contract term which is September 1, 2011. The termination of our license agreement with Atheros could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. To the extent we are unable to secure an adequate supply of chipsets from Atheros, we would be required to redesign our products to incorporate components from alternative sources, a process which would cause significant delays and would adversely impact our revenues. In addition, Qualcomm Incorporated, or Qualcomm, recently acquired Atheros. We do not know what, if any, the impact will be of the acquisition on our relationship with Atheros. For example, given our relatively small size, the acquisition could affect our ability to acquire chipsets suited for our applications. We do not stockpile sufficient chipsets to cover the time it would take to re-engineer our products to replace the Atheros chipsets. Furthermore, if we sought a suitable second source for Atheros chipsets in our products, there can be no assurances that we would be able to successfully second source our chipsets on suitable terms, if at all. In any event, our use of chipsets from multiple sources may require us to significantly modify our product designs to accommodate these different chipsets.

Our reliance on third party components and technology means that we may not be able to introduce new products that include certain advanced features and functionality without obtaining technology licenses from third parties. For example, we currently rely upon a license from Atheros, whose chipsets are incorporated in substantially all of our products. This process is critical to our ability to manufacture our products. Obtaining these licenses may be costly and may delay the introduction of such features and functionality, and these licenses may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all. The inability to offer advanced features or functionality, or a delay in our introduction of new products, may adversely affect demand for our products and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We base our inventory builds on our forecasts of future sales. If these forecasts are materially inaccurate, we may overbuild inventory which we may be unable to sell in a timely manner or at all, or we may underbuild inventory, which may impair our customer relationships.

Our distributors typically provide us with purchase orders for delivery within 60 days. We provide our contract manufacturers forecasts of up to approximately five months of demand for long lead time components. To the extent our forecasts are materially inaccurate because we do not receive anticipated purchase order volume, we

 

19


Table of Contents

may under or over build inventory. We may over or under forecast the distributors’ actual demand for our products or the mix of products and the components associated with the building of our products. We have experienced volatility in orders with limited advanced notice, and we expect such volatility to occur in the future. If we are unable to meet any increases in demand, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially adversely affected and our reputation with our customers may be damaged. Conversely, if we over forecast demand, we may build excess inventory which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have limited experience and personnel to manage our supply chain and our contract manufacturers, which may result in a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on our contract manufacturers to produce, test and ship all of our products. We also rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. We have limited experience and personnel to manage our relationships with our contract manufacturers and our supply chain. Inaccurately forecasting our demand for key components, including the Atheros chipsets, could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Any failure by us to effectively and proactively manage these relationships and activities could result in material adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial condition. If we were required or choose to transition some of our supply chain activities from our contract manufacturers to within our organization, we would be required to hire more experienced personnel and develop more supply chain policies and procedures. This transition could be lengthy and could cause significant delays in the production, testing and shipment of our products, any of which may result in material adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial condition. We cannot assure you that we would ever be able to effectively complete any such transition.

If our contract manufacturers do not respect our intellectual property and trade secrets, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Because our contract manufacturers operate in China, where prosecution of intellectual property infringement and trade secret theft is more difficult than in the United States, certain of our contract manufacturers, their affiliates, their other customers or their suppliers may attempt to use our intellectual property and trade secrets to manufacture our products for themselves or others without our knowledge. Although we attempt to enter into agreements with our contract manufacturers to preclude them from using our intellectual property and trade secrets, we may be unsuccessful in monitoring and enforcing our intellectual property rights in China. We have in the past found and expect in the future to find counterfeit goods in the market being sold as Ubiquiti products. Although we take steps to stop counterfeits, we may not be successful and network operators and service providers who purchase these counterfeit goods may have a bad experience and our brand may be harmed. If such an impermissible use of our intellectual property or trade secrets were to occur, our ability to sell our products at competitive prices and to be the sole provider of our products may be adversely affected and our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If we lose the services of our founder and chief executive officer, Robert J. Pera, other key members of our management team or key research and development employees, our business, operating results and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

Our success and future growth depend on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our management team and in particular, our founder and chief executive officer, Robert J. Pera. Our future performance will also depend on our ability to continue to retain our other senior management. We do not maintain key person insurance for any of our personnel, except for a small policy with respect to Mr. Pera.

Our business model relies in part on leanly staffed, independent and efficient research and development teams. Our research and development personnel tend to be key contributors for a given product line and there is little overlap in knowledge and responsibilities. In the event that we are unable to retain the services of these key contributors, we may be unable to bring our products to market in a timely manner, if at all, due to disruption in our development activities.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract, retain and motivate skilled personnel in the United States and internationally. All of our employees work for us on an at will basis. Competition for personnel is intense in the wireless networking equipment industry, and particularly, for persons with specialized experience in areas such as antenna design and RF equipment. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain qualified personnel. Our inability to attract and retain the necessary personnel could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our operating expenses will increase as we make further expenditures to enhance and expand our operations in order to support additional growth in our business and public company reporting and compliance obligations.

Historically, we limited our investment in infrastructure but in the future, we expect our infrastructure investments to increase substantially to support our anticipated growth and as a result of our becoming a public company. We are making significant investments in information systems, hiring more administrative personnel, using more professional services and expanding our operations outside the United States. We intend to make additional investments in systems and personnel and continue to expand our operations to support anticipated growth in our business. In addition, we may determine the need in the future to build a direct sales force to market and sell our products or provide additional resources or cooperative funds to our distributors. Such changes to our existing sales model would likely result in higher selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our revenues. We expect our increased investments to adversely affect operating income. We also expect to incur additional operating costs as a public reporting company following the completion of this offering. As a result of these factors, we expect our operating expenses to increase.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage our growth effectively and develop and implement appropriate control systems, our business and financial performance may suffer.

We have substantially expanded our overall business, number of distributors, headcount and operations in recent periods. We increased our number of full time equivalent employees from 22 as of June 30, 2008 to 84 as of March 31, 2011. During this same period, we made investments in our information systems and significantly expanded our operations outside the United States, including an expansion of our research and development activities in Lithuania and Taiwan. Our expansion has placed, and our expected future growth will continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Our business model reflects our decision to operate with minimal infrastructure and low support and administrative headcount, so risks related to managing our growth are particularly salient and we may not have sufficient internal resources to adapt or respond to unexpected challenges. As a result of our rapid growth, we have become subject to a variety of regulatory and other requirements and our development of infrastructure designed to identify and monitor our compliance with these regulatory and other compliance obligations is at an early stage. Although we have put certain policies and procedures in place following the hiring of our chief financial officer in May 2010, these policies remain nascent and we have limited staff responsible for their implementation and enforcement. If we are unable to manage our growth successfully, or if our control systems do not operate effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

We do not expect our historical growth rates to continue into the future.

From fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2010, we experienced a CAGR of our revenues of over 187%. We do not expect to sustain this growth rate in the future. Our growth rate to date has reflected our acquisition of market share in a new market that was rapidly expanding, our introduction of products complementary to our initial offerings and our product pricing strategy designed to accelerate overall market penetration. Given our leadership role in, and the increasing maturity of, the global wireless broadband market, we expect that our revenue growth will slow in the future as it tracks more closely, and is constrained by, the growth rates of the overall market. Although we intend to employ a strategy consistent with our approach to wireless broadband networking as we seek to enter adjacent markets, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, and SCADA, we cannot assure you that we will

 

21


Table of Contents

be successful in penetrating these markets in a manner that achieves rapid revenue growth, or at all. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, we may not have sufficient resources to execute our business objectives and our share price may decline.

A large percentage of our research and development operations are conducted in Illinois, Lithuania and Taiwan and our ability to introduce new products and support our existing products cost effectively depends on our ability to manage these disparate development sites successfully.

Our success depends on our ability to enhance current products and develop new products rapidly and cost effectively. We currently have a number of our research and development personnel in Illinois, Lithuania and Taiwan. We must successfully allocate product development activities across the various development centers and manage them in such a manner as to meet our time to market windows while maintaining product consistency and quality. We could incur unexpected costs or delays in product development at these remote facilities that could impair our ability to meet market windows or cause us to forego certain new product opportunities.

We rely on third parties for financial and operational services essential to our ability to manage our business. A failure or disruption in these services would materially and adversely affect our ability to manage our business effectively.

We currently use NetSuite to conduct our order management and financial processes. The availability of this service is essential to the management of our business. As we expand our operations, we expect to utilize additional systems and service providers that may also be essential to managing our business. Although the systems and services that we require are typically available from a number of providers, it is time consuming and costly to qualify and implement these relationships. Therefore, our ability to manage our business would suffer if one or more of our providers suffer an interruption in their business, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in their operations, or we have to change or add additional systems and services. We may not be able to control the quality of the systems and services we receive from third party service providers, which could impair our ability to implement appropriate internal controls over financial reporting and may impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Failure to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar laws associated with our activities outside the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

As a substantial majority of our revenues is and will be from jurisdictions outside of the United States, we face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payment to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by us and other business entities for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, which represent our principal markets, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other laws and regulations. Although we have implemented limited policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. As a result of our rapid growth, our development of infrastructure designed to identify FCPA matters and monitor compliance is at an early stage. Any violation of FCPA and related policies could result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting, which could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products rely on the availability of unlicensed RF spectrum and if such spectrum were to become unavailable through overuse or licensing, the performance of our products could suffer and our revenues from their sales could decrease.

Our products operate in unlicensed RF spectrum, which is used by a wide range of consumer devices such as cordless phones, baby monitors, and microwave ovens, and is becoming increasingly crowded. If such spectrum

 

22


Table of Contents

usage continues to increase through the proliferation of consumer electronics and products competitive with ours, the resultant higher levels of clutter and interference in the bands of operation our products use could decrease the effectiveness of our products, which could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our business could be further harmed if currently unlicensed RF spectrum becomes licensed in the United States or elsewhere. Network operators and service providers that use our products may be unable to obtain licenses for RF spectrum at reasonable prices or at all. Even if the unlicensed spectrum remains unlicensed, existing and new government regulations may require we make changes in our products. For example, to provide products for network operators and service providers who utilize unlicensed RF spectrum, we may be required to limit their ability to use our products in licensed RF spectrum. The operation of our products by network operators or service providers in the United States or elsewhere in a manner not in compliance with local law could result in fines, operational disruption, or harm to our reputation.

The complexity of our products could result in unforeseen delays or expenses caused by undetected defects or bugs, which could reduce the market acceptance of our new products, damage our reputation with current or prospective customers and adversely affect our operating costs.

Our products may contain defects and bugs when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. We have focused, and intend to focus in the future, on getting our new products to market quickly. Due to our rapid product introductions, defects and bugs that may be contained in our products may not yet have manifested. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, defects and bugs. If any of our products contains material defects or bugs, or has reliability, quality or compatibility problems, we may not be able to successfully correct these problems. Consequently, our reputation may be damaged and network operators or service providers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to retain existing network operators or service providers and attract new network operators or service providers. In addition, these defects or bugs could interrupt or delay sales to our distributors. If any of these problems is not found until after we have commenced commercial production and distribution of a new product, we may be required to incur additional development costs and product recall, repair or replacement costs. These problems may also result in claims against us by our network operators, service providers or others. As a result, our operating costs could be adversely affected.

We may become subject to warranty claims, product liability and product recalls.

From time to time, we may become subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards. In the event of a warranty claim, we may also incur costs if we compensate the affected network operator or service provider. We also may incur costs and expenses relating to a recall of one or more of our products. The process of identifying recalled products that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources and we may incur significant replacement costs, contract damage claims from our network operators or service providers and harm to our reputation. Costs or payments made in connection with warranty and product liability claims and product recalls could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us or our suppliers may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer.

Our commercial success depends in part upon us and our component suppliers not infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures. We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation and it is not uncommon for suppliers of certain components of our products, such as chipsets, to be involved in infringement lawsuits by or against third parties. Many industry participants that own, or claim to own, intellectual property aggressively assert their rights, and our key component suppliers are often targets of such assertions. In addition, the network operators and service providers, whom we agree in certain circumstances to indemnify for intellectual property infringement claims related to our products, may be targets of such assertions. We cannot

 

23


Table of Contents

determine with certainty whether any existing or future third party intellectual property rights would require us to alter our technologies, obtain licenses or cease certain activities.

We have received, and may in the future receive, claims from third parties asserting intellectual property infringement and other related claims. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and demand indemnification from our suppliers, if appropriate, by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our own proprietary rights. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target our component suppliers, us or our network operators and service providers. These companies typically have little or no product revenues and therefore our patents may provide little or no deterrence against such companies filing patent infringement lawsuits against us or our network operators and service providers. For example, we have received correspondence from two patent holding companies who assert that we infringe certain patents related to wireless communication technologies. We have reviewed the patents which were specifically referenced in the correspondence and believe that these patents are either invalid or not infringed by us. However, we cannot assure you that a court adjudicating a claim that we infringe these patents would rule in our favor should these patent holding companies file suit against us. We believe that in the event of a claim we may be entitled to seek indemnification from our suppliers. However, we cannot provide any assurances that if we seek such indemnification, we will receive it.

Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims can be time consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

 

  §  

adversely affect our relationships with our current or future network operators and service providers or suppliers;

 

  §  

cause delays or stoppages in the shipment of our products, or cause us to modify or redesign our products;

 

  §  

cause us to incur significant expenses in defending claims brought against us, for which we may not be able to obtain indemnification, if applicable, from our suppliers;

 

  §  

divert management’s attention and resources;

 

  §  

subject us to significant damages or settlements;

 

  §  

require us to enter into settlements, royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms; or

 

  §  

require us to cease certain activities.

Moreover, even if some of our contract manufacturers are obligated to indemnify us, these contract manufacturers may contest their obligations to indemnify us, or their available assets or indemnity obligation may not be sufficient to cover our losses.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us or, in certain circumstances, our network operators and service providers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide certain of our products unless we obtain licenses from the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain any such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we do not obtain such licenses, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could, for example, be required to cease offering our products or be required to materially alter our products, which could involve substantial costs and time to develop.

For information regarding our trademarks, see the risk factor titled “Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand. Failure to maintain and enhance our brand would harm our ability to expand our base of distributors and the number of network operators and service providers who purchase our products,” beginning on page 17.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our distributors, network operators and service providers may expect us to indemnify them for intellectual property infringement claims, damages caused by defective products and other losses.

Our distributors, network operators and service providers may expect us to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred in connection with our products, including as a result of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by defects and damages caused by viruses, worms and other malicious software, although our agreements with them may not, in all cases, require us to provide this indemnification. In order to satisfy these parties’ demands for indemnification and the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make may be substantial or unlimited and could materially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may in the future agree to defend and indemnify our distributors, network operators and service providers, irrespective of whether we believe that we have an obligation to indemnify them or whether we believe that our services and products infringe the asserted intellectual property rights. Alternatively, we may reject certain of these indemnity demands, which may lead to disputes with a distributor, network operator or service provider and may negatively impact our relationships with the party demanding indemnification or result in litigation against us. Our distributors, network operators and service providers may also claim that any rejection of their indemnity demands constitutes a material breach of our agreements with them, allowing them to terminate such agreements. If, as a result of indemnity demands, substantial payments are required, our relationships with our distributors, network operators and service providers are negatively impacted or if any of our material agreements is terminated, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our ability to compete effectively or to defend ourselves from litigation could be impaired, which could reduce our revenues and increase our costs.

We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies and know-how. As of March 31, 2011, we had eight patents pending in several countries, including the United States, and no issued patents. The prospective rights sought in our pending patent applications may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, contested, circumvented or designed around by our competitors or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. Any failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products or technologies. In addition, patents may not issue from any of our current or future applications. Patent protection outside the United States is generally not as comprehensive as in the United States and may not protect our intellectual property in some countries where our products are sold or may be sold in the future. Even if patents are granted outside the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available. For example, the legal regime relating to intellectual property rights in China is limited and it is often difficult to protect and enforce such rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect and enforce our intellectual property rights in China, where a substantial majority of our products are manufactured. Many companies have encountered substantial intellectual property infringement in countries where we sell or intend to sell products or have our products manufactured.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property has occurred in the past and may occur in the future without our knowledge. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. Our failure to effectively protect our intellectual property could reduce the value of our technology in licensing arrangements or in cross-licensing negotiations, and could impair our ability to compete. Any failure by us to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering products that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our products. We may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation.

 

25


Table of Contents

Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive and time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could result in lower revenues and higher expenses, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our proprietary technology and trade secrets. In order to protect our proprietary technology and trade secrets, we rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, licensees, independent contractors and other advisors. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our trade secrets and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to determine and enforce the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

Although we primarily rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our trade secrets, we have failed to obtain such agreements from certain of our former employees due to administrative oversights, including those who participated in the development of certain of our products. Our employment policies require these former employees to continue to protect our trade secrets and to assign to us any intellectual property related to their activities on our behalf. However, we may have difficulty enforcing these rights, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We use open source software in our products that may subject our firmware to general release or require us to re-engineer our products and the firmware contained therein, which may cause harm to our business.

We use open source software in our products, including in connection with our proprietary software, and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. If we combine our proprietary firmware or other software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release our proprietary source code publicly or license such source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on origin of the software. Open source license terms relating to the disclosure of source code in modifications or derivative works to the open source software are often ambiguous and few if any courts in jurisdictions applicable to us have interpreted such terms. As a result, many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. We currently disclose or plan to disclose the source code for certain of our proprietary software in an effort to comply with the terms of the licenses applicable to the open source software that we use, and we believe that such disclosure represents the entirety of our source code disclosure obligations under these licenses. However, if we were found to have inappropriately used open source software, we may be required to release our proprietary source code, re-engineer our firmware or other software, discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our business is susceptible to risks associated with operations outside of the United States.

As of March 31, 2011, we had international operations in Hong Kong, India, Lithuania and Taiwan. We also sell to distributors outside the United States and for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, our revenues from sales outside the United States were 45%, 55%, 59% and 70%, respectively. Our operations outside the United States subject us to risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These include:

 

  §  

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of U.S. laws applicable to export controls, foreign operations, foreign laws and different legal standards;

 

  §  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

  §  

unexpected changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

 

  §  

difficulties in managing the staffing of remote operations;

 

  §  

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and changes in tax rates;

 

  §  

dependence on distributors in various countries with different pricing policies, inventory management and forecasting practices;

 

  §  

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  §  

demand for reliable wireless broadband networks in those countries;

 

  §  

requirements that we comply with local telecommunication regulations in those countries;

 

 

  §  

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexity;

 

  §  

political, social and economic instability in some jurisdictions; and

 

  §  

terrorist attacks and security concerns in general.

If any of these risks were to come to fruition, it could negatively affect our business outside the United States and, consequently, our operating results. Additionally, operating in markets outside the United States requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required to establish, acquire or integrate operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenues or profitability.

Our contract manufacturers, shipping points and certain administrative and research and development operations are located in areas likely to be subject to natural disasters or other events that could stop us from having our products made or shipped or could result in a substantial delay in our production or development activities.

Our manufacturing capacity may be reduced or eliminated at one or more facilities because our manufacturing, assembly, testing and shipping contractors are all located in southern China, the majority of our products are shipped from Hong Kong and we have research and development offices in Taiwan and California. Our principal executive offices are also located in California. The risk of earthquakes, typhoons and other natural disasters in these geographic areas is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. Southern China, Hong Kong and Taiwan are also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Earthquakes, fire, flooding or other natural disasters in California, southern China, Hong Kong or Taiwan, or political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health crises, in countries where our or our contractors’ facilities are located could result in the disruption of our development, manufacturing, assembly, testing or shipping capacity. Any disruption resulting from these events could cause significant delays in product development or shipments of our products until we are able to shift our development, manufacturing, assembly or testing from the affected contractor to another third party vendor or our research and development activities to another location. We cannot assure you that alternative capacity could be obtained on favorable terms, if at all.

 

27


Table of Contents

New safety regulations or changes in existing safety regulations related to our products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and future sales, and could place additional burdens on the operations of our business.

Radio emissions are subject to regulation in the United States and the other countries in which we do business. In the United States, various federal agencies including the Center for Devices and Radiological Health of the Food and Drug Administration, the Federal Communications Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various state agencies have promulgated regulations that concern the use of radio/electromagnetic emissions standards. Member countries of the EU have enacted similar standards concerning electrical safety and electromagnetic compatibility and emissions standards. If any of our products becomes subject to new regulations or if any of our products becomes specifically regulated by additional government entities, compliance with such regulations could become more burdensome, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may be subject to certain tax liabilities if we fail to classify our employees and consultants correctly.

We may incorrectly classify certain employees and consultants in the United States and elsewhere. If we fail to classify consultants as employees or to classify all services that a specified individual may have provided as being done in the course of that individual’s employment, we may incur tax liabilities for taxes we under withhold and under pay and/or for social insurance contributions. In addition, the consultants and employees affected by the misclassification could seek indemnification from us for any taxes or social insurance contributions they may owe as a result of the misclassification.

Unfavorable tax law changes, an unfavorable government review of our tax returns, changes in our geographic earnings mix, or imposition of withholding taxes on repatriated earnings could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our operating results.

We are subject to periodic audits or other reviews by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our activities. Any such audit, examination or review requires management’s time, diverts internal resources and, in the event of an unfavorable outcome, may result in additional tax liabilities or other adjustments to our historical results.

Because we conduct operations in multiple jurisdictions, our effective tax rate is influenced by the amounts of income and expense attributed to each such jurisdiction. If such amounts were to change so as to increase the amounts of our net income subject to taxation in higher tax jurisdictions, or if we were to commence operations in jurisdictions assessing relatively higher tax rates, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected. In addition, we may determine that it is advisable from time to time to repatriate earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries under circumstances that could give rise to imposition of potentially significant withholding taxes by the jurisdictions in which such amounts were earned and substantial tax liabilities in the United States. In addition, we may not receive the benefit of any offsetting tax credits, which also could adversely impact our effective tax rate. As of March 31, 2011, we held $35.6 million of our $71.5 million of cash and cash equivalents in accounts of our subsidiaries outside of the United States and we will incur significant tax liabilities if we want to repatriate those amounts.

Compliance with environmental matters and worker health and safety laws could be costly, and noncompliance with these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The manufacturing of our products uses substances regulated under various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations governing the environment and worker health and safety. If we and our contract manufacturers do not comply with these laws and regulations, we may suffer a loss of revenues, be unable to sell our products in certain markets and/or countries, be subject to penalties and enforced fees and/or suffer a competitive disadvantage. Costs to comply with current laws and regulations and/or similar future laws and

 

28


Table of Contents

regulations, if applicable, could include costs associated with modifying our products, recycling and other waste processing costs, legal and regulatory costs and insurance costs. We have recorded and may also be required to record additional expenses for costs associated with compliance with these regulations. We cannot assure you that the costs to comply with these new laws, or with current and future environmental and worker health and safety laws will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Government regulations designed to protect consumer privacy may make it difficult for us to sell our products.

Our products may transmit and store personal information. This information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world. This government action is typically intended to protect the privacy and security of personal information that is collected, stored and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. In addition, because various foreign jurisdictions have different laws and regulations concerning the storage and transmission of personal information, we may face unknown requirements that pose compliance challenges in new geographic markets that we seek to enter. Such variation could subject us to costs, delayed product launches, liabilities or negative publicity that could impair our ability to expand our operations into some countries and therefore limit our future growth.

As privacy and data protection have become more sensitive issues, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the privacy of personal information. These and other privacy concerns could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our attempts to protect the privacy of customer data may fail if our encryption is inadequate or fails to operate as expected.

We cannot predict our future capital needs and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to fund our operations.

We may need to raise additional funds in the future. Any required additional financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, investors may experience significant dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights senior to those of the holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, we will incur interest expense and may have to comply with covenants and secure that debt obligation with our assets. If additional financing is not available when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our production activities. As a result, we may not be able to expand our business, develop or enhance our products, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could result in lower revenues and reduce the competitiveness of our products.

If we are unable to integrate future acquisitions successfully, our operating results and prospects could be harmed.

We have not made any acquisitions to date. In the future, we may make acquisitions to improve or expand our product offerings. Our future acquisition strategy will depend on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate acquisitions. Mergers and acquisitions are inherently risky and any mergers and acquisitions we complete may not be successful. Any mergers and acquisitions we may pursue would involve numerous risks, including the following:

 

  §  

difficulties in integrating and managing the operations, technologies and products of the companies we acquire, particularly in light of our lean organizational structure;

 

  §  

diversion of our management’s attention from normal daily operation of our business;

 

  §  

our inability to maintain the key business relationships and the brand equity of the businesses we acquire;

 

  §  

our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company, particularly in light of the demands we place on individual contributors;

 

  §  

uncertainty of entry into markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have stronger market positions;

 

29


Table of Contents
  §  

our dependence on unfamiliar affiliates and partners of the companies we acquire;

 

  §  

insufficient revenues to offset our increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

 

  §  

our responsibility for the liabilities of the businesses we acquire, including those which we may not anticipate; and

 

  §  

our inability to maintain internal standards, controls, procedures and policies, particularly in light of our lean organizational structure.

We may be unable to secure the equity or debt funding necessary to finance future acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us. Completing acquisitions could consume significant amounts of cash. If we finance acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders will likely experience dilution, and if we finance future acquisitions with debt funding, we will incur interest expense and may have to comply with covenants and secure that debt obligation with our assets.

Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Stock

If we experience material weaknesses in the future, as we have in the past, or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2013. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual and interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We are in the early stages of further enhancing our process of compiling the computer system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. We have in the past identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and although we have remediated the material weaknesses identified we cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal controls in the future. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

In connection with our fiscal 2009 audit, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to our ability to account for income taxes in accordance with GAAP. Subsequently, during fiscal 2010, we identified two other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The first related to our ability to account for inventory and prepaid advances made to our contract manufacturers in accordance with GAAP. The second related to our ability to account for taxes and other amounts due on payments to our employees in foreign jurisdictions.

We have taken steps to address the material weaknesses as disclosed in the preceding paragraph, including hiring a chief financial officer, a corporate controller and other accounting personnel, forming an audit committee and implementing additional financial accounting controls and procedures. As a result of these actions, we believe that these material weaknesses have been remediated. However, we have not completed the necessary documentation and testing procedures under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and cannot assure you that

 

30


Table of Contents

we will be able to implement and maintain an effective internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain such controls could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and The NASDAQ Global Market. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have increased dramatically over the past several years. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs substantially and to make some activities more time consuming and costly. We are unable currently to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

We expect that the trading price for our common stock will be affected by any research or reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who may elect to cover us downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

The concentration of ownership of our capital stock with insiders upon the completion of this offering will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our founder and chief executive officer, Robert J. Pera, will own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, we anticipate that our executive officers (including Mr. Pera), directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them will together beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Also, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to control our management and affairs and matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Consequently, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, including a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control, even if that change of control would benefit our other stockholders.

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale, especially the shares beneficially owned by our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, especially sales by our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with them, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

 

31


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                      outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options after March 31, 2011. The shares sold in this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction. Of the remaining shares:

 

  §  

no shares will be eligible for sale immediately upon completion of this offering; and

 

  §  

                     shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, subject in some cases to volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In addition,                      shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options after the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

The lock-up agreements expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that the 180-day period may be extended in certain cases for up to 34 additional days under certain circumstances where we announce or pre-announce earnings or a material event occurs within approximately 17 days prior to, or approximately 16 days after, the termination of the 180-day period. The representative of the underwriters may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. After this offering, we intend to register approximately 5,324,136 shares of common stock that have been issued or reserved for future issuance under our stock plans.

Because our estimated initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The estimated initial public offering price of $             is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $             per share, the difference between the price you pay for our common stock and its pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after completion of the offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share. Furthermore, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will own only approximately     % of our shares outstanding after the offering even though they will have contributed     % of the total consideration received by us in connection with our sales of common stock. To the extent outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution.

Our management has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use the net proceeds effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot specify with certainty the uses to which we will apply these net proceeds. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our ability to continue to maintain and expand our business.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, that will become effective upon closing of the offering, will contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:

 

  §  

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three year terms;

 

  §  

authorizing the board to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock;

 

  §  

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

 

32


Table of Contents
  §  

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

  §  

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.

In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law govern us. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time without the consent of our board of directors.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, that will become effective upon closing of the offering, and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. See the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock.”

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do not pay cash dividends, you would receive a return on your investment in our common stock only if the market price of our common stock increases before you sell your shares. Although we currently do not have credit facilities, future credit facilities may restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could easily trade below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the factors described in this “Risk Factors” section or otherwise, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us. Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, systemic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In the past, many companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have become subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could harm our business.

 

33


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Executive Compensation.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates, which are based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts, including those generated by Cisco, The World Bank and Gartner. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. These industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.”

The Gartner Reports described herein, or the “Gartner Reports,” represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $             million from our sale of              shares of common stock offered in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us or $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the costs associated with being a public company. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire other businesses, products, services or technologies. We do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

Until we use the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. From the initial date of issuance of our Series A preferred stock in March 2010, the holders of our Series A shares were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 4% of the original purchase price per share, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. On January 10, 2011 we amended our certificate of incorporation. At such time, we paid a onetime dividend of (i) $0.21 per Series A share issued on March 2, 2010 and (ii) $0.12 per share for each other share of our Series A preferred stock as consideration for all cumulative dividends from the initial date of issuance until January 10, 2011. After January 10, 2011, the holder of each Series A share is entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 4% of the original purchase price per share from January 10, 2011 through the payment date only upon the redemption of the Series A shares, the liquidation of our company for less than $7.37 per share of common stock or upon our default of certain contractual agreements with the holders of the Series A shares. All Series A shares will be converted into shares of common stock in connection with this offering and will therefore cease to be entitled to any preferential dividend. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2011:

 

  §  

On an actual basis;

 

  §  

On a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the reversal of the accrued preferred stock dividend; and

 

  §  

On a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect, in addition to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, the reversal of the accrued preferred stock dividend, the receipt of $             million from our sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     March 31, 2011  
       Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted
 
     (In thousands, except per share
numbers, unaudited)
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 14,413,852 authorized, all issued and outstanding (unaudited), actual; no shares authorized issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

   $ 118,329      $      $   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;                              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 96,000,000 shares authorized, 25,044,036 issued and outstanding (unaudited), actual;                              shares authorized, 39,457,888 issued and outstanding (unaudited), pro forma; and                              shares authorized,                             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

     41        55     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,728        108,384     

Treasury stock

     (69,554     (69,554  

Retained earnings

     24,418        37,077     
                        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (42,367   $ 75,962      $     
                        

Total capitalization

   $ 75,962      $ 75,962      $     
                        

The shares of common stock to be outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis after this offering in this table are based on 39,457,888 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and exclude:

 

  §  

2,678,593 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.64 per share;

 

  §  

205,472 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011;

 

  §  

58,500 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $12.79 per share;

 

  §  

40,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of RSUs we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011; and

 

  §  

2,471,821 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

A $1.00 decrease or increase in the offering price would result in an approximately $             million decrease or increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there would be a $             increase in each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization.

 

36


Table of Contents

DILUTION

At March 31, 2011, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $            , or $             per share of common stock, based upon              shares of common stock outstanding on such date. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, including shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the reversal of the accrued preferred stock dividend effective immediately prior to the completion of this offer. The increase in the net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock will be $             per share.

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of              shares of common stock in this offering the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, applying proceeds as set forth in Use of Proceeds and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 31, 2011 would have been $            , or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors in our common stock.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2011 before giving effect to this offering

   $     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

  
        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

  
        

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

   $     
        

A $1.00 decrease or increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $             would increase or decrease or pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2011 and after giving effect to the offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
       Number      Percent     Amount (in
thousands)
     Percent    

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New public investors

            
                                    

Total

        100   $           100  
                                    

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

37


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own             % and our new public investors would own             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

The shares of common stock to be outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis after this offering in this table are based on 39,457,888 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2011 and exclude:

 

  §  

2,678,593 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.64 per share;

 

  §  

205,472 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units outstanding under our stock plans as of March 31, 2011;

 

  §  

58,500 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of options we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $12.79 per share;

 

  §  

40,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon vesting of RSUs we granted under our stock plans after March 31, 2011; and

 

  §  

2,471,821 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

To the extent outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For a description of our equity plans, see the section titled “Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

38


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data for fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for fiscal 2006 and 2007 and as of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and as of March 31, 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2006      2007     2008      2009      2010     2010     2011  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                

Revenues

  $ 2,014       $ 9,429      $ 22,435       $ 63,121       $ 136,952      $ 96,653      $ 130,320   

Cost of revenues (1)

    941         4,222        10,942         37,181         82,404        58,034        77,545   
                                                          

Gross profit

    1,073         5,207        11,493         25,940         54,548        38,619        52,775   
                                                          

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development (1)

    374         1,815        2,706         5,166         31,704        29,984        8,038   

Sales, general and administrative (1)(2)

    328         861        1,396         2,946         18,162        16,178        5,307   
                                                          

Total operating expenses

    702         2,676        4,102         8,112         49,866        46,162        13,345   
                                                          

Income (loss) from operations

    371         2,531        7,391         17,828         4,682        (7,543     39,430   

Interest income

    3         78        112         118         64        59        46   

Other income (expense), net

            (3     11                 517        250        4   
                                                          

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    374         2,606        7,514         17,946         5,263        (7,234     39,480   

Provision for income taxes

    148         800        2,817         8,057         10,719        7,523        7,888   
                                                          

Net income (loss)

    226         1,806        4,697         9,889         (5,456     (14,757     31,592   

Preferred stock cumulative dividend

                                   (1,336            (3,252

Accretion of cost of preferred stock

                                   (100            (11,298

Less allocation of net income to participating preferred stockholders

                                                 (6,186
                                                          

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

    226         1,806        4,697         9,889         (6,892     (14,757     10,856   

Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stockholders

                                                 227   
                                                          

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 226       $ 1,806      $ 4,697       $ 9,889       $ (6,892   $ (14,757   $ 11,083   
                                                          

 

39


Table of Contents
    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010     2010     2011  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data (cont.):

 

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

                 

Basic

  $ 0.02       $ 0.07       $ 0.17       $ 0.24       $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.43   

Diluted

  $ 0.02       $ 0.05       $ 0.12       $ 0.23       $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.41   

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:

                 

Basic

    14,558         27,076         28,123         40,675         35,589        38,696        25,296   
                                                           

Diluted

    14,956         37,067         40,670         42,234         35,589        38,696        26,809   
                                                           

Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited):

                 

Basic

              $ (0.14     $ 0.80   
                             

Diluted

              $ (0.14     $ 0.77   
                             

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited)

                 

Basic (3)

                40,328          39,710   
                             

Diluted (3)

                40,328          41,223   
                             

 

                 

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

                 

Cost of revenues

  $       $ 1       $ 1       $ 5       $ 124      $ 120      $ 20   

Research and development

    27         57         46         315         26,221        26,213        191   

Sales, general and administrative

    4         15         53         185         9,814        9,713        465   
                                                           

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 31       $ 73       $ 100       $ 505       $ 36,159      $ 36,046      $ 676   
                                                           

(2)    Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:

  $       $       $       $       $ 1,625      $ 1,625      $   

(3)     Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the conversion of our convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or original date of issuance, if later.

 

         

     June 30,     March  31,
2011
 
       2006      2007      2008      2009      2010    
            (In thousands)        

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 684       $ 2,027       $ 5,936       $ 13,674       $ 28,415      $ 71,489   

Working capital

     224         2,019         10,021         20,723         55,003        75,244   

Total assets

     1,750         3,412         12,820         26,673         82,090        116,533   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

                                     106,781        118,329   

Common stock and additional paid-in capital

     490         563         1,026         1,584         2,093        2,769   

Treasury stock

                                     (62,304     (69,554

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     282         2,097         6,968         18,115         (52,835     (42,367

 

40


Table of Contents

Our management uses non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues to measure our performance. We exclude stock-based compensation and a charge for a regulatory export compliance issue from non-GAAP operating expenses and net income because we believe these measures provide a more accurate depiction of our actual operating results, particularly in light of the Summit transaction. Because these non-GAAP metrics exclude certain expenses such as stock-based compensation and a charge for a regulatory export compliance issue and the tax effect of these adjustments, these measures provide us with additional useful information to measure and understand our performance on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to changes in performance from period to period. We use non-GAAP metrics in the preparation of our budgets and to measure and monitor our performance and may from time to time amend our definition of our non-GAAP net income to exclude certain recurring and non-recurring costs, and the tax effect of these adjustments. We have chosen to provide this information to investors so they can analyze our operating results in the same way management does and use this information in their assessments of our results. Non-GAAP net income is not determined in accordance with GAAP and is not a substitute for or superior to financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

     Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2008         2009         2010         2010         2011    
Additional Key Metrics:    (In thousands, except percentages)  

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 4,797      $ 10,268      $ 32,023      $ 22,655      $ 31,998   

Non-GAAP operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues

     17.8     12.1     8.8     8.8     9.7
     Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2008         2009         2010         2010         2011    
     (In thousands, unaudited)  
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income (Loss)
    to Non-GAAP Net Income:
      

GAAP net income (loss)

   $ 4,697      $ 9,889      $ (5,456   $ (14,757   $ 31,592   

Ordinary course stock-based compensation expense:

          

Cost of revenues

     1        5        25        21        20   

Research and development

     46        315        27        19        191   

Sales, general and administrative

     53        185        229        128        465   
                                        

Total ordinary course stock-based compensation expense

     100        505        281        168        676   

Stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction:

          

Cost of revenues

                   99        99          

Research and development

                   26,194        26,194          

Sales, general and administrative

                   9,585        9,585          
                                        

Total stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction

                   35,878        35,878          

Charge for a regulatory export compliance issue

                   1,625        1,625          

Tax effect of non-GAAP adjustments

            (126     (305     (259     (270
                                        

Non-GAAP net income

   $ 4,797      $ 10,268      $ 32,023      $ 22,655      $ 31,998   
                                        

 

41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a product driven company that leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver wireless networking solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to both start-up and established network operators and service providers. Our products bridge the digital divide by fundamentally changing the economics of deploying high performance wireless networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated wireless broadband access markets globally. These markets include emerging markets and other areas where individual users and small and medium sized enterprises do not have access to the benefits of carrier class wireless broadband networking. Our business model has enabled us to break down traditional barriers, such as high product and network deployment costs, that are driven by business model inefficiencies and achieve rapid market adoption of our products and solutions in previously underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our business model and proprietary technologies provide us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond effectively due to their higher cost business models.

We offer a broad and expanding portfolio of wireless networking products and solutions. Our solutions include systems, high performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class performance for wireless networking and other applications in the unlicensed RF spectrum. We began shipping embedded radios in fiscal 2006. In fiscal 2008 we introduced a line of products based on 802.11 standard protocols and in early fiscal 2010, we introduced a number of new products based on our proprietary AirTechnologies, including our high-performance AirMax systems, which have been rapidly adopted by network operators and high-performance proprietary AirMax service providers. In fiscal 2010, 802.11 standard systems and AirMax systems together accounted for 82% of our revenues. Although our AirMax systems have supplanted the demand for some of our 802.11 standard products, we have not experienced a decline in gross margin as we transition from 802.11 standard products to AirMax systems as they have similar margin profiles. In the future, we expect sales of our AirMax systems and products based on our other AirTechnologies to continue to represent a growing portion of our revenues and the portion of our revenues derived from our 802.11 standard products to decline as a percentage of total revenues. Our embedded radios bear higher margins than our systems, but we believe that systems present a larger market opportunity. We believe that our gross margins have largely stabilized and do not expect substantial additional declines in gross margins from our wireless networking products.

Building on our leadership in the underserved and underpenetrated segments of the wireless broadband access market, we intend to expand our product offerings in our existing market and enter adjacent markets by relying on the combination of our efficient business model and proprietary technologies. For example, we plan to introduce products and solutions for the enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, SCADA and licensed microwave wireless backhaul markets. As we enter such new markets, we plan to leverage existing distributor relationships and establish engaged communities similar to that of the Ubiquiti Community to keep our operating expenses in line with our current model and enable us to offer products in these new markets with compelling price-performance characteristics.

For the nine months ended March 31, 2011, our revenues increased 35% to $130.3 million compared to $96.7 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010. Our revenues in fiscal 2010 increased 117% to $137.0 million from $63.1 million in fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2009 revenues increased 181% to $63.1 million from $22.4 million in fiscal 2008.

 

42


Table of Contents

We had net income (loss) of $4.7 million, $9.9 million, $(5.5) million, $(14.8) million and $31.6 million in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. We have been profitable on a non-GAAP basis since fiscal 2006. Our GAAP net loss in fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 reflected a one time stock-based compensation charge of $35.9 million related to a repurchase of our common stock and options in connection with the sale of our Series A preferred stock and a $1.6 million charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue. Excluding the impact of stock-based compensation expense and a charge for a regulatory export compliance issue, in fiscal 2010 we had non-GAAP net income attributable to common stockholders of $32.0 million.

The Summit Transaction

In March 2010, we sold 13,559,596 shares of our Series A preferred stock and also issued warrants to purchase 854,256 shares of our Series A preferred stock to funds affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. for net proceeds of $99.5 million. Simultaneously with the issuance of preferred stock and warrants, we repurchased 13,241,728 shares of common stock and canceled and repurchased 317,864 options to purchase common stock from our employees and consultants for aggregate consideration of $100.0 million. In June 2010, the funds affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., exercised their warrants in full for consideration of $6.3 million. For a more complete description of these transactions see “—Repurchase of Common Stock and Sale of Series A Preferred Stock.”

We determined that the per share repurchase price of the common stock and options in March 2010 was above the fair value for shares of our common stock at the time of the repurchase. The fair value was determined to be $4.73, while the repurchase price was $7.37. Therefore, we recognized $35.9 million of the $100.0 million repurchase price as stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2010. This stock-based compensation was allocated among the various categories of expense on our statements of operations as follows:

 

       Year Ended
June 30, 2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 99   

Research and development

     26,194   

Sales, general and administrative

     9,585   
        

Total stock-based compensation related to the Summit transaction

   $ 35,878   
        

Key Components of Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Revenues

Our revenues are derived principally from the sale of wireless networking hardware and management tools. In addition, while we do not sell maintenance and support separately, because we have historically included it free of charge in many of our arrangements, we attribute a portion of our systems revenues to this implied post-contract customer support, or PCS.

We classify our revenues into three product categories: systems, embedded radios and antennas/other.

 

  §  

Systems consist of products for network operators and service providers, including our proprietary AirMax and 802.11 standard base stations, radios, backhaul equipment and CPE.

 

  §  

Embedded radios consist of more than 25 radio products primarily for OEMs, including both point to point and point to multipoint radios in the 2.0 to 6.0GHz spectrum, that are offered with a variety of features.

 

  §  

Antennas/other consist of antenna products in the 2.0 to 6.0GHz spectrum, as well as miscellaneous products such as mounting brackets, cables and power over ethernet adapters. These products include both high performance sector and directional antennas. This category also includes our allocation of revenues to PCS.

 

43


Table of Contents

We sell substantially all of our products through a limited number of distributors and other channel partners, such as resellers and OEMs. Sales to distributors accounted for 85%, 93%, 93% and 97% of our revenues in fiscal 2008, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Other channel partners, such as resellers and OEMs, largely accounted for the balance of our revenues. We sell our products without any right of return.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues is comprised primarily of the costs of procuring finished goods from our contract manufacturers and chipsets that we consign to certain of our contract manufacturers. In addition, cost of revenues includes tooling, labor and other costs associated with engineering, testing and quality assurance, warranty costs, stock-based compensation and excess and obsolete inventory.

We outsource our manufacturing and order fulfillment and utilize contract manufacturers located primarily in China and, to a lesser extent, Taiwan. We also evaluate and utilize other vendors for various portions of our supply chain from time to time. Our manufacturing organization consists of employees and consultants engaged in the management of our contract manufacturers, new product introduction activities, logistical support and engineering.

Gross Profit

Our gross profit has been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including changes in product mix, target end markets for our products, pricing due to competitive pressure, production costs, foreign exchange rates and global demand for electronic components. Although we procure and sell our products in U.S. dollars, our contract manufacturers incur many costs, including labor costs, in other currencies. To the extent that the exchange rates move unfavorably for our contract manufacturers, they may try to pass these additional costs on to us, which could have a material impact on our future average selling prices and unit costs.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development and sales, general and administrative expenses.

 

  §  

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and contractors engaged in research, design and development activities, as well as costs for prototypes, facilities and travel. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase as we continue making significant investments in developing new products and developing new versions of our existing products.

 

  §  

Sales, general and administrative expenses include salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and contractors engaged in sales, marketing and general and administrative activities, as well as the costs of trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, bad debt expense, professional services, facilities, general liability insurance and travel. As our product portfolio and targeted markets expand, we may need to employ different sales models, such as building a direct sales force. These sales models would likely increase our costs. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to actively promote our products and introduce new products and services. In addition, we expect expenses to increase as we make additional investments in information technology systems and personnel to support our anticipated revenue growth and to comply with our public company reporting obligations.

Deferred Revenues and Costs

In the event that collectibility of a receivable from products we have shipped is not probable, we classify those amounts as deferred revenues on our balance sheet until such time as we receive payment of the accounts receivable. The cost of products associated with these deferred revenues is classified as deferred costs of

 

44


Table of Contents

revenues. At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, $9.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively, of revenue was deferred for cases where we lacked evidence that collectibility of the receivables recorded were reasonably probable. The related deferred cost of revenues balances were $5.9 million and $2.5 million, as of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

Also included in our deferred revenues is a portion related to PCS obligations that we estimate we will perform in the future. As of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, we had deferred revenues of $268,000 and $416,000, respectively, related to these obligations. Further, as of March 31, 2011 deferred revenues included $575,000 related to a sales promotion program.

Prepayments

We have historical agreements with certain contract manufacturers whereby we prepay for a portion of the product costs to assure the manufacture and timely delivery of our products. These arrangements have become less common as we have grown and renegotiated our contract manufacturing agreements. As of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, we had prepayment balances of $4.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. In other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that provide for different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and affect the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, our actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Recognition of Revenues

Revenues consist primarily of revenues from the sale of hardware and management tools, as well as the related implied PCS. We recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and the collectibility of the resulting receivable is probable. In cases where we lack evidence that collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably probable, we defer recognition of revenue until the receipt of cash.

For substantially all of our sales, evidence of the arrangement consists of an order from a distributor or customer. We consider delivery to have occurred once our products have been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of our sales, these criteria are met at the time the products are shipped to the distributor. Our arrangements with distributors do not include provisions for cancellation, returns, inventory swaps or refunds that would significantly impact recognized revenues.

We record amounts billed to distributors for shipping and handling costs as revenues. We classify shipping and handling costs incurred by us as cost of revenues.

Deposit payments received from distributors in advance of recognition of revenues are included in current liabilities on our balance sheet and are recognized as revenues when all the criteria for recognition of revenues are met.

Our multi-element arrangements generally include two deliverables. The first deliverable is the hardware and software essential to the functionality of the hardware device delivered at the time of sale. The second deliverable

 

45


Table of Contents

is the implied right to PCS included with the purchase of certain products. PCS is the right to receive, on a when and if available basis, future unspecified software upgrades and features relating to the product’s essential software as well as bug fixes, email and telephone support.

We use a hierarchy to determine the allocation of revenues to the deliverables. The hierarchy is as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, and (iii) best estimate of the selling price, or ESP.

 

  (i) VSOE generally exists only when a company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the company for that deliverable. Generally we do not sell the deliverables separately and, as such, do not have VSOE.

 

  (ii) TPE can be substantiated by determining the price that other parties sell similar or substantially similar offerings. We do not believe that there is accessible TPE evidence for similar deliverables.

 

  (iii) ESP reflects our best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. We believe that ESP is the most appropriate methodology for determining the allocation of revenues among the multiple elements.

We have allocated revenues between these two deliverables using the relative selling price method which is based on the ESP for all deliverables. Revenues allocated to the delivered hardware and the related essential software are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for recognition of revenues have been met. Revenues allocated to the PCS are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of each of these devices which currently is two years. At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, $268,000 and $416,000, respectively, of revenues were deferred in this way. All costs of revenues, including estimated warranty costs, are recognized at the time of sale. Costs for research and development and sales and marketing are expensed as incurred. If the estimated life of the hardware product should change, the future rate of amortization of the revenues allocated to PCS would also change.

Our process for determining ESP for deliverables involves multiple factors that may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. For PCS, we believe our network operators and service providers would be reluctant to pay for such services separately. This view is primarily based on the fact that unspecified upgrade rights do not obligate us to provide upgrades at a particular time or at all, and do not specify to network operators and service providers which upgrades or features will be delivered. We believe that the relatively low prices of our products and our network operators, and service providers’ price sensitivity would add to their reluctance to pay for PCS. Therefore, we have concluded that if we were to sell PCS on a stand-alone basis, the selling price would be relatively low.

Key factors considered by us in developing the ESP for PCS include reviewing the activities of specific employees engaged in support and software development to determine the amount of time that is allocated to the development of the undelivered elements, determining the cost of this development effort, and then adding an appropriate level of gross profit to these costs.

Inventory

Our inventories are primarily raw materials, which we have consigned to our contract manufacturers, and to a lesser extent, finished goods. Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in, first-out basis. We reduce the value of our inventory for estimated obsolescence or lack of marketability by the difference between the cost of the affected inventory and the estimated market value. Allowances, once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been subsequently sold or scrapped.

Product Warranties

We offer warranties on certain products and record a liability for the estimated future costs associated with potential warranty claims. These warranty costs are reflected in our consolidated statement of operations within cost of revenues. Our warranties are typically in effect for 12 months from the distributors’ purchase date of the

 

46


Table of Contents

product. Our estimates of future warranty costs are largely based on historical experience of product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures. Our operating results could be materially and adversely affected if future warranty claims exceed historical experiences and we are not able to recover costs from our contract manufacturers. Our warranty expenses were $228,000, $827,000 and $584,000 in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts receivable. In estimating the allowance, management considers, among other factors, the aging of the accounts receivable, our historical write offs, the credit worthiness of each distributor and general economic conditions.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we expect to realize. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant judgment including current operating results, the forecast of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning initiatives.

In addition, our calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We may be subject to income tax audits in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, as a result, must also assess exposures to any potential issues arising from current or future audits of current and prior years’ tax returns. Accordingly, we must assess such potential exposures and, where necessary, provide a reserve to cover any expected loss. To the extent that we establish a reserve, our provision for income taxes would be increased. We review our potential liabilities periodically and, if necessary, record an additional charge in our provision for taxes in the period in which we determine that tax liability is greater than our original estimate. If we ultimately determine that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, we reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which we determine that the liability is no longer necessary.

Stock-based Compensation

We record stock-based awards, including stock options, at fair value as of the grant date and recognize expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the awards. We estimate the fair value of stock-based awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. We adopted the above guidance using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, the new fair value recognition provisions are applied to option grants on and after July 1, 2005. We expense all options granted or modified after July 1, 2005 on a straight-line basis.

Our stock-based compensation expense was as follows:

 

     Years Ended June 30,      Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010          2010              2011      
    

(In thousands)

 
                          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 1       $ 5       $ 124       $ 120       $ 20   

Research and development

     46         315         26,221         26,213         191   

Sales, general and administrative

     53         185         9,814         9,713         465   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 100       $ 505       $ 36,159       $ 36,046       $ 676   
                                            

 

47


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010, our stock-based compensation included $35.9 million related to the repurchase of our common stock and options from our employees and contractors. We determined that the repurchase price we paid was greater than fair market value of our common stock and recorded the difference between the purchase price and fair market value as stock-based compensation expense. See “—Repurchase of Common Stock and Sale of Series A Preferred Stock.” The remaining $281,000 of the stock-based compensation we recorded in fiscal 2010 resulted from option and restricted stock unit grants we made during fiscal 2010 and prior fiscal years.

We had approximately $3.3 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards and restricted stock unit grants, net of estimated forfeitures, as of March 31, 2011, which we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.

For grants made since January 1, 2010, we obtained contemporaneous valuation analyses prepared by an unrelated third party valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair value of our common stock. The initial contemporaneous valuation report valued our common stock as of April 30, 2010 and we received the most recent contemporaneous valuation report as of April 2011. Prior to January 1, 2010, we obtained retrospective analyses prepared by the same valuation firm in order to assist us in determining the fair value of our common stock as of June 30, 2009. After January 1, 2010, our board of directors has considered these reports when determining the fair value of our common stock and related exercise prices of option awards on the date such awards were granted. These third party valuations were also used for purposes of determining the Black-Scholes-Merton fair value of our stock option awards and related stock-based compensation expense.

The valuations of our common stock used the discounted cash flow method, the public company comparable company method, and the merger and acquisition comparative transaction method to determine a fair value of our common stock. The valuations assigned a weight to the value determined under each method. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, the valuations considered the impact of the liquidation preferences of our preferred stock. Additionally, the valuations also considered the probability weighted method and the option pricing method for allocating the total equity value between our preferred and common stock.

The significant input assumptions used in the valuation model were based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment.

Assumptions utilized in the discounted cash flow method were:

 

  §  

estimates of our future operating results;

 

  §  

a discount rate, which was applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows; and

 

  §  

a terminal value using the Gordon-Growth model, which was applied to our last year of discretely forecasted adjusted net cash flow to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows.

Assumptions utilized in the public company comparable company method were:

 

  §  

estimates of our future operating results;

 

  §  

multiples of market value to trailing 12 months revenues and current fiscal year end, determined as of the valuation date, based on a group of comparable public companies we identified; and

 

  §  

multiples of market value to current fiscal year and expected future earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and earnings before income taxes, or EBIT, determined as of the valuation date, based on the group of comparable public companies that we identified.

Assumptions utilized in the merger and acquisition comparable transaction method were:

 

  §  

our historical earnings and EBITDA for the 12 months prior to the valuation date; and

 

  §  

multiples based on the final transaction values for comparable companies that were sold or acquired compared to their revenues prior to the acquisition date.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our board of directors and its compensation committee set the exercise price of stock options based on a price per share not less than the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our board takes into consideration numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair market value of our common stock on each grant date in order to set exercise prices at or above the fair market value. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

  §  

valuations using the methodologies described above;

 

  §  

our operating and financial performance; and

 

  §  

the lack of liquidity of our capital stock and likelihood of achieving a liquidity event given then current market conditions and trends in the broader technology markets.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model used to determine the fair value of our stock option awards and related stock option expense requires a number of estimates and assumptions. In valuing stock-based awards under the fair value accounting method, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of our common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. The expected volatility of our common stock is based on the volatility of various comparable companies, as we do not have sufficient historical data with regards to the volatility of our own stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that we expect the options granted to be outstanding. We calculate the expected term as the average of the option vesting and contractual terms. In the future, as we gain sufficient historical data for volatility in our own common stock and the actual term for which our options are held, the expected volatility and expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense we record. In addition, the estimate of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment and to the extent actual results differ from our estimates, these amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period we revised our estimates.

The fair value of our options granted to employees and consultants was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions for the grants made in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Years Ended June 30,   Nine Months Ended
March 31,
           2008           2009           2010           2010           2011    

Expected term in years

    6.1    6.1    6.1    3.6    6.1

Risk-free interest rate

  

3.1

 

3.2

 

4.5

 

5.0

 

4.5

Expected dividend yield

          

Expected volatility

  

58

 

57

 

65

 

50

 

65

Weighted average grant-date fair value

   $0.68   $0.74   $2.86   $1.58   $4.89

Preferred Stock Warrants

In March 2010 in connection with the sale of our Series A preferred stock, as more fully described below, we issued warrants to purchase 854,256 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock. These warrants were outstanding at March 31, 2010 and were classified as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of that date. At the date of issuance, the fair value of $1.3 million was recorded as a warrant liability. We estimated the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. This model utilizes the estimated fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and expected volatility of the price of the underlying convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the warrant liability, as measured prior to being exercised on June 29, 2010, decreased $456,000 from the initial fair value at issuance and the decline in value was recorded as a gain in other income (expense), net in our statement of operations for fiscal 2010. On June 29, 2010, holders of the warrants exercised their option to purchase 854,256 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $7.37 per share for total proceeds of $6.3 million. Upon exercise of the warrants, we remeasured and reclassified the balance of the warrant liability as redeemable convertible preferred stock on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

49


Table of Contents

Repurchase of Common Stock and Sale of Series A Preferred Stock

In March 2010, we entered into a Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., certain of our stockholders and certain of our optionees pursuant to which we repurchased shares of our common stock and vested options to acquire shares of our common stock from our stockholders and optionees and issued shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, or the Series A shares, to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. Upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement, we simultaneously repurchased an aggregate of 13,241,728 shares of our common stock at $7.37 per share from certain of our employees and consultants and repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 317,864 shares of our common stock for $7.37 per share from our employees and we issued an aggregate of 13,559,596 Series A shares and warrants to purchase an additional 854,256 Series A shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stock Repurchases” for additional information.

We determined by way of historical valuation that the fair market value of each share of our common stock outstanding and subject to outstanding options that we repurchased was $4.73, or $2.65 per share less than the per share repurchase price. As each person from whom we repurchased common stock or options was our employee or consultant, at the time of the repurchase or prior to that time, we recorded approximately $35.9 million as compensation expense, which represented the excess of the aggregate repurchase price over the aggregate fair value per share.

Each Series A share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of our common stock on a one for one basis, subject to adjustment for future dilutive issuances, splits, consolidations and the like. From the initial date of issuance of our Series A preferred stock in March 2010, the holders of our Series A shares were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 4% of the original purchase price per share, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. On January 10, 2011 we amended our certificate of incorporation. At such time, we paid a onetime dividend of (i) $0.21 per share issued on March 2, 2010 to holders of our Series A shares and (ii) $0.12 per share for each other share of our Series A preferred stock as consideration for all cumulative dividends from the initial date of issuance until November 19, 2010. After January 10, 2011, the holder of each Series A share is entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 4% of the original purchase price per share from January 10, 2011 through the payment date only upon the redemption of the Series A shares, the liquidation of our company for less than $7.37 per share or upon our default of certain contractual agreements with the holders of the Series A shares.

We account for the deemed dividends using the two class method and, as a result, our net income available to common stockholders was reduced by approximately $1.3 million and $3.3 million for fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.

The Series A shares are redeemable under certain circumstances, at the option of the holders. The redemption features of our Series A shares require us to classify the Series A shares as a security outside stockholders’ equity and to record accretion related to the redemption rights until such time as the Series A shares are converted to common stock or redeemed. Upon the conversion of the Series A shares to common stock, the aggregate accretion would be reclassified in stockholders’ equity as common stock and additional paid-in capital. All Series A shares will be converted into shares of common stock in connection with this offering.

 

50


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Nine Months Ended March 31, 2010 to Nine Months Ended March 31, 2011

 

     Nine Months Ended March 31,  
       2010     2011  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 96,653        100   $ 130,320         100

Cost of revenues (1)

     58,034        60     77,545         60
                                 

Gross profit

     38,619        40     52,775         40
                                 

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

     29,984        31     8,038         6

Sales, general and administrative (1)(2)

     16,178        17     5,307         4
                                 

Total operating expenses

     46,162        48     13,345         10
                                 

Income (loss) from operations

     (7,543     (8 )%      39,430         30

Interest income

     59        *        46         *   

Other income (expense), net

     250        *        4         *   
                                 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (7,234     (7 )%      39,480         30

Provision for income taxes

     7,523        (8 )%      7,888         6
                                 

Net income (loss)

   $ (14,757     (15 )%    $ 31,592         24
                     

 

*      Less than 1%

 

         

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

         

Cost of revenues

   $ 120        $ 20      

Research and development

     26,213          191      

Sales, general and administrative

     9,713          465      
                     

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 36,046        $ 676      
                     

(2)     Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:

   $ 1,625        $      

Revenues

Revenues increased $33.7 million, or 35%, from $96.7 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $130.3 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2011. During the nine months ended March 31, 2011, the increase in revenues was primarily attributable to the success of our systems products, most notably our AirMax product line. Increases in revenues from the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to the nine months ended March 31, 2011 were also attributable to higher unit volume. During the nine months ended March 31, 2011, there was a shift in our product mix toward systems and away from embedded radios.

In the nine months ended March 31, 2010, revenues from two distributors represented 16% and 15%, respectively, of our revenues. In the nine months ended March 31, 2011, the same two distributors represented 20% and 14% of our revenues, respectively. No other distributor or customer represented more than 10% of our revenues in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 or March 31, 2011.

Revenues by Product Type

 

     Nine Months Ended March 31,  
       2010     2011  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

AirMax

   $ 22,656         23   $ 71,041         55

Other systems

     56,822         59     34,475         26
                                  

Systems

     79,478         82     105,516         81

Embedded radio

     10,745         11     10,669         8

Antennas/other

     6,430         7     14,135         11
                                  

Total revenues

   $ 96,653         100   $ 130,320         100
                                  

Systems revenues increased $26.0 million, or 33%, from $79.5 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $105.5 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in systems revenues was driven by

 

51


Table of Contents

rapid adoption of our AirMax product line, which we introduced in early fiscal 2010, partially offset by a decline in our other systems revenues. We expect further increases in the AirMax product line to be partially offset by a decline in our other products in this category.

Embedded radio revenues decreased slightly from the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to the nine months ended March 31, 2011. We anticipate that embedded radio products will decline as a percentage of revenues in future periods as sales of these products are outpaced by sales of systems products.

Antennas/other revenues increased $7.7 million, or 120%, from $6.4 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $14.1 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. A primary driver of growth in antennas/other revenues was the broadening of our systems product lines, which drove demand for associated antennas. Antennas/other revenues also increased due to the growing sales of accessories purchased in connection with deployment of new systems, such as cables. Other revenues also include revenues that are attributable to PCS. We anticipate that antenna/other revenues will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods but will decline as a percentage of total revenues due to more rapid growth of systems revenues.

Revenues by Geography

We generally deliver product directly from our manufacturers to freight companies in Hong Kong, which have been retained by our distributors and who in turn ship to other locations throughout the world. We have determined the geographical distribution of our product revenues based on ship-to destinations. A majority of our sales are to distributors who in turn sell to resellers or directly to end customers. As a result of these factors, we believe that sales to certain geographic locations might be higher or lower, as the ultimate destinations are difficult to ascertain. For example, we believe the decline in North American revenues was largely due to products that may have been ultimately destined for the South America market being routed through a U.S. address. During the nine months ended March 31, 2011, we believe a large portion of products destined for South America began to be shipped directly to that region, causing an offsetting increase to South America revenues. The increase in revenues across all other regions was primarily driven by the success of our systems products, most notably our AirMax product line. The following are our revenues by geography for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011.

 

     Nine Months Ended March 31,  
       2010     2011  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

North America

   $ 45,591         47   $ 39,910         30

South America

     4,841         5     32,546         25

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

     39,061         41     46,431         36

Asia Pacific

     7,160         7     11,433         9
                                  

Total revenues

   $ 96,653         100   $ 130,320         100
                                  

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Cost of revenues increased $19.5 million, or 34%, from $58.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $77.5 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011, primarily due to growth in revenues and changes in product mix from embedded radios to our systems products. Gross margin remained relatively stable at 40% in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011. We believe that our gross margins have largely stabilized and do not expect substantial additional fluctuations in gross margins in the near term.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses decreased $21.9 million, or 73%, from $30.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $8.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Research and development expense in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 included $26.2 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the

 

52


Table of Contents

Summit transaction in March 2010. Excluding the effect of the Summit transaction, research and development costs increased $4.2 million, or 112%, from $3.8 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $8.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Excluding the compensation expense related to the Summit transaction, as a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses increased from 4% in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to 6% in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. These increases in research and development expenses were due to increases in headcount as we broadened our research and development activities to new product areas. Over time, we expect our research and development costs to increase as we continue making significant investments in developing new products and developing new versions of our existing products.

Sales, General and Administrative

Sales, general and administrative expenses decreased $10.9 million, or 67%, from $16.2 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $5.3 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Sales, general and administrative expense in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 included $9.6 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit transaction in March 2010 and a $1.6 million charge related to an export compliance matter. Excluding the effect of the Summit transaction and the export compliance matter, sales, general and administrative costs increased $339,000, or 7%, from $5.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $5.3 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Excluding the stock-based compensation expense related to the Summit transaction and the charge related to an export compliance matter, as a percentage of revenues, sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 5% in the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to 4% in the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Excluding the effects of the Summit transaction and the export compliance matter, sales, general and administrative expenses increased slightly due to increased personnel costs and increased costs associated with our preparation to be a public company. However, as a percentage of revenues sales, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly due to our overall revenue growth. Over time, we expect our sales, general and administrative expenses increase in absolute dollars due to continued growth in headcount to support our business and operations as a public company.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes increased $365,000, or 5%, from $7.5 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 to $7.9 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Exclusive of the impact of the Summit transaction and a charge for an export compliance matter, income before provision for income taxes increased from $30.1 million to $39.5 million and our effective tax rate decreased from 25% to 20% for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The lower effective tax rate was a result of a higher level of income in lower tax jurisdictions.

 

53


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2009 and 2010

The following table presents our historical operating results in dollars and as a percentage of revenues for the periods presented:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2009     2010  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 63,121         100   $ 136,952        100

Cost of revenues (1)

     37,181         59     82,404        60
                                 

Gross profit

     25,940         41     54,548        40
                                 

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development (1)

     5,166         8     31,704        23

Sales, general and administrative (1)(2)

     2,946         5     18,162        13
                                 

Total operating expenses

     8,112         13     49,866        36
                                 

Income from operations

     17,828         28     4,682        4

Interest income

     118         *        64        *   

Other income (expense), net

             *        517        *   
                                 

Income before provision for income taxes

     17,946         29     5,263        4

Provision for income taxes

     8,057         13     10,719        8
                                 

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,889         16   $ (5,456     (4 %) 
                                 

 

*      Less than 1%

 

         

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

         

Cost of revenues

   $ 5         $ 124     

Research and development

     315           26,221     

Sales, general and administrative

     185           9,814     
                     

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 505         $ 36,159     
                     

(2)     Includes a charge for an export compliance matter as follows:

   $         $ 1,625     

Revenues

Revenues increased $73.8 million, or 117%, from $63.1 million in fiscal 2009 to $137.0 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in revenues during fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to the success of our systems products, most notably our AirMax product line. However, increased sales of embedded radios and antennas/other also drove revenue growth. Increases in revenues from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 were also attributable to a higher volume of sales.

In fiscal 2009, revenues from one distributor represented 12% of our revenues. In fiscal 2010, this distributor represented 13% and another distributor represented 17% of our revenues. No other distributor or customer represented 10% or more of our revenues in fiscal 2009 or 2010.

Revenues by Product Type

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2009     2010  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

AirMax

   $         *      $ 37,525         27

Other systems

     49,764         79     75,368         55
                                  

Systems

     49,764         79     112,893         82

Embedded radio

     12,958         20     14,047         10

Antennas/other

     399         1     10,012         8
                                  

Total revenues

   $ 63,121         100   $ 136,952         100
                                  

 

* Less than 1%

 

54


Table of Contents

Systems revenues increased $63.1 million, or 127%, from $49.8 million in fiscal 2009 to $112.9 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in systems revenues was driven by our Nano Station products and our AirMax product line, which we introduced in fiscal 2010. Our systems revenues increased as a percentage of revenues from 79% in fiscal 2009 to 82% in fiscal 2010.

Embedded radio revenues increased $1.1 million, or 8%, from $13.0 million in fiscal 2009 to $14.0 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in embedded radios revenues was driven by the introduction of new embedded radio products during fiscal 2010.

Antennas/other revenues increased $9.6 million, or 2,409%, from $399,000 in fiscal 2009 to $10.0 million in fiscal 2010. The introduction of our antenna product line drove this growth in fiscal 2010. Prior to fiscal 2010, the amounts of antenna revenues were immaterial. Antennas/other revenues increased from 1% of revenues in fiscal 2009 to 8% of revenues in fiscal 2010.

Revenues by Geography

The increase in revenues across all regions was primarily driven by the success of our systems products, most notably our AirMax product line. The following were our revenues by geography for fiscal 2009 and 2010.

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2009     2010  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

North America

   $ 28,476         45   $ 56,995         42

South America

     3,916         6     13,520         10

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

     27,801         44     55,089         40

Asia Pacific

     2,928         5     11,348         8
                                  

Total revenues

   $ 63,121         100   $ 136,952         100
                                  

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Cost of revenues increased $45.2 million, or 122%, from $37.2 million in fiscal 2009 to $82.4 million in fiscal 2010, primarily due to growth in the number of units we sold during the fiscal year. Gross margin remained relatively stable and was 41% in fiscal 2009 and 40% in fiscal 2010, reflecting the fact that a substantial majority of our revenues were from systems products.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased $26.5 million, or 514%, from $5.2 million in fiscal 2009 to $31.7 million in fiscal 2010. Research and development expense in fiscal 2010 included $26.2 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit transaction in March 2010. Excluding the effect of the Summit transaction, research and development costs increased $344,000, or 7%, from $5.2 million in fiscal 2009 to $5.5 million in fiscal 2010. Research and development expense increased due to increased employee benefit costs and contract labor costs due to increases in headcount. Excluding the compensation expense related to the Summit transaction, as a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses decreased from 8% in fiscal 2009 to 4% in fiscal 2010.

Sales, General and Administrative

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $15.2 million, or 516%, from $2.9 million in fiscal 2009 to $18.2 million in fiscal 2010. Sales, general and administrative expense in fiscal 2010 included $9.6 million of stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit transaction and a $1.6 million charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue. Excluding the effects of the Summit transaction and the charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue, sales, general and administrative expenses increased approximately $4.0 million, or 136%, from $2.9 million in 2009 to $7.0 million in 2010. Sales, general and administrative expense increased

 

55


Table of Contents

due to a $1.1 million increase in non-capitalized legal, professional and accounting expenses in connection with financing activities, a provision of $800,000 for doubtful accounts, a $625,000 increase in depreciation and facilities-related expenses, a $617,000 increase in spending related to travel and marketing activity, $550,000 in litigation costs related to our litigation with a former employee, and a $148,000 increase in personnel expenses as we increased permanent employee and consulting headcount to support our business growth. Excluding the effects of the Summit transaction and the charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue, as a percentage of revenues, sales, general and administrative expense remained even at 5% for fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income, net, consists primarily of the effect of revaluing warrants, gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement of foreign currency balances. Other income increased $517,000 from zero in fiscal 2009 to $517,000 in fiscal 2010. The increase was primarily related to $456,000 of noncash income from the revaluation of warrants issued in connection with the Summit transaction.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes increased $2.7 million, or 33%, from $8.1 million in fiscal 2009 to $10.7 million in fiscal 2010. Exclusive of the impact of the Summit transaction and a charge for an export compliance matter, income before provision for income taxes increased from $17.9 million to $41.1 million and our effective tax rate decreased from 45% to 20% for fiscal 2009 and 2010, respectively. The lower effective tax rate was a result of a higher level of income in lower tax jurisdictions.

Comparison of Years Ended June 30, 2008 and 2009

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008      2009  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 22,435         100    $ 63,121         100

Cost of revenues

     10,942         49      37,181         59
                                   

Gross profit

     11,493         51      25,940         41
                                   

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

     2,706         12      5,166         8

Sales, general and administrative

     1,396         6      2,946         5
                                   

Total operating expenses

     4,102         18      8,112         13
                                   

Income from operations

     7,391         33      17,828         28

Interest income

     112         *         118         *   

Other income (expense), net

     11         *                 *   
                                   

Income before provision for income taxes

     7,514         34      17,946         29

Provision for income taxes

     2,817         13      8,057         13
                                   

Net income

   $ 4,697         21    $ 9,889         16
                                   

 

* Less than one percent.

Revenues

Revenues increased $40.7 million, or 181%, from $22.4 million in fiscal 2008 to $63.1 million in fiscal 2009. The increase in revenues from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 resulted largely from increases in sales of our nonproprietary products.

In fiscal 2008, revenues from two distributors represented 19% and 12%, respectively, of our revenues. In fiscal 2009, revenues from one distributor represented 12% of our revenues. No other distributor or customer represented 10% or more of our revenues in fiscal 2008 or 2009.

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenues by Product Type

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008      2009  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

AirMax

   $               $           

Other systems

     10,851         48      49,764         79
                                   

Systems

     10,851         48      49,764         79

Embedded radio

     11,490         51      12,958         20

Antennas/other

     94         1      399         1
                                   

Total revenues

   $ 22,435         100    $ 63,121         100
                                   

Systems revenues increased $38.9 million, or 359%, from $10.9 million in fiscal 2008 to $49.8 million in fiscal 2009. Our systems revenues increased as a percentage of revenues from 48% in fiscal 2008 to 79% in fiscal 2009. The increase of $38.9 million in systems revenues was driven by products in the category being introduced during fiscal 2008 and having an entire fiscal year of revenues in fiscal 2009. For example, our NanoStation product line was introduced late in the third quarter of fiscal 2008, while our high volume Bullet product line was introduced in early fiscal 2009.

Embedded radio revenues increased $1.5 million, or 13%, from $11.5 million in fiscal 2008 to $13.0 million in fiscal 2009. Embedded radio revenues declined as a percentage of our total revenues from 51% in fiscal 2008 to 20% in fiscal 2009. The absolute dollar increase in revenues was driven predominantly by the number of new product introductions in the embedded radio category during fiscal 2009.

Antennas/other revenues increased $305,000, or 324%, from $94,000 in fiscal 2008 to $399,000 in fiscal 2009. Revenues in the category for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 were primarily from sales of accessories, such as mounting hardware, and did not include any material antenna revenues. The increase of $305,000 in antennas/other revenues was driven by increase in the sales of accessories and associated products.

Revenues by Geography

The increase in revenues across all regions was primarily driven by the success of our systems products, most notably the PowerStation and NanoStation. Shifts away from North America stemmed from the substantial growth in revenues in other regions rather than a decline in absolute dollars in North America. The following were our revenues by geography for fiscal 2008 and 2009.

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008     2009  
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

North America

   $ 13,121         58   $ 28,476         45

South America

     197         1     3,916         6

Europe, the Middle East and Africa

     8,051         36     27,801         44

Asia Pacific

     1,066         5     2,928         5
                                  

Total revenues

   $ 22,435         100   $ 63,121         100
                                  

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Cost of revenues increased $26.2 million, or 240%, from $10.9 million in fiscal 2008 to $37.2 million in fiscal 2009, primarily due to growth in the absolute number of products we had manufactured and sold. Gross margin decreased from 51% in fiscal 2008 to 41% in fiscal 2009 due to a planned product mix shift toward our higher volume but lower margin systems products and away from our higher gross margin embedded radio products.

 

57


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expenses increased $2.5 million, or 91%, from $2.7 million in fiscal 2008 to $5.2 million in fiscal 2009, primarily due to increased labor fringe benefit costs and contract labor costs as we increased our headcount to build our product offerings. A portion of the increases in research and development expenses related to headcount increases in our Lithuanian development center. Although research and development costs rose in absolute dollars on a year over year basis, they declined significantly as a percentage of revenues, decreasing from 12% in fiscal 2008 to 8% in fiscal 2009.

Sales, General and Administrative

Sales, general and administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, or 111%, from $1.4 million in fiscal 2008 to $2.9 million in fiscal 2009, primarily due to a $649,000 increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount, of which $132,000 was due to stock-based compensation, a $560,000 increase in legal, professional and accounting fees, a $216,000 increase in depreciation and facilities-related expenses and a $127,000 increase in travel and marketing costs. Although sales, general and administrative expenses increased in absolute terms on a year over year basis, they declined slightly as a percentage of revenues, decreasing from 6% in fiscal 2008 to 5% in fiscal 2009.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes increased $5.2 million, or 186%, from $2.8 million in fiscal 2008 to $8.1 million in fiscal 2009, primarily resulting from the increase in income from operations. Our effective tax rate increased from 37% in fiscal 2008 to 45% in fiscal 2009. The increase in the effective tax rate was driven by foreign losses not benefited and certain permanently non-deductible items. The foreign losses were a result of research and development cost sharing arrangements. Our operations in Hong Kong did not realize sufficient revenues in fiscal 2009 to offset the operating expenses, thereby incurring a loss.

 

58


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each quarter of fiscal 2010 and the first, second and third quarters of fiscal 2011. We have prepared the statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, it includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
      September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
   

December 31,

2010

   

March 31,

2011

 
    (In thousands, unaudited)              

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 18,842      $ 36,294      $ 41,517      $ 40,299      $ 34,082      $ 45,087      $ 51,151   

Cost of revenues (1)

    11,485        21,305        25,244        24,370        20,453        27,045        30,047   
                                                       

Gross profit

    7,357        14,989        16,273        15,929        13,629        18,042        21,104   
                                                       

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    924        1,303        27,757        1,720        2,496        2,604        2,938   

Sales, general and administrative (1)(2)

    1,577        1,405        13,196        1,984        1,665        1,758        1,884   
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    2,501        2,708        40,953        3,704        4,161        4,362        4,822   
                                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    4,856        12,281        (24,680     12,225        9,468        13,680        16,282   

Interest income

    34        20        5        5        8        14        24   

Other income (expense), net

    6        5        239        267        (1     20        (15
                                                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    4,896        12,306        (24,436     12,497        9,475        13,714        16,291   

Provision for income taxes

    1,252        3,147        3,124        3,196        1,894        2,736        3,258   
                                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 3,644      $ 9,159      $ (27,560   $ 9,301      $ 7,581      $ 10,978      $ 13,033   
                                                       
      September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
   

December 31,

2010

   

March 31,

2011

 
    (In thousands, unaudited)              

(1)    Stock-based Compensation Expense:

             

Cost of revenues

  $ 7      $ 10      $ 103      $ 4      $ 6      $ 6      $ 8   

Research and development

    7        8        26,188        18        38        68        85   

Sales, general and administrative

    46        47        9,630        91        139        162        164   
                                                       

Total

  $ 60      $ 65      $ 35,921      $ 113      $ 183      $ 236      $ 257   
                                                       

(2)    Charge for a regulatory export compliance matter

  $      $      $ 1,625      $      $      $      $   
                                                       
    Three Months Ended  
      September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2009
    March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    September 30,
2010
   

December 31,

2010

   

March 31,

2011

 
    (In thousands, unaudited)              

Revenues by Product Category:

             

AirMax

  $ 3,156      $ 8,187      $ 11,314      $ 14,868      $ 17,080      $ 25,637      $ 28,324   

Other systems

    10,893        21,712        24,217        18,546        11,486        11,495        11,494   
                                                       

Systems

    14,049        29,899        35,531        33,414        28,566        37,132        39,818   

Embedded radio

    3,887        3,968        2,889        3,303        3,043        3,452        4,174   

Antenna/other

    906        2,427        3,097        3,582        2,473        4,503        7,159   
                                                       

Total revenues

  $ 18,842      $ 36,294      $ 41,517      $ 40,299      $ 34,082      $ 45,087      $ 51,151   
                                                       

 

59


Table of Contents

Within our product categories, our recently introduced AirMax systems demonstrated significant strength and had revenues of $3.2 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009, the quarter the product was introduced. Sales of AirMax systems have grown on a sequential basis from introduction through the three months ended March 31, 2011 with revenues of $28.3 million in the latest period. Our AirMax revenues are now the majority of our systems revenues. We expect this trend to continue, with this growth in AirMax revenues offsetting the decline in nonproprietary systems revenues.

Our revenue growth during the three months ended December 31, 2009 was positively affected by the resolution of operational issues that limited our ability to fully satisfy demand in the three months ended September 30, 2009, thus limiting our revenues in that quarter. Our operational issues included difficulty in procuring materials, as well as capacity constraints at our contract manufacturers. In late fiscal 2009, there was a pronounced global shortage of electronic components as a result of an unexpectedly strong increase in demand for electronic products. To a lesser extent, revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2010 also benefited from the resolution of these operational issues, as we were able to fully satisfy demand for our products for the first time. Our decision to account for transactions with two distributors on a cash receipt basis adversely affected our revenues in the three months ended December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010. We determined that collectibility was not reasonably assured and therefore our criteria for recognition of revenues was not met. Our revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2010 were also negatively impacted by delays in orders after we announced introduction of new products that would first become available in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2011.

Our overall gross margins have been fairly constant. Although systems have lower gross margins than our embedded radio products, as our systems revenues have become a larger portion of our total revenues, our gross margins have stabilized around the gross margins of our systems products. Product mix in favor of embedded radios was the primary driver around the improvement in gross margins in the three months ended December 31, 2009. The sequential improvement in the three months ended December 31, 2009 was also attributable to the allocation of fixed costs with costs of revenues over a larger revenue base. As revenues increased and our fixed costs remained stable, our gross margins benefitted through the end of fiscal 2010 and in the nine months ended March 31, 2011.

Our operating expenses have increased on a sequential basis. The increase in research and development costs was primarily attributable to increased personnel added throughout each of the quarters presented, as well as increased facility costs for our Taipei office. In the three months ended September 30, 2010, we also established a research and development center in Illinois. Sales, general and administrative expenses increased most significantly in the second half of fiscal 2010. This increase in sales, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to infrastructure costs in preparation for becoming a public company. The significant increase in all operating expenses in the three months ended March 31, 2010 was attributable to the $35.9 million stock-based compensation charge related to the Summit transaction and a $1.6 million charge related to a regulatory export compliance issue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, our operations primarily have been funded through cash generated by operations. Our cash and cash equivalent balances are as follows:

 

     June 30,      March 31,  
       2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (In thousands)  
                         

(Unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,936       $ 13,674       $ 28,415       $ 13,183       $ 71,489   

In March 2010, we issued 13,559,596 shares of our Series A preferred stock to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. at a price of $7.37 per share. We also issued warrants to purchase 854,256 shares of our Series A preferred stock to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. with an exercise price of $7.37. Our net proceeds from these transactions were $105.8 million. We used the proceeds to repurchase an aggregate of 13,241,728

 

60


Table of Contents

shares of common stock and vested options to purchase 317,864 shares of common stock for an aggregate of $100.0 million, representing a price per share of $7.37. In connection with the repurchases, we recorded $35.9 million of stock-based compensation expense and $64.1 million of treasury stock.

Unrelated to the Series A financing, from time to time we have repurchased shares of our common stock or options to purchase common stock from departing employees or consultants. In fiscal 2010, we repurchased 1,200,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate of $512,000. In the nine months ended March 31, 2011, we repurchased 1,190,236 shares of common stock for an aggregate of $7.3 million.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the timing of new product introductions, market acceptance of our products and overall economic conditions.

The following table sets forth the major components of our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows data for the periods presented:

 

    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
    (In thousands)  
                     

(Unaudited)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 3,859      $ 7,265      $ (25,985   $ (34,950   $ 54,662   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (40     (280     (615     (478     (440

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    90        753        41,341        34,937        (11,148
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,909      $ 7,738      $ 14,741      $ (491   $ 43,074   
                                       

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 of $35.0 million reflected a net loss of $14.8 million and decreases in operating assets and liabilities of $20.1 million. Excluding the $35.9 million charge related to the Summit transaction, we would have generated $928,000 of cash from operating activities in the nine months ended March 31, 2010. Changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a $27.9 million increase in accounts receivable, a $10.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $5.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a net increase of $3.0 million in deferred revenues and deferred cost of revenues, an increase of $3.3 million in inventories, and a $2.3 million increase in income taxes payable.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended March 31, 2011 of $54.7 million increased from cash used in operating activities of $35.0 million in the nine months ended March 31, 2010. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from net income of $31.6 million and increases in operating assets and liabilities of $22.0 million for the nine months ended March 31, 2011. Changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a $14.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $4.7 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $2.1 million increase in income taxes payable, a $2.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a net decrease of $892,000 in deferred revenues and deferred cost of revenues and a $739,000 increase in inventories.

Cash provided by operating activities of $3.9 million in fiscal 2008 reflected net income of $4.7 million, partially offset by net noncash charges and credits of $601,000 and net change in operating assets and liabilities of $237,000. Net noncash charges and credits consist primarily of a noncash charge of $100,000 in stock-based compensation offset by a $703,000 credit for deferred taxes. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consist of a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable, a $3.2 million increase in income taxes payable, a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $719,000 increase in inventories and a $545,000 increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

61


Table of Contents

Cash provided by operating activities of $7.3 million in fiscal 2009 increased from net cash provided by operating activities of $3.9 million in fiscal 2008. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from net income of $9.9 million and non-cash charges of $1.1 million partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $3.7 million. Noncash charges consist primarily of $536,000 in deferred taxes and $505,000 in stock-based compensation. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable, a $3.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $1.3 million increase in income taxes payable and a $199,000 decrease in inventories.

Cash used in operating activities of $26.0 million in fiscal 2010 declined substantially from cash provided by operating activities of $7.3 million in fiscal 2009. The decline in cash used in operating activities resulted from our net loss of $5.5 million, net noncash charges and credits of $453,000 and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $21.0 million. Noncash charges and credits primarily consisted of a $800,000 charge for bad debt expense offset by a $645,000 credit for deferred taxes. Excluding the $35.9 million charge related to the Summit transaction, we would have generated $9.9 million of cash from operating activities in fiscal 2010. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of $29.5 million increase in accounts receivable, a $10.1 million increase in deferred revenues offset by an increase in deferred cost of revenues of $5.9 million, a $7.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, a $4.1 million increase in inventories, a $1.6 million increase in income taxes payable and a $1.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our investing activities consist solely of capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010 were $40,000, $280,000 and $615,000, respectively. Capital expenditures for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 were $478,000 and $440,000, respectively.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During the nine months ended March 31, 2011, we entered into a stock purchase agreement to repurchase 1,190,236 shares of common stock from three stockholders for total consideration of $7.3 million. Additionally, we paid a dividend on our Series A convertible preferred warrants of $3.0 million and paid $896,000 in costs related to third party consulting services associated with the offering described in this prospectus. During the nine months ended March 31, 2010, net financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series A preferred stock for $100.0 million from entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., $500,000 paid for legal and other administrative costs related to the closing of the transaction with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., offset by $64.1 million of repurchases of common stock and cancellation of options in connection with the issuance of Series A preferred stock. Additionally, we entered into a stock purchase agreement to repurchase 1,200,000 shares of common stock from a stockholder for total consideration of $512,000.

Our financing activities provided net cash of $90,000 during fiscal 2008 related to the repayment of notes receivable from stockholders. Our financing activities provided net cash of $753,000 during fiscal 2009 related to the repayment of notes receivable from stockholders.

Our financing activities provided net cash of $41.3 million during fiscal 2010. Net financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Series A preferred stock for $100.0 million from Summit Partners, $500,000 paid for legal and other administrative costs related to the closing of the transaction with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, offset by $64.1 million of repurchases of common stock and cancellation of options in connection with the issuance of Series A preferred stock. Additionally, proceeds of $6.3 million were provided from the exercise of Series A preferred stock warrants issued to entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. and $512,000 was used for the repurchase of common stock unrelated to the Summit transaction.

 

62


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

We lease our headquarters in San Jose, California and other locations worldwide under noncancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2014. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2010:

 

     Payments Due by June 30,  
      

2011

    

2012

    

2013

    

2014

     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Operating leases

   $ 688       $ 659       $ 191       $       $ 1,538   

We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, our contract manufacturers procure components based upon orders placed by us. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may still be liable to the contract manufacturers for the cost of the components purchased by the subcontractors to manufacture our products. We periodically review the potential liability and to date no accruals have been recorded. Our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we were required to compensate the contract manufacturers for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.

Commitments and Contingencies

In January 2011, the OEE contacted us to request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products. As a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside counsel, conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to the OEE’s request but also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. We believe our products have been sold into Iran by third parties. We do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. However, until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. In the course of this review we identified that two distributors may have sold Ubiquiti products into Iran. Our review also found that while we had obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not advise our shipping personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our export control review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the sanctions regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite. See “ Risk Factors—We are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries outside of the United States. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently assess the nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees for any such violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with BIS and, in June 2011 we filed one with OFAC, regarding the compliance issues noted above. The disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both distributors continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and that we received various communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so.

Since January 2011, we have cooperated with OEE and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the OEE the substance of our findings with respect to both distributors. We are still in the early stages of working with OFAC and OEE on these issues and their review of these matters is just beginning. Although we have provided OEE and OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions, OFAC and OEE may conclude that our actions resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, termination of our ability to export our products and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be

 

63


Table of Contents

imposed against us and/or our management. While we do not think it likely, OEE could place our products under a temporary denial order, which would prevent us from exporting our products at all. If this were to occur, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition because sales outside the United States represent the substantial majority of our revenues. The maximum civil monetary penalty for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict when OEE or OFAC will complete their reviews or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.

Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our estimates, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.

Warranties and Indemnifications

Our products are generally accompanied by a 12 month warranty, which covers both parts and labor. Generally the distributor is responsible for the freight costs associated with warranty returns, and we absorb the freight costs of replacing items under warranty. In accordance with ASC 450-30, Loss Contingencies, we record an accrual when we believe it is estimable and probable based upon historical experience. We record a provision for estimated future warranty work in cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenues and we review the resulting accrual regularly and periodically adjust it to reflect changes in warranty estimates.

We may in the future enter into standard indemnification agreements with many of our distributors and OEMs, as well as certain other business partners in the ordinary course of business. These agreements may include provisions for indemnifying the distributor, OEM or other business partner against any claim brought by a third party to the extent any such claim alleges that a Ubiquiti product infringes a patent, copyright or trademark or violates any other proprietary rights of that third party. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not estimable.

We have agreed to indemnify our directors, officers and certain other employees for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while such persons are or were serving at our request in such capacity. We may terminate the indemnification agreements with these persons upon the termination of their services with us but termination will not affect claims for indemnification related to events occurring prior to the effective date of termination. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. We have a director and officer insurance policy that limits our potential exposure. We believe the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal. We had not recorded any liabilities for these agreements as of June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011.

Based upon our historical experience and information known as of March 31, 2011, we do not believe it is likely that we will have significant liability for the above indemnities at March 31, 2011.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements other than those indemnification agreements described above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $5.9 million, $13.7 million and $28.4 million as of June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively and $13.2 million and $71.5 million as of March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. These amounts were held primarily in cash deposits and money market funds. The fair value of our cash and cash

 

64


Table of Contents

equivalents would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Foreign Currency Risk

Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore, our revenues are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, and may be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Chinese yuan, Lithuanian lita, Taiwan dollar and Indian rupee. During fiscal 2010, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies in which our expenses are denominated would not have had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2010, we adopted new authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefits plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, we adopted this new guidance beginning January 1, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements, which we adopted beginning January 1, 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, in May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, the updated guidance should not result in a change in the application of previous fair value measurement guidance. The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect adoption to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our long-term goal is to become a dominant player in the market for communication technology applied to the underserved and underpenetrated regions of the world. We have demonstrated a unique ability to define market disruptive products and solutions paired with an efficient and vertically integrated research and development approach that allows us to execute rapidly. These attributes have allowed us to become a worldwide leader in the unlicensed broadband market in a very short time frame. We believe that we are positioned to replicate this success through the introduction, in the near future, of disruptive technology into adjacent markets, including enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, SCADA and licensed microwave wireless backhaul.

Overview

We are a product driven company that leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver wireless networking solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to both start-up and established network operators and service providers. Our products bridge the digital divide by fundamentally changing the economics of deploying high performance wireless networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated broadband access markets globally. These markets include emerging markets and other areas where individual users and small and medium sized enterprises do not have access to the benefits of carrier class wireless broadband networking. The combination of our unique business model and leading edge technologies allows us to disrupt large and growing markets by significantly accelerating market adoption for our wireless broadband networking products and solutions. Our business model has enabled us to break down traditional barriers such as high product and network deployment costs that are driven by business model inefficiencies and achieve rapid market adoption of our products and solutions in previously underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our business model and proprietary technologies provide us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond effectively due to their higher cost business models.

We offer a broad and expanding portfolio of wireless networking products and solutions. Our products and solutions, based on our proprietary technologies, include high performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class performance for wireless networking and other applications in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Our products and solutions are integrated and flexible, which substantially reduces the cost and complexity of installation, maintenance and management of wireless networks. Our products and solutions meet the demanding performance requirements of video, voice and data applications. Additionally, our products and solutions have a low total cost of ownership and are broadly adopted by network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable wireless networks. For example, our products and solutions enabled a network operator in France to realize cost savings of more than 90% when compared to the solutions from competing equipment vendors.

Our business model is driven by the large, growing and engaged Ubiquiti Community. The members of the Ubiquiti Community interact through our forum, online support information, or wiki, and newsletter. We hold conferences that exclusively showcase our products and solutions for network operators, service providers and distributors. We also use these conferences to introduce new products and solutions and solicit direct feedback from the attendees. As of March 31, 2011, the Ubiquiti Community was comprised of more than 60,000 registered members. The Ubiquiti Community is a critical element of our business strategy as it has enabled us to redefine the traditional models for product development, sales and marketing and product support in the following key ways:

 

  §  

Product development .    Our products and solutions benefit from the active engagement between the Ubiquiti Community and engineers throughout the product development cycle. We allow the Ubiquiti Community to identify actual solution requirements and provide immediate feedback to enable the rapid introduction of optimally designed products with compelling price-performance characteristics. We leverage the Ubiquiti Community to eliminate long and expensive multi-step internal processes for gathering product requirements, finalizing design, incorporating features and functionalities and integrating customer feedback prior to final product release. This approach significantly reduces our development costs and the time to market for our products.

 

66


Table of Contents
  §  

Sales and marketing .    We do not currently have a direct sales force, but instead rely on the Ubiquiti Community to drive market awareness and demand for our products and solutions. This community-propagated viral marketing enables us to reach underserved and underpenetrated markets far more efficiently and cost effectively than is possible through traditional sales models. Our efficient and streamlined sales and marketing model allows us to avoid costs associated with expensive direct and channel sales organizations.

 

  §  

Product support.     The engaged members of the Ubiquiti Community, who enthusiastically support each other through our forum and individual blogs, have enabled us to foster a large, cost- efficient, scalable and, we believe, self-sustaining mechanism for rapid product support and dissemination of information.

The savings we achieve by relying on the Ubiquiti Community in the areas of product development, sales and marketing and product support are passed along to network operators and service providers in the form of prices that are a fraction of those of existing alternative solutions.

Building on our leadership in the underserved and underpenetrated segments of the wireless broadband access market, we intend to expand our product offerings in our existing market and enter adjacent markets by relying on the combination of our efficient business model and proprietary technologies to provide products and solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to customers in those markets. For example, we plan to introduce products and solutions for the enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, SCADA, and licensed microwave wireless backhaul markets. As we enter such new markets, we plan to leverage existing distributor relationships and establish engaged communities similar to that of the Ubiquiti Community.

In fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, we had revenues of $137.0 million and $130.3 million, respectively, representing substantial growth from revenues of $63.1 million and $96.7 million for fiscal 2009 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. In fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, we had net (loss) income of $(5.5) million and $31.6 million, respectively, compared to net income (loss) of $9.9 million and $(14.8) million for fiscal 2009 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Our GAAP net loss in fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 reflected a one time compensation charge of $35.9 million related to a repurchase of our common stock and options in connection with the Summit transaction and a $1.6 million charge for a regulatory export compliance issue. We have been profitable on a non-GAAP basis since fiscal 2006. Excluding stock-based compensation expense and a charge for an export compliance matter, in fiscal 2010 we had non-GAAP net income of $32.0 million, representing substantial growth from non-GAAP net income of $10.3 million for fiscal 2009. As of March 31, 2011, we had 84 full time equivalent employees.

Industry Overview

Internet traffic worldwide has grown rapidly in recent years, driven by an increase in the number of users and high bandwidth applications, such as streaming web content, online gaming and social networking. According to Cisco Visual Networking Index, global IP traffic is expected to increase from 14,686 petabytes, or PB, per month in 2009 to 63,904 PB per month in 2014, representing a 34% CAGR over that period. Wired networking solutions have traditionally been used to address increasing consumer and enterprise bandwidth needs. However, the high capital and operating costs and long market lead times associated with building and installing infrastructure for wired networks has severely limited the widespread deployment of these networks in underserved and underpenetrated markets.

Underserved and underpenetrated markets .    Wireless networks are emerging as an attractive alternative for addressing both the broadband access needs of underserved and underpenetrated markets and for offering a host of other services and solutions. According to a forecast by Gartner, fixed network household broadband penetration rates for 2009 and 2010 in emerging countries were a fifth of the broadband penetration in developed countries, whereas the aggregate number of households in emerging countries was approximately four times the aggregate number of households in developed countries. 1 We believe this is due to the lack of an established

 

1   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Consumer Fixed Voice, Internet and Broadband Services, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 2Q 11 Update. Amanda Sabia et al., May, 2011.

 

67


Table of Contents

network infrastructure and the high initial deployment costs of wired networks. Gartner also estimates that fixed network household broadband penetration in emerging markets will increase from 10% in 2008 to 19% in 2013. We believe this estimate understates the global penetration rates that could be achieved if carrier class wireless solutions were broadly available at a fraction of the established market costs.

Limitation of existing solutions .    Existing wireless networking technologies such as standard 802.11 based Wi-Fi, WiMAX and LTE have been designed to satisfy the increasing demand for broadband access and support mobility. According to Gartner 2 , aggregate end-user spending on wireless networking equipment for Enterprise WLAN, wireless broadband access, and LTE solutions, are expected to grow from $5.2 billion in 2010 to $22.5 billion in 2015, representing a CAGR of 34%. According to Gartner’s forecasts for wireless broadband access revenue, WiMAX base station revenues account for more than 90% of wireless broadband access revenue, which do not include CPE revenues. However, these existing alternative networking solutions often fail to meet the price-performance requirements of wireless networking in emerging markets, which in turn has led to low penetration and large populations of unaddressed users in these areas. As a result, there is a strong need for cost-effective solutions to deliver wireless networking solutions to consumers and enterprises in underserved and underpenetrated markets. These solutions must be robust and provide service equivalent to that of wired solutions while simultaneously meeting the economic objectives of network operators and service providers in these markets.

Increasing use of the unlicensed spectrum .    Private industry in underserved and underpenetrated markets worldwide has responded to the lack of wired infrastructure by deploying wireless networks utilizing unlicensed RF spectrum. These network operators and service providers often cannot afford the capital outlay to acquire licenses for the licensed RF spectrum and have consequently designed their wireless networks for the unlicensed RF spectrum. In the absence of affordable broadband access in the licensed spectrum, the number of users of the unlicensed RF spectrum has increased for communications equipment, as well as consumer devices such as cordless phones, baby monitors and microwave ovens. As a result of high demand for the unlicensed RF spectrum, use of this spectrum to provide high quality wireless networking has become more challenging and congestion is limiting the growth of wireless networks.

Government incentives for broadband access .    Governments around the world are increasingly taking both regulatory and financial steps to expand access to broadband networks and increase availability of advanced broadband services to consumers and businesses. For example, in many countries, including the United States, the responsible regulatory agencies have released the spectrum previously used for broadcast TV, known as the TV White Space, to relieve some of the congestion. The United States and other countries have adopted stimulus plans to increase the delivery of robust broadband access in unserved and underserved areas. The World Bank has reported that 12 countries and the EU have committed an aggregate of $122.4 billion in broadband stimulus funds to date.

Limitations of Alternative Solutions in Addressing Underserved and Underpenetrated Markets

To provide robust wireless networks that meet the price-performance needs of people and businesses in underserved and underpenetrated markets, vendors of wireless networking solutions must solve some of the problems facing existing solutions:

 

  §  

Poor performance .    To deliver high performance, wireless networking solutions need to satisfy the diverse performance requirements for video, voice and data. The challenges of operating in the unlicensed RF spectrum, including spectrum noise and interference from uncontrolled device proliferation, often result in network congestion, low data throughput, and high latency. Existing wireless networking solutions built for the licensed RF spectrum are designed to operate in more predictable environments and are not optimized for the crowded and less reliable unlicensed spectrum. Alternative solutions such as dial-up access and satellite broadband solutions do not satisfy the need for high capacity broadband access, while mobile solutions such as Evolution-Data Optimized, are fundamentally disadvantaged due

 

2   Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Carrier Network Infrastructure, Worldwide, 2008-2015, 2Q11 Update, Peter Kjeldsen et al., June, 2011 and Forecast: Enterprise WLAN Equipment, Worldwide, 2006-2015, 2Q11 Update, Christian Canales, May, 2011.

 

68


Table of Contents
 

to poor product performance characteristics, significant processing overhead, and design limitations for ensuring mobility and long battery life.

 

  §  

High cost of ownership .    Existing alternative solutions such as fiber-to-the-premises, cable, DSL, WiMAX, LTE and traditional backhaul, provide high capacity, high performance broadband access, but often do not meet the demanding price-performance requirements of underserved and underpenetrated markets. Many network operators and service providers are unable to deploy these alternatives due to the significant upfront capital costs and limited ability to recover these costs through subscription fees. Factors such as high product costs and lack of integration associated with alternative solutions dramatically increase the cost of network maintenance and upgrades, making these solutions impracticable for capital constrained network operators and service providers in underserved and underpenetrated markets.

 

  §  

Complexity .    Existing alternative solutions are often difficult to deploy and manage in heterogeneous network environments and require skilled employees or consultants to install and operate. Lack of hardware and software integration between products, technologies and vendor devices can diminish network performance significantly and increase the complexity of network management, integration and expansion. In underserved and underpenetrated markets, network operators and service providers typically have lean organizations with little capital or skilled labor for complex network installation, management and maintenance. These network operators and service providers require wireless networking solutions that can be deployed rapidly and without skilled labor. In addition, the lack of software interoperability results in features, functionality and usability of network components that are inconsistent and complex to manage.

 

  §  

Lack of reliability, resiliency and scalability .    Existing wireless solutions are not designed to overcome obstacles and effectively recover from the dynamic changes in wireless spectrum usage that prevail in the unlicensed RF spectrum. This problem is exacerbated in operating environments that include significant variations in altitude, temperature, terrain and deployment frequencies. The lack of reliability of existing wireless solutions in unlicensed RF spectrum can result in networks characterized by slow data access, poor performance, poor coverage and degradation of the subscriber experience. Additionally, the performance and reliability of existing wireless networking solutions decline rapidly as the number of subscribers and range of service delivery increases. In the absence of reliable and scalable systems, wireless networks using these solutions may experience interruptions and delays, which can result in loss of subscribers and negative financial implications to network operators and service providers.

In addition to the challenges above, we believe incumbent vendors in underserved and underpenetrated markets are disadvantaged by significant inefficiencies in areas such as product development, sales and marketing and product support. These inefficiencies result in high operating costs that are typically passed on to network operators and service providers in the form of significantly higher priced products. We believe there is a need for efficient business models that enable network operators and service providers of all sizes to deploy affordable, high performance wireless networks for delivering broadband services in such markets.

Our Solution

We apply our differentiated business model and innovative technologies to fundamentally change the economics of delivering wireless networking solutions in our target markets and address the needs of network operators and service providers who operate in these markets. Our solutions enable network operators and service providers to deploy fast, scalable and reliable wireless networks cost effectively. Our solutions lower their barriers to entry by dramatically reducing the capital requirements for network deployment, operations and maintenance and are designed to stimulate the development of these markets. Our disruptively priced and feature rich products overcome the inefficiencies that prevent rapid, widespread adoption of wireless networks.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our wireless networking solutions offer the following key benefits to wireless network operators and service providers:

 

  §  

High performance wireless technologies for unlicensed RF spectrum.     Our proprietary products and solutions include high performance radios, antennas and management tools that have been designed to deliver carrier class wireless broadband access and other services primarily in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Our radios and antennas, which incorporate our innovative proprietary technologies and firmware, are designed and field tested to deliver carrier class network speeds, throughput, range and coverage, while simultaneously meeting the varying requirements of video, voice and data traffic. Our products and solutions overcome significant performance challenges such as dynamic spectrum noise, device interference, outdoor obstacles and unpredictable levels of video, voice and data performance.

 

  §  

Unparalleled cost effectiveness .    Our products and solutions have been designed to enable service providers and network operators to deliver carrier class performance to their subscribers within the economic constraints of underserved and underpenetrated markets. The deployment and operation of our solutions require a fraction of the capital expenditures and network maintenance costs of those associated with existing alternative solutions. By designing our products to overcome the noise, interference and power constraints of the unlicensed RF spectrum, we enable network operators and service providers to avoid the significantly higher cost of operating in the licensed RF spectrum. These advantages allow network operators and wireless service providers of varying sizes to establish and profitably operate high performance wireless networks.

 

  §  

Integrated and easy to deploy and manage .    Our integrated products and solutions eliminate significant complexity associated with the installation, management and expansion of wireless networks. Integration is vital to network operators and service providers in markets with lean organizations and little capital and limited access to skilled employees or consultants. Within each of our product families, products are based on a firmware that is built on a common codebase. This allows for the availability of common features and functionality and leads to consistent usability across each product family, thus reducing complexity of network management and ensuring seamless product interoperability. The level of integration between our products is designed to enable network operators and service providers to use a plug and play approach to delivering wireless broadband access and other services that have carrier class performance without significant management or upgrade complexity.

 

  §  

Reliable and scalable .    The reliability and predictability of our products and solutions enable network operators and service providers to deliver to their subscribers carrier class broadband connectivity in the unlicensed RF spectrum. Our products reduce network downtime and promote continuous availability of high speed network connectivity for users. For example, our use of technologies such as phased array antennas, global positioning system, or GPS, synchronization and frequency hopping reduce the effects of RF noise and interference in real time to overcome congestion and increase overall network capacity, reliability performance and the RF spectrum usage efficiency. Our solutions are robust and can be deployed in a wide range of operating environments. Additionally, our solutions allow network operators and service providers to efficiently identify, monitor and allocate RF spectrum, reducing interference and increasing network availability. The combination of our key proprietary technologies enables us to deliver reliable network performance that scales efficiently with an increase in the number of subscribers, range of service delivery, network size and number of applications for video, voice and data.

Our unique business model, powered by the Ubiquiti Community, provides us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents, who we believe are unable to respond effectively due to their reliance on higher cost business models. The Ubiquiti Community has enabled us to redefine traditional models for product development, sales and marketing and product support. Our streamlined and efficient product development model results in rapid introduction and adoption of optimally designed and carrier class products. Similarly, our efficient sales and distribution model allows us to avoid costs associated with expensive direct and channel organizations. We pass these savings on to network operators and service providers in the form of prices that are a fraction of those of alternative solutions. Our ability to offer products with competitive price-performance

 

70


Table of Contents

characteristics enhances our ability to significantly accelerate market adoption of these products and expand the size of our markets globally. We believe our extensive engagement with the Ubiquiti Community has resulted in increased Ubiquiti brand equity, as well as customer loyalty.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a dominant player in the market for communications technology for the underserved and underpenetrated markets. We are a product driven company focused on delivering wireless networking solutions, based on our innovative proprietary technologies, with compelling price-performance characteristics to network operators and service providers. We believe our highly efficient business model and leading edge technologies provide us with a significant and sustainable competitive advantage over incumbents who, we believe, are unable to respond effectively due to their higher cost business models.

Key elements of our strategy include the following:

 

  §  

Continue to enhance our leadership in the wireless broadband access market.     We believe that we are a leader in the large and growing market for wireless broadband access. We believe that our leading edge technologies and efficient business model give us the ability to capture significant market share and drive market growth. We intend to continue to disrupt wireless broadband markets by introducing products and solutions that deliver carrier class performance and compelling economic value.

 

  §  

Leverage our technologies and business model in adjacent markets.     We intend to leverage our technologies and business model to target other large and growing markets that we believe are ripe for disruption, such as enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, SCADA and licensed microwave wireless backhaul markets. We believe that we can extend the price-performance benefits we brought to the wireless broadband access market to these adjacent markets.

 

  §  

Maintain and extend our technological leadership .    We intend to continue to develop innovative hardware solutions and management tools for our target markets. For example, we have recently launched a line of products that addresses a fundamental problem with the use of RF spectrum – signal interference that occurs when multiple base stations are located in close proximity such as on a single tower. By adapting an existing technology, GPS locators, we are solving this problem by allowing network operators and service providers to remotely and easily synchronize the various pieces of equipment on a single tower, thereby improving the performance of the wireless networks. We believe that our continued focus on developing such technologies will allow us to deliver products and solutions with disruptive price-performance characteristics in our markets.

 

  §  

Extend our powerful user community .    The Ubiquiti Community has enabled us to redefine traditional models for product development, sales and marketing and product support. As we move into adjacent markets, we intend to foster additional self-reinforcing, customer driven communities and to continue to grow the Ubiquiti Community, to increase awareness of our brand and assist us with product development, sales, viral marketing and product support.

 

  §  

Evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions.     We intend to evaluate strategic investment and acquisition opportunities to enhance the features and functions of our products and solutions, extend our product portfolio, increase our geographic presence and take advantage of new market opportunities while preserving our business model. When evaluating acquisitions, we intend to consider time to market, synergies with our existing offerings, the adaptability of the target company to our business model and potential market share impact.

 

71


Table of Contents

Network Operator and Service Provider Case Study

Typical Wireless Network Structure

The following diagram illustrates how our technology can be deployed in a wireless network:

LOGO

The diagram above depicts a typical deployment of our products involving point to point and point to multipoint connectivity. Our products include high performance radios and antennas that can serve as backhauls, base stations or CPE to deliver different network functionality while seamlessly working with one another to provide end to end networking solutions. Data traffic from point to multipoint connections is aggregated from base stations by our antennas using AirMax, our proprietary high performance protocol which provides point to point wireless backhaul communication for subsequent connection to high speed wired network infrastructure in the central office. Our products use either AirMax or 802.11 standard protocols to provide point to multiple point communication with several access points in different directions, varying distances and operating environments.

Case Study

InfoSat Telecom, a network operator in France, needed a high performance end to end wireless networking solution to help it provide wireless broadband service to an underserved region with a population of more than 1 million over an area of more than 4,300 square kilometers. After initiating deployment of 802.16d WiMAX-based solutions from another wireless equipment vendor, InfoSat was facing significant challenges in meeting the bandwidth demands of its customers and could only offer 512 kbps bandwidth plans. InfoSat quickly concluded that it would not be economically feasible to efficiently scale its network deployment utilizing its current solutions. After evaluating the price-performance characteristics of our solutions, InfoSat made the decision to deploy versions of our Bullet, Rocket and NanoBridge products to build out its network. Our solutions have enabled InfoSat to realize cost savings of more than 90% when compared to the solutions it was using from competing equipment vendors while delivering 20 Mbps bandwidth plans. The use of our solutions has also resulted in the simplification of the day to day management of InfoSat’s network. InfoSat uses AirControl to manage all its network devices from a single location, receives immediate notification of network problems and proactively addresses network issues. Our solutions have freed up cash for InfoSat to expand its network deployment more quickly while simultaneously delivering carrier class performance.

Our Technology and Products

Our proprietary technology enables us to provide end to end wireless networking solutions for network operators and service providers in underserved and underpenetrated markets. We design our products and solutions using

 

72


Table of Contents

low cost hardware and industry standard chipsets to enable these providers to deliver carrier class wireless broadband access and services to their subscribers profitably. In addition, our technology allows us to design our products for ease of manufacture. Our focus on cost efficiency, robust product design and high performance drives the development of our technology, products and solutions.

Technology

We offer end to end solutions that incorporate our proprietary RF technology, antenna design and firmware technologies, which we collectively refer to as AirTechnologies in this prospectus. These technologies simplify the adoption and use of our products and provide our products and solutions with performance characteristics usually found only in the carrier class wireless networking solutions and solve significant performance, reliability, scalability and ease of use challenges in the unlicensed RF spectrum.

All of our products and solutions can leverage multiple input multiple output, or MIMO, technology, which relates to the use of multiple antennas at both the transmitter and receiver to improve performance. Most of our radios employ multiple independent transmitters and receivers to create independent communication channels using the same frequency spectrum. We use advanced array signal processing techniques to combine our radios’ communications channels into a single, higher data rate channel. Our approach to MIMO technology effectively doubles the capacity of our radios when compared to traditional radios. Each of our standalone antennas is dual polarized with radiation patterns that are optimized for MIMO performance. Our antennas are designed to provide a high degree of spatial filtering while maintaining two largely isolated channels. Our design produces a better signal to noise ratio for each channel and simplified signal processing to combine the channels, which in turn effectively doubles the throughput of our antennas, when compared to single input single output devices.

Our current AirTechnologies include:

 

  §  

AirMax .    AirMax includes protocols that contain advanced technologies for noise immunity. These proprietary protocols help our products deliver carrier class wireless networking performance for video, voice and data applications. AirMax is able to support a wireless network that can scale to hundreds of clients per base station while maintaining low latency and high throughput for point to point and point to multipoint applications. AirMax enables our products and solutions to deliver high performance outdoor wireless networking over long distances. Unlike most systems using 802.11 standard protocols, which are primarily designed for indoor networks where multiple pieces of client equipment can hear one another, our AirMax systems eliminate hidden node collisions and maximize air time efficiency. AirMax incorporates smart polling which is a feature that improves the scalability of a wireless network by predicting the voice and data requirements of an application at any given time and allocating the required bandwidth. AirMax also improves scalability by giving priority to active client hardware over idle client hardware to reduce perceived latency on large networks. AirMax provides users with the ability to seamlessly switch operating frequencies in real time to overcome noise and interference due to changes in the operating environment.

 

  §  

AirOS .    AirOS is versatile firmware that resides on all of our networking solutions and CPE. AirOS is based on proprietary firmware architecture and provides advanced wireless configurations and routing functionality to enable users to easily deploy and maintain high performance multipoint networks. AirOS features include support for a wide variety of protocols, multiple languages, operation in the unlicensed spectrum and channel width configuration to reduce interference. AirOS also provides a software developer kit, or SDK, to support third-party software development and localization to support multiple languages. AirOS provides a key framework for the development and deployment of our differentiated technologies.

 

  §  

AirControl .    AirControl is a web browser-based wireless network management application that enables network operators and service providers to manage each device in a network from a central console that can be accessed from anywhere. AirControl provides network operators and service providers a scalable solution for managing large or small networks of Ubiquiti devices. AirControl also has a mass configuration capability that reduces cost and complexity of network management, which is critical as networks increase in size to serve more subscribers.

 

73


Table of Contents
  §  

AirSelect .    AirSelect is a solution that allows for dynamic changing of the transmission frequency of a network to avoid transmission interference. When a network experiences interference on a frequency, AirSelect dynamically changes to a frequency where such interference does not then exist without disrupting or degrading the network’s performance.

 

  §  

AirView .    AirView is a RF spectrum analyzer that enables users to analyze existing usage of the RF spectrum more conveniently than existing alternative solutions. This is important in efficiently deploying and operating wireless networks in the unlicensed RF spectrum, where there may be a large number of other devices and existing users. By identifying existing RF sources and the characteristics of their channel presence, network operators and service providers can choose the appropriate frequencies and channel widths to minimize interference and noise. AirView is available on all AirMax enabled devices as well on a small USB module for use with laptop or desktop personal computers and provides a mobile interface for remote login and monitoring of RF spectrum in various operating environments.

 

  §  

AirSync .    AirSync is a GPS synchronization solution that is designed to overcome performance challenges associated with collocation interference caused by the presence of multiple radios on the same tower. AirSync allows multiple radios in close proximity to coordinate transmissions and receptions using a common GPS satellite clock source. Synchronized transmissions and receptions reduce signal collisions, interference and latency, which can substantially increase throughput for video, voice and data applications. AirSync also allows collocated radios to reuse frequency bands, thus enabling the use of more radios on the same tower or the deployment of our products in environments where limited frequency bands are available in the unlicensed spectrum.

Our AirTechnologies that we have announced and intend to release include:

 

  §  

AirLink .    AirLink is an online wireless network simulation and planning tool that is designed to aid network operators and service providers to design networks in a virtual environment and determine which of our hardware to purchase. AirLink allows the user to estimate the performance of our radio and antenna hardware prior to hardware deployment. AirLink combines the ease of use and terrain mapping capability of Google Maps with an advance link calculating methodology. AirLink’s user interface works seamlessly with our other management tools.

 

  §  

AirBeam .    AirBeam is a phased array technology that enhances base station gain by focusing the signal transmission and reception in a narrower beam that in turn reduces transmission interference and increases range. AirBeam is designed to be used in base station applications to solve key limitations of traditional wide and narrow beam technologies. In wide beam communication, a signal is transmitted and received over a wide angle to overcome physical obstructions and uneven terrain. Unfortunately, this form of transmission can be inefficient and noisy. Narrow beam communication requires many antennas and frequency channels to provide the broad coverage associated with wide beam communication. AirBeam combines narrow beam technology and time based multiplexing of transmissions and receptions to overcome both challenges. AirBeam’s advanced base station design delivers high antenna gain and broad coverage by using a combination of narrow beams in various directions. This advanced design also allows frequencies to be re-used by having beam transmissions and receptions in different directions take place at different times. This increases the efficiency of spectrum usage by allowing re-use of frequency bands, which enables the use of more radios on the same tower and the deployment of our products in environments where limited frequency bands are available in the unlicensed spectrum.

Products

We offer a broad portfolio of over 100 products and solutions for broadband access and other wireless networking services. Our products and solutions are based on our proprietary technologies and architecture that have been designed to deliver carrier class performance in both licensed and unlicensed RF spectrum. Our products include high performance radios and antennas that can serve as backhauls, base stations or CPE. We intend to leverage our technology to enter adjacent markets with products and solutions for enterprise WLAN, video surveillance, SCADA and wireless backhaul and base station equipment for carrier networks. Our products

 

74


Table of Contents

are designed to deliver high performance in a wide range of operating environments. Our radios and antennas operate in the 900 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 3.6 GHz and 5.0 GHz bands of the RF spectrum.

Radios

Our portfolio of high performance radios provides a flexible platform for network operators and service providers that allows them to customize solutions for their specific network requirements at compelling price points. Our radios are designed to support either our proprietary high performance AirMax protocol or 802.11 standard protocols. While our AirMax-based solutions provide network operators and service providers the ability to deploy high performance end to end carrier class wireless networking solutions for video, voice and data traffic, our 802.11 standard based solutions provide wireless interoperability with a diverse range of standards based equipment. Our radios are designed to operate in a wide range of operating environments, including those with high noise and extreme weather conditions that can significantly degrade overall network performance. Our radio designs proactively address a number of common deployment and usability issues. For example, our radios have advanced electrostatic discharge resistance to protect against common outdoor radio and Ethernet failures, signal strength LED meters to help network operators and service providers achieve optimal antenna alignment for maximum signal strength and receptivity and a low-loss integrated RF connector that eliminates the need for external connections.

In addition to standalone radios, we offer several integrated radios based on our innovative designs. Our products that incorporate these radios combine a high gain antenna system, advanced radio architecture and firmware technology. We believe that this integrated design allows our radios to deliver the performance, throughput, and reliability of carrier class WiMAX networks.

The following describes some of the families of radios in our portfolio:

 

  §  

Rocket .    The Rocket provides our highest capacity standalone radio based on MIMO technology with support for AirMax and 802.11 standard. The Rocket can be deployed to deliver base station functionality or high capacity wireless backhaul links. The Rocket is designed for long range applications.

 

  §  

Bullet .    The Bullet is a versatile small form factor radio that can transform any antenna into a high performance radio system. The Bullet supports the use of both AirMax and 802.11 standard protocols. The Bullet is designed for long range applications.

 

  §  

AirGrid NanoBridge .    AirGrid is an integrated solution that combines low cost grid antenna with our radios that can directly receive feed from the antenna without the need for external RF connections and parts. Our proprietary inner feed technology, which is based on advanced antenna design, delivers higher performance at reduced cost when compared to other vendor products with comparable range and capacity. NanoBridge employs a more advanced inner feed technology and solid antenna to support almost twice the data capacity of AirGrid. The AirGrid and NanoBridge are designed for medium range applications.

 

  §  

NanoStation/Loco .    NanoStation is a versatile and integrated radio solution that typically serves as a CPE for businesses and homes. It can also be deployed for base station functionality and wireless backhaul. NanoStation combines a high performance, two by two MIMO with a moderate gain antenna for applications requiring lower range. Loco is a lower cost variant of NanoStation. The NanoStation and Loco are designed for short range applications.

 

  §  

PowerBridge/PowerStation .    PowerBridge, while similar in functionality to a NanoStation, combines the use of a higher gain antenna, which concentrates greater signal strength in a narrower beam to increase efficiency of RF signal transmission and reception, and AirMax to deliver higher range. PowerStation is the 802.11 standard variant of PowerBridge. PowerBridge and PowerStation are designed for medium range applications.

 

  §  

PicoStation.     PicoStation is a very small weatherized access point suitable for outdoor applications. PicoStation’s output power of one watt makes it suitable for relatively large areas like stadiums and campuses. PicoStation is compatible with both omni and directional antennas. PicoStation is designed for long range applications.

 

75


Table of Contents
Name    Target Applications   

Bands of

Operation (GHz)

   MSRP  

Rocket

   Base station/Backhaul    0.9/ 2.4/ 3.6/ 5.0      $  89 - $399   

Bullet

   Bridge/CPE    2.4/ 5.0      $  39 - $  79   

AirGrid

   Bridge/CPE    2.4/ 5.0      $  59 - $  69   

NanoBridge

   Bridge/CPE    0.9/ 2.4/ 3.6/ 5.0      $  79 - $  95   

NanoStation/Loco

   Bridge/CPE    0.9/ 2.4/ 3.6/ 5.0      $  49 - $129   

PowerBridge/PowerStation

   Backhaul/CPE    3.6/ 5.0      $139 - $399   

PicoStation

   Bridge/CPE    2.4/ 5.0      $  59 - $  89   

Antennas

We offer a broad portfolio of high performance sector and directional antennas that incorporate optimized MIMO design and seamlessly integrate with our radios. Sector antennas are typically used for point to multipoint applications while the directional antennas are typically used for high performance wireless backhaul and bridging applications. Our antennas currently support deployments in the 900 MHz, 2.4 GHz, 3.6 GHz and 5.0 GHz bands of the RF spectrum.

Our sector antennas are tightly integrated with our radios and are designed to serve as base stations. They are designed to achieve gain, cross polarity isolation and beam shaping performance typically found only in carrier class cellular base station antennas. Our sector antennas use dual polarization to provide higher bandwidth, network throughput and lower interference in a polarity diverse environment and in wide band multichannel systems. This is due to low backlobe and sidelobe energy that increases signal to noise ratio in the system, which in turn increases network performance. These antennas have MSRPs from $79 to $269.

We offer solid dish or low cost wire grid directional antennas that are designed to serve as backhauls and CPEs. Our wire grid antennas are less subject to wind resistance and accordingly place less mechanical stress on a tower. Our solid dish antennas provide improved signal energy in the front, rather than the back, of the antenna. This results in higher RF signal concentration in the direction of transmission which in turn results in improved reception, throughput, range and reliability of network links. These antennas have MSRPs from $149 to $329.

Embedded Radios

Our embedded radios comprise development platforms, OEM platforms and PCI modules for wireless networking based on 802.11 standard protocols. These modules are integrated into other systems by OEMs to deliver high performance Wi-Fi networking and other wireless networking applications. For some of these products, we provide a software developers’ kit that allows customization of features and functionality by OEMs and other developers. Our embedded radios offer various deployment functionalities such as access point, bridge and CPE, and have MSRPs from $49 to $200. As a result, our embedded radios are used to develop applications for a variety of markets such as custom mesh networks, licensed private networks, vehicle-based communications and military communications.

The Ubiquiti Community

We established the Ubiquiti forum, support wiki and newsletter to foster a large, growing and engaged community of network operators and service providers. The Ubiquiti Community powers our business model by driving the rapid introduction of innovative and optimally engineered products, propagating viral marketing and adoption of our products and providing responsive product support. The following describes the key aspects of our business model that are powered by the Ubiquiti Community:

 

  §  

Product development .    We seek to identify features and products that are, or are expected to be, needed or desired by network operators and service providers. We rely on the Ubiquiti Community as a significant source of requests for features that we translate into new product ideas and designs. For example, through the Ubiquiti Community’s online forum, we observed discussions regarding the signal interference that occurs when multiple base stations are located in close proximity such as on a single

 

76


Table of Contents
 

tower. In many instances, some of these base stations are in transmit mode, while the other ones are in receive mode. Base stations in close proximity operating in alternative modes often interfere with each others’ signals, causing possible signal loss or degradation. Based on these discussions by the members of the Ubiquiti Community, we developed a base station with AirSync, which utilizes GPS technology. AirSync allows network operators and service providers to synchronize the receiving and transmission status of multiple base stations in close proximity to each other so that they reduce signal interference.

 

  §  

Sales and marketing .    We rely on the Ubiquiti Community to drive market awareness and demand for our products and solutions. This community-propagated viral marketing enables us to reach underserved and underpenetrated markets far more efficiently and cost effectively than is possible through traditional sales models. For example, there have been many instances where members of the Ubiquiti Community, who happen to be on online forums not affiliated with us, have strongly recommended that users of other wireless networking solutions try our products and solutions. We hold conferences as an effective way to introduce and promote our products and solutions to the Ubiquiti Community. For example, over 350 people attended our conference in Prague, Czech Republic in October 2010 and over 500 people attended our conference in Foz do Iguaçu, Brazil in December 2010.

 

  §  

Product support.     Our network operators and service providers, who enthusiastically support each other through the Ubiquiti forum, wiki and newsletter, as well as other blogs and online groups, have fostered a large, scalable and, we believe, self sustaining mechanism for rapid product support and dissemination of information. For example, over 50 user manuals and related documents for our products and solutions have been created directly by the members of the Ubiquiti Community. Eighteen of these manuals and documents are available in Spanish. In addition to these user manuals, the members of the Ubiquiti Community respond to user questions posted on our forum in a rapid manner. These responses are then rated by other members of the Ubiquiti Community to help ensure that the users are receiving the best possible answers.

Sales and Distribution

We do not employ a direct sales force. We sell our products and solutions globally to network operators, service providers and others primarily through our extensive network of distributors. During fiscal 2010, we sold our products to more than 100 distributors in over 40 countries. During fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, two, one, two and two distributors, respectively, each accounted for more than 10% of our revenues. We had no other customer or distributor that accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 or the nine months ended March 31, 2011.

A substantial majority of our sales are made to distributors outside the United States and we anticipate that non-U.S. sales will continue to be a significant portion of our revenues. Sales in South America accounted for 1%, 6%, 10% and 25% of our revenues in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Sales in Europe, the Middle East and Africa accounted for 36%, 44%, 40% and 36% of our revenues in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. We do not have any visibility on the location or extent of purchases of our products by individual network operators and service providers from our distributors.

Although we publish an MSRP for our products, our distributors have control of pricing to the ultimate purchaser. We have not historically provided our distributors with any substantial sales training or marketing materials and our agreements with our distributors do not limit their ability to carry products that compete with ours. Our distribution agreements generally have a one year term, subject to automatic renewal unless cancelled by one of the parties. Our distributors typically provide us with purchase orders for delivery within 60 days, which we use to forecast future demand and estimate desired inventory builds.

We recently initiated a training program for our distributors so that they can educate and train others to become certified trainers on the effective deployment and use of our products and solutions. The goal is for these certified trainers to in turn educate and train network operators and service providers on the effective deployment and use of our products and solutions. We intend to offer the training program to our distributors in different languages throughout the world.

 

77


Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We retain contract manufacturers to manufacture, control the quality of and ship our products. We primarily utilize contract manufacturers located in China. Our relationships with contract manufacturers allow us to conserve working capital, reduce manufacturing costs and minimize delivery lead times while maintaining high product quality and the ability to scale quickly to handle increased order volume. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Our contract manufacturers are not required to manufacture our products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately three to six months to transition manufacturing, quality assurance and shipping services to new providers.

Our internal manufacturing organization consists of a small number of supply chain managers, employees and contractors who supervise the manufacture of our products at contract manufacturer sites and test engineers. We rely on our contract manufacturers and our internal quality assurance resources to implement quality assurance programs designed to achieve high product quality and reliability. We believe that our low warranty expenses and product return rate to date reflect a high level of product quality. We tightly integrate our research and development efforts with our supplier selection process. Once product manufacturing quality reaches a satisfactory level, we move into full scale production at the same contract manufacturer site. We also evaluate and utilize other suppliers for components from time to time.

We rely on third party components and technology to build and operate our products, and we rely on our contract manufacturers to obtain the components, subassemblies and products necessary for the manufacture of our products. While components and supplies are generally available from a variety of sources, we and our contract manufacturers currently depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for several components for our products. We and our contract manufacturers rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with these suppliers.

Substantially all of our product revenues are dependent upon the sale of products that incorporate components from Atheros, and we do not have a second source for their chipsets. We are party to a non-exclusive license agreement with Atheros whereby we license certain technology that we incorporate into our products. The current term of our amended license agreement with Atheros expires on September 1, 2011. This agreement automatically renews for successive one year periods unless the agreement is terminated prior to the end of its then-current term. We depend on this license agreement to modify and replace firmware that Atheros provides with the chipsets with our proprietary firmware. Qualcomm recently acquired Atheros. We do not know what, if any, the impact will be of the acquisition on our relationship with Atheros.

We do not stockpile sufficient chipsets to cover the time it would take to re-engineer our products to replace the Atheros chipsets. If we need to seek a suitable second source for Atheros in our products, there can be no assurance that we would be able to successfully source our chipsets on suitable terms, if at all. In any event, our use of chipsets from multiple sources may require us to significantly modify our designs and manufacturing processes to accommodate these different chipsets.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development and testing of our products. Our engineering team has deep expertise and experience in wireless networking and antenna design, and we have a number of personnel with longstanding experience with wireless network architecture and operation. We have developed and intend to continue to develop our technology in part by operating with a relatively flat reporting structure that relies on individual contributors or small development teams to develop, test and obtain feedback for our products. Our products and solutions benefit from the active engagement between the Ubiquiti Community and our research and development personnel throughout the product development cycle, resulting in rapid introduction and adoption of new products. Our research and development personnel evaluate the input from network operators and service providers and respond to their needs by modifying our products or developing new products based on input we receive.

 

78


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2011, our research and development team consisted of 51 full time equivalent employees located in California, Illinois, Lithuania and Taiwan. Our research and development operations work together on product development and new versions of our existing products. Our research and development expenses were $2.7 million, $5.2 million, $5.5 million (excluding the stock-based compensation resulting from the Summit transaction) and $8.0 million for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. We expect that the number of our research and development personnel will continue to increase over time and that our research and development expenses will also increase.

Competition

The market for wireless networking solutions for network operators and service providers is highly competitive and is influenced by the following competitive factors, among others:

 

  §  

total cost of ownership and return on investment associated with the solutions;

 

  §  

simplicity of deployment and use of the solutions;

 

  §  

ability to rapidly develop high performance integrated solutions;

 

  §  

reliability and scalability of the solutions;

 

  §  

market awareness of a particular brand;

 

  §  

ability to provide secure access to wireless networks;

 

  §  

ability to offer a suite of wireless networking products and solutions;

 

  §  

ability to allow centralized management of the solutions; and

 

  §  

ability to provide quality product support.

We believe we compete favorably with respect to a majority of these factors. We have been successful in rapidly developing high performance integrated solutions because we use individual contributors and small, experienced development teams that focus on the key needs of network operators and service providers in underserved and underpenetrated markets. Our products and solutions are designed to meet the price-performance characteristics demanded by network operators and service providers to achieve a strong overall return on their investment. Our reliable products are designed to operate in growing networks without degradation in performance or operational complexity. In the markets in which we currently participate, we have strong brand awareness.

A number of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As we move into new markets for different types of equipment, our brand may not be as well known as incumbents in those markets. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier, regardless of product performance or features. In the integrated radio market, our competitors include Alvarion, Motorola and Trango. In the 900MHz product market, our competitors include Cisco Systems and Proxim. In the embedded radio market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls and Senao. In the backhaul market, our competitors include Ceragon Networks, Mikrotīkls and DragonWave. In the CPE market, our competitors include Mikrotīkls, Ruckus Wireless and TP-LINK. In the antenna market, we compete with Andrew Corporation, PCTEL and Radio Waves. We expect increased competition from other established and emerging companies if our market continues to develop and expand. As we enter new markets, we expect to face competition from incumbent and new market participants.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and

 

79


Table of Contents

scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving. Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our services and products are available.

We seek patent protection for certain of our key concepts, components, protocols, processes and other inventions. As of March 31, 2011, we had eight nonprovisional patent applications pending in the United States, one pending international PCT application and no issued patents. These patent applications relate to various high-level features embedded in certain of our products, including the integration of components in a microwave system and certain performance improvements to radio receivers. We have filed, and will continue to file, patent applications in the United States and other countries where we believe there to be a strategic technological or business reason to do so. Any future patents issued to us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Any patents that may issue in the future with respect to our pending or future patent applications may not provide sufficiently broad protection or may not prove to be enforceable in actions against alleged infringers.

As of March 31, 2011, we owned the Ubiquiti Networks trademark and a trademark for our logo, registered with the EU. We own trademarks for AirControl, AirGrid, AirMax, AirView and UBNT, and for our AirOs logo and in each case registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Additionally, we have trademark applications pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office for AirSync, AirSelect, AirVision, AirBeam, UniFi, AirFiber, AirWire, Ubiquiti Networks, and AirBlast. We also have trademark applications pending in China for Ubiquiti Networks and UBNT.

We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors and with parties with whom we do business in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use or reverse engineering of our technology. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours or that infringe on our intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights also depends on the success of our legal actions against these infringers, but these actions may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed.

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, we employed 84 full time equivalent employees, which included 51 in research and development, 12 in sales, general and administrative and 21 in operations. As of that date, we had 44 in the United States, 16 in Lithuania, 23 in Taiwan and one in India. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Jose, California in an office consisting of approximately 18,000 square feet pursuant to a lease that expires in May 2012. For our research and development and sales and support personnel we also have offices in Taipei, Taiwan, Kaunas, Lithuania and Barrington, Illinois. We believe our current facilities will be adequate or that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

In January 2011, the OEE contacted us to request that we provide information related to our relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of our products. As a result of this inquiry we, assisted by outside counsel, conducted a review of our export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather information responsive to the OEE’s request but also to review our overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. We believe our products have been sold into Iran by third parties. We do not believe that we directly sold, exported or shipped our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. However, until early 2010, we did not prohibit our distributors from selling our products into Iran or any other country subject to a U.S. embargo. In the course of the review, we identified that two distributors may have sold Ubiquiti products into Iran. Our review also found that while

 

80


Table of Contents

we had obtained required Commodity Classification Rulings for our products in June 2010 and November 2010, we did not advise our shipping personnel to change the export authorizations used on our shipping documents until February 2011. During the course of our export control review, we also determined that we had failed to maintain adequate records for the five year period required by the EAR and the sanctions regulations due to our lack of infrastructure and because it was prior to our transition to our system of record, NetSuite. See “ Risk Factors—We are subject to numerous U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and a substantial majority of our sales are into countries outside of the United States. Although we did not intend to do so, we have violated certain of these laws in the past, and we cannot currently assess the nature and extent of any fines or other penalties, if any, that U.S. governmental agencies may impose against us or our employees for any such violations. Any fines, if materially different from our estimates, or other penalties, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In May 2011, we filed a self-disclosure with BIS and, in June 2011 we filed one with OFAC, regarding the compliance issues noted above. The disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions we have taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both distributors continued to sell, directly or indirectly, our products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and that we received various communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so.

Since January 2011, we have cooperated with OEE and, prior to our disclosure filing, we informally shared with the OEE the substance of our findings with respect to both distributors. We are still in the early stages of working with OFAC and OEE on these issues and their review of these matters is just beginning. Although we have provided OEE and OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the sales of our products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions, OFAC and OEE may conclude that our actions resulted in violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, termination of our ability to export our products, and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to our financial results in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against us and/or our management. While we do not think it likely, OEE could place our products under a temporary denial order, which would prevent us from exporting our products at all. If this were to occur, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition because sales outside the United States represent the substantial majority of our revenues. The maximum civil monetary penalty for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of our conduct and any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm our reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict when OEE or OFAC will complete their reviews or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.

Based on the facts known to us to date, we recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from our estimates, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation; however, we have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves and our wireless carriers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights.

 

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the names and positions of our executive officers and directors and, as of March 31, 2011, their ages:

 

Name    Age      Position

Executive Officers

     

Robert J. Pera

     33       Chief Executive Officer and Director

John Sanford

     47       Chief Technology Officer

Benjamin Moore

     34       Vice President, Business Development

John Ritchie

     45       Chief Financial Officer

Steven J. Hanley

     52       Chief Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Directors

     

Peter Y. Chung (2)(3)

     43       Director

Christopher J. Crespi (1)

     48       Director

Charles J. Fitzgerald (1)

     43       Director

John L. Ocampo (2)(3)

     51       Director

Robert M. Van Buskirk (1)(2)(3)

     62       Director

 

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and governance committee.

Executive Officers

Robert J. Pera.     Mr. Pera founded our company and has served as our chief executive officer since October 2003. From January 2003 to February 2005, Mr. Pera was a wireless engineer with Apple, Inc., a consumer technology products company. Mr. Pera holds a B.A. in Japanese Language, a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering (emphasis in Digital Communications / RF Circuit Design) from the University of California, San Diego. We believe that Mr. Pera possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including the perspective and experience he brings as our chief executive officer, one of our founders and our largest stockholder, which brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to our board of directors.

John Sanford.     Dr. Sanford served as a consultant to us from September 2007 to April 2010 and has served as our chief technology officer since May 2010. From August 2003 to July 2007, Dr. Sanford was chief technology officer of Cushcraft Corporation/Laird Technologies, a company specializing in antenna design and manufacturing. From April 2003 to August 2003, Dr. Sanford served as president of Optimal RF, Inc., a private antenna design company. From March 1999 to August 2003, Dr. Sanford served as the chief technical officer of REMEC, Inc, a communications equipment company, and served in various other capacities including head of engineering of Northern California operations and general manager of the Fixed Wireless (WiMAX) Division. From January 1997 until February 1999, Dr. Sanford served as president of Smartwaves International, a wireless communications company, which was acquired by REMEC in February 1999. From June 1993 to November 1996, he was a researcher at Chalmers University of Technology. From 1988 through 1993, Dr. Sanford headed the Mobile Tower Top Group at Huber & Suhner AG. From 1985 to 1988, he was a research engineer and group manager with the Georgia Tech Research Institute. Dr. Sanford holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University, an M.S. in physics from Georgia State University and a Ph.D. in Electromagnetics from École polytechnique fédérale de Lausanne. Dr. Sanford also received a Docent from Chalmers University.

Benjamin Moore.     Mr. Moore has served as our vice president, business development since May 2008. From February 2007 to April 2008, Mr. Moore served as a product manager in the IAS group within Laird Technologies. From June 2005 until February 2007, Mr. Moore served as a sales manager within Cushcraft

 

82


Table of Contents

Corporation until its acquisition by Laird Technologies. From April 2000 to June 2005, Mr. Moore served as general manager of Pacific Wireless, an antenna design company, until its acquisition by Cushcraft Corporation. Mr. Moore holds a B.A. in Business Management from Utah Valley University.

John Ritchie.     Mr. Ritchie has served as our chief financial officer since May 2010. From April 2006 to May 2010, Mr. Ritchie served as the chief financial officer and, from January 2001 to March 2006, as vice president of finance, of Electronics for Imaging, Inc., a digital printing company. From March 1996 to January 2001, Mr. Ritchie served in a variety of capacities, most recently as chief financial officer, for Splash Technology Holdings, Inc., a digital imaging software and hardware company, which was acquired by Electronics for Imaging in January 2001. Prior to Splash, Mr. Ritchie held various accounting and finance positions at Western Waste Industries, Inc., an environmental services company, Océ, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of imaging equipment, and Mariani Packing Company, an agriculture company. Mr. Ritchie holds a B.A. in Business Administration from San Jose State University.

Steven J. Hanley .    Mr. Hanley has served as our chief counsel and assistant secretary since May 2011. From March 2003 to May 2011, Mr. Hanley served as a partner of Winkler Partners, Attorneys at Law. Prior to his position at Winkler Partners, Mr. Hanley held various positions at Vanguard International Semiconductor Corporation and Quality Semiconductor Inc. Mr. Hanley holds a B.A. in Chinese Studies from Middlebury College and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.

Nonemployee Directors

Peter Y. Chung.     Mr. Chung has served as our director since March 2010. Mr. Chung is a managing director and member of various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., where he has been employed since 1994. He is currently a director of several privately-held companies and previously served as a director of iPayment, Inc., a payment processing company, NightHawk Radiology Holdings, Inc., a provider of teleradiology services, SeaBright Holdings, Inc., a specialty workers’ compensation insurer, and Sirenza Microdevices, Inc., an RF components company. Mr. Chung holds an A.B. in Economics from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Chung possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and serve as chair of our compensation committee and a member of our nominating and governance committee, including his experience in investment banking, private equity and venture capital investing and in the communications technology sector, as well as his prior service on public and private company boards.

Christopher J. Crespi.     Mr. Crespi has served as our director since October 2010. From July 2010 to September 2010, Mr. Crespi served as an equities analyst at Auriga USA, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Auriga Securities S.V., an investment firm. Mr. Crespi served as a Managing Director of ICAP, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of ICAP plc, an interdealer broker headquartered in London, from December 2009 to July 2010. From June 2005 to December 2009, Mr. Crespi was an independent investor. From May 2004 to June 2005, Mr. Crespi served as president of Pacific Realm, LLC (a firm co-founded by Mr. Crespi), a small investment fund which invested in private growth companies and equity funds. Mr. Crespi worked as an equities analyst at Banc of America Securities from August 1999 until his retirement in January 2004. Prior to his employment at Banc of America Securities, Mr. Crespi held analyst positions for Deutsche Bank, Alex. Brown, and Montgomery Securities and engineering positions with Hewlett-Packard, and Avantek, Inc. Mr. Crespi served on the board of Sirenza Microdevices, Inc. from January 2006 until its acquisition by RF Microdevices in August 2007. From November 2005 to August 2008, Mr. Crespi served on the audit and compensation committees of Optium Corporation, an optical network subsystems company. From August 2008 to October 2010, Mr. Crespi served as a member of the board of directors and audit committee of the Finisar Corporation, an optical networking company. Mr. Crespi holds a B.S.E.E. from University of California, Davis and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Crespi possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and serve as a member of our committee, including his broad experience in the financial and investment industries, particularly as an equities analyst, and his experience as a director of public companies, which enables him to provide financing and industry expertise to our board of directors and our audit committee.

 

83


Table of Contents

Charles J. Fitzgerald.     Mr. Fitzgerald has served as our director since March 2010. Mr. Fitzgerald joined Summit Partners, L.P. in 2001 and has served in a variety of roles, the most recent of which is managing director. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Fitzgerald served as chief executive officer of North Systems, Inc., a software company. He also currently serves as a director of several privately held companies and previously served on the board of directors of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. from May 2004 to May 2010 and Visual Sciences, Inc. from May 2002 to January 2008. Mr. Fitzgerald holds a B.S. in Computer Science from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Fitzgerald possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and serve as chair of our audit committee, including his experience in the private equity and venture capital industries and as a director of public companies.

John L. Ocampo.     Mr. Ocampo has served as our director since October 2010. Since April 2009, Mr. Ocampo has served as chairman of the board of M/A-COM Technology Solutions Holdings, Inc., a provider of semiconductor solutions for use in radio frequency, microwave and millimeter wave applications. Mr. Ocampo also co-founded Gaas Labs, a private equity fund focusing on the communications semiconductor industry, and has served as its president since November 2007. Mr. Ocampo was a co-founder of Sirenza Microdevices, Inc., and served as a director from Sirenza’s inception in 1985 until its sale to RF Micro Devices in November 2007. He also served as its chairman of the board from December 1998 to November 2007. From May 1999 to September 2002, Mr. Ocampo also served as Sirenza’s chief technology officer, and from 1984 to May 1999 as its president and chief executive officer. From 1982 to 1984, Mr. Ocampo served as General Manager at Magnum Microwave, a radio frequency component manufacturer. From 1980 to 1982, he served as Engineering Manager at Avantek, a telecommunications engineering company, which was acquired by Hewlett-Packard. Mr. Ocampo holds a B.S.E.E. from Santa Clara University. We believe that Mr. Ocampo possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and serve as a member of our compensation committee and a member of our nominating and governance committee including his industry and board leadership experience.

Robert M. Van Buskirk .    Mr. Van Buskirk has served as our director since May 2011. Since November 2007, Mr. Van Buskirk has served as corporate vice president and president of the Multi-Market Products Group of RF Micro Devices, Inc., a radio frequency semiconductor and components manufacturer. From May 1999 to November 2007, Mr. Van Buskirk served as the Chief Executive Officer of Sirenza Microdevices, Inc., which was acquired by RF Micro Devices in November 2007. He also served as president and director of Sirenza from May 1999 until November 2007. Before joining Sirenza, from August 1998 to May 1999, Mr. Van Buskirk was the executive vice president of business development and operations at Multilink Technology Corporation, a company specializing in the design, development and marketing of high bit-rate electronic products for advanced fiber optic transmission systems. Prior to his position at Multilink, Mr. Van Buskirk held various management positions at TRW (now Northrop Grumman), a semiconductor wafer manufacturer, including executive director of the TRW GaAs Telecommunications Products business from 1993 to August 1998. Mr. Van Buskirk holds a B.S. in Communications from California State University, Long Beach and has taken post-graduate course work in finance and contract management at University of California, Los Angeles and in engineering management at Loyola Marymount University. We believe Mr. Van Buskirk possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors and as a member of our audit committee, compensation committee and chair of our nominating and governance committee, including his extensive and business management experience in the technology industry, including his experience as a director of a technology company.

Board Composition

Our board of directors is currently composed of six members. Our amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and seven directors are currently authorized.

Classified Board

At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2011 for the Class I director, 2012 for the Class II directors and 2013 for the Class III directors.

 

84


Table of Contents
  §  

Our Class I directors will be Messrs. Crespi and Ocampo;

 

  §  

Our Class II directors will be Messrs. Fitzgerald and Van Buskirk; and

 

  §  

Our Class III directors will be Messrs. Pera and Chung.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under Delaware law, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

Director Independence

In February 2011, with respect to Messrs. Chung, Crespi, Fitzgerald and Ocampo and in May 2011 when he joined our board of directors with respect to Mr. Van Buskirk, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that each of Messrs. Chung, Crespi, Fitzgerald, Ocampo and Van Buskirk are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, constituting a majority of independent directors of our board of directors as required by the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit committee .    The audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes. The audit committee generally oversees:

 

  §  

our accounting and financial reporting processes as well as the audit and integrity of our financial statements;

 

  §  

the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  §  

the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  §  

our compliance with its systems of disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over financial reporting and compliance of our employees, directors and consultants with ethical standards adopted by us.

The audit committee also has certain responsibilities, including without limitation, the following:

 

  §  

selecting and hiring the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  §  

supervising and evaluating the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  §  

evaluating the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  §  

approving audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

  §  

reviewing financial statements and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews, and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls; and

 

  §  

reviewing reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

85


Table of Contents

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Crespi, Fitzgerald and Van Buskirk. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Fitzgerald is a financial expert as contemplated by the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Mr. Fitzgerald has been appointed to serve as the chairman of the audit committee. After the completion of this offering, we anticipate that venture funds with whom Mr. Fitzgerald is affiliated will hold more than 10% of our outstanding common stock. Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee. Our board of directors believes that the composition of the audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. We believe that the audit committee charter and the functioning of the audit committee comply with the applicable requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charter for our audit committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., 91 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134; Attn: Secretary or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.ubnt.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation committee .    The compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation policies, plans and benefits programs and has the responsibilities described in the “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” below.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Chung, Ocampo and Van Buskirk. Mr. Chung has been appointed to serve as the chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors believes that each member of the compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market, is a non-employee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Internal Revenue Code. We believe that the compensation committee charter and the functioning of the compensation committee comply with the applicable requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, copies of the charter for our compensation committee will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., 91 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, California 95134; Attn: Secretary or on the investor relations portion of our website, www.ubnt.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Nominating and governance committee.     Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. The nominating and governance committee will also:

 

  §  

evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

 

  §  

assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

  §  

recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

 

  §  

review and make recommendation with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Messrs. Chung, Ocampo and Van Buskirk. Mr. Van Buskirk is the chairperson of our nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors believes that the composition of the nominating and governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.

 

86


Table of Contents

We believe that the nominating and governance committee charter and the functioning of the nominating and governance committee comply with the applicable requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Director Compensation

Before October 2010, we had not provided our nonemployee directors, in their capacities as such, with any cash, equity or other compensation. Certain nonemployee directors and their affiliated entities have been granted warrants to purchase our preferred stock in the past as part of our financing activities; however, such grants were not intended as compensation for the services of our nonemployee directors. For more information regarding grants of warrants since July 1, 2005, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Financings.”

We do not have a formal policy of reimbursing directors, but we reimburse them for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board of directors or committee meetings.

In anticipation of this offering, our compensation committee approved the following compensation package for our nonemployee directors, based on the recommendation of our chief executive officer.

Nonemployee Director Compensation

 

Annual retainer

   $  40,000   

Audit committee retainer

   $ 7,000   

Compensation committee retainer

   $ 5,000   

Nominating and governance committee retainer

   $ 4,000   

Other board committee retainers

   $ 2,000   

After the offering to which this prospectus relates, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, will provide for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our nonemployee directors. Each individual who first joins our board of directors as a nonemployee director will receive, at the time of such initial election or appointment, an automatic option grant to purchase 21,000 shares of our common stock, provided such person has not previously been in our employ. In addition, on the date of each annual stockholders meeting commencing in 2011, each individual who continues to serve as a nonemployee member of the board of directors, whether or not such individual is standing for re-election at that particular annual meeting, will be granted an option to purchase 7,000 shares of common stock, provided such individual has served as a nonemployee member of our board of directors for at least six months. Directors who are also employees are eligible to receive options and be issued shares of common stock directly under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Each automatic grant under our 2010 Plan will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date, and will have a maximum term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination should such an individual cease to serve as a member of our board of directors.

None of our nonemployee directors received compensation from us prior to 2010. In October 2010, we granted each of Messrs. Crespi and Ocampo an option to purchase 21,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $7.25. In May 2011, When Mr. Van Buskirk joined our board of directors, we granted him 20,000 RSUs, which will vest over three years.

Employee directors are not compensated for their service as directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Chung, Crespi, Ocampo and Van Buskirk. None of the members of the compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

87


Table of Contents

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In November 2010, our board of directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all employees, officers and directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at the investor relations portion of our website, www.ubnt.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or certain waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

In November 2010, our board of directors also adopted a Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the full text of our Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers will be posted on our website at the investor relations portion of our website, www.ubnt.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to our Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers and Section 16 Officers, or certain waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

 

88


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for fiscal 2010 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations, and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

Overview

The compensation committee of our board of directors is responsible for establishing, implementing and monitoring our executive compensation program. Until the end of the first quarter fiscal 2011, this function was performed by our board of directors as a whole. The board of directors or the compensation committee, as the case may be, seeks to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is fair and reasonable. Currently, we have four executive officers—our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief technology officer and vice president, business development, to whom we refer to as the named executive officers. Details of our fiscal 2010 compensation can be found in the Summary Compensation Table beginning on page 94 of this prospectus. We provide types of compensation and benefits to our named executive officers similar to those we provide to our senior managers.

This section describes our compensation program for our named executive officers. The discussion focuses on our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. We address why we believe our compensation program is appropriate for us and our stockholders and explain how executive compensation is determined.

Compensation philosophy and objectives

Historically, our compensation philosophy was to provide competitive cash compensation packages in order to attract and retain top talent. Until recently, our compensation packages focused on the cash component of the compensation with competitive salaries and a significant percentage of the total compensation package was tied to a discretionary cash bonus given at the end of the year based on our performance. Historically, our executive officers received equity awards or purchased founders’ stock upon joining Ubiquiti and the level of their ownership of our company was not revisited annually. In connection with the recent hiring of new officers we have begun to consider equity compensation as a component of our overall compensation program for our officers. As our organizational priorities continue to evolve, our compensation committee may re-evaluate each component of our executive compensation program on a quantitative and qualitative basis to determine if the program is achieving its objectives.

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract talented, qualified executives to manage, grow and lead our company and to motivate them to pursue and achieve our corporate objectives. Our existing compensation program includes short-term and long-term components, cash and equity elements, and performance payments in proportions that we believe will provide appropriate incentives to reward and retain our executives.

Our philosophy towards executive compensation reflects the following principles:

 

  §  

Total compensation opportunities should be competitive with market leaders .    We believe that our total compensation programs should be competitive with market leaders so that we, as a lesser known company, can attract, retain and motivate talented executive officers who will help us to perform better than our competitors. We expect our executive officers to run a high performing, lean organization that rewards individual contributors for their ownership of various aspects of our business, and we compensate our executive officers using the same philosophy.

 

89


Table of Contents
  §  

Total compensation should be related to our performance .    We believe that a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation should be linked to achieving specified financial and business objectives that we believe will create stockholder value and provide incentives to our officers to work as a team.

 

  §  

Equity awards help executive officers think like stockholders .    We believe that our executive officers’ total compensation should have an equity component because stock-based equity awards help reinforce the executive officer’s long term interest in our overall performance and thereby align the interests of the executive officer with the interests of our stockholders. Historically, we have not provided refresher grants to our executive officers due to the ownership of common stock or options that the executive received when commencing employment or when we were founded, as well as the significant contingent cash bonus compensation we have provided. Going forward, to recognize the changes in our capital structure, we anticipate that the compensation committee will assess vested and unvested equity holdings periodically.

Based on these philosophies, we seek to reward our executive officers as and when we achieve our goals and objectives and to generate stockholder returns by providing performance-based compensation.

Our executives’ total compensation may vary from year to year based on our financial results and individual performance.

Weighting of compensation components .    We do not use predefined ratios in determining the allocation of compensation between base salary, bonus and equity components. Rather, we set each executive’s total compensation based on market conditions, geographic considerations, competitive market data and other factors. Our compensation policies related to executive compensation apply equally to all of our executive officers. Differences in compensation levels among our executives generally reflect differing skill sets, experience, responsibilities and relative contributions.

Role of the compensation committee and executive officers in setting executive compensation .    Historically, Robert J. Pera, our chief executive officer, was primarily responsible for determining the compensation of our executive officers, including his own, as the board of directors was made up of Mr. Pera and another employee stockholder. Prior to March 2010, Mr. Pera owned more than 87% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis. In February 2010, Mr. Pera determined to reduce his base salary to $1.00 per fiscal year on a prospective basis.

In March 2010, we completed our first preferred stock financing with entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. and at closing Messrs. Chung and Fitzgerald joined our board of directors. As a consequence of having independent board members and increased hiring in connection with our anticipated initial public offering, the board of directors became more involved in determining the compensation for our executive officers.

In May 2010, the board of directors negotiated compensation packages for John Ritchie, in connection with his hiring as our chief financial officer, and John Sanford, in connection with his conversion from a part time consultant to a full time employee serving as our chief technology officer. The board of directors relied on Messrs. Chung’s and Fitzgerald’s knowledge and experience as investors working with the executives of numerous companies to build competitive compensation packages that were in line with our compensation philosophy and based on our board’s collective experience with such company executives.

Fiscal 2010

Components of executive compensation .    In fiscal 2010, our executive compensation program consisted of the following components: base salary; short-term incentive compensation, or STI, consisting of cash bonuses; and, to a lesser extent, long-term equity-based incentive awards. We believe that each individual component is useful in achieving one or more of the objectives of our program. However, we have been a closely held company and have favored short-term incentive compensation rather than dilution through long term equity incentives. Together, we believe these components have been effective in achieving our overall objectives to date.

 

  §  

We use base salary to attract and retain executives, reflect differences in job scope, and compensate for significant responsibilities.

 

90


Table of Contents
  §  

We provide cash bonuses to encourage executives to deliver on short term corporate financial and operating goals and individual objectives and a significant portion of our executives’ compensation has depended upon achievement of short term objectives.

 

  §  

To a lesser extent, we have used equity awards to encourage longer term perspective, reward for innovation, provide alignment with stockholder interests, and attract and retain key talent. The limited use of equity stems from the significant interests that our chief executive officer, Mr. Pera, held in our company, as well as the large initial grants to new executive officers upon joining, while balancing our stockholders’ desire to limit dilution.

Historically we have focused on the cash components of our executives’ compensation packages by providing strong base salaries and significant cash bonuses tied to our performance, as well as each executive’s individual performance. While our executives traditionally received an equity grant upon joining us, compensation has been more focused on the cash components.

In fiscal 2010, we departed from our historical pattern of paying cash bonuses to our officers after the end of the fiscal year and did not pay any cash bonuses. We made this one-time decision in light of the benefits that each of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Ritchie, received, from a stock repurchase from all of our employees in March 2010. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Stock Repurchases.” We anticipate that in the future we will return to our historical practice of providing discretionary cash bonuses based on achievement of fiscal year results.

Chief Executive Officer .    Mr. Pera, our chief executive officer, holds a majority of our outstanding common stock. In February 2010, he voluntarily reduced his annual base salary from $200,000 to $1.00 per year. In fiscal years prior to fiscal 2010, we paid Mr. Pera substantial cash bonuses based on our operating performance and those cash bonuses represented approximately 400% of his annual base salary, or $800,000, for total compensation of approximately $1.0 million for the applicable fiscal year. We anticipate that we will pay Mr. Pera STI compensation for future fiscal years. We did not grant Mr. Pera any equity awards in fiscal 2010 as he was a majority stockholder of our company throughout the fiscal year. We pay 100% of the costs associated with Mr. Pera’s general health and welfare benefits, as we do for all of our employees. We also leased and paid the applicable lease payments, insurance, registration fees and other operating costs for an automobile registered in the State of California for Mr. Pera’s use.

Chief Technology Officer.     Prior to May 2010, Dr. Sanford served as a part time consultant to our company. In connection with his transition from consultant to full time employee, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Sanford in May 2010 pursuant to which he became our chief technology officer with a base salary of $400,000 per year. Our board members relied on their extensive experience with private company executives to set Dr. Sanford’s base salary. Dr. Sanford’s employment agreement also provides that he is eligible to receive annual STI compensation of up to 50% of his base salary, subject to the discretion of the board of directors. Our board of directors or compensation committee has not set any performance objectives for fiscal 2011 for Dr. Sanford and intends to assess Dr. Sanford’s performance and set any fiscal 2011 bonuses on the basis of Dr. Sanford’s and our company’s achievements during the fiscal year. In connection with his retention as a consultant, we had previously granted Dr. Sanford an option to acquire 420,000 shares of our common stock at $0.13 per share in fiscal 2009 and we did not grant Dr. Sanford any additional awards related to his transition from consultant to employee. We pay 100% of the costs associated with Dr. Sanford’s general health and welfare benefits, as we do for all of our employees.

Vice President, Business Development.     Mr. Moore has served as our vice president, business development since May 2008 and our chief executive officer set Mr. Moore’s base salary at $130,000 in connection with the commencement of his employment. Our board of directors increased Mr. Moore’s base salary to $150,000 in December 2009 and our compensation committee increased it to $200,000 in February 2010 as a result of its evaluation of his performance and contributions to our company and upon the recommendations of Mr. Pera. The board of directors and compensation committee also approved the increase in Mr. Moore’s base salary in recognition of Mr. Moore’s increasing responsibilities. In February 2011, in connection with entering into an employment agreement with Mr. Moore, the compensation committee increased Mr. Moore’s base salary to

 

91


Table of Contents

$212,000 in lieu of continuing to provide him with a monthly allowance for automobile related expenses. Prior to entering into the employment agreement with us in February 2011, we had no agreement with Mr. Moore to pay cash bonuses to him but have done so in prior fiscal years (other than fiscal 2010) and we anticipate we will do so in the future. In prior fiscal years, Mr. Moore’s cash bonuses represented more than 20% of Mr. Moore’s base salary for the applicable fiscal year. Our board of directors or compensation committee has not set any performance objectives for fiscal 2011 for Mr. Moore and intends to assess Mr. Moore’s performance and set any fiscal 2011 bonuses on the basis of Mr. Moore’s and our company’s achievements during the fiscal year. In connection with his hiring in fiscal 2008, we granted Mr. Moore options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at $0.13 per share and we did not grant Mr. Moore any additional equity awards in fiscal 2010. We also pay 100% of the costs associated with Mr. Moore’s general health and welfare benefits, as we do for all of our employees. Prior to February 2011, we also leased and paid the applicable lease payments, insurance, registration fees and other operating costs for an automobile.

Chief Financial Officer.     In connection with his hiring in May 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ritchie pursuant to which he became our chief financial officer and our board of directors set Mr. Ritchie’s base salary at $330,000 per year. Our board members relied on their extensive experience with private company executives to set Mr. Ritchie’s base salary. Mr. Ritchie’s employment agreement also provides that he is eligible to receive annual STI compensation of up to 50% of his base salary, subject to the discretion of the board of directors. Our board of directors or compensation committee has not set any performance objectives for fiscal 2011 for Mr. Ritchie and intends to assess Mr. Ritchie’s performance and set any fiscal 2011 bonuses on the basis of Mr. Ritchie’s and our company’s achievements during the fiscal year. Our board of directors also granted Mr. Ritchie an option to acquire 100,236 shares or our common stock at a per share exercise price of $4.80 and awarded him 200,472 RSUs in May 2010. These equity awards vest over time in the manner described in “—Grant of Plan Based Awards.” We pay 100% of the costs associated with Mr. Ritchie’s general health and welfare benefits, as we do for all of our employees.

Benefits .    Our executives participate in our standard benefit plans, which are offered to all U.S.-based employees and include our 401(k) plan. We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan which is intended to be a tax qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan following the start date of their employment, at the beginning of each calendar month. The 401(k) plan provides a salary deferral program pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in 2010, and contribute the withheld amount to the 401(k) plan. We may, in our sole discretion, make discretionary profit sharing and/or matching contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of our employees who are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. It has been our practice to match up to 1% of an employee’s annual salary, provided the employee contributes at least 4% of his or her salary. We offer this benefit to our named executive officers. Mr. Moore contributed 4% of his salary in fiscal 2010 and thus received matching funds of 1% in fiscal 2010.

Our executives have the opportunity to participate in our health and welfare benefit programs which include a group medical program, a group dental program, a vision program, life insurance, and disability insurance. These benefits are the same as those offered to all of our U.S.-based employees. Through our benefit programs, each of our named executive officers received group term life insurance of $200,000.

Stock ownership guidelines .    We do not currently have stock ownership guidelines.

Recent Changes in Compensation Approaches

Establishment of Compensation Committee.     In August 2010, our board of directors formally established a compensation committee. From that point forward, the compensation committee of our board of directors has had overall responsibility for recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and determining the compensation of our other executive officers. Members of the committee are appointed by the board of directors. Currently, the committee consists of three members of the board of directors, Messrs. Chung, Ocampo and Van Buskirk. Our board of directors determined that each member of our

 

92


Table of Contents

compensation committee was and remains an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “nonemployee” director for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act and an “independent director” as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Market.

Although the responsibilities detailed below have historically been performed by our chief executive officer and board of directors, going forward we anticipate that the compensation committee will have primary responsibility for evaluating and determining executive compensation. The fundamental responsibilities of our compensation committee are:

 

  §  

to provide oversight of our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs including reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding compensation plans, as well as general compensation goals and guidelines for our executive officers and the board of directors;

 

  §  

to review and determine all compensation arrangements for our executive officers (including our chief executive officer) and to allocate total compensation among the various components of executive pay;

 

  §  

to review and approve all equity compensation awards to our executive officers (including our chief executive officer); and

 

  §  

to oversee and direct our equity compensation plans, as applicable to our employees, including executive officers.

The compensation committee has the authority to engage the services of outside consultants; however, in fiscal 2010, neither the board of directors nor the compensation committee retained any compensation consulting firm.

In determining each executive officer’s compensation, our compensation committee will review our corporate financial performance and financial condition and assess the performance of the individual executive officer. The evaluation of individual performance will be done by the compensation committee in the case of the chief executive officer, and by the chief executive officer in the case of other executives. The chief executive officer will meet with the compensation committee to discuss executive compensation matters and to make recommendations to the compensation committee with respect to other executives. The compensation committee may modify individual compensation components for executives other than the chief executive officer after reviewing the chief executive officer’s recommendations. The committee is not bound to and may not always accept the chief executive officer’s recommendations. The compensation committee also will review the chief executive officer’s performance and confer with the full board of directors (excluding the chief executive officer). The compensation committee then will make all final compensation decisions for executive officers and approve any equity incentive awards for all of our executive officers. In addition, it is the committee’s practice to consult with the independent members of the board of directors prior to making material changes to our compensation policies.

Although we may make many compensation decisions in the first quarter of the fiscal year, the compensation evaluation process will be ongoing. Compensation discussions and decisions are designed to promote our fundamental business objectives and strategy. Evaluation of management performance and rewards are performed annually or more often as needed. The compensation committee has the discretion to adjust a component of compensation during the year in the event that it determines that circumstances warrant.

Generally, we have granted options and RSUs following an executive officer’s start date. The initial grants to each executive officer were principally based on the prevailing range of initial grants to our other executives with consideration given to the nature of the job and the individual’s experience, as well as the current market conditions relating to equity ownership of officers in similar positions at similarly situated companies. Our compensation committee does not have any specific policy regarding the timing of equity awards and such awards have not historically been made regularly or automatically to our executive officers on an annual basis.

Prior to this offering, our board of directors determined the fair market value of our common stock on a number of factors, including third party valuation reports. It is our board of directors’ practice to grant options with exercise prices equal to 100% of fair market value on the date of grant based on the board’s contemporaneous determination as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

93


Table of Contents

Vice President, Business Development employment agreement.     In February 2011, the compensation committee approved an employment agreement for Mr. Moore, which was executed shortly thereafter. Mr. Moore’s employment agreement reflects his base salary of $212,000 per year. The employment agreement provides for an annual discretionary bonus that may be paid in cash or stock as determined by the compensation committee.

Severance Compensation and Termination Protection

See the section entitled “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” or “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” for a description of agreements with and the tables setting forth the potential severance or change of control payments to be made to each named executive officer and definitions of key terms under these agreements. Our compensation committee believes that these change in control vesting and severance benefits could serve to minimize the distraction caused by a potential transaction involving a change in control and reduce the risk that an executive would leave his employment before a transaction is consummated.

Accounting and Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the amount of compensation paid to our chief executive officer and to each of our three other most highly compensated officers (other than our chief executive officer and chief financial officer) that may be deducted by us for federal income tax purposes in any fiscal year to $1,000,000. “Performance-based” compensation that has been approved by our stockholders is not subject to the $1,000,000 deduction limit. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, while the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our named executive officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under section 162(m) as a factor in compensation decisions.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the total compensation earned by our named executive officers during fiscal 2010:

 

Name and Principal Position   Fiscal
Year
    Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards (1)
    Option
Awards (1)
    All Other
Compensation (2)
    Total
Compensation
 

Robert J. Pera

Chief Executive Officer

    2010      $ 116,937      $      $      $      $ 18,400      $ 135,377   

John Sanford

Chief Technology Officer

    2010        340,437 (3)                                   340,347   

Benjamin Moore

Vice President, Business Development

    2010        171,477                             7,700        179,177   

John Ritchie

Chief Financial Officer

    2010        47,596 (4)              961,263        305,305               1,314,164   

 

(1) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSUs or option awards, as applicable, computed in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718. See the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our RSUs and stock options. For additional information, refer to the footnotes of our Consolidated Financial Statements for the assumptions made in the valuation of the RSUs and option awards. These amounts reflect our accounting expense for these awards, and do not correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by named executive officers.
(2) The amounts in this column represent expenses for automobile leases, automobile insurance and automobile registration fees.
(3) Includes payments in the aggregate amount of $273,770 made to Dr. Sanford in his role as a consultant to us. Dr. Sanford joined us as our chief technical officer in May 2010 and received a pro rated base salary based on an annual salary of $400,000.
(4) Mr. Ritchie joined us as our chief financial officer in May 2010 and received a pro rated base salary based on an annual salary of $330,000.

 

94


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during fiscal 2010.

 

Name   Grant Date     Stock
Awards
(#)
    All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
    Exercise or Base Price
of Option
Awards (1)
    Grant Date Fair Value
of Stock and
Option Awards (2)
 

Robert J. Pera

                                  

John Sanford

                                  

Benjamin Moore

                                  

John Ritchie

    May 10, 2010        200,472 (3)                   $ 962,266   
    May 10, 2010               100,236 (4)     $ 4.80        305,305   

 

 

(1) Based on the valuation of our common stock as of the date of grant.
(2) Represents grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718. See footnotes to the consolidated financial statements for the assumptions used to determine the values.
(3) Represents an award of RSUs under our 2010 Plan on May 10, 2010. 25% of the shares subject to the RSUs shall vest on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date.
(4) Represents stock option awards granted under our 2010 Plan on May 10, 2010. 25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest at a rate of 1/36th each month thereafter. The options have a maximum term of 10 years.

Outstanding Equity Awards at June 30, 2010

The following table presents certain information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at June 30, 2010.

 

Name   Option Awards (1)     Stock Awards  
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market Value
of Shares
That Have
Not Vested
 

Robert J. Pera

                                                

John Sanford

                                                

Benjamin Moore

    355,704 (2)       500,000 (2)(3)            $ 0.13        04/09/2018                 

John Ritchie

           100,236 (4)              4.80        05/10/2020                 
                                       200,472 (5)     $ 962,266   

 

 

(1) All stock awards and option awards listed in this outstanding equity awards table were granted under our 2010 Plan or our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
(2) We repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase 144,296 shares of our common stock from this grant on March 2, 2010.
(3) The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on April 9, 2008 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/16 of the remaining shares each quarter thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.
(4) The shares subject to this stock option began vesting on May 10, 2010 (vesting commencement date) and vest as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of the remaining shares each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date.
(5) Represents an award of RSUs, whereby the shares subject to the award vest with respect to 25% of the shares on each anniversary of May 10, 2010, such that all shares shall vest as of May 10, 2014.

 

95


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2010

In March 2010, we repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 317,864 shares of our common stock from certain of our option holders, including Mr. Moore, for $7.37 per share, or an aggregate consideration of $2,344,199.61, less the exercise price of the repurchased options, which was $28,859.87. We have omitted from this table the columns pertaining to stock awards because they are inapplicable.

 

     Option Awards  
Name    Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise
 

Robert J. Pera

               

John Sanford

               

Benjamin Moore

           $ 1,046,124 (1)  

John Ritchie

               

 

 

(1) Represents the aggregate dollar amount realized by Mr. Moore upon the transfer of options to us pursuant to the March 2010 repurchase transaction. The value realized is computed by multiplying the number of repurchased options by the difference between the per share fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board as of the date of the transaction ($7.37) and the exercise price of such options ($0.13).

Employment Agreements

We currently have employment agreements, offer letter agreements, or change of control agreements with our chief technology officer, our vice president, business development, our chief financial officer and our chief counsel. The employment agreements with our executive officers provide for at will employment, base salary, term of the agreement, eligibility to participate in any of our bonus plans or programs, standard employee benefit plan participation and eligibility to receive stock option grants. The employment agreements contain certain severance and change of control benefits in favor of the executives.

John Sanford .    In May 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with John Sanford, our chief technology officer. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $400,000 and an annual target bonus equal to 50% of his base salary. He is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans. The agreement provides that Dr. Sanford is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Dr. Sanford. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Dr. Sanford is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Benjamin Moore .    In February 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Benjamin Moore, our vice president, of business development. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $212,000. He is eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus, subject to individual and company performance goals to be determined by our compensation committee, in an amount determined by our compensation committee. The agreement also provides that Mr. Moore is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans. The agreement provides that Mr. Moore is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Moore. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Moore is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

John Ritchie .    In May 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with John Ritchie, our chief financial officer. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $330,000 and an annual target bonus equal to 50% of his base salary. He is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans. On May 10, 2010, in

 

96


Table of Contents

accordance with the terms of his employment agreement, our board of directors granted Mr. Ritchie an option to purchase 100,236 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.80 per share and 200,472 RSUs. One quarter of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining options vest at the rate of 1/36 each month thereafter. The options have a maximum term of 10 years. The RSUs vest with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the award on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all RSUs shall vest as of the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. The agreement provides that Mr. Ritchie is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Ritchie. Provided the agreement is not terminated earlier pursuant to its terms, the agreement provides for an initial term of three years with automatic one year renewals unless either party provides notice of nonrenewal at least 60 days prior to the date of automatic renewal. In addition, Mr. Ritchie is entitled to severance benefits upon termination of employment as described below under “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Steven J. Hanley .    In May 2011, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Steven J. Hanley, our chief counsel and assistant secretary. The agreement sets forth an initial annual base salary of $300,000 and an annual target bonus equal to 50% of his base salary. He is eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans. In June 2011, in accordance with the terms of his agreement, our board of directors granted Mr. Hanley 20,000 RSUs. The RSUs will vest with respect to 25% of the shares subject to the award on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all shares subject to the RSUs shall vest as of the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. The agreement provides that Mr. Hanley is an at will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us or Mr. Hanley. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Hanley’s employment other than for cause (as defined in his offer letter agreement) or if he resigns for good reason (as defined in his offer letter agreement), we must pay him a lump sum severance payment equivalent to eight weeks of his then annual base salary, provided that he signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

We currently have employment agreements or change of control agreements with our chief technology officer, our vice president, business development and our chief financial officer. The description and table that follow describe the payments and benefits that may be owed by us to these named executive officers upon our named executive officer’s termination under certain circumstances.

The employment agreements with these named executive officers provide that, if we terminate the named executive officer’s employment for Cause (as defined below), or if our named executive officer terminates his employment other than for Good Reason (as defined below), we must pay the named executive officer any base salary earned but not paid through the date of the named executive officer’s termination, but he will not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits from us except as may be required by law. Vesting of all of the named executive officer’s outstanding equity awards will cease on the date of the named executive officer’s termination.

The employment agreements with these named executive officers also provide that if we terminate such named executive officer’s employment other than for Cause and the termination occurs before or more than 24 months after a Change of Control (as defined below), then such executive officer will receive severance payments and partial acceleration of vesting of unvested equity awards. Mr. Ritchie will receive continued payments for 12 months of his base salary then in effect and acceleration of an additional 12 months of vesting of unvested equity awards held by such executive officer. Dr. Sanford will receive continued payments for 12 months of his base salary and target bonus then in effect and acceleration of an additional 12 months of vesting of equity awards held by Dr. Sanford. Mr. Moore will receive continued payments for six months of his base salary then in effect and acceleration of an additional six months of vesting of unvested equity awards held by Mr. Moore.

The employment agreements with each of Mr. Ritchie and Dr. Sanford provide that if we terminate the executive officer’s employment other than for Cause or if the executive officer terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined below), and the termination is within a 24-month period after a Change of Control, then such executive officer will receive a lump sum severance payment equivalent to 12 months of executive officer’s base

 

97


Table of Contents

salary and target bonus then in effect. Furthermore, all of the unvested equity awards held by Mr. Ritchie will accelerate and become vested and Dr. Sanford will receive an additional 12 months of vesting on his unvested equity awards. Mr. Moore’s employment agreement provides that if we terminate Mr. Moore’s employment other than for Cause, death or disability or if Mr. Moore terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined below), and the termination is within a 24-month period after a Change of Control, then Mr. Moore will receive a lump sum severance payment equivalent to six months of his base salary and target bonus then in effect and all unvested equity awards held by Mr. Moore will immediately become vested.

In order to receive the severance benefits described above, the executive officer is obligated to provide us with an executed release of claims.

The employment agreements also provide that for a period of one year after the termination of employment the executive officer will refrain from soliciting our employees to leave our company, solicit any of our customers or users, or harass or disparage us.

For the purpose of each of the employment agreements with our named executive officers, “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is not a stockholder of Ubiquiti as of the date of such employment agreement becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Ubiquiti representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by Ubiquiti’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

(ii) a change in the composition of our board of directors occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (a) are our directors as of the date of such employment agreement, or (b) are elected, or nominated for election, to our board of directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of our directors); or

 

(iii) a merger or consolidation of Ubiquiti with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of Ubiquiti outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by our voting securities or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

Our employment agreement with Dr. Sanford replaces (i) above with the following language: “Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the company’s then outstanding voting securities.”

For the purposes of each of our employment agreements with our named executive officers, “Cause” means:

 

(i) the executive’s willful act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or other misconduct;

 

(ii) the executive’s willful failure to perform his duties to Ubiquiti, failure to materially follow our policy as set forth in writing from time to time, or failure to follow the legal directives of Ubiquiti (other than failure to meet performance goals, objectives or measures), that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within 30 days following written notice thereof to the executive by the our chief executive officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the failure;

 

(iii) the executive’s misappropriation of any of our material assets;

 

(iv) the executive’s conviction of, or a plea of “Guilty” or “No Contest” to a felony;

 

(v) the executive’s use of alcohol or drugs so as to interfere with the performance of his duties;

 

98


Table of Contents
(vi) the executive’s material breach of such employment agreement or the confidential information agreement entered into with each named executive officer that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within 30 days following written notice thereof to the executive by our chief executive officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach;

 

(vii) conduct which, in Ubiquiti’s determination, is a material violation of executive’s fiduciary obligations to us; or

 

(viii) the intentional material damage to any of our property.

For the purpose of each of our employment agreements with our named executive officers, “Good Reason” will exist if such executive officer resigns from his employment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing or by e-mail, within 60 days after the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i) any reduction in his base salary or target bonus of 20% or more (other than temporary reductions applying to all of our senior executives);

 

(ii) a change in his position with Ubiquiti or successor company that substantially reduces his duties and responsibilities in his current executive position;

 

(iii) office relocation of more than 50 miles further from the executive’s primary residence; or

 

(iv) any other material breach by us of our obligations to the executive under such agreement that is not corrected within 30 days following written notice to us by the executive, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach.

Our employment agreement with Dr. Sanford replaces (ii) above with the following language: “a change in his position with the company or successor company that substantially reduces his duties and responsibilities as chief technology officer; provided, however, that executive remaining as the chief technology officer of a division, subsidiary or other business unit comprising all or substantially all of the company’s business following a Change of Control shall not in and of itself constitute Good Reason.” Additionally, it replaces (i) above with the following language: “any reduction in his base salary or target bonus of 20% or more (other than a reduction applying to all senior executives of the Company).”

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

The following table shows the amounts each of our named executive officers would have received in the event of their termination, other than for Cause, following a Change of Control, or upon certain other events, assuming the termination took place on June 30, 2010, the last business day of our most recent completed fiscal year.

 

          Involuntary Termination  
Name    Benefits    Before or More Than
24 Months After Change of
Control
    Within 24 Months After
Change of Control
 

John Sanford

   Severance Payment (Salary)    $ 400,000 (1)     $ 400,000   
   Severance Payment (Bonus)      200,000 (1)       200,000   

Benjamin Moore

   Severance Payment (Salary)      106,000 (1)       106,000   
   Severance Payment (Bonus)             (2)  
   Acceleration of Stock Options      232,198 (3)       1,857,709 (4)  

John Ritchie

   Severance Payment (Salary)      330,000 (1)       330,000   
   Severance Payment (Bonus)             165,000   
   Acceleration of Stock Options      (5)       (4)  
   Acceleration of RSUs      240,566 (6)       962,266 (7)  

 

(1) The salary and bonus severance amount for Mr. Ritchie and Dr. Sanford would be divided into 12 equal monthly payments if the executive officer were terminated without Cause before or more than 24 months after a Change of Control. The salary and bonus severance amount for Mr. Moore would be divided into six equal monthly payments if he was terminated without Cause before or more than 24 months after a Change of Control. The salary and bonus severance amount for Messrs. Ritchie and Moore and Dr. Sanford would be paid in a lump sum if the executive officer were terminated without Cause within 24 months after a Change of Control.

 

99


Table of Contents
(2) The amount of severance payment bonus to be determined by the compensation committee subject to achieving company and individual performance goals.
(3) Six months of unvested shares subject to stock options would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated without Cause. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on June 30, 2010 and the exercise price of unvested options that would vest within six months of termination. The stock price on June 30, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $4.80 per share.
(4) 100% of the unvested shares subject to the equity award would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated without Cause or resigned for Good Reason within a 24-month period after a Change of Control. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on June 30, 2010 and the exercise price of any unvested equity awards. The stock price on June 30, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $4.80 per share.
(5) 12 months of unvested shares subject to stock options would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated without Cause. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated as the difference between the stock price on June 30, 2010 and the exercise price of unvested options that would vest within twelve months of termination. The stock price on June 30, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $4.80 per share.
(6) An additional 12 months of unvested shares subject to RSUs would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated without Cause. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated based on the stock price as of June 30, 2010. The stock price on June 30, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $4.80 per share.
(7) 100% of the unvested shares subject to RSUs would accelerate if the executive officer were terminated without Cause or resigned for Good Reason. Value represents the gain the executive officer would receive, calculated based on the stock price as of June 30, 2010. The stock price on June 30, 2010 as determined by our board of directors was $4.80 per share.

Employee Benefit Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved our 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is currently effective, although certain provisions will only be effective upon the earlier to occur of their adoption by our board of directors or immediately prior to our initial public offering. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and RSUs to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2010 Plan is 3,200,000 shares of our common stock, plus any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Plan, that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Plan pursuant to this clause equal to 2,118,100 shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years, beginning with the 2013 fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  §  

3,200,000 shares;

 

  §  

5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal; or

 

  §  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Plan administration .    The 2010 Plan is administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee or one and/or more additional committees. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).

 

100


Table of Contents

Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan.

Stock options .    The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2010 Plan. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of such incentive stock option may not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the plan administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, within 30 days or for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock appreciation rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us.

Restricted stock units .    RSUs may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Each RSU granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both.

Performance units/performance shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on

 

101


Table of Contents

the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Automatic director grants .    Our 2010 Plan also provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our nonemployee directors. Each individual who first joins our board of directors as a nonemployee director will receive, at the time of such initial election or appointment, an automatic option grant to purchase 21,000 shares of our common stock, provided such person has not previously been in our employ. This initial award will vest as to one-thirty sixth (1/36 th ) of the shares subject to the option each month, provided he or she continues to serve as a director through each relevant vesting date. In addition, beginning in fiscal 2012, nonemployee directors who have been directors for at least six months will automatically receive a subsequent option to purchase 7,000 shares on each date of our annual meeting of stockholders. These subsequent awards will vest and become exercisable as to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the shares subject to such option each month, provided he or she continues to serve as a director through each relevant vesting date. All awards granted under the automatic grant provisions will have a term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The administrator may change the terms of future automatic awards granted to our nonemployee director including with respect to the types and number of awards granted.

Transferability of awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or change in control .    Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, RSUs and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan amendment, termination .    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in February 2021, unless we terminate it sooner.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2005 Plan in February 2005. Our 2005 Plan was amended and restated in March 2006 and June 2006, and further amended in March 2010 to reduce the shares reserved for issuance thereunder. The purposes of the 2005 Plan were to attract and retain the best

 

102


Table of Contents

available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to our employees and consultants and to promote the success of our business. Our 2005 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock purchase rights and stock bonuses to our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors. In connection with the adoption of our 2010 Plan our board determined not to make any additional grants under the 2005 Plan and will instead grant awards under our 2010 Plan. However, the 2005 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted thereunder.

Stock subject to the plan .    As of March 31, 2011, options to purchase 2,080,732 shares of our common stock were outstanding and no shares were available for future grant under the 2005 Plan. In March 2010, our board of directors terminated the 2005 Plan as to future grants.

If a stock option or stock purchase right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, the unpurchased shares subject to such stock options will become available for future grant or sale under the 2010 Plan. However, shares that have actually been issued under the 2005 Plan, upon exercise of either a stock option or stock purchase right, will not be returned to the 2005 Plan or the 2010 Plan and will not become available for future distribution under either plan.

Plan administration .    Our board of directors or a committee which it appoints administers the 2005 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2005 Plan, the administrator has the authority in its discretion to determine the terms of awards, the fair market value of our common stock, the exercise price of each option, the purchase price for each stock purchase right, the number of shares subject to each award and the vesting schedule applicable to the awards (together with any vesting acceleration). The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan, to amend outstanding options to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and to construe and interpret the 2005 Plan.

Stock options .    Before the adoption of the 2010 Plan, the administrator of the 2005 Plan had authority to grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2005 Plan. The exercise price of incentive stock options needed to equal at least the fair market value of our common stock while the exercise price of nonstatutory stock options needed to equal at least 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option could not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owned more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, the term of such incentive stock option could not exceed five years and the exercise price needed to equal at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator determined the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which could have included cash or check. Subject to the provisions of our 2005 Plan, the administrator determined the term of all other options. After the termination of service as an employee or consultant (other than for death or disability), the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for a period of three months following such termination. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable, to the extent vested as of the date of death or termination, for 12 months following such death or termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Restricted stock awards .    Restricted stock awards are grants of rights to purchase our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the administrator determined that it would offer stock purchase rights, it would have advised the purchaser of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of shares that the purchaser was entitled to purchase, the price to be paid and the time within which the purchaser must accept such offer. A purchaser would have accepted the offer by execution of a restricted stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the administrator. Once the stock purchase right was exercised, the purchaser would have rights equivalent to a stockholder.

 

103


Table of Contents

Stock bonuses .    Stock bonuses are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator established organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, would determine the number and/or the value of the stock bonuses to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a stock bonus, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may have reduced or waived any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such stock bonuses. The administrator, in its sole discretion, could have paid earned stock bonuses in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Transferability of awards .    Our 2005 Plan generally does not allow for awards to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant.

Certain adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2005 Plan, adjustments will be made to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the plan.

Merger or change in control .    Our 2005 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2005 Plan, each outstanding award may be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. However, in the event the successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute awards then the board of directors or committee may provided that all or a portion of such options will vest and such award will become fully exercisable and all or a portion of such restricted shares or stock bonus will become non-forfeitable. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Plan termination and amendment .    Our board of directors may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the 2005 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. The 2005 Plan will expire in February 2015.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all U.S.-based employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. The 401(k) plan provides a salary deferral program pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $16,500 in 2010, and contribute the withheld amount to the 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan permits us to match our employees’ 401(k) plan contributions. We may, in our sole discretion, make discretionary profit sharing and/or matching contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of our employees who are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan. It has been our practice to match a portion of an employee’s contribution provided the employee contributes a threshold percentage of his or her salary. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  §  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  §  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  §  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  §  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

105


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2006 to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus. We also describe below certain transactions and series of similar transactions since July 1, 2005 with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons to which we were a party.

Registration Agreement

In connection with our Series A preferred stock financing completed in March 2010, we entered into a registration agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock held or issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with our Series A preferred stock financing, we also entered into an investor rights agreement with certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Pursuant to this agreement, we granted such stockholders certain information and inspection rights with respect to our financials and facilities. Upon the closing of this offering, the provisions of the investor rights agreement will cease to be effective so long as we are subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC and we continue to comply with such requirements.

Shareholders Agreement

We have entered into a shareholders agreement with certain holders of our outstanding preferred stock and common stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, and certain other stockholders, obligating each party to vote or consent at each stockholder meeting or with respect to each written stockholder consent to elect the nominees of certain parties to our board of directors. The parties to the shareholders agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors the nominees designated by entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., which have designated Messrs. Chung and Fitzgerald for election to our board of directors; and Mr. Pera, who has designated himself for election to our board of directors. The parties to the shareholders agreement have also agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares in favor of an approved sale of Ubiquiti. The shareholders agreement also provides for certain rights of first refusal with respect to the securities subject to the agreement and certain rights relating to the co-sale of such securities. Upon the closing of this offering, the rights of first refusal, co-sale rights and voting rights will be automatically terminated. None of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Transactions with an Entity Affiliated with our Former Director

During fiscal 2008 and 2009, we paid Layout Xpress, a company owned by our former director and current employee Patrick Jabbaz, $260,000 and $320,000, respectively, in exchange for providing us with consulting and design services.

Promissory Notes in Connection with Equity Grants

On March 31, 2006, we entered into a promissory note with Robert J. Pera, our chief executive officer, in connection with his purchase of 16,676,000 shares of our common stock for $0.03 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $416,900, pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement dated March 31, 2006. The

 

106


Table of Contents

promissory note had a principal amount of $416,900 and an interest rate of 5.0% per annum. The note was payable in a single payment on March 31, 2011. The interest was required to be paid annually in arrears. The note was secured by the 16,676,000 shares of our common stock purchased by Mr. Pera on March 31, 2006. In June 2009, Mr. Pera made the final of a series of payments to prepay the note in full.

On January 1, 2008, we entered into a promissory note with Patrick Jabbaz, our former director and a current employee, in connection with the exercise of his option grant granted on March 31, 2006 for 2,780,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.025 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $76,450. The promissory note had a principal amount of $76,450 and an interest rate of 5.0% per annum. The note was payable in a single payment at maturity and maturity was five years after the date of the note. The interest was required to be paid annually in arrears. The note was secured by 2,780,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Jabbaz. In June 2009, Mr. Jabbaz prepaid the note in full.

On January 1, 2008, we entered into a promissory note with Robert J. Pera, our chief executive officer, in connection with the exercise of his option grant granted on March 31, 2006 for 10,400,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.0275 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $286,000. The promissory note had a principal amount of $286,000 and an interest rate of 5.0% per annum. The note was payable in a single payment at maturity and maturity was five years after the date of the note. The interest was required to be paid annually in arrears. The note was secured by 10,400,000 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Pera. In June 2009, Mr. Pera prepaid the note in full.

On July 1, 2008, we entered into a promissory note with John Sanford, our chief technology officer, in connection with the exercise of his option grant granted on the same day for 420,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.125 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $52,500. The promissory note had a principal amount of $52,500 and an interest rate of 5.0% per annum. The note was payable in a single payment at maturity and maturity was the earlier of five years after the date of the note or the occurrence of certain events. The interest was required to be paid annually in arrears. The note was secured by 420,000 shares of our common stock held by Dr. Sanford. In March 2010, Dr. Sanford prepaid the note in full.

Stock Repurchases

In March 2010, we repurchased an aggregate of 13,241,728 shares of our common stock from our stockholders, including our named executive officers Robert J. Pera and John Sanford and our former director and current employee, Patrick Jabbaz, for $7.37 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of $97,655,769.65. We also repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 317,864 shares of our common stock from certain of our option holders, including our named executive officer Benjamin Moore, for $7.37 per share, or an aggregate gross consideration of $2,344,199.61, less the exercise price of the repurchased options, which was $28,859.87. The table below reflects the March 2010 repurchases from our executive officers:

 

Name    Common Stock
Repurchased
     Options
Repurchased
     Per Share Price of
Repurchased Securities
    Aggregate Consideration
Received (In thousands)
 

Robert J. Pera

     11,378,892               $ 7.37      $ 83,918   

John Sanford

     138,524                 7.37        1,022   

Benjamin Moore

             144,296         7.25 (1)       1,046   

Patrick Jabbaz

     1,138,548                 7.37        8,397   

 

(1) The per share price of repurchased options reflects the deduction of $0.125 per share for the exercise price of Mr. Moore’s options.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into agreements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” above.

 

107


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Private Financings

In March 2010, we issued an aggregate of 13,559,596 shares of our Series A preferred stock with a price of $7.37 per share in connection with a private financing and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 854,256 shares of our Series A preferred stock with an exercise price of $7.37 per share. The purchasers, entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P., were not affiliated with us prior to the March 2010 financing.

In June 2010, we issued an aggregate of 854,256 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a per share price of $7.37 for aggregate new consideration of approximately $6.3 million upon exercise of the Series A warrants.

We believe that the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described above were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s length transactions. The following table summarizes since July 1, 2006 the investments and securities received by our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities.

 

Participants   Series A Preferred Stock Financing  
  Shares of Series A
Preferred Stock
Subject to Warrant (#)
    Number of
Shares (#)
    Total Purchase
Price
    Aggregate
Investment
 

Executive officers and directors

       

Robert J. Pera

                           

John Sanford

                           

Benjamin Moore

                           

John Ritchie

                           

Steven J. Hanley

                           

Peter Y. Chung (1)

    854,256        13,559,596      $ 106,300,000      $ 106,300,000   

Christopher J. Crespi

                           

Charles J. Fitzgerald (1)

    854,256        13,559,596        106,300,000        106,300,000   

John L. Ocampo

                           

Robert M. Van Buskirk

                           

Principal stockholders

       

Entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P.

    854,256        13,559,596        106,300,000        106,300,000   

Patrick Jabbaz

                           

 

(1) Consists of amounts invested and securities purchased or acquired by Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-A, L.P., Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-B, L.P., Summit Investors I, LLC and Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Messrs. Chung and Fitzgerald, two of our directors, are managing directors of Summit Partners, L.P.; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein.

 

108


Table of Contents

Sales of Common Stock, Stock Option Awards and Stock Awards

Certain stock option grants and stock awards to our directors and executive officers and related option grant policies are described in this prospectus under the captions “Management—Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Year Ended June 30, 2010,” “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at June 30, 2010” and “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements.” Pursuant to our director and executive officer compensation policies or other arrangements, we sold shares of common stock and granted the following stock awards and options to certain 5% stockholders, directors and executive officers since July 1, 2005:

 

Name   Grant Date     Common Stock
Sale (#)
    Shares Subject to
Stock Awards (#)
    Shares Subject to
Option (#)
    Option Exercise
Price
 

Robert J. Pera

    3/31/2006        16,676,000                        
    3/31/2006                      10,400,000 (1)     $ 0.03   

John Sanford

    7/01/2008                      420,000 (2)       0.13   

Benjamin Moore

    4/09/2008                      1,000,000 (3)       0.13   

Patrick Jabbaz

    2/01/2006                      400,000 (3)       0.03   
    3/31/2006        —         —         2,780,000 (4)       0.03   

John Ritchie

    5/10/2010               200,472 (5)                
    5/10/2010                      100,236 (6)       4.80   

Steven J. Hanley

    6/15/2011        —         20,000 (7)                

Christopher J. Crespi

    10/20/2010                      21,000 (8)       7.25   

John L. Ocampo

    10/20/2010                      21,000 (8)       7.25   

Robert M. Van Buskirk

    6/15/2011        —         20,000 (9)                

 

(1) Option vested and became exercisable per the following vesting schedule: 4,000,000 shares on the vesting commencement date; 4,000,000 shares on January 1, 2007; 2,400,000 shares on January 1, 2008.
(2) Option was fully vested on date of grant.
(3) Option vests and becomes exercisable at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable ratably over the next 12 quarters, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the optionholder.
(4) Option vested and became exercisable per the following vesting schedule: 1,180,000 shares on the vesting commencement date; 800,000 shares on January 1, 2007; 800,000 shares on January 1, 2008.
(5) Stock award vests at a rate of 25% on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date such that award will be fully vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the awardholder.
(6) Option vests and becomes exercisable at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable ratably over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the optionholder.
(7) Stock award vests at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable ratably over the next 12 quarters, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the award holder.
(8) Option vests and becomes exercisable at a rate of 1/3 on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable ratably over the next 24 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the optionholder, provided, however, that upon the closing of a change of control the remaining unvested portion shall become fully vested and exercisable.
(9) Stock award vests at a rate of 1/3 on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the remainder vesting ratably over the next 36 months, subject to continued service through each applicable date by the award holder.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

As provided by the audit committee charter, the audit committee of our board of directors must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. All of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to the audit committee any related party transaction prior to entering into the transaction.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

109


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2011 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, by:

 

  §  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  §  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  §  

each of our directors;

 

  §  

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  §  

each of our selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after March 31, 2011. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage of beneficial ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after March 31, 2011 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 39,457,888 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2011, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of March 31, 2011, and shares outstanding after completion of this offering. The percentage of beneficial ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., 91 E. Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134.

 

    Before the Offering           After the Offering  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Shares Being
Sold in the
Offering
    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 

5% Stockholders:

         

Entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. (1)

499 Hamilton Avenue
Palo Alto, California 94301

    14,413,852        36.53      

Patrick Jabbaz (2)

    2,313,452        5.76      

Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Robert J. Pera

    23,121,108        58.60      

John Sanford

    281,476        *         

Benjamin Moore (3)

    605,704        1.51      

John Ritchie (4)

    75,177        *         

Peter Y. Chung (5)

    14,413,852        36.53      

Christopher J. Crespi

                   

Charles J. Fitzgerald (6)

    14,413,852        36.53      

John L. Ocampo

                   

Robert M. VanBuskirk

         

All executive officers and directors as a group
(9 persons)
(7)

    38,497,317        95.91      

 

110


Table of Contents

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Includes 8,976,888 shares held by Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-A, L.P., 5,391,664 shares held by Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-B, L.P., 41,404 shares held by Summit Investors I, LLC and 3,896 shares held by Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P. is (i) the managing member of Summit Partners PE VII, LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners PE VII, L.P., which is the general partner of Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-A, L.P. and Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-B, L.P., and (ii) the managing member of Summit Investors Management, LLC, which is the manager of Summit Investors I, LLC., and the general partner of Summit Investors I (UK), L.P. Summit Partners, L.P., through a two-person investment committee, currently composed of Martin J. Mannion and Bruce R. Evans, has voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by each of these entities and therefore beneficially owns such shares. The address for each of these entities is 222 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, MA 02116. Certain private funds sponsored by Summit Partners, L.P. hold private equity investments in one or more broker-dealers, and as a result Summit Partners, L.P. is an affiliate of a broker-dealer. However, entities affiliated with Summit Partners, L.P. acquired the securities to be sold in this offering in the ordinary course of business for investment for their own account and not as a nominee or agent and, at the time of that purchase, had no contract, undertaking, agreement, understanding or arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any person to sell, transfer, distribute or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to those securities.
(2) Includes 672,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2011.
(3) Consists solely of shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2011.
(4) Includes 75,177 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2011.
(5) Includes shares held by Summit. Mr. Chung is a member of the general partner of Summit Partners, L.P. and as a result may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Summit. Mr. Chung disclaims ownership of the shares held by Summit, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(6) Includes shares held by Summit. Mr. Fitzgerald is a member of the general partner of Summit Partners, L.P. and as a result may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Summit. Mr. Fitzgerald disclaims ownership of the shares held by Summit, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(7) Includes 680,881 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2011.

 

111


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Based on 25,044,036 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2011, the conversion of outstanding preferred stock as of March 31, 2011 into 14,413,852 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, assuming no outstanding options are exercised prior to the closing of this offering and the issuance of                  shares of common stock in this offering, there will be                  shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of March 31, 2011, assuming the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had seven record holders of our common stock.

As of March 31, 2011, there were 2,678,593 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and 205,472 shares of common stock subject to outstanding RSUs.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends ratably, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in our net assets legally available after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities, subject to the preferential rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2011, there were 14,413,852 shares of our preferred stock outstanding, all of which were shares of Series A preferred stock. Upon the closing of this offering, all currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to an aggregate of                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, rights, preferences and privileges and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each such series of preferred stock, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption including sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that holders of our common stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2011, we had no outstanding warrants.

 

112


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Following the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock, primarily consisting of shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and shares of our common stock held by our chief executive officer, will be entitled to the registration rights set forth below with respect to registration of the resale of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to a registration agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. As applicable, we refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Long-form demand registration rights .    At any time, other than the 180-day period following the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding registrable securities issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act on Form S-1 covering the public offering and sale of all or part of the registrable securities held by such stockholders, provided that the value of the registrable securities that such holders propose to sell in such offering is at least $25.0 million. Upon any such demand, we must use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of the registrable securities which we have been requested to register together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the incidental registration rights described below. We are only obligated to effect two registrations in response to these demand registration rights for the holders of the registrable securities. We may defer such registration for up to 120 days if our board of directors reasonably determines such registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on a transaction we plan or propose to engage in.

Short form registration rights .    At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of a majority of the outstanding registrable securities issued upon the conversion of our Series A preferred stock may request in writing that we effect a registration on Form S-3 if the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5.0 million, subject to certain exceptions. We are obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 in any 12-month period.

Incidental registration rights .    If we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, holders of the registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to certain exceptions relating to employee benefit plans and mergers and acquisitions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of registrable securities to be included in the registration statement on a pro rata basis, subject to certain restrictions.

Expenses of registration .    We will pay all registration expenses related to any long-form demand, incidental or Form S-3 registration other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes (if any), which will be borne by the holders of the registrable securities.

Indemnification .    The registration agreement contains indemnification provisions pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders, underwriters and certain of their affiliates in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement or related violations of federal and state securities law by us. As a condition to including their securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to demand or incidental registration rights, we may require the selling stockholders to agree to indemnify us for misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. We expect these provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

 

113


Table of Contents

Undesignated preferred stock .    As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent or call a special meeting .     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or a majority of our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals .    Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Board classification .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Classified Board.” Our classified board of directors may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and removal of directors .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No cumulative voting .    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Delaware anti-takeover statute .    We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  §  

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

114


Table of Contents
  §  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

  §  

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                             . The transfer agent’s address is                              and its telephone number is (      )                     .

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock for quotation on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “UBNT.”

 

115


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  §  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  §  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  §  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  §  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  §  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  §  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  §  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  §  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder (other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:

 

  §  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  §  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  §  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

116


Table of Contents
  §  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  §  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

  §  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  §  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

 

117


Table of Contents

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock held (or treated as such) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult the prospective investor’s own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

118


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the              shares sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased by “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act), may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining              shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701, promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  §  

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances; and

 

  §  

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances.

Lock-up Agreements and Obligations

Our directors, officers and substantially all of our stockholders holding an aggregate of     % of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering have entered into lock-up agreements that generally provide that these holders will not offer, pledge, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC for a period of 180-days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, each grant agreement under each of our 2010 Plan and 2005 Plan contains restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

The 180-day restricted periods described above are subject to extension such that, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions on offers, pledges, sales, agreements to sell or other dispositions of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material events.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our

 

119


Table of Contents

affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  §  

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  §  

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

As of March 31, 2011, 1,922,928 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options and stock awards.

Stock Options

We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering and as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

120


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC is the sole book-running manager of this offering and the representative of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters   

Number of

Shares

 

UBS Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
        

Total

  
        

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

  §  

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters, and

 

  §  

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-Allotment Option

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                      per share from the public offering price. Sales of shares made outside the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

     Paid by us      Paid by selling stockholders      Total  
       No exercise      Full exercise      No exercise      Full exercise      No exercise      Full exercise  

Per share

   $                            $                            $                            $                            $                            $                        

Total

   $         $         $         $         $         $     

 

121


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                    .

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the circumstances described in the paragraph below. At any time and without public notice, UBS Securities LLC, may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Indemnification

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we or the selling stockholders are unable to provide this indemnification, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Nasdaq Stock Market Listing

We intend to apply for our common stock to be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “UBNT.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

  §  

stabilizing transactions;

 

  §  

short sales;

 

  §  

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

  §  

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

  §  

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

122


Table of Contents

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us, the selling stockholders and the representative of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

  §  

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;

 

  §  

our history and prospects and the history of, and prospects for, the industry in which we compete;

 

  §  

our past and present financial performance and an assessment of our management;

 

  §  

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

  §  

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

  §  

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

  §  

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us.

Affiliations

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing, trading, banking, research, transfer agent and trustee services to us or our subsidiaries, for which they may in the future receive, customary fees and expenses.

 

123


Table of Contents

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

Notice to Prospective Investors in European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), other than Germany, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

 

  §  

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  §  

by the Managers to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Bookrunners for any such offer; or

 

  §  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any

 

124


Table of Contents

agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a wholesale client.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

Our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than (i) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (ii) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong). No advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore and in Singapore, the offer and sale of our securities is made pursuant to exemptions provided in sections 274 and 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined in section 275(2) of the SFA pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with the conditions (if any) set forth in the SFA. Moreover, this document is not a prospectus as defined in the SFA. Accordingly, statutory liability under the SFA in relation to the content of prospectuses would not apply. Prospective investors in Singapore should consider carefully whether an investment in our securities is suitable for them.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) by a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) for a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

125


Table of Contents

shares of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except:

(1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

(3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

In addition, investors in Singapore should note that the securities acquired by them are subject to resale and transfer restrictions specified under Section 276 of the SFA, and they, therefore, should seek their own legal advice before effecting any resale or transfer of their securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations, or CO, and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

Notice to Prospective Investors in United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

126


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Palo Alto, California is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.

For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect this registration statement on this website.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

127


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June  30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June  30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the Nine Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 (Unaudited)

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 17, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    June 30,     March 31, 2011  
      2009     2010    

Unaudited

   

Pro Forma,
Stockholders’
Equity as of
March 31, 2011
(Unaudited)

 

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,674      $ 28,415      $ 71,489     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0, $800 and $596 (unaudited), respectively

    7,545        36,288        31,756     

Inventories

    1,280        4,803        5,034     

Deferred cost of revenues

           5,904        2,545     

Current deferred tax asset

    168        1,040        1,040     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,710        4,678        1,965     
                         

Total current assets

    26,377        81,128        113,829     

Property and equipment, net

    285        756        1,061     

Other long–term assets

    11        206        1,643     
                         

Total assets

  $ 26,673      $ 82,090      $ 116,533     
                         

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,756      $ 5,681      $ 12,996     

Customer deposits

    225        550        819     

Deferred revenues

           10,108        5,857     

Income taxes payable

    2,415        4,899        7,030     

Other current liabilities

    1,258        4,887        11,883     
                         

Total current liabilities

    5,654        26,125        38,585     

Long–term deferred tax liabilities

    2,904        1,986        1,986     

Other long–term liabilities

           33            
                         

Total liabilities

    8,558        28,144        40,571     
                         

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock—$0.001 par value; 14,413,852 shares authorized:

       

no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2009 and 14,413,852 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited), maximum liquidation preference of $0, $106,781 and $118,329 as of June 30, 2009, 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited), actual; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

           106,781        118,329          
                               

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Common stock—$0.001 par value; 96,000,000 shares authorized:

       

40,676,000, 26,234,272, and 25,044,036 outstanding at June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited), actual; 39,457,888 shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    41        41        41        55   

Additional paid–in capital

    1,543        2,052        2,728        108,384   

Treasury stock—14,441,728 and 15,631,964 shares held in treasury at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011 (unaudited), actual; 15,631,964 shares held in treasury pro forma (unaudited)

           (62,304     (69,554     (69,554

Notes receivable from stockholder

    (53                     

Retained earnings

    16,584        7,376        24,418        37,077   
                               

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    18,115        (52,835     (42,367     75,962   
                               

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 26,673      $ 82,090      $ 116,533      $                    
                               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
      2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
                      (Unaudited)  

Revenues

  $ 22,435      $ 63,121      $ 136,952      $ 96,653      $ 130,320   

Cost of revenues (1)

    10,942        37,181        82,404        58,034        77,545   
                                       

Gross profit

    11,493        25,940        54,548        38,619        52,775   
                                       

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    2,706        5,166        31,704        29,984        8,038   

Sales, general and administrative (1)

    1,396        2,946        18,162        16,178        5,307   
                                       

Total operating expenses

    4,102        8,112        49,866        46,162        13,345   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    7,391        17,828        4,682        (7,543     39,430   

Interest income

    112        118        64        59        46   

Other income (expense), net

    11               517        250        4   
                                       

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    7,514        17,946        5,263        (7,234     39,480   

Provision for income taxes

    2,817        8,057        10,719        7,523        7,888   
                                       

Net income (loss)

    4,697        9,889        (5,456     (14,757     31,592   

Preferred stock cumulative dividend

                  (1,336            (3,252

Accretion of cost of preferred stock

                  (100            (11,298

Less allocation of net income to participating preferred stockholders

                                (6,186
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $ 4,697      $ 9,889      $ (6,892     (14,757     10,856   

Undistributed earnings re-allocated to common stockholders

                                227   
                                       

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 4,697      $ 9,889      $ (6,892   $ (14,757   $ 11,083   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

         

Basic

  $ 0.17      $ 0.24      $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.43   

Diluted

  $ 0.12      $ 0.23      $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.41   

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock:

         

Basic

    28,123        40,675        35,589        38,696        25,296   
                                       

Diluted

    40,670        42,234        35,589        38,696        26,809   
                                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited):

         

Basic

      $ (0.14     $ 0.80   
                     

Diluted

      $ (0.14     $ 0.77   
                     

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock (unaudited):

         

Basic (2)

        40,328          39,710   
                     

Diluted (2)

        40,328          41,223   
                     

 

(1)    Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

         

Cost of revenues

  $ 1      $ 5      $ 124      $ 120      $ 20   

Research and development

    46        315        26,221        26,213        191   

Sales, general and administrative

    53        185        9,814        9,713        465   

(2)    Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects the automatic conversion of the preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later.

         

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
convertible

Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     APIC     Treasury Stock     Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders
Equity
(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balances at June 30, 2007

         $        27,076,000      $ 27      $ 536             $      $ (464   $ 1,998      $ 2,097   

Net income and comprehensive income (loss)

                                                            4,697        4,697   

Issuance of common stock on exercise of stock options

                  13,180,000        13        350                      (363              

Interest on note receivable from stockholders

                                                     (16            (16

Repayment of notes receivable

                                                     90               90   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                100                                    100   
                                                                               

Balances at June 30, 2008

                  40,256,000        40        986                      (753     6,695        6,968   

Net income and comprehensive income (loss)

                                                            9,889        9,889   

Issuance of common stock on exercise of stock options

                  420,000        1        52                      (53              

Repayment of notes receivable

                                                     753               753   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                505                                    505   
                                                                               

Balances at June 30, 2009

                  40,676,000        41        1,543                      (53     16,584        18,115   

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

                                                            (5,456     (5,456

Sale of Series A convertible preferred stock

    13,559,596        98,190                                                           

Accretion of costs of Series A

           100                                                  (100     (100

Warrant settlement

           855                                                           

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock

    854,256        6,300                                                           

Preferred stock cumulative dividend

           1,336                                                  (1,336     (1,336

Repurchase of common stock

                  (14,441,728                   (14,441,728     (62,304                   (62,304

Repurchase and cancellation of stock options

                                                            (2,316     (2,316

Tax benefit of options

                                228                                    228   

Interest on note receivable from stockholders

                                                     (3            (3

Repayment of notes receivable

                                                     56               56   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                281                                    281   
                                                                               

Balances at June 30, 2010

    14,413,852        106,781        26,234,272        41        2,052        (14,441,728     (62,304            7,376        (52,835

Net income and comprehensive income (loss) (unaudited)

                                                            31,592        31,592   

Accretion of costs of Series A (unaudited)

           11,298                                                 
(11,298

    (11,298

Repurchase of common stock (unaudited)

                  (1,190,236                   (1,190,236     (7,250                   (7,250

Preferred stock cumulative dividend

           3,252                                                  (3,252     (3,252

Payment of preferred stock cumulative dividend

           (3,002                                                        

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                676                                    676   
                                                                               

Balances at March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

    14,413,852      $ 118,329        25,044,036      $ 41      $ 2,728        (15,631,964   $ (69,554   $      $ 24,418      $ (42,367
                                                                               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
      2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  
                      (Unaudited)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

         

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,697      $ 9,889      $ (5,456   $ (14,757   $ 31,592   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    18        84        144        94        135   

Provision for inventory obsolescence

                  560        365        508   

Deferred taxes

    (703     536        (645              

Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation

                  (228     3          

Stock-based compensation

    100        505        281        168        676   

Revaluation of warrants to fair value

                  (456     (1,310       

Accrued interest on loan from stockholder

    (16            (3     (3       

Provision for doubtful accounts

                  800        585        (200

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (3,512     (3,490     (29,542     (27,946     4,732   

Inventories

    (719     199        (4,082     (3,264     (739

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (545     (3,167     (1,039     (5,094     2,706   

Deferred cost of revenues

                  (5,904     (4,218     3,359   

Accounts payable

    1,264        475        3,926        1,372        7,315   

Taxes payable

    3,182        1,275        1,567        2,328        2,131   

Deferred revenues

                  10,108        7,233        (4,251

Accrued liabilities and other

    93        959        3,984        9,494        6,698   
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    3,859        7,265        (25,985     (34,950     54,662   
                                       

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

         

Purchase of property and equipment

    (40     (280     (615     (478     (440
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (40     (280     (615     (478     (440
                                       

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs

                  99,500        99,500          

Proceeds from exercise of Series A preferred stock warrants

                  6,300                 

Payment of deemed dividend on Series A convertible preferred warrants

                                (3,002

Repurchase of common stock and cancellation of options in connection with Series A stock purchase agreement

                  (64,107     (64,107       

Other repurchases of common stock

        (512     (512     (7,250

Payment of deferred offering costs

                  (124            (896

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

                  228                 

Repayment of notes receivable from stockholders

    90        753        56        56          
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    90        753        41,341        34,937        (11,148
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,909        7,738        14,741        (491     43,074   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    2,027        5,936        13,674        13,674        28,415   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 5,936      $ 13,674      $ 28,415      $ 13,183      $ 71,489   
                                       

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

         

Income taxes paid

  $ 338      $ 6,246      $ 9,944       

Issuance of common stock for exercise of stock options through promissory notes from stockholders

  $ 363      $ 53      $       

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Business —Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. was incorporated in the State of California in 2003 as Pera Networks, Inc. and commenced its current operations in 2005 and changed its name to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. at that time. In June 2010, the Company changed its state of organization to Delaware by merging with and into Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation. At the same time the Company effected a four-for-one forward stock split of its outstanding common stock, and a proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratio for preferred stock Series A was made at the time of the effectiveness of the forward stock split. Accordingly, all share and per share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, have been adjusted retroactively, where applicable, to reflect this forward stock split and adjustment of the preferred stock conversion ratio.

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Ubiquiti” or the “Company”) is a product driven company that leverages innovative proprietary technologies to deliver wireless networking solutions with compelling price-performance characteristics to both startup and established network operators and service providers. Ubiquiti’s products bridge the digital divide by fundamentally changing the economics of deploying high performance wireless networking solutions in underserved and underpenetrated markets globally.

In these notes, Ubiquiti refers to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 as fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011 as fiscal 2011.

Basis of Presentation —The Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Ubiquiti and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company has wholly owned subsidiaries in Lithuania, Hong Kong and India. The Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary also operates a branch office in Taiwan. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 and the interim consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the nine months ended March 31, 2011 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2011. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for fiscal 2011 or for any other future year or interim period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Immediately prior to the completion of a qualifying initial public offering as described in Note 8, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “preferred stock”) outstanding will automatically convert into 14,413,852 shares of common stock based on the number of shares of preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2011. In addition, the accrued preferred stock dividend has been reversed as there is no payment obligation if the Company completes an initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information at March 31, 2011, as set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock to common stock and the reversal of the accrued dividend.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock

In February 2011, the Company’s board of directors authorized the filing of a registration statement with the SEC for the Company to sell shares of common stock to the public. Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock have been computed in contemplation of the completion of this offering and give effect to the automatic conversion of all the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation for the year ended June 30, 2010 has been adjusted to remove gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants as these will become warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock upon a qualifying initial public offering. The following table reconciles the calculation of pro forma income (loss) per share (unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

       Year Ended
June 30,
2010
    Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
2011
 

Pro Forma:

    

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,456   $ 31,592   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrants

     (206       
                

Net income (loss) used in computing pro forma net loss per share available to common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (5,662   $ 31,592   
                

Denominator, basic:

    

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock, basic

     35,589        25,296   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock and warrants

     4,739        14,414   
                

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock, basic

     40,328        39,710   
                

Denominator, diluted:

    

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share of common stock, diluted

     35,589        26,809   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock and warrants

     4,739        14,414   
                

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock, diluted and dilutive effect of stock options

     40,328        41,223   
                

Pro forma net income (loss) per share of common stock:

    

Basic

   $ (0.14   $ 0.80   
                

Diluted

   $ (0.14   $ 0.77   
                

Use of Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates these estimates, including those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, warranty costs, stock-based compensation, income taxes, the valuation of equity instruments, and commitments and contingencies, among others. The Company bases estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Segments

Management has determined that it operates as one reportable and operating segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.

Recognition of Revenues

Revenues consist primarily of revenues from the sale of hardware and management tools, as well as the related implied post contract customer support (“PCS”). The Company recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and the collectability of the resulting receivable is probable. In cases where the Company lacks evidence that collectability of the resulting receivable is probable, it defers recognition of revenue until the receipt of cash. At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, $10.1 million and $5.9 million, respectively, of revenues were deferred.

For substantially all of the Company’s sales, evidence of the arrangement consists of an order from a distributor or customer. The Company considers delivery to have occurred once its products have been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s sales, these criteria are met at the time the products are shipped to the distributor. The Company’s arrangements with distributors do not include provisions for cancellation, returns, inventory swaps or refunds that would significantly impact recognized revenues.

The Company records amounts billed to distributors for shipping and handling costs as revenues. The Company classifies shipping and handling costs incurred by it as cost of revenues.

Deposit payments received from distributors in advance of recognition of revenues are included in current liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet and are recognized as revenues when all the criteria for recognition of revenues are met.

The Company’s multi-element arrangements generally include two deliverables. The first deliverable is the hardware and software essential to the functionality of the hardware device delivered at the time of sale. The second deliverable is the implied right to PCS included with the purchase of certain products. PCS is this right to receive, on a when and if available basis, future unspecified software upgrades and features relating to the product’s essential software as well as bug fixes, email and telephone support.

The Company uses a hierarchy to determine the allocation of revenues to the deliverables. The hierarchy is as follows: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and (iii) best estimate of the selling price (“ESP”).

 

(i) VSOE generally exists only when a company sells the deliverable separately and is the price actually charged by the company for that deliverable. Generally the Company does not sell the deliverables separately and, as such, does not have VSOE.

 

(ii) TPE can be substantiated by determining the price that other parties sell similar or substantially similar offerings. The Company does not believe that there is accessible TPE evidence for similar deliverables.

 

(iii) ESP reflects the Company’s best estimates of what the selling prices of elements would be if they were sold regularly on a stand-alone basis. The Company believes that ESP is the most appropriate methodology for determining the allocation of revenue among the multiple elements.

The Company has allocated revenues between these two deliverables using the relative selling price method which is based on the ESP for all deliverables. Revenues allocated to the delivered hardware and the related essential software are recognized at the time of sale provided the other conditions for recognition of revenues have been met. Revenues allocated to the PCS are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

estimated life of each of these devices, which currently is two years. At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, $268,000 and $416,000 of revenue was deferred in this way. All cost of revenues, including estimated warranty costs, are recognized at the time of sale. Costs for research and development and sales and marketing are expensed as incurred. If the estimated life of the hardware product should change, the future rate of amortization of the revenues allocated to PCS would also change.

The Company’s process for determining ESP for deliverables involves multiple factors that may vary depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each deliverable. For PCS, the Company believes its network operators and service providers would be reluctant to pay for such services separately. This view is primarily based on the fact that unspecified upgrade rights do not obligate the Company to provide upgrades at a particular time or at all, and do not specify to network operators and service providers which upgrades or features will be delivered. The Company believes that the relatively low prices of its products and its network operators’ and service providers’ price sensitivity would add to their reluctance to pay for PCS. Therefore, the Company has concluded that if it were to sell PCS on a standalone basis, the selling price would be relatively low.

Key factors considered by the Company in developing the ESP for PCS include reviewing the activities of specific employees engaged in support and software development to determine the amount of time that is allocated to the development of the undelivered elements, determining the cost of this development effort, and then adding an appropriate level of gross profit to these costs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers investments purchased with a maturity period of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. At June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $13.7 million, $28.4 million and $71.5 million, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost which approximates fair value. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of U.S. dollar denominated money market funds and cash deposited in demand accounts.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company primarily places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions which invest predominantly in U.S. money market funds. Deposits of cash outside the United States totaled $1.2 million, $15.9 million, $35.6 million at June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

The Company derives its accounts receivable from revenues earned from customers located worldwide. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition to reduce credit risk and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. The Company bases credit decisions primarily upon a customer’s past credit history. The Company’s standard credit terms are net 30 to 60 days.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Customers with an accounts receivable balance of 10% or greater of total accounts receivable and customers with net revenues of 10% or greater of total revenues are presented below for the periods indicated:

 

     Percentage of Revenues     Percentage of Accounts
Receivable
 
     Years Ended
June 30,
    Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
    June 30,     March 31,
2011
 
       2008     2009     2010     2010     2011     2009     2010    
                       (Unaudited)                 (Unaudited)  

Distributor A

     19     *        *        *        *        12     10     *   

Distributor B

     12     12     13     15     14     16     *        21

Distributor C

     *        *        *        *        *        14     17     10

Distributor D

     *        *        *        *        *        14     *        *   

Distributor E

     *        *        17     16     20     *        19     25

 

* denotes less than 10%

The Company subcontracts with other companies to manufacture most of its products. The Company relies on the ability of these contract manufacturers to produce the products sold to its distributors and original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). The majority of the Company’s products are manufactured by a single contract manufacturer at one location. If the Company’s contract manufacturer were to lose production capabilities at this facility, the Company would experience delays in delivering product to its distributors and OEMs. The Company does not maintain long-term agreements with its contract manufacturers, which could lead to an inability of the Company to obtain its products in a timely fashion at prices consistent with those previously charged.

Inventory

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials that the Company consigns to its contract manufactures and, to a lesser extent, finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in first-out basis. The Company reduces the value of its inventory for estimated obsolescence or lack of marketability by the difference between the cost of the affected inventory and the estimated market value and establishes a new cost basis.

Deferred Cost of Revenues

Deferred cost of revenues consist of the cost of product shipped to distributors for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the distributor but revenues have not yet been recognized primarily because the collectability criterion for revenue recognition has not been fulfilled. The Company classifies those amounts as deferred cost of revenues. All deferred cost of revenues are stated at the cost of manufacture. The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred cost of revenues and writes down the deferred cost of revenues balances to establish a new cost basis when recovery of deferred cost of revenues is not probable. The Company evaluates recoverability based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the distributor’s site and the financial viability of the distributor.

Product Warranties

The Company offers warranties on certain products, generally for a period of one year, and records a liability for the estimated future costs associated with potential warranty claims. The warranty costs are reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations within cost of revenues. The warranties are typically in effect for 12 months from the distributor’s purchase date of the product. The Company’s estimate of future warranty costs is largely based on historical experience factors including product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery cost incurred in correcting product failures. In certain circumstances, the Company may have recourse from its contract manufacturers for replacement cost of defective products, which it also factors into its warranty liability assessment.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Warrants to purchase the Company’s preferred stock were classified as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company estimated the fair value of these warrants using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. This model utilizes the estimated fair market value of the underlying preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and expected volatility of the price of the underlying preferred stock. These estimates, especially the market value of the underlying preferred stock and the expected volatility, were highly judgmental. The Company re-measured the fair value of these warrants at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value was recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the Company’s statements of operations. The Company continued to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the exercise of the warrants, at which time the liability was remeasured and reclassified as redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Upon the sixth anniversary of the issuance of Series A preferred stock, the holders of Series A preferred stock can require the Company to redeem such preferred stock out of legally available funds at the greater of (i) the Liquidation Value of $7.37 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (ii) the market price of the common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series A preferred stock into common stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. Since the maximum redemption amount is contingent on the fair value of the equity security at the redemption date, the Company has calculated the accretion based on the fair value as of the balance sheet date prorated over the contractual life. The Company has recorded approximately $11.1 million of accretion in the nine months ended March 31, 2011.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated probable losses on uncollectible accounts receivable. In estimating the allowance, management considers, among other factors, (i) the aging of the accounts receivable, including trends within the ratios involving the age of the accounts receivable, (ii) the Company’s historical write offs, (iii) the credit worthiness of each distributor and (iv) general economic conditions. In cases where the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a specific distributor’s ability to meet its obligations to the Company, the Company records a specific allowance against amounts due from the distributor, and thereby reduces the net recognized receivable to the amounts it reasonably believes will be collected.

Allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended June 30,      Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
                          (Unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $       $       $       $       $ 800   

Charged to cost and expenses

                     800         585         (200

Bad debt write-offs

                                     (5
                                            

Ending Balance

   $       $       $ 800       $ 585       $ 595   
                                            

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. The new accounting guidance defined fair value, established a framework for

 

F-12


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

measuring fair value and expanded the disclosure requirements regarding fair value measurements. Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to fair value measurements for nonfinancial assets and liabilities.

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company also adopted new accounting guidance which permits entities to elect, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial instruments at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities that were not previously measured at fair value.

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 —observable inputs which include quoted prices in active markets for identical assets of liabilities.

Level 2 —inputs which include observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 —inputs which include unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the underlying asset or liability. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

The Company’s financial assets at June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 included money market funds which were valued based on quoted prices in active markets for substantially similar assets and, therefore, were Level 1 instruments. The Company does not have any Level 2 instruments, or instrument valued based on other observable inputs. The Company’s preferred stock warrant liability is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

As of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011, the fair value hierarchy for the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value was as follows:

 

    June 30, 2009     June 30, 2010     March 31, 2011  
      Fair
Value
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair
Value
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair
Value
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (In thousands)  
                                                    (Unaudited)  

Money market funds

  $ 8,558      $ 8,558      $      $      $ 4,621      $ 4,621      $      $      $ 32,615      $ 32,615      $      $   

The fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability, the Company’s sole Level 3 liability, was $1.3 million upon issuance in March 2010. The warrant was exercised in June 2010 at which time the fair value of the warrant had decreased by $456,000 and the liability of $855,000 was reclassified to preferred stock.

Long Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long lived assets including property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets or asset group. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Furniture, fixtures and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company computes depreciation or amortization using the straight line method over estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

       Estimated
Useful Life

Testing equipment

   3 to 5 years

Computer and other equipment

   3 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3 years

Leasehold improvements

   shorter of
lease term or
useful life

Upon retirement or disposition, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed with any gain or loss recognized in the statement of operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Depreciation expense was $18,000, $84,000 and $144,000 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense was $94,000 and $135,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Leases

The Company leases its facilities under cancelable and noncancelable operating leases. For leases that contain rent escalation or rent concessions provisions, the Company records the total rent expense during the lease term on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $11,000, $80,000 and $8,000 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Advertising costs totaled $8,000 and zero for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with accounting guidance which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in its financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company establishes valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount it expects to realize. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant judgment including current operating results, the forecast of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning initiatives.

In addition, the Company’s calculation of its tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company may be subject to income tax audits in all of the jurisdictions in which it operates and, as a result, must also assess exposures to any potential issues arising from current or future audits of current and prior years’ tax returns. Accordingly, the Company must assess such potential exposures and, where necessary, provide a reserve to cover any expected loss. To the extent that the Company establishes a

 

F-14


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

reserve, its provision for income taxes would be increased. If the Company ultimately determines that payment of these amounts is unnecessary, it reverses the liability and recognizes a tax benefit during the period in which it determines that the liability is no longer necessary. The Company records an additional charge in its provision for taxes in the period in which it determines that tax liability is greater than the Company’s original estimate.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company records stock-based awards, including stock options, at fair value as of the grant date and recognizes expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the awards. The Company estimates the fair value of share stock-based payment awards on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The Company adopted the guidance using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, the new fair value recognition provisions are applied to option grants on and after July 1, 2005. The Company expenses the fair value of all options granted or modified after July 1, 2005 on a straight line basis.

The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model used to determine the fair value of the Company’s stock option awards requires a number of estimates and assumptions. In valuing share-based awards under the fair value accounting method, significant judgment is required in determining the expected volatility of the Company’s common stock and the expected term individuals will hold their share-based awards prior to exercising. The expected volatility of the Company’s common stock is based on the volatility of a group of comparable companies, as the Company does not have sufficient historical data with regards to the volatility of its stock. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that the Company expects the options granted to be outstanding. The Company calculates the expected term as the average of the option vesting and contractual terms. In the future, as the Company gains sufficient historical data for volatility in its common stock and the actual term for which its options are held, the expected volatility and expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant date fair value of future awards of stock options and ultimately the expense it records. In addition, the estimation of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment and to the extent actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, these amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

For stock options granted to nonemployees, the fair value of the stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. This model utilizes the estimated fair value of the Company’s underlying common stock at each measurement date, the contractual term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock, risk free interest rates and expected dividend yields of the Company’s common stock.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company periodically evaluates all pending or threatened contingencies and any commitments, if any, that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company assesses the probability of an adverse outcome and determines if it is remote, reasonably possible or probable. If information available prior to the issuance of the Company’s financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the Company’s financial statements, and the amount of the loss, or the range of probable loss can be reasonably estimated, then such loss is accrued and charged to operations. If no accrual is made for a loss contingency because one or both of the conditions pursuant to the accounting guidance are not met, but the probability of an adverse outcome is at least reasonably possible, the Company will disclose the nature of the contingency and provide an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss, or state that such an estimate cannot be made.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For foreign operations, local currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated at the period end exchange rates, and revenues, costs and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the fiscal year. Foreign exchange gains and losses have been immaterial to the Company’s results of operations to date.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting and other fees and costs relating to the initial public offering are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against initial public offering proceeds upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within income from operations. There were $125,000 and $1.6 million capitalized as of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.

Research and Development Costs and Capitalized Software Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, for employees and contractors engaged in research, design and development activities, as well as costs for prototypes, facilities and travel costs.

Software development costs, including costs incurred to purchase third party software, begin to be capitalized when the Company has determined that certain factors are present, including among others, that technology exists to achieve the performance requirements. The accumulation of software costs to be capitalized ceases when the software is substantially developed and is ready for its intended use. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the software once it is available for use. To date the Company has not capitalized research and development costs associated with software development as products and enhancements have generally reached technological feasibility and have been released to customers at substantially the same time.

Earnings Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method for calculating and presenting earnings per share (“EPS”). Under the two-class method, net income is allocated between shares of common stock and other participating securities based on their participating rights. Participating securities are defined as securities that participate in dividends with common stock according to a pre-determined formula or a contractual obligation to share in the income of the entity. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the amount of net income available to common stockholders outstanding plus income allocable to participating securities, to the extent they are dilutive, by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potential dilutive shares outstanding during the period if the effect is dilutive. The Company’s potentially dilutive common shares include outstanding stock options, restricted stock units, preferred stock and preferred stock warrants.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Additionally, in May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. For many of the requirements, the updated guidance should not result in a change in the application of previous fair value measurement guidance. The updated guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not expect adoption to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended June 30,     Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010     2010     2011  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  
                         (Unaudited)  

Numerator:

            

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

   $ 4,697       $ 9,889       $ (6,892   $ (14,757   $ 10,856   
                                          

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

   $ 4,697       $ 9,889       $ (6,892   $ (14,757   $ 11,083   
                                          

Denominator:

            

Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in basic EPS calculation

     28,123         40,675         35,589        38,696        25,296   

Add—dilutive potential common shares:

            

Stock options

     12,547         1,559                       1,433   

Restricted stock units

                                   80   
                                          

Weighted-average shares used to compute diluted EPS

     40,670         42,234         35,589        38,696        26,809   
                                          

Net income (loss) per share of common stock:

            

Basic

   $ 0.17       $ 0.24       $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.43   

Diluted

   $ 0.12       $ 0.23       $ (0.19   $ (0.38   $ 0.41   

The following table summarizes the total potential shares of common stock that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because to include them would have been anti-dilutive for the period:

 

     Years Ended June 30,      Nine Months
Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (In thousands)  
                          (Unaudited)  

Stock options

                     2,318         2,184         93   

Restricted stock units

                     200         200           

Convertible preferred stock

                     14,414         13,560         14,414   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

                             854           
                                            

Total

                     16,932         16,798         14,507   
                                            

NOTE 4—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      March 31,
2011
 
       2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  
                   (Unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 5,116       $ 23,794       $ 38,874   

Money market funds

     8,558         4,621         32,615   
                          
   $ 13,674       $ 28,415       $ 71,489   
                          

 

F-17


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Inventories

Inventories as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      March 31,
2011
 
       2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  
                   (Unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 1,180       $ 3,780       $ 3,872   

Finished goods

     100         1,023         1,162   
                          
   $ 1,280       $ 4,803       $ 5,034   
                          

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      March 31,
2011
 
       2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  
                   (Unaudited)  

Vendor deposits

   $ 3,704       $ 4,512       $ 1,842   

Other current assets

     6         166         123   
                          
   $ 3,710       $ 4,678       $ 1,965   
                          

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,     March 31,
2011
 
       2009     2010    
     (In thousands)  
                 (Unaudited)  

Testing equipment

   $ 59      $ 680      $ 1,152   

Computer and other equipment

     301        140        77   

Furniture and fixtures

     1        9        18   

Leasehold improvements

            112        113   

Software

                   57   

Construction in progress

            35          
                        
     361        976        1,417   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (76     (220     (356
                        
   $ 285      $ 756      $ 1,061   
                        

Other Long-term Assets

Other long-term assets as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      March 31,
2011
 
       2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  
                   (Unaudited)  

Deferred offering costs

   $       $ 125       $ 1,555   

Other long-term assets

     11         81         88   
                          
   $ 11       $ 206       $ 1,643   
                          

 

F-18


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Current Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and March 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,      March 31,
2011
 
       2009      2010     
     (In thousands)  
                   (Unaudited)  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 762       $ 1,667       $ 2,199   

Accrued inventory

             28         4,959   

Accrual for an export compliance matter

             1,625         1,625   

Warranty accrual

     126         697         757   

Other accruals

     370         870         2,343   
                          
   $ 1,258       $ 4,887       $ 11,883   
                          

NOTE 6—ACCRUED WARRANTY

Warranty obligations, included in other current liabilities, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 51   

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     228   

Settlements made during the period

     (153
        

Balance at June 30, 2009

     126   

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     827   

Settlements made during the period

     (256
        

Balance at June 30, 2010

     697   

Accruals for warranties issued during the period (unaudited)

     584   

Settlements made during the period (unaudited)

     (524
        

Balance at March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

   $ 757   
        

NOTE 7—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

Certain facilities and equipment are leased under noncancelable operating leases. The Company generally pays taxes, insurance and maintenance costs on leased facilities and equipment. The Company leases office space in San Jose, California and other locations under various non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2014. Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases worldwide at June 30, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Operating
Lease
 

Fiscal

  

2011

   $ 688   

2012

     659   

2013

     191   

2014

       
        
   $ 1,538   
        

Rent expense under operating leases was $70,000, $113,000 and $392,000 for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and was $279,000 and $522,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Purchase Commitments

The Company subcontracts with other companies to manufacture its products. During the normal course of business, the Company’s contract manufacturers procure components based upon orders placed by the Company. If the Company cancels all or part of the orders, it may still be liable to the contract manufacturers for the cost of the components purchased by them to manufacture the Company’s products. The Company periodically reviews the potential liability and to date no accruals have been recorded. The Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if it were required to compensate the contract manufacturers for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.

Indemnification Obligations

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements with many of its distributors, OEMs and certain other business partners in the ordinary course of business. These agreements include provisions for indemnifying the distributor, OEM or other business partner against any claim brought by a third party to the extent any such claim alleges that a Ubiquiti product infringes a patent, copyright or trademark, or violates any other proprietary rights of that third party. While the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is not estimable, the Company has not incurred any costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. To date, there have been no material claims under such indemnification provisions.

Legal Matters

The Company may be involved, from time to time, in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters and other litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. The Company assesses its potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using available information. The Company develops its views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Because of the uncertainties related to both the amount and ranges of possible loss from pending litigation matters, the Company is unable to predict with certainty the precise liability that could finally result from a range of possible unfavorable outcomes. Taking all of the above factors into account, the Company records an amount where it is probable that the Company will incur a loss and where that loss can be reasonably estimated. However, the Company’s estimates may be incorrect and the Company could ultimately incur more or less than the amounts initially recorded. Litigation can be costly, diverting management’s attention and could, upon resolution, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flow.

During fiscal 2010, the Company accrued approximately $1.6 million for a contingent loss related to an export compliance matter which the Company believes is probable of occurring and is reasonably estimable. This contingent loss matter is discussed in the following paragraph.

Export Compliance Matters

In January 2011, the U.S. Commerce Department, Bureau of Industry and Security’s (“BIS”) Office of Export Enforcement (“OEE”) contacted the Company to request that the Company provide information related to its relationship with a logistics company in the UAE and with a company in Iran, as well as information on the export classification of its products. As a result of this inquiry the Company, assisted by outside counsel, conducted a review of the Company’s export transactions from 2008 through March 2011 to not only gather

 

F-20


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

information responsive to the OEE’s request but also to review the Company’s overall compliance with export control and sanctions laws. It was in the course of this review that the Company identified the Iranian sales of two of its distributors.

In May 2011, the Company filed a self-disclosure with BIS and, in June 2011 the Company filed one with the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), regarding the compliance issues noted above. The disclosures address the above described findings and the remedial actions the Company has taken to date. However, the findings also indicate that both of the Company’s distributors had continued to sell, directly or indirectly, the Company’s products into Iran during the period from February 2010 through March 2011 and the Company received various email communications from them indicating that they were continuing to do so.

Since January 2011, the Company has cooperated with OEE and, prior to its disclosure filing, the Company informally shared with the OEE the substance of its findings with respect to its two distributors. The Company is still in the early stages of working with OFAC and OEE on these issues and the OFAC and OEE review of these matters is just beginning. Although the Company has provided OEE and OFAC with an explanation of the activities that led to the sales of its products in Iran and the failure to comply with the EAR and OFAC sanctions, OFAC and OEE may conclude that its actions resulted in substantial violations of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and warrant the imposition of penalties that could include fines, termination of its ability to export its products, and/or referral for criminal prosecution. Any such fines may be material to its financial results in the period in which they are imposed. The penalties may be imposed against the Company and/or its management. While the Company does not think it likely, OEE could place its products under a temporary denial order, which would prevent the Company from exporting its products at all. If this were to occur, it would have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition because sales outside the United States represent the substantial majority of its revenues. The maximum civil monetary penalty for the violations is up to $250,000 or twice the value of the transaction, whichever is greater, per violation. Also, disclosure of its conduct and any fines or other action relating to this conduct could harm its reputation and indirectly have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition. The Company cannot predict when OEE or OFAC will complete their reviews or decide upon the imposition of possible penalties.

Based on the facts known to the Company to date, the Company recorded an expense of $1.6 million for this export compliance matter in fiscal 2010, which represents management’s estimated exposure for fines in accordance with applicable accounting literature. Should additional facts be discovered in the future and/or should actual fines or other penalties substantially differ from the Company’s estimates, its business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially negatively impacted.

NOTE 8—PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS

Preferred Stock and Preferred Stock Warrants

On March 2, 2010, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of 14,413,852 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. On March 2, 2010, the Company also entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement and issued 13,559,596 Series A shares and warrants to purchase an additional 854,256 Series A shares to a third party investor at $7.37 per share. The total proceeds of $99.5 million, net of $500,000 of issuance costs, $1.3 million out of the total proceeds was allocated to the Series A warrants based on the fair value on the issuance date, and the remaining amount of $98.2 million was allocated to Series A Preferred Stock using the residual method. The proceeds from the issuance of the Series A shares were used to repurchase common stock and fully vested stock options from employees and others, see Note 9.

The fair value of the warrant to purchase the additional 854,256 Series A shares was estimated to be $1.3 million at the date of issuance based on the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model using a risk-free interest rate of 0.14%, volatility of approximately 53%, the contractual life of 0.3 years and 4% dividend rate. In accordance

 

F-21


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

with applicable accounting guidance, the warrant liability was remeasured at fair value at each balance sheet date prior to exercise. The $207,000 decrease in fair value of the warrant liability as measured at March 31, 2010 compared to the initial fair value at issuance was recorded as other income (expense), net in the Company’s statement of operations in the third quarter of fiscal 2010. On June 29, 2010, holders of the warrants exercised their option to purchase 854,256 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $7.37 per share for total proceeds of $6.3 million, resulting in the reclassification of the warrant liability balance to Series A preferred stock on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Liquidation Preference

Conversion .    Each share of Series A preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock at a rate of 1:1. The conversion of all outstanding preferred stock will occur automatically immediately prior to the completion of the sale of the Company’s common stock in a public offering underwritten on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment bank pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the aggregate proceeds received by the Company and any other selling stockholder in the offering (net of discounts, commissions and expenses) is at least $14.75 per share.

Voting Rights.     The holders of shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock vote equally with shares of common stock on an as-if converted to common stock basis on all matters, including the election of directors. The number of authorized members of the board of directors is seven members. Of these seven members, two are elected by the holders of Series A preferred stock, voting separately as a single class.

Dividend Rights.     From the initial date of issuance of our Series A preferred stock in March 2010, the holders of our Series A shares were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 4% of the original purchase price per share, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. On January 10, 2011 we amended our certificate of incorporation. At such time, we paid a onetime dividend of (i) $0.21 per Series A share issued on March 2, 2010 and (ii) $0.12 per share for each other share of our Series A preferred stock as consideration for all cumulative dividends from the initial date of issuance until January 10, 2011. After January 10, 2011, the holder of each Series A share is entitled to receive cumulative dividends of 4% of the original purchase price per share from January 10, 2011 through the payment date only upon the redemption of the Series A shares, the liquidation of our company for less than $7.37 per share of common stock or upon our default of certain contractual agreements with the holders of the Series A shares. The holders of each Series A share are also entitled to share ratably in any dividends declared and paid by the Company’s board of directors on its common stock. The Company accounts for the deemed dividends using the two class method and, as a result, its net income available to common stockholders was reduced by approximately $1.3 million and $3.3 million for fiscal 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.

Redemption Rights .    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Company is required to redeem shares of Series A preferred stock at the greater of (i) the Liquidation Value, of $7.37 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends or (ii) the market price of the common stock issuable upon conversion of each share of Series A preferred stock into common stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. If the holders have not previously exercised the rights granted to them, the Series A preferred stock is redeemable on or after the sixth anniversary at the option of the holder. As the redemption events described above could occur and are not solely within the Company’s control, all shares of preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

NOTE 9—COMMON STOCK AND TREASURY STOCK

As of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the authorized capital of the Company includes 96,000,000 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2009, 40,676,000 shares common stock were issued and outstanding. As of

 

F-22


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

June 30, 2010, 40,676,000 shares of common stock were issued and 26,234,272 were outstanding. As of March 31, 2011, 40,676,000 shares of common stock were issued and 25,044,036 were outstanding.

In November 2009, the Company repurchased 1,200,000 shares of common stock from a stockholder at $0.43 per share for a total of approximately $512,000.

In March 2010, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with a third party investor, see Note 8. In connection with this Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company repurchased 13,241,728 shares at $7.37 per share, or an aggregate consideration of $97.7 million. The Company also repurchased and subsequently cancelled options to purchase an aggregate of 317,864 shares of Company’s common stock from certain of its option holders for $7.37 per share, or an aggregate consideration of $2.3 million, less the exercise price of the repurchased options, which was approximately $29,000. The Company determined that the per share repurchase price of the common stock and options in March 2010 was above the fair value for shares of our common stock at the time of the repurchase. The fair value was determined to be $4.73, while the repurchase price was $7.37, therefore, the Company recognized $35.9 million of the $100.0 million repurchase price as compensation expense in fiscal 2010, see Note 10.

In August 2010, the Company repurchased an additional 1,190,236 shares from a stockholder at $6.09 per share for $7.25 million. All repurchased shares are recorded as treasury stock at cost. The table below summarized these repurchases:

 

Date    Common Stock
Repurchased
     Options
Repurchased
     Per Share
Purchase Price
     Aggregate
Consideration
 
                          (In thousands)  

November 2009

     1,200,000               $ 0.43       $ 512   

March 2010

     13,241,728         317,864       $ 7.37       $ 100,000   

August 2010 (unaudited)

     1,190,236               $ 6.09       $ 7,250   

NOTE 10—STOCK PLANS

Stock Option Plans

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

In March 2010, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan replaces the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”), and no further awards will be granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan. Under the terms of the 2010 Plan, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) may be granted to employees or non-employee service providers. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees.

The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be awarded and sold under the 2010 Plan as of March 31, 2011 was 3,243,404 shares, plus any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to (but not repurchased by) the Company.

The 2010 Plan will be administered by the board of directors or a committee of the Company’s board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2010 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2010 Plan. Options generally vest over a four year period from the date of grant and generally expire five to ten years from the date of grant. The terms of the 2010 Plan provide that an option price shall not be less than 100% of fair market value on the date of grant.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following summarizes option and RSU activity under the 2010 Plan:

 

           Common Stock Options Outstanding  
       Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
    

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 
                               (In thousands)  

Shares reserved at plan inception

     1,296,432             

Options originally granted under 2005 Plan returned to 2010 Plan

     13,404             

RSUs granted

     (200,472          

Options granted

     (207,736     207,736      $ 4.80         
                        

Balance, June 30, 2010

     901,628        207,736      $ 4.80         9.86       $ 255   
                                          

Vested and exerciseable as of June 30, 2010

                       $   
                              

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2010

            $ 4.80         9.86       $ 255   
                                    

Balance, June 30, 2010

     901,628        207,736      $ 4.80         

Options originally granted under 2005 Plan returned to 2010 Plan

     30,000             

RSUs granted (unaudited)

     (5,000          

Options granted (unaudited)

     (401,125     401,125      $ 7.94         

Options forfeited (unaudited)

     11,000        (11,000   $ 7.52         
                        

Balance, March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

     536,503        597,861      $ 6.85         9.42       $ 2,909   
                                          

The following table summarizes the activity of the RSUs made by the Company under the 2010 Plan:

 

       Number
of Shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

RSUs granted

     200,472       $ 4.80   

Vested

               
           

Non-vested restricted stock, June 30, 2010

     200,472       $ 4.80   
           

RSUs granted (unaudited)

     5,000       $ 6.35   

Vested (unaudited)

               
           

Non-vested restricted stock, March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

     205,472       $ 4.83   
                 

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

With the adoption of the 2010 Plan, no additional awards may be granted under the 2005 Plan. In February 2005, the Company’s board of directors and the stockholders approved the 2005 Plan, which was amended and restated in March 2006. The maximum aggregate number of shares that could be awarded and sold under the 2005 Plan was 18,924,000 shares of common stock. The 2005 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock and stock bonuses to employees, consultants, advisors, directors and officers of the Company. The 2005 Plan is administered by the Company’s board of directors, who determined the terms and conditions for each grant. The terms of the options granted under the 2005 Plan were determined at the time of grant. The Company made use of different vesting schedules through fiscal 2009, but subsequent new grants generally vest as to 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant and monthly thereafter over the next three years and generally have a term of 10 years from the date of grant. The option prices were determined by the Company’s board of directors.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes option activity under the 2005 Plan:

 

           Common Stock Options Outstanding  
       Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, June 30, 2007

     4,132,000        14,792,000      $ 0.03         4.29       $ 1,656   
                              

Options granted

     (1,080,000     1,080,000      $ 0.12         

Options exercised

            (13,180,000   $ 0.03         
                        

Balance, June 30, 2008

     3,052,000        2,692,000      $ 0.06         8.52       $ 2,010   
                              

Options granted

     (600,000     600,000      $ 0.36         

Options exercised

            (420,000   $ 0.13         
                        

Balance, June 30, 2009

     2,452,000        2,872,000      $ 0.11         7.64       $ 5,516   
                              

Options granted

     (30,000     30,000      $ 3.75         

Options repurchased and cancelled

            (317,864   $ 0.09         

Options forfeited

     473,404        (473,404   $ 0.18         

Reduction in shares available for grant

     (2,895,404                    
                        

Balance, June 30, 2010

            2,110,732      $ 0.16         6.62       $ 12,387   
                                          

Vested and exerciseable as of June 30, 2010

       1,453,232      $ 0.06          $ 8,660   
                              

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2010

       2,110,732      $ 0.16         6.62       $ 12,387   
                                    

Balance, June 30, 2010

            2,110,732      $ 0.16         
                  

Options granted

                      

Options exercised

                      

Options forfeited

            (30,000   $ 0.75         
                        

Balance, March 31, 2011 (unaudited)

            2,080,732      $ 0.15         5.85       $ 24,080   
                                          

Employee Stock-based Compensation

Stock Options

During the fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, the Company granted 1,080,000, 600,000 and 237,736 stock options, respectively, to employees with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.68, $0.74 and $2.86 per share, respectively, and during the nine months ended March 31, 2011 the Company granted 401,125 options to employees with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $4.89 per share. As of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, there was unrecognized compensation costs of $1.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively, related to these stock options. The Company expects to recognize those costs over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years as of March 31, 2011. Future option grants will increase the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in these periods.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended June 30,      Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
                          (Unaudited)  

Expected term

     6.1 years         6.1 years         6.1 years         3.6 years         6.1 years   

Expected volatility

     58%         57%         65%         50%         65%   

Risk-free interest rate

     3.1%         3.2%         4.5%         5.0%         4.5%   

Expected dividend yield

                                       

Expected term.     Expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. As the Company has limited historical option exercise data, the expected term of the stock options granted to employees was calculated based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected term is equal to the average of an option’s weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term. The Company is permitted to continue using the simplified method until sufficient information regarding exercise behavior, such as historical exercise data or exercise information from external sources, becomes available.

Expected volatility.     The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatilities of a group of publicly listed comparable companies over a period equal to the expected terms of the options, as the Company does not have any trading history to use the volatility of the Company’s common stock.

Expected dividend yield.     The Company has never paid dividends on the Company’s common stock and does not expect to pay dividends on its common stock.

Risk-free interest rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the option’s expected term.

Fair value of common stock.     The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been the responsibility of and determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, its board of directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of its common stock, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock shall be determined by the Company’s board of directors until such time as its common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

Forfeiture rate.     The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that estimated, the Company may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

The absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock required the Company’s board of directors to estimate the fair value of common stock for purposes of granting options and for determining stock-based compensation expense. In response to these requirement, the Company’s board of directors estimated the fair market value of common stock at each meeting at which options were granted after consideration of all available information including the amount of cash held by the Company, valuation studies by independent third-party appraisers, the valuations of comparable companies, the hiring of key personnel, the status of the Company’s development and sales efforts, revenue growth, and additional objective and subjective factors relating to the Company’s business.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The valuations were based on estimates, judgments, and other assumptions, including selection of valuation methods, comparable companies and time to liquidity events. If different estimates or other assumptions had been used, the valuations would have been different.

Cash received from stock option exercises during the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 (unaudited) were zero, $362,000, $53,000, zero and zero, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from stock options exercised during the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 (unaudited) was zero, zero, $205,000, zero and zero, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

In May 2010 and July 2010, the Company granted RSUs to certain of its management staff representing 200,472 and 5,000 shares of its common stock, respectively. The RSUs will vest 25% on each anniversary date of the grant so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary. RSUs do not have the voting rights of common stock and the shares of the underlying RSUs are not considered issued and outstanding. The total cost of the RSUs will be recognized in the statement of operations over the four year vesting period. For the year ended June 30, 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense related to the RSUs of $33,000 and $186,000, respectively.

As of June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2011, there was unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock granted under the 2010 Plan of $928,000 and $774,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2011 the unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.2 years.

NOTE 11—INCOME TAXES

The components of income before provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008      2009     2010  

Domestic

   $ 7,503       $ 19,839      $ (14,731

Foreign

     11         (1,893     19,994   
                         
   $ 7,514       $ 17,946      $ 5,263   
                         

The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008      2009     2010  

Current

       

Foreign

   $ 1       $ (2   $ 716   

Federal

     976         6,394        9,530   

State

     126         1,373        2,263   
                         

Current tax expense

     1,103         7,765        12,509   
                         

Deferred

       

Foreign

                      

Federal

     1,337         256        (1,392

State

     377         36        (398
                         

Deferred tax expense

     1,714         292        (1,790
                         

Provision for income taxes

   $ 2,817       $ 8,057      $ 10,719   
                         

 

F-27


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,  
       2009     2010  

Deferred tax assets

    

Deferred revenue

   $      $ 1,439   

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

            345   

Stock-based compensation

     138        127   

Warranty

     53        68   

Other

     321        113   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     512        2,092   
                

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Cumulative change in accounting method

     (3,164     (2,076

Other

     (84     (962
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (3,248     (3,038
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (2,736   $ (946
                

 

     June 30,  
       2008     2009     2010  

Statutory rate

     34     35     35

Stock-based compensation

                   233

State tax expense

     3     5     23

Tax rate differential, foreign income

            5     (120 )% 

Foreign Credits

                   (8 )% 

Federal Research and Development Credits

                   (6 )% 

Other permanent items

                   36

Non-deductible penalties

                   11
                        

Effective tax rate

     37     45     204
                        

The Company adopted FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-25 on July 1, 2008. As a result of the implementation, the Company did not recognize any adjustments to the liability for uncertain tax position and therefore did not record any adjustment to the beginning balance of accumulated deficit on the balance sheet. As of the date of the adoption, the Company had no accrued interest and/or penalties. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The unrecognized tax benefits may change during the next year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.

U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of earnings of foreign subsidiaries have not been provided on $18.0 million of undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside of the United States. If these earnings were distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the relevant foreign subsidiaries were sold or otherwise transferred, the Company may be subject to additional U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes.

Tax years 2007 through 2010 are subject to examination by the federal tax authorities. There are no income tax examinations currently in process.

Tax years 2006 through 2010 are subject to examination by the state tax authorities. There are no income tax examinations currently in process.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

Effective July 1, 2008, the Company adopted a new accounting standard that provides guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The adoption had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 consist of the following:

 

     Years Ended June 30,  
       2008      2009      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of period

   $       $ 94       $ 264   

Gross increases—current year tax positions

     94         170         498   
                          

Unrecognized benefit—end of period

   $ 94       $ 264       $ 762   
                          

The entire amount of any unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.

Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense and were immaterial. The Company files income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The tax periods 2006 through 2010 remain open in most jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or foreign jurisdiction.

NOTE 12—REVENUES BY GEOGRAPHY

The Company generally ships product directly from its manufacturers to its distributors in Hong Kong, who in turn ship to other locations throughout the world. The Company has determined the geographical distribution of our product revenues based on ship-to destinations.

Revenues by geography were as follows:

 

     Years Ended June 30,      Nine Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  
     (In thousands)  
                          (Unaudited)  

North America(1)

   $ 13,121       $ 28,476       $ 56,995       $ 45,591       $ 39,910   

South America

     197         3,916         13,520         4,841         32,546   

EMEA

     8,051         27,801         55,089         39,061         46,431   

APAC

     1,066         2,928         11,348         7,160         11,433   
                                            

Total revenues

   $ 22,435       $ 63,121       $ 136,952       $ 96,653       $ 130,320   
                                            

 

(1) Revenue for the United States was $12.4 million, $28.2 million, $56.2 million, $44.8 million and $38.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 13—401(k) BENEFIT PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan. It matches 1% of the first 4% of an employee’s compensation contributed to the plan. The Company’s contributions to the plan were $0, $10,000, $20,000, $18,000 and $18,000 for the years ended June 30, 2008, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

NOTE 14—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The company received repayments of $90,000, and $753,000 related to notes receivables from stockholders in 2008 and 2009 respectively. These repayments related primarily to a promissory note with a principal amount of $417,000 dated March 31, 2006 in connection with a stock purchase and two promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $362,000 dated January 1, 2008 in connection with the exercises of stock options. All of the respective promissory notes earned interest at the rate of 5% per annum.

As of June 30, 2009 the Company had a note receivable from a stockholder with a principal amount of $53,000. This balance related to a promissory note dated July 1, 2008 in connection with the exercise of stock options. The balance, including both the principal and accrued interest of $56,000 was repaid during fiscal 2010. There were no notes receivable outstanding as of June 30, 2010 or March 31, 2011.

During our fiscal years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009, the Company paid Layout Xpress, a company owned by our former director and current employee Patrick Jabbaz, $260,000 and $320,000, respectively, in exchange for providing the Company with consulting and design services.

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2011 which is the date the annual financial statements set forth herein were issued. For the issuance of the financial statements for the nine months ended March 31, 2011, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation was performed through June 17, 2011.

Subsequent to March 31, 2011, the compensation committee of the board of directors granted 40,000 RSUs and stock options to purchase 58,500 shares of common stock. The RSUs vest over a range of three to four years. The stock options were granted with a weighted average exercise price of $12.79 per share and vest over four years.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LOGO

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

Raymond James

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 23,220   

FINRA filing fee

     20,500   

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
        

Total

   $ *   
        

 

 

* To be filed by Amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors and officers.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering provide that:

 

  §  

We shall indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  §  

We will not be obligated to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors.

 

  §  

We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

  §  

We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

  §  

We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification. This right to advance of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded by our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering.

 

  §  

The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Our policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the DGCL and also provide for certain additional procedural protections. We also maintain directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between us and our officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of this offering and its executive officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the last three completed fiscal years and to date in the current fiscal year, we sold the following unregistered securities:

 

  (1) From July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, we sold and issued to our employees and consultants or former service providers an aggregate of 13,600,000 shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises under the 2005 Stock Option Plan at prices ranging from $0.025 to $0.125 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $408,000.

 

  (2) From July 1, 2010 through June 16, 2011, we did not issue any shares of common stock to our employees and consultants or former service providers pursuant to option exercises under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan or the 2005 Stock Option Plan.

 

  (3) From July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, we granted options under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and 2005 Stock Option Plan to purchase 1,917,736 shares of common stock to our employees, having exercise prices ranging from $0.0275 to $4.80 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,454,332.80.

 

  (4) From July 1, 2010 through June 16, 2011, we granted options under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase 464,625 shares of common stock to our employees, having exercise prices ranging from $7.25 to $12.79 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $3,932,731.25.

 

  (5) From July 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, we awarded RSUs under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan for 200,472 shares of common stock to our employees.

 

  (6) From July 1, 2010 through June 16, 2011 we awarded RSUs under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan for 45,000 shares of common stock to our employees.

 

  (7) On March 2, 2010 we sold and issued 13,559,596 shares of Series A preferred stock to four accredited investors, at $7.37485 per share, for a total consideration of $100,000,000.

 

  (8) On June 29, 2010 we sold and issued 854,256 shares of Series A preferred stock to four accredited investors, at $7.37485 per share, for a total consideration of $6,300,000, pursuant to the exercise of warrants.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
Number
   Exhibit Title
  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. in effect before the completion of this offering.
  3.2    Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. in effect before the completion of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
  4.2    Registration Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  4.3    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2    Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3    Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4    Offer Letter, dated as of May 19, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Steve Hanley.
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Benjamin Moore.
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and John Ritchie.
10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and John Sanford.
10.8    Standard Multi-Tenant Lease, dated as of April 13, 2009, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and 91 E. Tasman, LLC.
10.9    Non-Residential Property Lease Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, between UAB “Devint” and Tomas Grébliúnas, Tomas Skučas, and Vygante Skučiené.
10.10   

Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease, dated as of March 16, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jinyong Ji Investment Co., Ltd.

10.11    Lease, dated as of July 9, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and The Welsh Office Center LLC.
10.12†    Amended Technology License Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Atheros Communications, Inc.
10.13†    OEM Agreement dated as of August 31, 2006, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Lite-On Technology Corp.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on June 17, 2011.

 

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

By:   / S /    R OBERT J. P ERA        
  Robert J. Pera, Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert J. Pera and John Ritchie, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/ S /    R OBERT J. P ERA        

Robert J. Pera

   Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   June 17, 2011

/ S /    J OHN R ITCHIE        

John Ritchie

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 17, 2011

/ S /    P ETER C HUNG        

Peter Chung

  

Director

  June 17, 2011

/ S /    C HRISTOPHER J. C RESPI        

Christopher J. Crespi

  

Director

  June 17, 2011

/ S /    C HARLES J. F ITZGERALD        

Charles J. Fitzgerald

  

Director

  June 17, 2011

/ S /    J OHN L. O CAMPO        

John L. Ocampo

  

Director

  June 17, 2011

/ S /    R OBERT V AN B USKIRK        

Robert Van Buskirk

  

Director

  June 17, 2011

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. in effect before the completion of this offering.
  3.2    Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  3.3    Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. in effect before the completion of this offering.
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
  4.2    Registration Agreement, dated March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  4.3    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and certain holders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.’s capital stock named therein.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.2    Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3    Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.4    Offer Letter, dated as of May 19, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Steve Hanley.
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Benjamin Moore.
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and John Ritchie.
10.7    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and John Sanford.
10.8    Standard Multi-Tenant Lease, dated as of April 13, 2009, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and 91 E. Tasman, LLC.
10.9    Non-Residential Property Lease Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, between UAB “Devint” and Tomas Grébliúnas, Tomas Skučas, and Vygante Skučiené.
10.10    Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease, dated as of March 16, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Jinyong Ji Investment Co., Ltd.
10.11    Lease, dated as of July 9, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and The Welsh Office Center LLC.
10.12†    Amended Technology License Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2010, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Atheros Communications, Inc.
10.13†    OEM Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2006, between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. and Lite-On Technology Corp.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from this Registration Statement and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 24, 2010.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by John Ritchie, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on January 7, 2010.

 

/s/ John Ritchie

John Ritchie

Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

A. AUTHORIZED SHARES

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock to be designated, respectively, “ Preferred Stock ” and “ Common Stock .” The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 110,413,852 consisting entirely of 14,413,852 shares of Preferred Stock, with par value of $0.001 per share, which shall be divided into series and all of which shall be designated “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”), and 96,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with par value of $0.001 per share.

B. SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred are as follows:

Section 1. Dividends

1A. G eneral Obligation . When, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation and only to the extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Corporation shall pay preferential dividends in cash to the holders of the Series A Preferred on each share of the Series A Preferred (a “ Share ”) at the rate of 4.0% per annum of the sum of the Liquidation Value thereof plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon. All accrued and unpaid dividends (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Noncompliance Dividends) shall be fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment before any dividends may be declared or paid with respect to any Junior Securities. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A Preferred pursuant to this Section 1A shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A Preferred under this Section 1A by reason of the fact that dividends on a Share are not declared or paid.

1B. Special Dividend . Upon the date of filing of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Date ”),

 

- 2 -


the holders of each Share shall receive a one-time cash dividend (the “ Fixed Dividend ”) of (1) $0.21408 for each Share issued on March 2, 2010, held by such holder and (2) $0.11641 for each other Share held by such holder. Solely upon (i) the occurrence of liquidation (including a deemed liquidation under Section 2B) where payment arises pursuant to Section 2A of this Part B of Article IV, (ii) a payment of the Redemption Value on a Redemption Date determined pursuant to Section 4C(i) of this Part B of Article IV, or (iii) the occurrence of and following an Event of Noncompliance as described in Section 8B(i) of this Part B of Article IV (whether in connection with a subsequent liquidation (including a deemed liquidation) under Section 2A, redemption under Section 4 or Section 8B or conversion as described in Section 6A(iv), each of this Part B of Article IV, or otherwise), the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive a dividend (the “ Cumulative Dividend ”), which shall accrue on each Share on a daily basis at the rate of 4.0% per annum of the sum of the Liquidation Value of such Share thereof plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Fixed Dividend), from and including the Effective Date to and including the first to occur of (i) the date on which the Liquidation Value of such Share (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof in connection with the liquidation of the Corporation or the redemption or purchase of such Share by the Corporation, (ii) solely following an Event of Noncompliance, the date on which such Share is converted into shares of Conversion Stock, or (iii) the date on which such Share is otherwise acquired by the Corporation. Such Cumulative Dividends shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends and shall be cumulative such that all accrued and unpaid Cumulative Dividends shall be fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment before any dividends may be declared or paid with respect to any Junior Securities. Until such Cumulative Dividends are paid, all dividends which have accrued on each Share outstanding during the twelve-month period (or such shorter period in the case of June 30, 2011) ending on June 30 of each year shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such Share until conversion of such Share into Conversion Stock or paid to the holder thereof. Until paid, accumulated Cumulative Dividends are accrued and unpaid dividends hereunder.

1C. Distribution of Partial Dividend Payments . Except as otherwise provided herein, if at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Series A Preferred, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders thereof based upon the aggregate accrued and unpaid dividends on the Shares.

1D. Participating Dividends . In addition to any other dividends accruing or declared hereunder, in the event that the Corporation declares or pays any dividends upon the Common Stock (whether payable in cash, securities or other property), other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock issued upon the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Corporation shall also declare and pay to the holders of the Series A Preferred at the same time that it declares and pays such dividends to the holders of the Common Stock, the dividends which would have been declared and paid with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred had all of the outstanding Series A Preferred been converted immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, or if no record date is fixed, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined.

Section 2. Liquidation

2A. General Preference and Priority . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (whether voluntary or involuntary), each holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities, an amount in cash equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate Liquidation Value of all Shares held by such holder plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, including the Cumulative Dividend, and (ii) the sum of (A) the amount which

 

- 3 -


such holder would be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up if all of such holder’s Series A Preferred (and all other shares of Series A Preferred) were converted into Conversion Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, plus (B) the amount of Noncompliance Dividends payable pursuant to Section 6A(iv)(a) of this Part B of Article IV upon such a conversion, if any, plus (C) an additional amount equal to all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends arising pursuant to Section 1A of this Part B of Article IV on such holder’s Series A Preferred, if any (which sum under this clause (ii), for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Cumulative Dividends other than Noncompliance Dividends, as set forth in (B) above), and the holders of Series A Preferred shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect thereof. If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation’s assets to be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the aggregate amount which they are entitled to be paid pursuant to this Section 2, then the entire assets available to be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among such holders of Series A Preferred based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) of the Series A Preferred held by each such holder.

2B. Deemed Liquidations .   For purposes of this Section 2, any Fundamental Change or Change in Ownership shall (unless otherwise determined by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred) be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Corporation, and each holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive in connection therewith payment from the Corporation (or the successor or purchasing entity) of an amount in cash equal to the aggregate amount specified herein that such holders would have received upon a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Corporation in accordance with this Section 2. If a Fundamental Change or Change in Ownership involves the payment by a successor or purchasing entity to the Corporation’s stockholders of consideration in whole or in part other than cash, then at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred the amounts payable to the holders of Series A Preferred pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid in the same form of consideration that is paid to the Corporation’s other stockholders, and if any of the Corporation’s other stockholders are given an option as to the form of consideration to be received, then all holders of Series A Preferred shall be given the same option (with it being understood that the value of any such non-cash consideration shall be determined as provided in Section 6C(v) of this Part B of Article IV or, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, as may be provided in the definitive agreement(s) entered into in connection with any such Fundamental Change or Change in Ownership).

Section 3. Priority of Series A Preferred on Dividends and Redemptions .  So long as any Series A Preferred remains outstanding, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any Junior Securities, nor shall the Corporation directly or indirectly pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution upon any Junior Securities, except repurchase by the Corporation of capital stock or other Equity Securities from former employees of or other service providers of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries upon termination of such Person’s employment or other service for an aggregate purchase price of no more than $500,000 in any twelve (12) month period in accordance with the provisions of any agreement in effect as of the date of filing this Certificate of Incorporation or approved after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation by the board of directors and under any applicable provisions of Section 5C of this Part B of Article IV, so long as no Event of Noncompliance is in existence immediately prior to or is otherwise caused by any such repurchase and so long as such right or option to repurchase is not assigned or transferred to any other Person (with respect to which the holders of the Series A Preferred expressly waive their rights, if any, as described in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law as it relates to any such permitted repurchases of shares upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director).

 

- 4 -


Section 4. Redemptions

4A. Redemption Upon Request . If the holders of Series A Preferred have not previously exercised the rights granted to them under the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement to prevent a sale transaction approved by the board of directors of the Corporation in which the holders of Series A Preferred would have received an aggregate amount in cash and/or freely and immediately publicly tradable securities not less than 200% of the aggregate Liquidation Value of all Shares held by such holders, then at any time and from time to time on or after the sixth (6th) anniversary of the date of the first issuance of Shares the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred may require redemption of all or a portion of the Shares of Series A Preferred held by such holders by delivering written notice of such request to the Corporation. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of a request for redemption in accordance with this Section 4A, the Corporation shall give written notice of such request to each other holder of Series A Preferred specifying the Redemption Value, the proposed Redemption Date and the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the Shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Each holder of Series A Preferred shall have until fifteen (15) days after the receipt of such notice to require (by delivery of written notice to the Corporation) the Corporation to redeem all or a portion of the Shares of Series A Preferred held by such holder. The Corporation shall redeem all Shares of Series A Preferred which any holder may request to be redeemed in accordance with this Section 4A, in each case at the Redemption Value, and such redemption shall take place on a date fixed by the Corporation, which date shall be not more than 30 days after the later of the Corporation’s receipt of such request for redemption or the date on which the Repurchase Value of the Series A Preferred shall have been determined in accordance with this Section 4.

4B. Redemption Upon a Liquidity Event . If a Liquidity Event (other than a Qualified Public Offering) has occurred or the Corporation obtains knowledge that a Liquidity Event (other than a Qualified Public Offering) is proposed to occur, then the Corporation shall give prompt written notice (in no event later than five (5) days after the occurrence of such Liquidity Event) of such Liquidity Event describing in reasonable detail the material terms and date of consummation thereof to each holder of Series A Preferred, and the Corporation shall give each holder of Series A Preferred prompt written notice of any subsequent material change in the terms or timing of such transaction. The holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred may require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred owned by such holders at a redemption price per Series A Preferred payable in cash equal to the Redemption Value thereof by giving written notice to the Corporation of such election prior to the later of (a) 21 days after receipt of the Corporation’s notice and (b) five (5) days prior to the consummation of such Liquidity Event (the “ Expiration Date ”). The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of any such election to all other holders of Series A Preferred within five (5) days after the receipt thereof specifying the Redemption Value, and each such holder shall have until the later of (a) the Expiration Date or (b) five (5) days after receipt of such second notice to request redemption hereunder (by giving written notice to the Corporation) of all or any portion of the Series A Preferred owned by such holder. Upon receipt of such election(s), the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the aggregate number of Shares of Series A Preferred specified therein upon the occurrence of such Liquidity Event or, with respect to any such elections received in a timely manner in accordance with this Section 4B but not prior to the consummation of such Liquidity Event, five (5) days after the Corporation’s receipt of such election(s). If any such proposed Liquidity Event does not occur, all requests for redemption in connection therewith shall be automatically rescinded, or if there has been a material change in the terms or the timing of the transaction, the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred may rescind the request for redemption by giving written notice of such rescission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall be entitled to pay the redemption price in the form of the consideration to be received in the Liquidity Event and entitled to deduct such amounts from such redemption price on a pro rata basis to place in escrow to satisfy any indemnification obligations of the Corporation or its

 

- 5 -


stockholders as if such Series A Preferred were outstanding on the date of consummation of the Liquidity Event.

4C. Redemption Value and Procedures . The Corporation shall be required to redeem on the Redemption Date each Share for which a request for redemption has been delivered in accordance with Section 4A or Section 4B at a price per Share (the “ Redemption Value ”) payable in immediately available funds equal to the greater of (i) the Liquidation Value of such Share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, including the Cumulative Dividend, and (ii) the sum of (A) the Market Price of the Conversion Stock issuable upon conversion of such Share of Series A Preferred (which, in the case of a redemption in connection with a Change in Ownership or Fundamental Change, shall be derived from the aggregate consideration payable in such Change in Ownership or Fundamental Change (with it being understood that the value of any such consideration shall be determined as provided in Section 6C(v) of this Part B of Article IV or, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, as may be provided in the definitive agreement(s) entered into in connection with any such Change in Ownership or Fundamental Change)) if such Share (and all other Shares) was converted into Conversion Stock immediately prior thereto, plus (B) Noncompliance Dividends payable pursuant to Section 6A(iv)(a) of this Part B of Article IV upon such a conversion, if any, plus (C) an additional amount equal to all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends arising pursuant to Section 1A of this Part B of Article IV on such holder’s Series A Preferred, if any (which sum under this clause (ii), for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Cumulative Dividends other than Noncompliance Dividends as set forth in (B) above). Except as provided in Section 4D of this Part B of Article IV, on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of Series A Preferred on the Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such Shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the aggregate Redemption Value of such Shares shall be payable to the order of the Person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled.

4D. Failure to Redeem . If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Series A Preferred on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem all shares of Series A Preferred, then (without limiting the Corporation’s obligation hereunder or curing any failure not to redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred) those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of Shares ratably among the holders thereof in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Value that each such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 4. The shares of Series A Preferred not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Series A Preferred, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the Shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed, ratably among the holders thereof in proportion to the remaining aggregate Redemption Value that each such holder remains entitled to receive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred, the Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividends or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Junior Securities after the receipt of notice of redemption under this Section 4, or at any other time when the Corporation is obligated to make redemption payments under this Section 4, unless and until all amounts required to be paid to the holders of the Series A Preferred under this Section 4 shall have been paid in full.

4E. Effect of Redemption . From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Value, all rights of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred as holders of Series A Preferred (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Value without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such Shares, and such

 

- 6 -


Shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

4F. Other Redemptions or Acquisitions . The Series A Preferred shall not be redeemable or otherwise repurchasable by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, except as set forth in this Section 4 or as otherwise agreed to by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred.

Section 5. Voting Rights .

5A. General . The holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders meetings in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws, and, in addition to any circumstances in which the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to vote as a separate class under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to vote on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to the stockholders for a vote together with the holders of the Common Stock voting together as a single class with each share of Common Stock entitled to one vote per share and each share of Series A Preferred entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred as of the record date for such vote (or, if no record date is specified, as of the date of such vote). Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted, and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded.

5B. Election of Directors . Subject to Section 8B(iv) of this Part B of Article IV, the board of directors of the Corporation shall be composed of seven (7) persons. In the election of directors of the Corporation, the holders of the Series A Preferred, voting separately as a single class to the exclusion of all other classes and series of the Corporation’s capital stock and with each share of Series A Preferred entitled to one vote, shall be entitled to elect (by majority vote) two (2) directors (each, a “ Series A Director ” and, collectively, the “ Series A Directors ”) to serve on the board of directors of the Corporation with each such director serving until his or her successor is duly elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal from office by the holders of the Series A Preferred. If the holders of the Series A Preferred for any reason fail to elect one or more directors hereunder, such position shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred elect an individual to serve as a director to fill such position and shall not be filled by resolution or vote of the board of directors of the Corporation or the Corporation’s other stockholders. In the election of directors, two (2) directors shall be elected by the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class until such time as the holders of Series A Preferred shall have the right to elect such directors pursuant to Section 8B(iv)(a).

5C. Other Voting Rights . As long as any shares of the Series A Preferred shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred:

(i) directly or indirectly declare or pay, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay, any dividends or make any distributions upon any of its capital stock or other Equity Securities, except that (a) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make distributions (directly or indirectly) to the Corporation or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, (b) the Corporation may declare and pay dividends payable in shares of its Common Stock upon the outstanding shares of its Common Stock and (c) the Corporation may declare and pay dividends on the Series A Preferred;

 

- 7 -


(ii) directly or indirectly (a) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, any of the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiary’s capital stock or other Equity Securities (including warrants, options and other rights to acquire such capital stock or other Equity Securities), or assign or transfer any rights or options to make any such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, or (b) redeem, repurchase or make any payments with respect to any stock appreciation rights, phantom stock plans or similar rights or plans, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to so redeem, repurchase or make such payments, or assign or transfer any rights or options to make such redemption, repurchase or payment, in each case other than (1) repurchases by the Corporation of capital stock or other Equity Securities from former employees of or other services providers of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries upon termination of such Person’s employment or other service for an aggregate purchase price of no more than $500,000 in any twelve (12) month period in accordance with the provisions of any agreement in effect as of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation or approved after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation by the Corporation’s board of directors, so long as no Event of Noncompliance or any noncompliance or default under any agreement relating to the indebtedness of the Corporation is in existence immediately prior to or caused by any such repurchase and so long as such right or option to repurchase is not assigned or transferred to any other Person and (2) redemptions of the Series A Preferred in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation;

(iii) authorize, issue or enter into any agreement providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of (a) any notes or debt securities containing equity features (including any notes or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or other Equity Securities, issued in connection with the issuance of capital stock or other Equity Securities or containing profit participation features), (b) any capital stock or other Equity Securities (or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any capital stock or other Equity Securities or containing profit participation features), in each case except that (1) a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may issue Equity Securities to its direct parent, (2) the Corporation may issue Common Stock upon a conversion of Series A Preferred pursuant to Section 6 of Part B of Article IV, and (3) the Corporation may issue options to acquire up to 1,296,432 shares of Common Stock (as equitably adjusted for stock splits and stock combinations subsequent to the date hereof) pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan;

(iv) effect a recapitalization or reorganization or change in the form of organization in any form of transaction (including the formation of a parent holding company for the Corporation, reorganization into any non-corporate entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or a transaction to change the domicile of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries);

(v) merge or consolidate with any Person or permit any Subsidiary to merge or consolidate with any Person or consummate (other than the merger of a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary with and into the Corporation or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary), permit or in any manner facilitate a sale of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or a change in control of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vi) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any indebtedness (other than indebtedness set forth in the Corporation’s annual budget and operating plan (as approved by at least 80% of the members of the corporation’s board of directors) and indebtedness incurred under a revolving line of credit that does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time on an aggregate consolidated basis), or amend, modify, supplement or waive any provision of the documents, agreements or instruments evidencing, securing or otherwise pertaining to any indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, refinance, substitute or replace any indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

- 8 -


(vii) acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, any interest in any company or business (whether by a purchase of assets, purchase of stock or other equity interests, merger or otherwise), except any such acquisitions where the aggregate consideration payable by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (including the assumption of liabilities, whether direct or indirect) does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all such acquisitions, or enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, any joint venture;

(viii) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any loans or advances to, guarantees for the benefit of, or investments in, any Person, except for (a) investments in a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction of the United States or one of its territorial possessions, (b) reasonable advances to employees in the ordinary course of business (but expressly prohibiting any loans or the arranging of any loans to or for the benefit of any employees for any purpose), (c) acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 5C(vii) of this Part B of Article IV, and (d) investments having a stated maturity no greater than one year from the date the Corporation or any Subsidiary makes such investment in (1) obligations of the United States government or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States government, (2) certificates of deposit of commercial banks having combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (3) commercial paper with a rating of at least “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

(ix) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Subsidiary to sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, any assets (whether tangible or intangible and including the capital stock or membership or other ownership interests of any of its Subsidiaries), except for sales of inventory or obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business;

(x) amend, supplement, modify, alter, repeal, terminate or waive any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement or similar governing documents of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or file any amendment, resolution or certificate with any Secretary of State;

(xi) enter into, amend, modify or supplement, or waive any provisions of, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, amend, modify or supplement, or waive any provisions of, any agreement, transaction, commitment or arrangement with any of the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ or any of its affiliates’ direct or indirect officers, managers, directors, key employees, members, partners, stockholders or affiliates or with any Person related by blood, marriage or adoption to any such Person or any entity in which any of the foregoing owns a beneficial interest, except for entering into customary employment arrangements (but not employment agreements) and benefit programs, in each case on reasonable terms as approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors and subject to Section 5C(xii) of this Part B of Article IV;

(xii) (a) amend or modify the Equity Incentive Plan as in existence as of the date hereof (including increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance thereunder above the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance thereunder as of the date hereof (as equitably adjusted for stock splits and stock combinations subsequent to the date hereof), or (b) adopt, amend or modify, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to adopt, amend or modify, any stock option plan, equity incentive plan, employee equity ownership plan, profit sharing plan, phantom equity plan, equity appreciation rights plan or any similar plan, program, agreement or arrangement;

(xiii) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any capital expenditures (including payments with respect to capitalized leases), which capital expenditures would deviate in any material respect from the annual budget and operating plan approved by at least 80% of the members of the Corporation’s board of directors;

 

- 9 -


(xiv) consent to, or waive any condition or requirement with respect to, any transfer or assignment of any capital stock or other Equity Securities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries;

(xv) increase or decrease the authorized size of its board of directors (or the board of directors or similar governing body of any Subsidiary) above or below five (5) members, except pursuant to Section 8 of Part B of Article IV of this Certificate of Incorporation;

(xvi) become subject to, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to, including by way of amendment to or modification, extension or renewal of, any document, agreement or instrument which by its terms would (under any circumstances) restrict, condition or prohibit (a) the right of any Subsidiary to make loans or advances or pay dividends or distributions to, transfer property to, or repay any indebtedness owed to, the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ right to perform the provisions of the Recapitalization Agreement or the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement or similar governing documents of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or would (under any circumstances) impose any provision which would have the effect of directly or indirectly restricting, conditioning or prohibiting the timing or amount of any payment with respect to the Series A Preferred;

(xvii) consummate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to consummate, an initial public offering of its capital stock or other Equity Securities or listing on any national securities exchange or substantially equivalent market (including any private Rule 144A market), except for a Qualified Public Offering;

(xviii) make, or permit any Subsidiary to make, any change with respect to the accounting policies, tax elections and tax filing positions of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (including any filing of an election by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes);

(xix) (a) sell, assign, transfer, lease, license or otherwise encumber, abandon, or permit to lapse, or otherwise fail to maintain in full force and effect, or fail to protect any intellectual property rights, except for (1) the grant of nonexclusive licenses to consumers in the ordinary course of business and (2) abandonment of intellectual property rights where such abandonment is approved by the Corporation’s board of directors following a determination that such intellectual property rights are of de minimis value to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) take any action reasonably expected to result in the invalidity or unenforceability of any material intellectual property rights of the Corporation or in the infringement upon or misappropriation of any rights of other Person;

(xx) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a voluntary bankruptcy or similar proceeding or fail to contest any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding filed against the Corporation, or permit any of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries to do the foregoing; or

(xxi) materially change, or cause or allow any Subsidiary to materially change, the business activities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, or enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, the ownership, active management or operation of any business that is not related to the current business activities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

- 10 -


Section 6. Conversion

6A. Conversion Procedure

(i) At any time and from time to time, any holder of Series A Preferred may convert all or any portion of the Shares held by such holder into a number of shares of Conversion Stock computed by multiplying the number of Shares to be converted by $7.37485 and dividing the result by the Conversion Price then in effect.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided herein, each conversion of Series A Preferred shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which the certificate or certificates representing the Series A Preferred to be converted have been surrendered for conversion at the principal office of the Corporation. At the time any such conversion has been effected, the rights of the holder of the Shares converted as a holder of Series A Preferred shall cease and the Person or Persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Conversion Stock are to be issued upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the shares of Conversion Stock represented thereby.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a conversion of Series A Preferred is to be made in connection with a Fundamental Change, Change in Ownership, Public Offering or other transaction affecting the Corporation or a holder of Series A Preferred, the conversion of any Shares of Series A Preferred may, at the election of the holder thereof, be conditioned upon the consummation of such event or transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until such event or transaction has been consummated.

(iv) Promptly (and in any event within five (5) business days) after a conversion has been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to the converting holder:

(a) cash in an amount of all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends arising pursuant to Section 1A of this Part B of Article IV, plus any Noncompliance Dividends, each on the Shares converted;

(b) cash in the amount payable pursuant to Section 6A(ix) of this Part B of Article IV with respect to such conversion;

(c) a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable by reason of such conversion in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as the converting holder has specified; and

(d) a certificate representing any Shares of Series A Preferred which were represented by the certificate or certificates delivered to the Corporation in connection with such conversion but which were not converted.

(v) If the Corporation is not permitted under applicable law to pay any portion of any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred being converted, the Corporation shall pay such dividends to the converting holder as soon thereafter as funds of the Corporation are legally available for such payment. At the request of any such converting holder, the Corporation shall provide such holder with written evidence of its obligation to pay such dividends to such holder.

(vi) Upon conversion of each Share of Series A Preferred, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to ensure that the Conversion Stock issuable with respect to such

 

- 11 -


conversion shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes (other than any taxes relating to any dividends paid in connection with such conversion), liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof.

(vii) The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of Series A Preferred or of Conversion Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of Series A Preferred without the approval of at least 80% of the members of the Corporation’s board of directors. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of Shares required to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with any conversion of Shares hereunder (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation and the Corporation shall pay all filing fees and expenses payable by the Corporation or any such holder in connection therewith).

(viii) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred, such number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding Series A Preferred. All shares of Conversion Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Conversion Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Conversion Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance). The Corporation shall not take any action which would cause the number of authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock to be less than the number of such shares required to be reserved hereunder for issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred.

(ix) If any fractional interest in a share of Conversion Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 6A(ix), be delivered upon any conversion of the Series A Preferred, the Corporation, in lieu of delivering the fractional share therefor, shall pay an amount to the holder thereof equal to the Market Price of such fractional interest as of the date of conversion.

6B. Conversion Price .

(i) The initial “ Conversion Price ” shall be $7.37485. In order to prevent dilution of the conversion rights granted under this Section 6, the Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time pursuant to this Section 6B.

(ii) If and whenever on or after the original date of issuance of the Series A Preferred the Corporation issues or sells, or in accordance with Section 6C is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then immediately upon such issue or sale or deemed issue or sale the Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Conversion Price determined by dividing (a) the sum of (1) the product derived by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale by the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (2) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation upon such issue or sale, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately after such issue or sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate.

 

- 12 -


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no adjustment in the Conversion Price as a result of any issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) of: (A) up to an aggregate of 3,420,568 shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock granted to employees, directors or service providers of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries pursuant to any Equity Incentive Plan (as such number of shares is proportionately adjusted for subsequent stock splits, combinations and dividends affecting the Common Stock and including in such number of shares on an as-exercised for Common Stock basis the maximum number of shares issued or issuable pursuant to any grant or award exercised after the time the Corporation first issues any Share and the maximum number of shares issued or issuable pursuant to any grant or award outstanding at the time the Corporation first issues any Share); (B) shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred; (C) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act; (D) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are unanimously approved by the board of directors; (E) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing transaction approved by the board of directors; (F) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation unanimously approved by the board of directors; (G) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships unanimously approved by the board of directors; (H) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions unanimously approved by the board of directors; and (I) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split or other distribution on the shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 6D or Section 6E.

(iv) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price may be waived by the written consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of Series A Preferred.

6C. Effect on Conversion Price of Certain Events . For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price under Section 6B of this Part B of Article IV, the following shall be applicable:

(i) Issuance of Rights or Options . If the Corporation in any manner grants or sells any Options and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of such Options, or upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of such Options, is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting or sale of such Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the granting or sale of such Options for such price per share. For purposes of this subparagraph, the “ price per share for which Common Stock is issuable ” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting or sale of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of all such Options, plus in the case of such Options which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible

 

- 13 -


Securities issuable upon the exercise of such Options. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Convertible Securities are actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or when Common Stock is actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(ii) Issuance of Convertible Securities . If the Corporation in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon conversion or exchange thereof is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this subparagraph, the “ price per share for which Common Stock is issuable ” shall be determined by dividing (A) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made when Common Stock is actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustments of the Conversion Price had been or are to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 6, no further adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

(iii) Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate . If the purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock changes at any time, the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall be immediately adjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. For purposes of this paragraph 6C(iii), if the terms of any Option or Convertible Security which was outstanding as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred are changed in the manner described in the immediately preceding sentence, then such Option or Convertible Security and the Common Stock deemed issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of such change; provided that no such change shall at any time cause the Conversion Price hereunder to be increased.

(iv) Treatment of Expired Options and Unexercised Convertible Securities . Upon the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Security without the exercise of any such Option or right, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall be adjusted immediately to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Security, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued. For purposes of this paragraph 6C(iv), the expiration or termination of any Option or Convertible Security which was outstanding as of the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred shall not cause the Conversion Price hereunder to be adjusted unless, and only to the extent that, a change in the terms of such Option or Convertible Security caused it to be deemed to have been issued after the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred.

(v) Calculation of Consideration Received . If any Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security is issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation therefor (net of discounts, commissions and related expenses). If any Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security is issued or

 

- 14 -


sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Corporation shall be the Market Price thereof as of the date of receipt. If any Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security is issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of the portion of the net assets of the non-surviving entity that is attributable to such Common Stock, Option or Convertible Security, as the case may be. The fair value of any consideration or net assets other than cash and securities (and, if applicable, the portions thereof attributable to any such stock or securities) shall be as reasonably determined in good faith by at least 80% of the members of the board of directors. If at least 80% of the members of the board of directors are unable to make such determination within a reasonable period of time, then upon demand of any director, the board of directors shall seek the advice of an independent appraiser (other than one of the “Big Four” accounting firms) experienced in valuing such type of consideration jointly selected by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred. Then, upon receipt of such advice, at least 80% of the members of the board of directors shall reconvene and determine such fair market value. The fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the Corporation.

(vi) Integrated Transactions . In case any Option is issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integrated transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Option by the parties thereto, the Option shall be deemed to have been issued for a consideration of $0.01.

(vii) Treasury Shares . The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

(viii) Record Date . If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (a) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities or (b) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or upon the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

6D. Subdivision or Combination of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and if the Corporation at any time combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

6E. Organic Change . Prior to the consummation of any Organic Change, the Corporation shall make appropriate provisions (in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding) to ensure that (i) the Series A Preferred shall not be cancelled or retired as a result of such Organic Change and each of the holders of the Series A Preferred shall thereafter have the right to acquire and receive, in lieu of or in addition to (as the case may be) the shares of Conversion Stock immediately theretofore acquirable and receivable upon the conversion of such holder’s Series A Preferred, such shares of stock, securities or assets as such holder would have received in connection with such Organic Change if such holder had converted its Series A Preferred immediately

 

- 15 -


prior to such Organic Change (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred held by such holder immediately prior to such Organic Change) and (ii) the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A Preferred are otherwise preserved. In each such case, the Corporation shall also make appropriate provisions (in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding) to ensure that the provisions of this Section 6, Section 7 and Section 8 shall thereafter be applicable to the Series A Preferred (including, in the case of any such Organic Change in which the successor entity or purchasing entity is other than the Corporation, an immediate adjustment of the Conversion Price to the value for the Common Stock reflected by the terms of such Organic Change, and a corresponding immediate adjustment in the number of shares of Conversion Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of Series A Preferred, if the value so reflected is less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such Organic Change). The Corporation shall not effect any such Organic Change, unless prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Corporation) resulting from consolidation or merger or the entity purchasing such assets assumes by written instrument (in form and substance satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding), the obligation to deliver to each such holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to acquire. Each holder of Series A Preferred shall have the right to elect the benefits of this Section 6E or, to the extent applicable, Section 2B or Section 4B of this Part B of Article IV in connection with any such Organic Change.

6F. Certain Events . If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 6 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), then the board of directors of the Corporation shall make an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred; provided that no such adjustment shall increase the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 6 or decrease the number of shares of Conversion Stock issuable upon conversion of each Share of Series A Preferred.

6G. Notices

(i) Promptly following any adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall give written notice thereof to all holders of Series A Preferred, setting forth in reasonable detail and certifying the calculation of such adjustment.

(ii) The Corporation shall give written notice to all holders of Series A Preferred at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the Corporation closes its books or takes a record (a) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon Common Stock, (b) with respect to any pro rata subscription offer to holders of Common Stock, or (c) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Organic Change, dissolution or liquidation.

(iii) The Corporation shall also give written notice to the holders of Series A Preferred at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which any Organic Change or liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall take place and, in the case of any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, such written notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the amount of proceeds payable with respect to each Share and each share of Junior Securities in connection with such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

6H. Mandatory Conversion . All of the outstanding Shares of Series A Preferred shall automatically convert into Conversion Stock upon the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering. Any such mandatory conversion shall be effected only at the time of and subject to the consummation of the sale of shares pursuant to such Qualified Public Offering upon written notice of such mandatory

 

- 16 -


conversion delivered to all holders of Series A Preferred at least seven (7) days prior to the consummation of such Qualified Public Offering.

Section 7. Purchase Rights . If at any time the Corporation grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then each holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if such holder had held the number of shares of Conversion Stock acquirable upon conversion of such holder’s Series A Preferred immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

Section 8. Events of Noncompliance .

8A. Definition . An “ Event of Noncompliance ” shall have occurred if:

(i) the Corporation breaches or otherwise fails to perform any other covenant or agreement set forth herein; provided that no Event of Noncompliance shall have occurred under this clause (i) if the Corporation establishes (to the reasonable satisfaction of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding) that (A) the particular Event of Noncompliance has not been caused by knowing or purposeful conduct by the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (B) the Corporation has exercised, and continues to exercise, commercially reasonable efforts to expeditiously cure the Event of Noncompliance (if cure is possible), (C) the Event of Noncompliance is not material to the financial condition, results of operations, operations, assets or business prospects of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (D) the Event of Noncompliance is not material to any holder’s investment in the Series A Preferred;

(ii) the Corporation fails to make when due any redemption or any other payment which it is required to make hereunder with respect to the Series A Preferred, whether or not such payment is legally permissible or is prohibited by any agreement to which the Corporation is subject;

(iii) the Corporation or any Subsidiary makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating the Corporation or any Subsidiary bankrupt or insolvent; or any order for relief with respect to the Corporation or any Subsidiary is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; or the Corporation or any Subsidiary petitions or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part of the assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or commences any proceeding (other than a proceeding for the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a Subsidiary) relating to the Corporation or any Subsidiary under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceeding is commenced, against the Corporation or any Subsidiary and either (a) the Corporation or any such Subsidiary by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (b) such petition, application or proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days;

(iv) a judgment that results in an obligation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary in excess of $5,000,000 rendered in any action in which the Corporation had notice of such proceeding and, if brought in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or another jurisdiction in which the Corporation or any Subsidiary has offices, participated, after subtracting any payments made on the Corporation’s behalf by third party indemnitors is rendered against the Corporation or any Subsidiary and, within 60

 

- 17 -


days after entry thereof, such judgment is not discharged or execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or within 60 days after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment is not discharged; or

(v) the Corporation or any Subsidiary defaults in the performance of any obligation or agreement if the effect of such default is to cause an amount exceeding $5,000,000 of indebtedness for borrowed money to become due prior to its stated maturity.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Noncompliance whatever the reason or cause for any such Event of Noncompliance and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body and regardless of the effects of any subordination provisions.

8B. Consequences of Events of Noncompliance .

(i) If an Event of Noncompliance of the type described in Section 8A(i) or Section 8A(ii) has occurred and continues for a period of 30 days or any other Event of Noncompliance has occurred and is continuing, then the Cumulative Dividend set forth in Section 1B of this Part B of Article IV shall become payable (whether in connection with a subsequent liquidation (including a deemed liquidation) under Section 2A, redemption under Section 4 or this Section 8B or conversion as described in Section 6A(iv), each of this Part B of Article IV, or otherwise) and the Cumulative Dividend rate on the Series A Preferred shall increase from and after the date of such Event of Noncompliance (but taking into account the passage of time associated with any relevant cure periods) by an increment of two (2) percentage points. Thereafter, until such time as no Event of Noncompliance exists, such Cumulative Dividend rate shall increase automatically at the end of each succeeding 90-day period by an additional increment of two (2) percentage points (but in no event shall such dividend rate exceed 12%). Any increase in the Cumulative Dividend rate resulting from the operation of this subparagraph shall terminate as of the close of business on the date on which no Event of Noncompliance exists. Any dividends payable from and after application of this Section 8B(i) are referred to herein as “ Noncompliance Dividends .”

(ii) If an Event of Noncompliance (other than an Event of Noncompliance of the type described in Section 8A(iii)) has occurred and continues for a period of 60 days, then the holder or holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding may demand (by written notice delivered to the Corporation) immediate redemption of all or any portion of the Series A Preferred owned by such holder or holders at a price per Share equal to the Redemption Value thereof. The Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such election to the other holders of Series A Preferred (but in any event within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the initial demand for redemption), and each such other holder may demand immediate redemption of all or any portion of such holder’s Series A Preferred by giving written notice thereof to the Corporation within seven (7) days after receipt of the Corporation’s notice. The Corporation shall redeem all Series A Preferred as to which rights under this paragraph have been exercised within thirty (30) days after receipt of the initial demand for redemption.

(iii) If an Event of Noncompliance of the type described in Section 8A(iii) has occurred, all of the Series A Preferred then outstanding shall be subject to immediate redemption by the Corporation (without any action on the part of the holders of the Series A Preferred) at a price per Share equal to the Liquidation Value thereof (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, including the Cumulative Dividend to the extent provided for in Section 1B of this Part B of Article IV). The Corporation shall immediately redeem all Series A Preferred upon the occurrence of such Event of Noncompliance.

(iv) (a) If an Event of Noncompliance of the type described in Section 8A(ii) has occurred and continues for a period of 180 days, (i) the two (2) directors to be elected by the Common

 

- 18 -


Stock and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class (the “ At-Large Directors ”) shall, at the request of the holders of at least 5% of the Series A Preferred then outstanding, be elected solely by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred and (ii) the holders of Series A Preferred shall have the special right, voting separately as a single class (with each Share being entitled to one vote) and to the exclusion of all other classes of the Corporation’s capital stock, to elect individuals as At-Large Directors, to remove any individuals elected as At-Large Directors and to fill any vacancies in positions of the At-Large Directors. The special right of the holders of Series A Preferred to elect At-Large Directors hereunder may be exercised at the special meeting called pursuant to this Section 8B(iv) , at any annual or other special meeting of stockholders and, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, pursuant to a written consent in lieu of a stockholders meeting. Such special right shall continue until such time as there is no longer any Event of Noncompliance in existence, at which time such special right shall terminate subject to revesting upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Noncompliance which gives rise to such special right hereunder.

(b) At any time when such special right has vested in the holders of Series A Preferred, a proper officer of the Corporation shall, upon the written request of the holders of at least 5% of the Series A Preferred then outstanding, addressed to the secretary of the Corporation, call a special meeting of the holders of Series A Preferred for the purpose of electing directors pursuant to this Section 8B(iv). Such meeting shall be held at the earliest legally permissible date at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place designated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding. If such meeting has not been called by a proper officer of the Corporation within ten days after personal service of such written request upon the secretary of the Corporation or within 20 days after mailing the same to the secretary of the Corporation at its principal office, then the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding may designate in writing one of their number to call such meeting at the expense of the Corporation, and such meeting may be called by such Person so designated upon the notice required for annual meetings of stockholders and shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office, or at such other place designated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding. Any holder of Series A Preferred so designated shall be given access to the stock record books of the Corporation for the purpose of causing a meeting of stockholders to be called pursuant to this Section 8B.

(c) At any meeting or at any adjournment thereof at which the holders of Series A Preferred have the special right to elect directors, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding shall be required to constitute a quorum for the election or removal of any director by the holders of the Series A Preferred exercising such special right. The vote of a majority of such quorum shall be required to elect or remove any such director.

(d) Any director so elected by the holders of Series A Preferred shall continue to serve as a director until the expiration of the lesser of (a) a period of six months following the date on which there is no longer any Event of Noncompliance in existence or (b) the remaining period of the full term for which such director has been elected. After the expiration of such six-month period or when the full term for which such director has been elected ceases (provided that the special right to elect directors has terminated), as the case may be, the number of directors constituting the board of directors of the Corporation shall decrease to such number as constituted the whole board of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event or Events of Noncompliance giving rise to the special right to elect directors.

 

- 19 -


(v) If any Event of Noncompliance exists, each holder of Series A Preferred shall also have any other rights which such holder is entitled to under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which such holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

Section 9. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office a register for the registration of Series A Preferred. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing Series A Preferred at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the record holder of such certificate, execute and deliver a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate the number of Shares represented by the surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of Shares as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Series A Preferred represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such Series A Preferred represented by the surrendered certificate.

Section 10. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing Shares of Series A Preferred, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of Shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, and dividends shall accrue on the Series A Preferred represented by such new certificate from the date to which dividends have been fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

Section 11. Definitions

Change in Ownership ” means any sale, transfer or issuance or series of sales, transfers and/or issuances of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock by the Corporation or any holders thereof which results in the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred as of immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Agreement, ceasing to own more than 50% of the Corporation’s Common Stock (assuming conversion of the Series A Preferred) at the time of such sale, transfer or issuance or series of sales, transfers and/or issuances.

Common Stock ” means the Corporation’s Common Stock and any capital stock of any class of the Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value in respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

Common Stock Deemed Outstanding ” means, at any given time, the number of shares of Common Stock actually outstanding at such time, plus the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding pursuant to Sections 6C(i) and 6C(ii) of this Part B of Article IV whether or not the Options or Convertible Securities are actually exercisable at such time.

Conversion Stock ” means shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, with a par value $0.001 per share; provided that if there is a change such that the securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred are issued by an entity other than the Corporation or there is a change in the type or class of securities so issuable, then the term “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean one share of the security issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred if such security is issuable in shares, or shall mean the smallest unit in which such security is issuable if such security is not issuable in shares.

 

- 20 -


Convertible Securities ” means any stock or securities (other than Options) directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

Equity Incentive Plan ” means the Corporation’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and any employee option or stock incentive plan that may be adopted by the board of directors from time to time, pursuant to which the Corporation may grant Common Stock and/or options to purchase Common Stock to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Corporation.

Equity Securities ” means (i) capital stock (including the Series A Preferred and the Common Stock) of, membership interests, partnership interests or other equity interests in, the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other debt or equity securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into such equity interests in the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire such equity interests in the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

Fundamental Change ” means (i) any sale or transfer of more than 50% of the assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (measured either by book value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied or by fair market value determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Corporation’s board of directors) in any transaction or series of transactions (other than sales in the ordinary course of business), and (ii) any merger or consolidation to which the Corporation is a party, except for a merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the terms and relative priorities of the Series A Preferred are not changed and the Series A Preferred is not exchanged for cash, securities or other property, and after giving effect to such merger, the holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred as of immediately after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Agreement shall continue to own more than 50% of the Corporation’s Common Stock (assuming conversion of the Series A Preferred).

Investor Rights Agreement ” means that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2010, by and among the Corporation and the other Persons named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Junior Securities ” means any capital stock or other Equity Securities of the Corporation, except for the Series A Preferred.

Liquidation Value ” of any Share as of any particular date shall be equal to $7.37485. For the avoidance of doubt, no dividend paid on any Share shall constitute an offset to or credit against such Share’s Liquidation Value.

Liquidity Event ” means (i) a Fundamental Change, (ii) a Change in Ownership or (iii) an initial Public Offering of the Corporation other than a Qualified Public Offering.

Market Price ” of any security means the average of the closing prices of such security’s sales on all securities exchanges on which such security may at the time be listed, or, if there has been no sales on any such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such security is not so listed, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by Pink OTC Markets, Inc., or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over a period of 21 days consisting of the day as of which “Market Price” is being determined and the 20 consecutive business days prior to such day; provided that if such security is listed on any domestic securities exchange, the term “business days” as used in this sentence means business days on which such exchange is open for trading. If at any time such security is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the

 

- 21 -


over-the-counter market, the “Market Price” shall be the fair value thereof determined jointly by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred (without applying any marketability, minority or other discounts). If such parties are unable to reach agreement within a reasonable period of time, such fair value shall be determined (without applying any marketability, minority or other discounts) by an independent appraiser (other than one of the “Big Four” accounting firms) experienced in valuing securities jointly selected by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the Corporation shall pay the fees and expenses of such appraiser.

Options ” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

Organic Change ” means any recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or other transaction, in each case which is effected in such a manner that the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive (either directly or upon subsequent liquidation) stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, a limited liability, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Corporation of its capital stock or Equity Securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as then in effect, or any comparable statement under any similar federal statute then in force.

Qualified Public Offering ” means a Public Offering underwritten on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment bank in which (i) the aggregate proceeds received by the Corporation and any other selling stockholders in such Public Offering (net of discounts, commissions and expenses) shall be at least $100,000,000 and (ii) the price per share paid by the public for such shares will be an amount not less than $14.75 (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and the like with respect to the Common Stock).

Recapitalization Agreement ” means that certain Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2010, by and among the Corporation and the other Persons named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Redemption Date ” means, as to any Share, the date specified or determined herein on which the Corporation is required to redeem such Share; provided that no such date shall be a Redemption Date unless the Redemption Value of such Share is actually paid in full on such date, and if not so paid in full, the Redemption Date shall be the date on which such amount is fully paid.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company,

 

- 22 -


partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding capital stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests are owned by such Person or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

Section 12. Amendment and Waiver . No amendment, modification, alteration, repeal or waiver of any provision of this Part B of Article IV shall be binding or effective without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred outstanding at the time such action is taken; provided that no amendment, modification, alteration, repeal or waiver of the terms or relative priorities of the Series A Preferred may be accomplished by the merger, consolidation or other transaction of the Corporation with another corporation or entity unless the Corporation has obtained the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred then outstanding.

Section 13. Notices . Except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or by reputable overnight courier service, charges prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed or sent (i) to the Corporation, at its principal executive offices and (ii) to any stockholder, at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise indicated by any such holder).

C. COMMON STOCK

Section 1. Dividends . When and as declared by the board of directors of the Corporation and to the extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends on such Common Stock. The rights of the holders of the Common Stock to receive dividends are subject to the provisions of the Series A Preferred.

Section 2. Liquidation . Subject to the provisions of the Series A Preferred, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to participate in all distributions to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

Section 3. Voting Rights .

3A. Generally . The holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of all stockholders meetings in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws, and, except as required by applicable law and subject to the rights of the Series A Preferred, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for a vote.

3B. Election of Directors . Subject to Section 8B(iv) of Part B of Article IV, the board of directors of the Corporation shall be composed of seven (7) persons. In the election of directors of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock, voting separately as a single class to the exclusion of all other classes and series of the Corporation’s capital stock, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors to serve on the board of directors of the Corporation with each such director serving until his or her successor is duly elected by the holders of the Common Stock or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal from office by the holders of the Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock for any reason fail to elect one or more directors hereunder, such position shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Common Stock elect an individual to serve as a director to fill such position and shall

 

- 23 -


not be filled by resolution or vote of the board of directors of the Corporation or the Corporation’s other stockholders. In the election of directors, two (2) directors shall be elected by the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class until such time as the holders of Series A Preferred shall have the right to elect such directors pursuant to Section 8B(iv)(a).

ARTICLE V

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article V, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article V in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article V, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

- 24 -


ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

Except as provided in Article V above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 3.2

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 24, 2010.

B. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. has caused this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by John Ritchie, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on                                           , 2011.

   
John Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

The corporation shall have authority to issue shares as follows:

[•],000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

[•],000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, which may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

-2-


ARTICLE V

The number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the corporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Effective upon the later to occur of (i) the date this Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, or (ii) the date the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the corporation’s initial public offering is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Effective Date ”), the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time such classification becomes effective. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation, or removal. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

 

-3-


The corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the corporation. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the corporation may not be amended, altered or repealed except in accordance with Article X of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

The corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

-4-


Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Except as provided in Article IX above, the corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the corporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, or this Article X of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-5-

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

Adopted June 25, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page   

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

  

Place of Meetings

     1   

1.2

  

Annual Meeting

     1   

1.3

  

Special Meeting

     1   

1.4

  

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     1   

1.5

  

Quorum

     2   

1.6

  

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

1.7

  

Conduct of Business

     2   

1.8

  

Voting

     2   

1.9

  

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3   

1.10

  

Record Dates

     4   

1.11

  

Proxies

     4   

1.12

  

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     5   

2.1

  

Powers

     5   

2.2

  

Number of Directors

     5   

2.3

  

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     5   

2.4

  

Resignation and Vacancies

     5   

2.5

  

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     6   

2.6

  

Conduct of Business

     6   

2.7

  

Regular Meetings

     6   

2.8

  

Special Meetings; Notice

     6   

2.9

  

Quorum; Voting

     7   

2.10

  

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     7   

2.11

  

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     7   

2.12

  

Removal of Directors

     7   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     8   

3.1

  

Committees of Directors

     8   

3.2

  

Committee Minutes

     8   

3.3

  

Meetings and Actions of Committees

     8   

3.4

  

Subcommittees

     9   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     9   

4.1

  

Officers

     9   

4.2

  

Appointment of Officers

     9   

4.3

  

Subordinate Officers

     9   

4.4

  

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     9   

4.5

  

Vacancies in Offices

     9   

4.6

  

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     9   

4.7

  

Authority and Duties of Officers

     9   

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     10   

5.1

  

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings

     10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

          Page  

5.2

  

Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company

     10   

5.3

  

Successful Defense

     10   

5.4

  

Indemnification of Others

     10   

5.5

  

Advanced Payment of Expenses

     10   

5.6

  

Limitation on Indemnification

     11   

5.7

  

Determination; Claim

     12   

5.8

  

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     12   

5.9

  

Insurance

     12   

5.10

  

Survival

     12   

5.11

  

Effect of Repeal or Modification

     12   

5.12

  

Certain Definitions

     12   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     13   

6.1

  

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     13   

6.2

  

Special Designation on Certificates

     13   

6.3

  

Lost Certificates

     14   

6.4

  

Dividends

     14   

6.5

  

Stock Transfer Agreements

     14   

6.6

  

Registered Stockholders

     14   

6.7

  

Transfers

     14   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     14   

7.1

  

Notice of Stockholder Meetings

     14   

7.2

  

Notice by Electronic Transmission

     15   

7.3

  

Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address

     15   

7.4

  

Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful

     16   

7.5

  

Waiver of Notice

     16   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     16   

8.1

  

Fiscal Year

     16   

8.2

  

Seal

     16   

8.3

  

Annual Report

     16   

8.4

  

Construction; Definitions

     16   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     16   


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy

 

1


holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

2


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action

 

3


were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11 Proxies.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed

 

4


in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The authorized number of directors of the Company shall be seven (7), as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors and the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors, and the holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors until such time as the holders of Series A Preferred shall have the right to elect such directors pursuant to Section 8B(iv)(a) of Part B of Article IV of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the

 

5


certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the holders of a majority of the shares of the class or series entitled to vote for the election of such director as provided in Section 2.2.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

6


(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, one-third (1/3) of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws any other agreements to which the Corporation is party or by which it is bound the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or any other agreements to which the Corporation is party or by which it is bound, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares of the class entitled to vote for the election of such director as provided in Section 2.2.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

7


ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

8


3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

9


ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Actual and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company

 

10


in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to section   5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

11


(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which

 

12


imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the

 

13


holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the

 

14


Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent

 

15


shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

Subject to the requirements of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, these bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its

 

16


certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

17

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

(initially adopted on June 25, 2010)

(as amended on              effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     5   

2.6

  

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

  

VOTING

     6   

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

  

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     8   

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

  

POWERS

     9   

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     13   

5.1

  

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     14   

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

     15   

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     15   

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     15   

6.3

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

     16   

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     16   

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     16   

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     17   

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     17   

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     17   

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     18   

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     18   

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     18   

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     19   

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     19   

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     20   

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     20   

8.5

  

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     20   

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     20   

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     21   

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     21   

8.9

  

INSURANCE

     21   

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

     22   

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     22   

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     22   

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

     22   

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     22   

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

     23   

9.3

  

SEAL

     23   

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     23   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     23   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS OF UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The board of directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. In the absence of such designation the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Tuesday of November of each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding business day. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. For purposes of these bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

 

-1-


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Whole Board or chief executive officer. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and

 

-2-


number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary

 

-3-


of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement

 

-4-


applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a

 

-5-


special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

-6-


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may

 

-7-


fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder's proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

-8-


Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

-9-


If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-10-


3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

-11-


3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the number of members of the board of directors or committee serving at the time constitutes a quorum. The writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee and such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

-12-


4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of

 

-13-


directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-14-


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or

 

-15-


218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-16-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

 

(i)

if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-17-


 

(ii)

if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

 

(iii)

if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

 

(iv)

if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall

 

-18-


be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-19-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

-20-


(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any

 

-21-


liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-22-


9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. The corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding common stock then entitled to vote shall be required to amend or repeal Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.10, Section 2.14, Section 3.4, Section 3.11 of these bylaws, or this sentence of this Article X.

 

-23-

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2010, by and among Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the Persons listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto (collectively referred to herein as the “ Investors ” and individually as an “ Investor ”) and the Persons listed on the Schedule of Other Shareholders attached hereto (collectively referred to herein as the “ Other Shareholders ” and individually as an “ Other Shareholder ”). The Company, the Investors and the Other Shareholders are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .” Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in Section 11 .

WHEREAS, the Parties are among the parties to a Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010 (the “ Recapitalization Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Investors shall purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Investors to enter into the Recapitalization Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is required to be executed and delivered at or prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and understandings contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Demand Registrations

1A. Requests for Registration . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time and from time to time following the earlier of the date on which the Company completes an initial public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act (an “ Initial Public Offering ”) and the date five (5) years after the date hereof, the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities then outstanding may (i) request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Investor Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”) in accordance with Section 1B or (ii) if available, request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Investor Registrable Securities on Form S-3 (including a Shelf Registration (as defined below)) or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”) in accordance with Section 1C . All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 1A by the holders of Registrable Securities are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be registered, the anticipated per share price range for such offering and the intended method of distribution. Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to the terms of Section 1D , shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

1B. Long-Form Registrations . The holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities then outstanding shall be entitled to two (2) Long-Form Registrations; provided that the aggregate

 

- 1 -


offering value of the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Long-Form Registration must be at least $25,000,000. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses with respect to Long-Form Registrations. A registration shall not count against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 1B until it has become effective and, in the case of the final Long-Form Registration provided for in this Section 1B , unless the holders of Investor Registrable Securities are able to register and sell at least eighty percent (80%) of the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; provided that the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Long-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration counts against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 1B ; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any Registration Expenses of any Long-Form Registrations if (i) the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be registered for reasons other than an adverse change in financial market conditions affecting the offering or any information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) the minimum offering conditions set forth in this Section 1B are no longer satisfied because of the number of holders of Registrable Securities who have withdrawn from the offering, in each case unless the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities agree that such withdrawn registration request nonetheless counts against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 1B ; provided further , that, if the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities do not agree that such withdrawn registration request nonetheless counts against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 1B , then all holders that have requested to have Registrable Securities included in such registration will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration. All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially requesting registration.

1C. Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1B , the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities then outstanding shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses; provided that the (i) aggregate offering value of the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Short-Form Registration must be at least $5,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) Demand Registrations in any twelve (12) month period. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Short-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration counts against the number of Short-Form Registrations in any twelve (12) month period provided for in this Section 1C ; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any Registration Expenses of any Short-Form Registrations if (i) the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be registered for reasons other than an adverse change in financial market conditions affecting the offering or any information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) the minimum offering conditions set forth in this Section 1C are no longer satisfied because of the number of holders of Registrable Securities who have withdrawn, in each case unless the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities agree that such withdrawn registration request nonetheless counts against the number of Short-Form Registrations in any twelve (12) month period provided for in this Section 1C ; provided further , that, if the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities do not agree that such withdrawn registration request nonetheless counts against such number of Short-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 1C , then all holders that have requested to have Registrable Securities included in such registration will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection therewith, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities requested by such holders to be included in such registration. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to use a Short-Form Registration. After the

 

- 2 -


Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities. If the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting a Short-Form Registration request that such registration be filed pursuant to Rule 415 (a “ Shelf Registration ”), and if the Company is qualified to do so, then the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing thereof. If for any reason the Company ceases to be a WKSI or becomes ineligible to utilize Form S-3, then the Company shall prepare and file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) one or more registration statements on such form that is available for the sale of Registrable Securities. All Short-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting registration.

1D. Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration that is an underwritten offering any securities that are held by an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person controlled by any such employee without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters and shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering within such price range, with priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, (ii)  second , the number of Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Other Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (iii)  third , any other securities requested to be included in such registration, the inclusion of which the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have consented to in writing, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

1E. Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the filing date of a registration statement on Form S-1 for its Initial Public Offering or within one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, or within one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration. The Company may postpone for up to one hundred twenty (120) days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company’s board of directors reasonably determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any material financing, sale, acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or securities, or any material recapitalization, merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization or similar material transaction; provided that in such event, the holders of Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request; provided further that, if a request for a

 

- 3 -


Long-Form Registration is so withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in Section 1B , and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.

1F. Selection of Underwriters . The Company shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the Company’s Initial Public Offering; provided that such selection is approved by the Company’s board of directors (including at least one Investor Director). If any Demand Registration (other than the Company’s Initial Public Offering) is an underwritten offering, then the Company shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer such offering, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

1G. Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise bound by, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as provided to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company to register any equity securities of the Company, or any securities, options or rights convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may grant rights to participate in any Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate in priority to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities with respect to Piggyback Registrations, as provided in Section 2C and Section 2D , and not otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 2. Piggyback Registrations .

2A. Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities for sale for cash under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration or a registration on Form S-8 or any successor form) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 2C and Section 2D , shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that the Company shall not include in any Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten offering any securities that are held by an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person controlled by any such employee without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters.

2B. Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations, whether or not any such registration has become effective.

2C. Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities which in

 

- 4 -


the opinion of the underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering at such price and with such timing or method of distribution, with priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii)  second , any Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, (iii)  third , any Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Other Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (iii)  fourth , any other securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

2D. Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registration . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities other than holders of Registrable Securities, and if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities which in the opinion of the underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering at such price and with such timing or method of distribution, with the priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (ii)  second , any Other Registrable Securities and any other securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

2E. Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, then the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration and the holders of a majority of the Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 3. Holdback Agreements .

3A. No holder of Registrable Securities shall (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) (collectively, “ Securities ”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “ Sale Transaction ”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, in any such case during the seven (7) days prior to and the one hundred eighty (180) day period beginning on the effective date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Holdback Period ”), except as part of such Initial Public Offering, unless the

 

- 5 -


underwriters managing the Initial Public Offering otherwise agree in writing. In connection with all underwritten Demand Registrations and underwritten Piggyback Registrations other than the Company’s Initial Public Offering, if the holders of Investor Registrable Securities execute a lock-up agreement providing for comparable restrictions (it being understood the holders of Investor Registrable Securities shall have no obligation to do so), then no holder of Other Registrable Securities shall effect any Sale Transaction during the seven (7) days prior to and the ninety (90) day period beginning on the effective date of such underwritten registration (the “ Following Holdback Period ”), except as part of such underwritten registration, unless the underwriters managing such registered public offering otherwise agree in writing. If requested by the managing underwriters, then each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute customary lock-up agreements consistent with the applicable foregoing obligations with the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten offering with a duration not to exceed the IPO Holdback Period or the Following Holdback Period, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3A shall not be applicable to or otherwise be binding on the holders of Investor Registrable Securities unless the Company complies with its obligations under Section 3B in connection with any such offering. If (X) the Company issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company occurs during the last seventeen (17) days of the IPO Holdback Period or any Following Holdback Period (as applicable) or (Y) prior to the expiration of the IPO Holdback Period or a Following Holdback Period (as applicable), the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16) day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering required hereunder to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) (or any successor thereto) the IPO Holdback Period or a Following Holdback Period (as applicable) will be extended until eighteen (18) days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be (a “ Holdback Extension ”). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of its common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction during any IPO Holdback Period, any Following Holdback Period or any period of Holdback Extension.

3B. The Company (i) shall not file any registration statement for any public sale or distribution of its Securities, or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any Sale Transaction, during the IPO Holdback Period, any Following Holdback Period or any period of Holdback Extension (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), and (ii) shall cause each of its executive officers and directors (other than the Investor Directors) and holders (other than the holders of Registrable Securities) of at least 2% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or having residual economic rights comparable to its Common Stock (other than holders that purchased shares solely in a registered public offering or in the public markets), to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during such periods (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing.

3C. If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1 or Section 2 , and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, then the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least ninety (90) days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

 

- 6 -


Section 4. Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities hereunder in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

4A. in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities laws, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that, before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and reasonable comment of such counsel);

4B. notify each holder of Registrable Securities of (i) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (ii) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (iii) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

4C. prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof as set forth in such registration statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, if earlier, the date as of which all of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration are able to be sold within a ninety (90) day period in compliance with Rule 144 (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of securities thereunder by any underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

4D. furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), each Free-Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

4E. use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided tha t the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 4E , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

- 7 -


4F. promptly notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (i) after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) after receipt thereof, of any request by the Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company promptly shall prepare, file with the Commission and furnish to each such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

4G. prepare and file promptly with the Commission, and notify such holders of Registrable Securities prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, when any event has occurred as the result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, if any such holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter for any such holders is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall prepare promptly upon request of any such holder or underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and such rules and regulations;

4H. cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

4I. provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

4J. enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration, the holders of a majority of the Other Registrable Securities included in such registration or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or reorganization and preparing for and participating in such number of “road shows,” investor presentations and marketing events as the underwriters managing such offering may reasonably request);

4K. make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information

 

- 8 -


reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

4L. take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Company in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

4M. otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158;

4N. permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its good faith judgment (based on the advice of counsel), could reasonably be expected to be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

4O. in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

4P. cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

4Q. cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriters or agents, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters, or agents, if any, or such holder may request;

4R. cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

4S. obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration reasonably request; and

4T. if requested by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration or required by the underwriters managing such offering, provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such

 

- 9 -


registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of Registrable Securities.

Section 5. Certain Obligations of Holders of Registrable Securities . Each holder of Registrable Securities that sells such securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement agrees as follows:

5A. Such holder (if such holder is an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates) shall cooperate with the Company (as reasonably requested by the Company) in connection with the preparation of the registration statement, and, for so long as the Company is obligated to file and keep effective such registration statement, each holder of Registrable Securities that is participating in such registration shall provide to the Company, in writing, for use in the applicable registration statement, all such information regarding such holder and its plan of distribution of such securities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Company to prepare the registration statement and prospectus covering such securities, to maintain the currency and effectiveness thereof and otherwise to comply with all applicable requirements of law in connection therewith.

5B. During such time as a holder of Registrable Securities may be engaged in a distribution of such securities, such holder shall distribute such securities under the registration statement solely in the manner described in the registration statement.

5C. Each Person that is participating in any registration under this Agreement, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4F , shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its securities of the Company pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4F . In the event the Company has given any such notice, the applicable time period set forth in Section 4C during which a registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 5C to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4F .

Section 6. Registration Expenses .

6A. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, filing expenses, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company as provided in this Agreement, and the Company also shall pay all of its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each seller of securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such seller’s account.

 

- 10 -


6B. In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Investor Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities requesting inclusion in such registration.

6C. To the extent any expenses relating to a registration hereunder are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included (or requested to be included) in any registration hereunder shall pay those expenses allocable to the registration (or proposed registration) of such holder’s securities so included (or requested to be included), and any expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities requested to be included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

Section 7. Indemnification .

7A. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, agents, affiliates and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following statements, omissions or violations by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and to pay to each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, agents, affiliates and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), as incurred, any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company or any managing underwriter by such holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify any underwriters or deemed underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities (or to such lesser extent that may be agreed to between the underwriters and the Company).

7B. In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company and the managing underwriter in writing such information and affidavits as the Company or the managing underwriter reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to

 

- 11 -


make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder expressly for use therein; provided that, in the event that a court of competent jurisdiction decides against any such allegations of untrue statements or omissions of a material fact, such holders shall be reimbursed for any amounts previously paid hereunder with respect to such allegations; provided further that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

7C. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration by such conflicting indemnified parties, at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

7D. Each Party agrees that, if for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 7A or Section 7B are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7D were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 7D . The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or, except as provided in Section 7C , defending any such action or claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The

 

- 12 -


sellers’ obligations in this Section 7D to contribute shall be several in proportion to the amount of securities registered by them and not joint and shall be limited for each seller to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration.

7E. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification and contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each holder of Registrable Securities also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonable requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such indemnified party in the event such Person’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

7F. No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

Section 8. Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters, provided that no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder, such holder’s title to the securities and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 7 , or to agree to any lock-up or holdback restrictions, except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 3A .

Section 9. Other Agreements . At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder and shall take such further action as the Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Persons to sell securities pursuant to (i) Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-3 or any similar registration form hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon reasonable request, the Company shall deliver to the Investors a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. The Company shall at all times after it has consummated an Initial Public Offering use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the securities so registered to be listed on one or more of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange and/or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Section 10. Subsidiary Public Offering . If, after an Initial Public Offering of the capital stock or other equity securities of one of its subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such subsidiary to its equity holders, then the rights of holders hereunder and the obligations of the Company pursuant to

 

- 13 -


this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to such subsidiary, and the Company shall cause such subsidiary to comply with such subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 11. Definitions

Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, no par value per share.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated from time-to-time thereunder.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free-Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Investor Directors ” has the meaning set forth in that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Parties and the other parties named therein.

Investor Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued to the Investors pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement or upon exercise of a Warrant issued pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement, (ii) any other securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities described in clause (i) of this definition by way of a stock dividend, stock distribution or stock split or in connection with an exchange or a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other securities of the Company held at any time by Persons holding securities described in clause (i) or (ii) of this definition. As to any particular Investor Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Investor Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) or repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary. As to any particular Investor Registrable Securities held by any Investor, such securities shall also cease to be Investor Registrable Securities when they have been distributed by such Investor following the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering to any of its direct or indirect partners or members or their affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Investor Registrable Securities and such Investor Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Investor Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Investor Registrable Securities hereunder.

Other Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock held by any Other Shareholder, and (ii) any other Common Stock issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities described in clause (i) of this definition by way of a stock dividend, stock distribution or stock split or in connection with an exchange or a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Other Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Other Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) or repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary. As to any particular Other Registrable Securities held by any Other Shareholder, such securities shall also cease to be Other Registrable Securities when they have been distributed by such Other Shareholder following the consummation of the Company’s Initial Public Offering to any of its direct or indirect partners or members or their affiliates.

 

- 14 -


Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Registrable Securities ” means, collectively, Investor Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities.

Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 158 ”, “ Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the Commission, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated from time-to-time thereunder.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A convertible preferred stock, no par value per share.

Subsidiaries ” has the meaning set forth in that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Parties and the other parties named therein.

WKSI ” means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined under Rule 405.

Section 12. Miscellaneous .

12A. No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

12B. Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The Parties agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in its favor, any Party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

12C. Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, or any provision of this Agreement may be waived, only upon the prior written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities; provided that to the extent any such amendment or waiver materially and adversely affects the specific rights of the holders of Other Registrable Securities in a manner differently than the holders of Investor Registrable Securities, such amendment or waiver shall not be binding on the holders of Other Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Other Registrable Securities (but with it being understood that the addition of other Persons as parties hereto, including in the capacity as Other Shareholders, in no event shall require the consent of any holders of Other Registrable Securities). No course of dealing between or among the Parties (including the failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement) shall be deemed effective to modify, amend, waive or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Party under or by reason of this Agreement, and the failure of any Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in

 

- 15 -


accordance with its terms. The waiver by any Party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach.

12D. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and all of the covenants and agreements contained herein and rights, interests or obligations hereunder, by or on behalf of any of the Parties hereto, shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto whether so expressed or not, except that neither this Agreement nor any of the covenants and agreements herein or rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by the Company, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities. Without limiting the foregoing, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Investor Registrable Securities or Other Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Investor Registrable Securities or (to the extent approved in writing by the Company) Other Registrable Securities.

12E. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by or illegal or unenforceable under applicable law in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only in such jurisdiction and to the extent of such prohibition or illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or any provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

12F. Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered in counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same Agreement ) by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf), shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original thereof and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any Party hereto, each other Party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other Parties. No Party hereto shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or document was transmitted or communicated through the use of facsimile machine as a defense to the formation of a contract, and each such Party forever waives any such defense.

12G. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include any gender or all three as appropriate.

12H. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter in any way.

12I. Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California.

 

- 16 -


12J. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given only (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one (1) business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) provided that confirmation of delivery is received, (iii) upon machine-generated acknowledgment of receipt after transmittal by facsimile (provided that a confirmation copy is sent via reputable overnight courier service for delivery within two (2) business days thereafter), or (iv) five (5) business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and postage prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Investors at the addresses set forth on the Schedule of Investors , to the Other Shareholders at the addresses set forth on the Schedule of Other Shareholders and to the Company at the address indicated below or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

Notices to the Company:

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Attention:         Chief Executive Officer

Telephone:       (408) 942-3085

Facsimile:          (408) 351-4973

12K. Rights Cumulative . The rights and remedies of each of the Parties under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which a Party would otherwise have hereunder at law or in equity or by statute, and no failure or delay by either party in exercising any right or remedy shall not impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, and neither shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude a Party’s other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

12L. No Strict Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

*    *    *    *    *

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Registration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY :

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Pera

 

Robert J. Pera

 

Chief Executive Officer

INVESTORS :

SUMMIT PARTNERS PRIVATE EQUITY FUND VII-A, L.P.

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Name: C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Title: Member

SUMMIT PARTNERS PRIVATE EQUITY FUND VII-B, L.P.

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Name: C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Title: Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed
or caused to be executed on their behalf this
Registration Agreement as of the date first written
above.

INVESTORS :

SUMMIT INVESTORS I, LLC

By:

 

Summit Investors Management, LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Partners, L.P.

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Master Company, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Name: C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Title: Member

SUMMIT INVESTORS I (UK), L.P.

By:

 

Summit Investors Management, LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Partners, L.P.

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Master Company, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Name: C.J. Fitzgerald

 

Title: Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Registration Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

OTHER SHAREHOLDERS :

/s/ Robert J. Pera

Robert J. Pera

/s/ Robert Fitzgerald

Robert Fitzgerald

/s/ Patrick G. Jabbaz

Patrick G. Jabbaz

/s/ John Sanford

John Sanford

CLEARVILLE LAND & TIMBER, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert Fitzgerald

Name:

 

Robert Fitzgerald

Its:

 

President

ASIAPACIFIC MATERIALS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert Fitzgerald

Name:

 

Robert Fitzgerald

Its:

 

President


SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-A, L.P.

Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-B, L.P.

Summit Investors I, LLC

Summit Investors I (UK), L.P.

 

Notice Address :

  

with a copy to :

c/o Summit Partners, L.P.

  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

499 Hamilton Avenue

  

300 North LaSalle Street

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:

  

C.J. Fitzgerald

  

Attention:

  

Ted H. Zook, P.C.

  

Leonard Ferrington

     

Brian C. Van Klompenberg, P.C.

Telephone:

  

(650) 321-1166

  

Telephone:

  

(312) 862-2000

Facsimile:

  

(650) 321-1188

  

Facsimile:

  

(312) 862-2200


SCHEDULE OF OTHER SHAREHOLDERS

Robert J. Pera

Robert Fitzgerald.

Patrick G. Jabbaz

John Sanford

   

Kestutis Barkaushas

Xuelain Chi

John Lin

Ben Moore

Andrew Poon

Sergio Sanchez

Joe Teng

Notice Address:

c/o Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Attention:         Chief Executive Officer

Telephone:       (408) 942-3085

Facsimile:         (408) 351-4973

Exhibit 4.3

EXECUTION COPY

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 2, 2010, by and among Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the Persons listed on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto (collectively referred to herein as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor ”). The Company and the Investors are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .” Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in Section 2 .

WHEREAS, the Parties are among the parties to a Stock Purchase and Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2010 (the “ Recapitalization Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Investors have agreed to purchase shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company, no par value per share (the “ Series A Preferred ”);

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Investors to enter into the Recapitalization Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, the Company has agreed to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Investors; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company is a condition to the obligations of the Investors to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and understandings contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Covenants .

1A. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Company shall deliver to each Investor (so long as such Investor holds any Series A Preferred or any Underlying Common Stock) and to each holder of at least five percent (5%) of the Series A Preferred or at least five percent (5%) of the Underlying Common Stock:

(i) as soon as available but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each monthly accounting period in each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity (or the equivalent) and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such monthly period and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end of such month, and an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such monthly period, setting forth for each monthly accounting period in each fiscal year comparisons to the Company’s annual budget and to the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, and all such statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments for recurring accruals of the types included in the audited financial statements of the Company in prior fiscal years), and shall be certified by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or in the event that there is no Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the President;

(ii) as soon as available but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity (or the equivalent) and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such quarterly period and for the period from the beginning of the fiscal year to the end


of such quarter, and an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarterly period, setting forth for each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year comparisons to the annual budget and to the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, and all such statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments for recurring accruals of the types included in the audited financial statements of the Company in prior fiscal years), and shall be certified by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or in the event that there is no Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the President;

(iii) as soon as available but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity (or the equivalent) and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, and a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, setting forth in each case comparisons to the annual budget and to the preceding fiscal year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and accompanied by (a) an unqualified opinion of the independent accounting firm for the Company and its Subsidiaries (which firm shall be PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, another “Big Four” accounting firm selected by the Audit Committee or another accounting firm selected by the Audit Committee and approved by the Investor Director then serving on the Audit Committee) and (b) a copy of such firm’s annual management letter to the Audit Committee;

(iv) promptly upon receipt thereof, any additional reports, management letters or other detailed information concerning significant aspects of the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ operations or financial affairs given to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by their independent accountants (and not otherwise contained in other materials provided hereunder or received by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”));

(v) at least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year after 2010, an annual budget and operating plan (as approved by the Board and at least one Investor Director) prepared on a monthly basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (displaying anticipated statements of income and cash flows and balance sheets), and promptly upon preparation thereof any other significant budgets or operating plans prepared by the Company or any Subsidiary and any revisions of such annual or other budgets or operating plans, and within thirty (30) days after any monthly period in which there is a material adverse deviation from the annual budget, a certificate explaining the deviation and what actions the Company and/or its Subsidiaries have taken and propose to take with respect thereto;

(vi) promptly (but in any event within fifteen (15) business days) after the discovery or receipt of notice of any Event of Noncompliance or any noncompliance or default under any agreement relating to the indebtedness of the Company or the filing or commencement of any material litigation or arbitration against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what actions the Company and/or its Subsidiaries have taken and propose to take with respect thereto; and

(vii) with reasonable promptness, such other information and financial data concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries as any Investor may reasonably request.

Except as otherwise required by law or judicial order or decree or by any Governmental Entity, each Person entitled to receive information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries under this Section 1A or Section 1B below shall use the same standards and controls which such Person uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information (but in no event less than reasonable care) to maintain

 

- 2 -


the confidentiality of all nonpublic information of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries obtained by it pursuant to this Section 1A or Section 1B below; provided that each such Person may disclose such information (a) to managers, partners, members directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees of such Person or its Affiliates, (b) in connection with enforcing such Person’s rights under this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby (including the Transaction Agreements), (c) as part of such Person’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal credit rating and pricing process), or in connection with such Person’s or its Affiliates’ normal fund raising and related marketing, or informational or reporting activities, or to such Person’s or its Affiliates’ auditors, accountants, attorneys or other agents, or (d) in connection with any proposed sale or transfer of any Equity Securities if such Person’s transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the confidentiality provisions hereof or another confidentiality agreement approved by the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, all holdings of Equity Securities by Persons who are Affiliates of each other shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting any threshold tests under this Agreement.

1B. Certain Inspection Rights . The Company shall permit any representatives designated by any Investor (so long as such Investor holds any Series A Preferred or any Underlying Common Stock) and any holder of at least five percent (5%) of the Series A Preferred or at least five percent (5%) of the Underlying Common Stock, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to (i) visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) examine the corporate, financial and other records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and, at such Investor’s expense, make a reasonable number of copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and (iii) consult with the directors, officers, managers, key employees and independent accountants of the Company and its Subsidiaries concerning the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The presentation of an executed copy of this Agreement by any Investor or any such holder of Series A Preferred or Underlying Common Stock to the independent accountants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall constitute permission to its independent accountants to participate in discussions with the Investors, such other holders of Series A Preferred or Underlying Common Stock or their respective officers, directors, managers, employees, agents or advisors.

1C. Certain Negative Covenants . While any Underlying Common Stock remains outstanding, the Company shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), unless it has received the prior written consent of the Majority Investors, take any action or permit any occurrence that requires the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred under Section 5C of Part B of Article III of the Articles of Incorporation (or that would have required such consent if any shares of Series A Preferred then remained outstanding).

1D. Public Disclosures . The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, disclose the name or identity of any Investor (or any Affiliate thereof) as an investor in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any press release or other public announcement or in any document or material filed with any Governmental Entity (other than tax filings in the ordinary course), without the prior written consent of such Investor, unless such disclosure is required by applicable law or governmental regulations or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, in which case prior to making such disclosure the Company shall give written notice to such Investor describing in reasonable detail the proposed content of such disclosure and shall permit such Investor to review and comment upon the form of substance of such disclosure.

Section 2. Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Articles of Incorporation ” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

- 3 -


Audit Committee ” has the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, no par value per share.

Equity Securities ” means (i) capital stock (including the Series A Preferred and the Common Stock) of, membership interests, partnership interests or other equity interests in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other debt or equity securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into such equity interests in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire such equity interests in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Event of Noncompliance ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

Investor Director ” has the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

Majority Investors ” means, as of the date of any determination, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred as of such date (or, if no Series A Preferred then remains outstanding, the holders of a majority of the Underlying Common Stock as of such date).

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a Governmental Entity.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Underlying Common Stock ” means (i) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred and (ii) any Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. For purposes of this Agreement, any Person who holds Series A Preferred shall be deemed to be the holder of the Underlying Common Stock obtainable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred in connection with the transfer thereof or otherwise regardless of any restriction or limitation on the conversion of the Series A Preferred, such Underlying Common Stock shall be deemed to be in existence, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Underlying Common Stock hereunder. As to any particular shares of Underlying Common Stock, such shares shall cease to be Underlying Common Stock when they have been (a) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, (b) distributed to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force) or (c) repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary.

Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to such term in the Recapitalization Agreement.

Section 3. Miscellaneous .

3A. Expenses . The Company shall pay, and hold each Investor and all holders of Series A Preferred and Underlying Common Stock harmless against liability for the payment of (i) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses of such Persons (including the fees and expenses of legal counsel or other third party advisors) arising in connection with (a) any completed or proposed financing, acquisition, merger, sale, recapitalization or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the rendering of any other services by such Persons or their respective Affiliates to the Company or any of its

 

- 4 -


Subsidiaries or (b) any amendments or waivers (whether or not the same become effective) under or in respect of the Transaction Agreements (including in connection with any completed or proposed acquisition, merger, sale or recapitalization or similar transaction by or involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), (ii) stamp and other taxes which may be payable in respect of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements or the agreements contemplated hereby or the issuance, delivery or acquisition of any shares of Series A Preferred or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, or (iii) the reasonable fees and expenses incurred by each such Person in any filing with any Governmental Entity with respect to its investment in the Company or in any other filing with any Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which mentions such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate of all payments made pursuant to one or more subsections of this Section 3A shall not exceed $250,000.

3B. Remedies . Each holder of Series A Preferred and Underlying Common Stock shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, the Articles of Incorporation and all rights and remedies which such holders have been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such holders have under applicable law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

3C. Consent to Amendments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended with the prior written consent of the Majority Investors and the Company. No other course of dealing between the Company and a holder of any Equity Securities or any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any other Transaction Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any such holders.

3D. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the Parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for any Investor’s benefit as an Investor or holder of Series A Preferred or Underlying Common Stock are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of such Series A Preferred or Underlying Common Stock.

3E. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

3F. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf)), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

3G. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the phrase “ordinary course of business” shall mean “ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, including with respect to frequency and quantity.” The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include any gender or all three as appropriate.

 

- 5 -


3H. Governing Law . The corporate law of the State of California shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights and obligations of the Company and its shareholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California.

3I. Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given only (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one (1) business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) provided that confirmation of delivery is received, (iii) upon machine-generated acknowledgment of receipt after transmittal by facsimile (provided that a confirmation copy is sent via reputable overnight courier service for delivery within two (2) business days thereafter), or (iv) five (5) business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and postage prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Investors at the addresses set forth on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto and to the Company at the address indicated below:

Notices to the Company:

 

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Attention:

  

Chief Executive Officer

Telephone:

  

(408) 942-3085

Facsimile:

  

(408) 351-4973

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

3J. No Strict Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Parties hereto intend that each covenant and agreement contained herein shall have independent significance. If any party has breached any covenant or agreement contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another covenant or agreement relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party is in breach of the first covenant or agreement.

3K. Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the other agreements and instruments referred to herein contain the complete agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any prior understandings, agreements and representations by or between the Parties hereto (whether written or oral) which may have related to the subject matter hereof or thereof in any way.

3L. Effectiveness of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Section 1A and Section 1B shall cease to be effective so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and continues to comply with such requirements. The provisions of Section 1C and Section 1D shall cease to be effective upon the earliest to occur of (i) the date the Company is subject to

 

- 6 -


the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, (ii) the acquisition of the Company in a transaction in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction hold less than a majority of the voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after such transaction and (iii) any other transaction resulting in a change of control of the Company.

* * * * *

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY :

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Pera

 

Robert J. Pera

 

Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

SUMMIT PARTNERS PRIVATE EQUITY

FUND VII-A, L.P.

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

Name:

 

C.J. Fitzgerald

Its:

 

Member

SUMMIT PARTNERS PRIVATE EQUITY
FUND VII-B, L.P.

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Summit Partners PE VII, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

Name:

 

C.J. Fitzgerald

Its:

 

Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

SUMMIT INVESTORS I, LLC

By:

 

Summit Investors Management, LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Partners, L.P.

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Master Company, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

Name:

 

C.J. Fitzgerald

Its:

 

Member

SUMMIT INVESTORS I (UK), L.P.

By:

 

Summit Investors Management, LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Partners, L.P.

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

Summit Master Company, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ C.J. Fitzgerald

Name:

 

C.J. Fitzgerald

Its:

 

Member


SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-A, L.P.

Summit Partners Private Equity Fund VII-B, L.P.

Summit Investors I, LLC

Summit Investors I (UK), L.P.

Notice Address :

c/o Summit Partners, L.P.

499 Hamilton Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Attention:

  

Peter Y. Chung

  

C.J. Fitzgerald

Telephone:

  

(650) 321-1166

Facsimile:

  

(650) 321-1188

with a copy to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:

  

Ted H. Zook, P.C.

  

Brian C. Van Klompenberg, P.C.

Telephone:

  

(312) 862-2000

Facsimile:

  

(312) 862-2200

Exhibit 10.1

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                               ,          , by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”, which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company), and                  (“ Indemnitee ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given such terms in Section 1 .

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for companies to attract and retain such persons;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee’s rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or revocation of any provision of the Company’s bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its board of directors (the “ Board ”));

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation expressly authorizes rights to indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”);

WHEREAS, the DGCL permits contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in accepting Indemnitee’s position as an officer or director of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.         Definitions .

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, including as a member of any committee thereof, (ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of clause (iii) of this definition, an officer or director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary (as defined below) shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

Entity ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

Expenses ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 and Section 10C of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors

 

- 1 -


(including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other reasonable disbursements and expenses.

Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3A below.

Indemnifiable Expenses ,” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3A below.

Indemnifiable Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3A below.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity.

Section 2.         Services of Indemnitee . In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

Section 3.         Agreement to Indemnify . The Company agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

3A.      Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4A below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all actual and reasonable Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,”

 

- 2 -


respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”) to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

3B.      Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4B below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

3C.      To the extent that Indemnitee is or was or is threatened to be made a witness to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

Section 4.         Exceptions to Indemnification . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Sections 3A and 3B above in all circumstances other than the following:

4A.      If indemnification is requested under Section 3A and it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

4B.      If indemnification is requested under Section 3B and

(i)        it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder;

(ii)       it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, including, without limitation, a claim that Indemnitee received an improper personal benefit, no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court of law or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses and then only to the extent that such court shall determine;

(iii)      the amounts for which indemnification is sought were paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending action without court approval;

(iv)      the expenses for which indemnification is sought were incurred in defending a pending action which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval;

(v)      the amounts for which indemnification is sought were for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemniee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

- 3 -


(vi)       the amounts for which indemnification is sought were for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); or

(vii)      if otherwise prohibited by applicable law.

4C.      Except as provided in Section 6 , any indemnification under Section 3A or 3B shall be made by the Company only if authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 3A or 3B , by any of the following: (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion; or (iv) by approval of the stockholders of the Company. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or Entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, and it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence. Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company or any Subsidiary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Company or any Subsidiary in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any Subsidiary, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any Subsidiary by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or any Subsidiary. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 5.       Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts . Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the request.

Section 6.       Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful on the merits in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful on the merits as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

- 4 -


Section 7.         Effect of Certain Resolutions . Neither the settlement nor termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

Section 8.         Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions . The Company shall pay to Indemnitee all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such Proceeding), including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as the same are incurred. To the extent required by the DGCL, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited and unsecured general obligation of Indemnitee and no interest shall be charged thereon.

Section 9.         Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses . Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the actual and reasonable Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with reasonable documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of such request.

Section 10.         Remedies of Indemnitee .

10A.       Right to Petition Court . In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Section 3 and Section 5 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 and Section 9 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition a court of law to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

10B.       Burden of Proof . In any judicial proceeding brought under Section 10A above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

10C.       Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 10A above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith, to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action.

10D.       Validity of Agreement . The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under Section 10A above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

10E.       Failure to Act Not a Defense . The failure of the Company (including its Board or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the

 

- 5 -


permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10A above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

Section 11.         Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

11A.       Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

11B.       Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

Section 12.         Independent Counsel . If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12 . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within sixty (60) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5 hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the state courts of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 4 hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 4 hereof and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 12 , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

- 6 -


Section 13.         Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability . If the indemnification provided for in Section 3 above for any reason other than the statutory limitations of applicable law or as provided in Section 4 , is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee, as the case may be (or would be jointly liable if joined), then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee thereunder, shall contribute to the amount actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee, and (b) the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the action or inaction that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee shall be determined by reference to, among other things, (i) whether an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or Indemnitee, (ii) the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, (iii) the degree to which the parties’ actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, (iv) the degree to which the parties’ liability is primary or secondary, and (v) the degree to which the parties’ conduct is active or passive. The Company and Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 13 were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this paragraph. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

Section 14.         Insurance . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain requisite directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage in effect at all times (subject to appropriate cost considerations) and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall at all times provide for indemnification and exculpation of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers and directors. The Company shall hereafter take all necessary or desirable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Indemnifiable Amounts in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided that nothing in this Section 14 shall affect the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or the Company’s obligations to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner as provided.

Section 15.         Miscellaneous .

15A.       Duration . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, serving at the request of the Company, as applicable; or (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10A of this Agreement relating thereto.

15B.       Contract Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company’s Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity

 

- 7 -


and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a director or officer of the Company.

15C.       Successors . This Agreement shall be (i) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (ii) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and, after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

15D.       Subrogation . In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request and expense of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such subrogation rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

15E.       Change in Law . To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended to such extent.

15F.       Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person, Entity or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by, illegal or unenforceable under applicable law in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

15G.       Indemnitee as Plaintiff . Except as provided in Section 10C of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless such Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section 15G shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in any Proceeding brought against Indemnitee.

15H.       Modifications and Waiver . Except as provided in Section 15E above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

15I.       Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given only (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one (1) business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) provided that confirmation of delivery is received, (iii) upon machine-generated acknowledgment of receipt after transmittal by facsimile (provided that a confirmation copy is sent via reputable overnight courier service for delivery within two (2) business days thereafter), or (iv) five (5) business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and postage prepaid). Such notices, demands and other

 

- 8 -


communications shall be sent to the Company and the Indemnitee and their respective addresses indicated below or to such other address or to the attention of such other person or Entity as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

(i)

   If to Indemnitee, to:
  

Telephone:

  

(    )    -

  

Facsimile:

  

(    )    -

(ii)

   If to the Company, to:
   Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
   91 East Tasman Drive
   San Jose, CA 95134
  

Attention:

   Chief Executive Officer
  

Telephone:

   (408) 942-3085
  

Facsimile:

   (408) 351-4973
  

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

   Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
   650 Page Mill Road
   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn:       Robert P. Latta
  

               Julia Reigel

  

Telephone:

   (650) 493-9300
  

Facsimile:

   (650) 493-6811

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

15J.       Governing Law . All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

15K.       Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered in counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same Agreement) by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf), shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original thereof and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of either party hereto, the other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to such party. No party hereto shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or document was transmitted or communicated through the use of facsimile machine as a defense to the formation of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

- 9 -


15L.       Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The headings and captions used in this Agreement and the table of contents to this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used in any schedule or exhibit attached hereto and not otherwise defined therein shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include any gender or all three as appropriate.

15M.       Third Party Beneficiaries . No party other than Indemnitee is a third party beneficiary to this Agreement and is entitled to the rights and benefits hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if it were a party hereto.

*    *    *    *    *

 

- 10 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

Print Name:

 

- 11 -

Exhibit 10.2

Pera Networks, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan

1. Purpose . The purpose of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Pera Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options, Restricted Stock, and Stock Bonuses. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 23.

2. Shares Subject to the Plan .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Section 2.2 and 18, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan shall be four million ten thousand five hundred (4,010,500) Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 18, Shares shall again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under the Plan that: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Option; (b) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but are forfeited; or (c) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. Subject to adjustment under Section 2.2, a maximum of ten million (10,000,000) Shares may be issued under the Plan through incentive stock options and no individual may receive Awards during any one fiscal year of more than four million ten thousand five hundred (4,010,500) Shares hereunder.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options; and (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the shareholder of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws.

3. Eligibility . ISOs (as defined in Section 5 below) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company, or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. All other Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, such consultants and advisors tender bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. A person may be granted more than one Award under the Plan

4. Administration .

4.1 Committee Authority . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of the


Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee shall have full power to implement and carry out the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to: (a) construe and interpret the Plan, any Award Agreement and other agreement or document executed pursuant to the Plan; (a) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (b) select persons to receive Awards; (c) determine the form and terms of Awards; (d) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards; (e) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternative to, other Awards under the Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company; (f) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions; (g) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards; (h) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement; (i) determine whether an Award has been earned; and (j) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

4.2 Committee Discretion . Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding on the company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under the Plan to Participants who are not Insiders of the Company.

4.3 Exchange Act Requirements . If the Company is subject to the Exchange Act, the Company will take appropriate steps to comply with the disinterested director requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, including but not limited to, the appointment by the Board of a Committee consisting of not less than two (2) persons (who are members of the Board), each of whom is a Disinterested Person.

5. Options . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons and shall determine whether such Options shall be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

5.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall expressly identify the Option as an ISO or NSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and which shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option shall be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of the Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3 Exercise Period . Options shall be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however ,

 

-2-


that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration for ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, and provided further that no Option granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Shareholder ”) shall be exercisable after the expiration for five (5) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for the Options to become exercisable at the time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of percentage as the Committee determines.

5.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price shall be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; provided that (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; and (ii) the Exercise Price of any Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

5.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with appropriate payment of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

5.6 Termination . Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in Option the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option shall always be subject to the following:

(a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date, and no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(b) If the Participant is terminated because of death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months of such termination), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options; provided, however, that in the event of termination due to Disability other than as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, any ISO that remains exercisable after ninety (90) days after the date of termination shall be deemed a NSO.

5.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option; provided, however ,

 

-3-


that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Affiliate, Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year shall be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year shall be NSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of the Plan to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit shall be automatically incorporated herein and shall apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefore; provided, however , that any such action may not, without the written consent of Participant, impair any of the Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered shall be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of the Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.

5.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, no term of the Plan relating to ISOs shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

6. Restricted Stock . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to restrictions. The Committee shall determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the price to be paid (the “ Purchase Price ”), the restrictions to which the Shares shall be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

6.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The offer of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for

 

-4-


the shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days, then the offer shall terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

6.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee and shall be at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted, except in the case of a sale to a Ten Percent Shareholder, in which case the Purchase Price shall be one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value. Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan.

6.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose. The Committee may provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions, in whole or in part, based on length of service, performance or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine. Restricted Stock Awards the Committee intends to qualify under Code section 162(m) shall be subject to a performance-based goal. Restrictions on such stock shall lapse based on one or more of the following performance goals: stock price, market share, sales increases, earning per share, return on equity, cost reductions, or any other similar performance measure established by the Committee. Such performance measures shall be established by the Committee, in writing, no later than the earlier of (a) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the performance period with respect to which the Restricted Stock award is made and (b) the date as of which twenty-five percent (25%) of such performance period has elapsed.

7. Stock Bonuses .

7.1 Awards of Stock Bon uses . A Stock Bonus is an award of Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock) for services rendered to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. A Stock Bonus may be awarded for past services already rendered to the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an Award Agreement (the “ Stock Bonus Agreement ”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan subject to Section 7.2 herein, a Stock Bonus may be awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals as are set out in advance in Participant’s individual Award Agreement (the “ Performance Stock Bonus Agreement ”) that shall be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee shall from time to time approve, and shall comply with and be subject to the terms and consideration of the Plan. Stock Bonuses may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants, and may be based upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine.

7.2 Code Section 162(m) . A Stock Bonus that the Committee intends to qualify for the performance-based exception under Code section 162(m) shall only be awarded based upon the attainment of one or more of the following performance goals: stock price, market share, sales increases, earning per share, return on equity, cost reductions, or any other similar performance measure established by the Committee. Such performance measures shall be established by the

 

-5-


Committee, in writing, no later than the earlier of: (a) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the performance period with respect to which the Stock Bonus award is made; and (b) the date as of which twenty-five percent (25%) of such performance period has elapsed.

7.3 Terms of Stock Bonuses . The Committee shall determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant and whether such Shares shall be Restricted Stock. If the Stock Bonus is being earned upon the satisfaction of performance goals pursuant to a Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, then the Committee shall determine: (a) the nature, length and starting date of any period during which performance is to be measured (the “ Performance Period ”) for each Stock Bonus; (b) the performance goals and criteria to be used to measure the performance, if any; (c) the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant; and (d) the extent to which such Stock Bonuses have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonuses that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria. The number of Shares may be fixed or may vary in accordance with such performance goals and with criteria as may be determined by the Committee. The Committee may adjust the performance goals applicable to the Stock Bonuses to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual times, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships.

7.4 Form of Payment . The earned portion of a Stock Bonus may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee may determine. Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares including Restricted Stock, or a combination thereof, either in a lump sum payment or in installments, all as the Committee shall determine.

7.5 Termination During Performance Period . If a Participant is Terminated during a Performance Period for any reason, then such Participant shall be entitled to payment (whether in Shares, cash or otherwise) with respect to the Stock Bonus only to the extent earned as of the date of Termination in accordance with the Performance Stock Bonus Agreement, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise.

8. Payment For Share Purchases .

8.1 Payment . Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to the Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) By cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

(b) By surrender of Shares that either (1) have been owned by Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such Shares); or (2) were obtained by Participant in the public market;

 

-6-


(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided, however, that Participants who are not employees of the Company shall not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares.

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

(e) by tender of property;

(f) with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists:

(1) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably omits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(2) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the exercise price directly to the Company; or

(g) with respect to purchases upon exercise of an Option:

(1) In the event that the Option is exercised immediately prior to the closing by the Company of a Corporate Transaction as defined in Section 18.1 below, or the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), in lieu of exercising the Option in the manner provided above, the Participant may elect to receive shares equal to the value of the Option (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of the Option at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A – B)

        A

Where X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Participant.

            Y = The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Option (at the date of such calculation).

 

-7-


            A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock (at the date of such calculation).

            B = The Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

(2) For purposes of this Section (g), the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall be the price per share which the Company receives for a single share of Common Stock in the Corporate Transaction, or, if the Option is exercised in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock shall be equal to the mid-price of the range of prices set forth in the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering or, if a subsequent amendment thereto sets forth a different range of prices (other than a “pricing amendment” setting forth s single, final price) then the mid-price of the range of prices set forth in such amendment; or

(h) by any combination of the foregoing.

8.2 Loan Guaranties . The Committee may help the Participant pay for Shares purchased under the Plan by authorizing a guaranty by the Company of a third-party loan to the Participant.

9. Withholding Taxes .

9.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under the Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under the Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash, such payment shall be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

9.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the grant, exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “ Tax Date ”). All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee and shall be subject to the following restrictions:

(a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date;

(b) once made, then except as provided below, the election shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made;

(c) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Committee;

 

-8-


(d) if the Participant is an Insider and if the Company is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act: (1) the election may not be made within six (6) months of the date of grant of the Award, except as otherwise permitted by SEC Rule 16b-3(e) under the Exchange Act, and (2) either (A) the election to use stock withholding must be irrevocably made at least six (6) months prior to the Tax Date (although such election may be revoked at any time at least six (6) months prior to the Tax Date), or (B) the exercise of the Option or election to use stock withholding must be made in the ten (10) day period beginning on the third day following the release of the Company’s quarterly or annual summary statement of sales or earnings; and

(e) In the event that the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the exercise occurs, but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

10. Privileges of Stock Ownership .

10.1 Voting and Dividends . No Participant shall have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant shall be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, however , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.

11. Transferability . Awards granted under the Plan, and any interest therein, shall not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as consistent with the specific Plan and Award Agreement provisions relating thereto. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award shall be exercisable only by the Participant, and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant.

12. Restrictions on Shares . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party.

13. Certificates . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restriction as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed.

14. Escrow; Pledge of Shares . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in

 

-9-


blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as a partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under the Plan shall be required to place and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company shall have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant shall be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

15. Exchange and Buyout of Awards . The Committee may, at any time, or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant shall agree.

16. Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance .

16.1 Securities and Corporate Law . An Award shall not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company shall be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company shall have no liability for inability or failure to do so.

16.2 Deferred Compensation Tax Compliance . The Plan and the Awards granted under the Plan shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code dealing with nonqualified deferred compensation plans, including the distribution, acceleration of benefits and deferral election requirements, as those may be interpreted and applied.

17. No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the

 

-10-


Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause or notice.

18. Corporate Transactions .

18.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor . In the event of (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the shareholders of the company and the Awards granted under the Plan are assumed or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption shall be binding on all Participants); (b) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (c) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (d) upon the acquisition of stock representing more than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the stock of the Company (a “ Corporate Transaction ”) then outstanding by another entity or person, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to shareholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant.

In the events such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Options, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Board or Committee, as applicable, may upon written notice to the affected Grantee, provide that, upon a Corporate Transaction (a) all or a portion of a Grantee’s Option, whether or not exercisable on the date of such Corporate Transaction, shall accelerate and thereupon be fully exercisable and vested in whole or in part, and the holders thereof shall be provided notice of such acceleration and an opportunity to exercise the Options in full in the transaction, and such Options shall expire in such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Board shall determine; (b) all or a portion of a Grantee’s Restricted Shares or Stock Bonus that were forfeitable shall thereupon become non-forfeitable and vested in whole or in part; or (c) the unvested portion of a Grantee’s Option shall expire in such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Board shall determine. The Board or Committee, as applicable, may take this action despite the fact that it may disqualify all or a part of an Option as an Incentive Stock Option. The instrument evidencing any Option may also provide for such acceleration of otherwise unexercisable portion of the Option upon other specified events or occurrences, such as involuntary terminations of the option holder’s employment following certain changes in the control of the Company.

18.2 Other Treatment of Awards . Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 18, in the event of the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, any outstanding Awards shall be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution liquidation, sale of assets or other “corporate transaction.”

 

-11-


18.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under the Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under the Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under the Plan. Such substitution or assumption shall be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under the Plan if the other company had applied the rules of the Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award shall remain unchanged ( except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted approximately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

19. Adoption and Shareholder Approval . The Plan shall become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan shall be approved by the shareholder of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option may be exercised prior to initial shareholder approval of the Plan; (b) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the shareholders of the Company; and (c) in the event that shareholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be cancelled, any Shares issued pursuant to any Award shall be cancelled and any purchase of Shares hereunder shall be rescinded. After the Company becomes subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the company will comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, with respect to shareholder approval.

20. Term of Plan . The Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of shareholder approval of the Plan.

21. Amendment or Termination of Plan . The Board may at any time terminate or amend the Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, amend the Plan in any manner that requires such shareholder approval pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans or pursuant to the Exchange Act or Rule 16b-3 (or its successor), as amended, thereunder.

22. Nonexclusively of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the plan shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and bonuses otherwise than under the plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

23. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

-12-


Affiliate ” means any corporation that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another corporation, where “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to cause the direction of the management and policies of the corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option, restricted stock purchase and stock bonus plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any stock exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options, Restricted Stock or Stock Bonuses are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

Award ” means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock or Stock Bonus.

Award Agreement ” means with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the laws of the State of California, or any successor corporation.

Company ” means Pera Networks, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California, or any successor corporation.

Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company, whether compensated for such services or not.

Continuous Status ” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Status.

Director ” means a member of the Board.

Disability ” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

Disinterested Person ” means a director who has not, during the period that person is a member of the Committee, been granted or awarded equity securities pursuant to the Plan or any

 

-13-


other plan of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 16b-3(c)(2)(i) (and any successor regulation thereto) as promulgated by the SEC under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such rule is amended from time to time and as interpreted by the SEC.

Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Committee in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exercise Price ” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, its last reported sale price on the Nasdaq National Market or, if no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, the last reported sale price or, if no such reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading;

(c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, as reported by The Wall Street Journal, for the over-the-counter market; or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

Insider ” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Award under the Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%), or more, of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

-14-


Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if at the time of the granting of an Award under the Plan, each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%), or more, of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under the Plan.

Plan ” means this Pera Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 15, and any successor security.

Stock Bonus ” means an award of Shares, or cash in lieu of Shares, pursuant to Section 7.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%), or more, of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such claim.

Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of the Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has ceased to provide services as an employee, director, consultant or adviser, to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, except in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided, however, that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, or reinstatement upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

-15-


THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE LAW.

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Optionee’s Name and Address:

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

You have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

   _________________   

Date of Grant

   _________________   

Vesting Commencement Date

   _________________   

Exercise Price per Share (“Purchase Price”)

   _________________   

Total Number of Shares Granted

   _________________    (the “ Shares ”)

Total Exercise Price

   _________________   

Type of Option (ISO or NSO)

   _________________   

Term/Expiration Date

     

(ten years after grant):

   _________________   

AGREEMENT

 

1. Vesting Schedule :

Subject to other limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time; provided, that any Shares purchased under this Option shall be subject to the terms of the repurchase right set forth in the form of exercise notice attached hereto until such time as they vest, and provided further, that after Optionee’s Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant is terminated, Optionee may not elect to exercise any portion of the Option which remains subject to any repurchase rights.

The repurchase right shall lapse and the Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in Shares purchased hereunder in accordance with the following schedule:


One-fourth of the shares will vest after one year of full-time employment. Thereafter, shares will vest at a rate of one-sixteenth per quarter under full-time employment, until fully vested, unless vesting ceases as set forth in the Plan or this Stock Option Agreement.

 

2. Termination Period . This Option may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of the Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship, or such longer period as may be applicable upon death or disability of Optionee as provided in the Agreement (“ Termination Period ”). In the event of the Optionee’s change in status from employee to consultant or consultant to employee, this Option Agreement shall terminate unless the Company notifies Optionee that the Option shall remain in effect; provided, however, that in the event of a change in status from employee to consultant, Optionee’s Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the first day following the three-month period after such change in status. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

3. Grant of Option . Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the one hundred thousand dollar ($100,000) annual vesting limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code, this Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

4. Exercise of Option .

a. Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant, this Option shall be exercisable in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. This Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 18 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of certain corporate transactions such as mergers, reorganizations and the like.

b. Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of an Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. Such Exercise Notice shall

 

-2-


be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes, the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

c. Taxes . No Shares will be issued to the Optionee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Optionee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of foreign, federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations.

d. Whole Shares . This option may not be exercised for any number of shares which could require the issuance of anything other than whole shares.

 

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee, provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate an Applicable Law:

a. cash;

b. check;

c. promissory note, accompanied by an executed pledge agreement, in forms acceptable to the Company;

d. payment pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board which, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

e. delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the Exercise Price.

f. If at the time of exercise the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in the Wall Street Journal, payment of the exercise price, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, may be made by delivery of already owned shares of Common Stock, or a combination of cash and already owned Common Stock. Such Common Stock shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) on its date of exercise, and (ii) if originally acquired from the Company, must have been owned by Optionee for at least six months and be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests.

 

-3-


6. Optionee’s Representations . By receipt of this Option, by its execution, and by its exercise in whole or in part, Optionee represents to the Company that:

a. Optionee acknowledges that both this Option and any Shares purchased upon its exercise are securities, the issuance by the Company of which requires compliance with federal and state securities laws;

b. Optionee acknowledges that these securities are made available to Optionee only on the condition that Optionee makes the representations contained in this Section to the Company;

c. Optionee has made a reasonable investigation of the affairs of the Company sufficient to be well informed as to the rights and the value of these securities;

d. Optionee understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Act ”), or any applicable state law in reliance upon one or more specific exemptions contained in the Act and any applicable state law, which may include reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Act, if available, or which may depend upon (i) Optionee’s bona fide investment intention in acquiring these securities; (ii) Optionee’s intention to hold these securities in compliance with federal and state securities laws; (iii) Optionee having no present intention of selling or transferring any part thereof (recognizing that the Option is not transferable) in violation of applicable federal and state securities laws; and (iv) there being certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares subject to the Option;

e. Optionee understands that the Shares subject to this Option, in addition to other restrictions on transfer, must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and any applicable state law, or unless an exemption from registration is available; that Rule 144, the usual exemption from registration under the Act, is only available after the satisfaction of certain holding periods and in the presence of a public market for the Shares; that there is no certainty that a public market for the Shares will exist, and that otherwise it will be necessary that the Shares be sold pursuant to another exemption from registration which may be difficult to satisfy; and

f. Optionee understands that the certificate representing the Shares will bear a legend prohibiting their transfer in the absence of their registration or the opinion of counsel for the Company that registration is not required.

 

7. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. In addition, this Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.

 

8.

Termination of Relationship . In the event the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant terminates, the Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period. Except as provided in the following Sections concerning death and disability, to the

 

-4-


extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option on the Termination Date, or if the Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

9. Disability of Optionee . In the event the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant terminates as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the Termination Date (and in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the ninety-first (91st) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date, or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

10. Death of Optionee . In the event of the Optionee’s death, including the Optionee’s death within three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination of Continuous Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant for any other reason, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death (and in no event later than the Term/Expiration Date), by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent the Optionee could exercise the Option at the date of death.

 

11. Transferability of Option . This Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. This Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option, may be transferred by the Optionee only in a manner and to the extent acceptable to the Administrator as evidenced by a writing signed by the Administrator on behalf of the Company and the Optionee consenting to such transfer, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

 

12. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

13. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option Agreement of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

-5-


a. Incentive Stock Options .

i. Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

ii. Exercise of Incentive Stock Option Following Disability . If the Optionee’s Continuous Status as an employee, director or consultant terminates as a result of disability that is not total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an Incentive Stock Option within 90 days of such termination for the Incentive Stock Option to be qualified as an Incentive Stock Option.

iii. Disposition of Shares . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares received on exercise of the Option are held for at least one year after receipt of the Shares and for at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares would be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within the one-year or two-year periods described above, then under federal tax law any gain realized on such disposition would be treated as compensation income taxable at ordinary income rates to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.

b. Non-Qualified Stock Options .

i. Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Options . There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Optionee would generally recognize compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an employee or a former employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

ii. Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than 12 months, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

14. Transfer Restrictions .

a. Restriction on Transfer . Upon exercise of the Option, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to any

 

-6-


restrictions or repurchase rights contained herein. Subject to subparagraph (b) below, such restrictions on transfer (other than those required by the Company to comply with applicable law), however, shall not be applicable to (i) a transfer by gift of the Shares made to the Optionee’s spouse or children, including adopted children, or to a trust for the exclusive benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee’s spouse or children, or (ii) a transfer of title to the Shares effected pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of intestate succession.

b. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in subparagraph (a) above must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, be required to acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent that such shares would be so subject if retained by the Optionee.

 

15. Market Standoff . In connection with the initial underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Act, a person shall not sell, or make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares issued pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. The Company and its underwriters may request such additional written agreements in furtherance of such standoff in the form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and such underwriters. Any Shares issued under this Option shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LOCK-UP RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL HOLDER HEREOF AND THE COMPANY.

 

16. Option Not Service Contract . This option is not an employment contract and nothing in this option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company, or of the Company to continue your employment with the Company. In addition, nothing in this option shall obligate the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or their respective stockholders, Board of Directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship which you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or Affiliate of the Company.

 

17. Notices . Any notices provided for in this option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the address specified below or at such other address as you hereafter designate by written notice to the Company.

 

18.

Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms in this Option Agreement shall, unless otherwise specifically indicated, have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the

 

-7-


 

entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by California law as it applies to contracts entered into and to be performed entirely within that state.

 

19. Headings . The captions used in this Option are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this Option for construction or interpretation.

 

20. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Board or the Administrator that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such dispute by the Board or the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.
By:    
     
Name and Title

 

-8-


OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE OPTION HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING CONSULTANCY OR EMPLOYMENT AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT, NOR IN THE COMPANY’S 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, SHALL CONFER UPON OPTIONEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY BY THE COMPANY, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTANCY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

Optionee acknowledges that this Option Agreement is in lieu of and supersedes and replaces all previous commitments, undertakings or promises with regard to the option granted hereby.

 

Dated: ______________________________     Signed:        
    Name of Optionee:    
    Residence Address:    
             
             

 

 

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.3

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

 

 

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

 

 

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

 

 

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

-2-


(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Event of Noncompliance ” has the meaning set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.

(p) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other Person selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(r) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

-3-


(s) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.

(t) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee or Consultant.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(y) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(z) “ Performance Share ” shall mean a performance share Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 10.

(aa) “ Performance Unit ” means a performance unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.

(bb) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(cc) “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(ee) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(gg) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(hh) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan.

(ii) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

-4-


(jj) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is equal to (i) 3,200,000 Shares, plus (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2005 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2005 Plan that are forfeited to (but not repurchased by) the Company, with the maximum number of such Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clause (ii) equal to 2,118,100 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2013 Fiscal Year (i.e., the Fiscal Year commencing July 1, 2012), in an amount equal to the least of (i) 3,200,000 Shares, (ii) five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such lesser number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . Shares that have been actually issued under the Plan under any Award or Shares that are or have been subject to an Award granted under the Plan will reduce the number of Shares available for future grant or issuance (including availability to be subject to any Award) and shall not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that to the extent an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased for an amount equal to its issuance cost by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Shares the forfeited or repurchased at issuance cost Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights and net-exercised Options, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights and net-exercised Options will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares retained to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 16, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(c). Any payout of Performance Units, because they are payable only in cash, shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Conversely, any forfeiture of Performance Units shall not increase the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

-5-


(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

-6-


(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 23(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 17;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of

 

-7-


grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

-8-


An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 16 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may

 

-9-


be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

-10-


8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

-11-


(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Performance Share award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Shares. Performance Shares shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the equivalent of one Share for purposes of determining the number of Shares subject to an Award. Until the Shares are issued, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the units to acquire Shares.

(b) Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Shares granted under the Plan. Performance Share grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Shares Award Agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(c) Performance Share Award Agreement . Each Performance Share grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

 

-12-


11. Performance Units .

(a) Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units are similar to Performance Shares, except that they shall be settled in a cash equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, determined as of the vesting date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the cash equivalent of one Share of Common Stock. No right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Performance Units or the cash payable thereunder.

(b) Number of Performance Units . The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units granted to any Participant.

(c) Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Units granted under the Plan. Performance Unit grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the grant is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Unit agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the units awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(d) Performance Unit Award Agreement . Each Performance Unit grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

12. Automatic Stock Option Grants to Outside Directors .

(a) Procedure for Grants . All grants of Options to Outside Directors under this section shall be automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.

(ii) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 21,000 Shares (the “First Option”) upon the date on which such person first becomes a Director following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Shares, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy.

(iii) At each of the Company’s annual stockholder meetings, commencing in 2012, each Outside Director who was also an Outside Director six months prior to the annual

 

-13-


stockholder meeting shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 7,000 Shares (the “Annual Option”).

(iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (ii) and (iii) hereof, in the event that an automatic grant hereunder would cause the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon exercise of Options to exceed the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, then each such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for grant by the number of Outside Directors on the automatic grant date. Any further grants shall then be deferred until such time, if any, as additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan.

(v) The terms of an Option granted hereunder shall be as follows:

(1) the term of the Option shall be ten (10) years.

(2) the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in subsection (c) hereof.

(3) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Option.

(4) the First Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/36th of the covered Shares each month following the grant date, so as to become 100% vested on the three-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant remaining a Director on each vesting date.

(5) the Annual Option shall vest and become exercisable at to 1/12th of the covered Shares each month following the grant date, so as to become 100% vested on the one year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant remaining a Director on each vesting date.

(b) Consideration for Exercising Outside Director Stock Options . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an automatic Outside Director Option shall consist entirely of cash, check, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required to pay the exercise price, or any combination of such methods of payment.

(c) Post-Directorship Exercisability . If an Outside Director ceases to serve as a Director, (including pursuant to his or her death or Disability) he or she may, but only within 180 days after the date he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

-14-


13. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

15. Limited Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted under Applicable Laws.

16. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control; Approved Sale .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments shall be made in respect of any dividends (other than dividends in Shares) accrued, declared or payable on preferred securities of the Company and no adjustments need be made (but in the Administrator’s discretion may be made) in the event of non-liquidating dividends declared and paid in respect of the Company’s Common Stock.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable

 

-15-


prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 16(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, including Performance Shares and Performance Units, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 16(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the

 

-16-


consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 16(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 16(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for in a merger or Change in Control, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such voluntary resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Outside Director will immediately vest 100% in all such Awards.

17. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Except with respect to net withholding, which shall be at the minimum statutory rate, the amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount

 

-17-


which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

18. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

19. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

20. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 24 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 23, it will continue in effect through February 7, 2021, which is ten years following the date of Board reapproval in 2011.

21. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-18-


23. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

24. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

25. Dodd-Frank Clawback . In the event that the Company is required to restate its audited financial statements due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, each current or former executive officer Participant shall be required to immediately repay the Company any compensation they received pursuant to Awards hereunder during the three-year period preceding the date upon which the Company is required to prepare the restatement that is in excess of what would have been paid to the executive officer Participant under the restated financial statement, in accordance with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder. Any amount required to be repaid hereunder shall be determined by the Board or its Committee in its sole discretion, unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, and shall be binding on all current and former executive officer Participants.

 

-19-


UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  

                                                             

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

                                                             

  

Exercise Price per Share:

  

$                                                            

  

Total Number of Shares Granted:

  

                                                             

  

Total Exercise Price :

  

$                                                            

  

Type of Option:

  

          Incentive Stock Option

  
  

          Nonstatutory Stock Option

  

Term/Expiration Date:

  

                                                             

  

Vesting Schedule:

  

                                                             

  

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for [twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-2-


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

 

-3-


(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

-4-


9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS

 

-5-


CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

 

Signature

 

 

By

 

Print Name

 

 

Print Name

 

 

 

Title

 

Residence Address

 

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

Attention: President

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                      ,          , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                       ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the


Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of

 

-3-


this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

 

Accepted by:

PARTICIPANT

 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

 

Signature

 

 

By

 

Print Name

 

 

Print Name

 

 

Title

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

   :   

COMPANY

  

:

  

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

SECURITY

  

:

  

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

  

:

  

DATE

  

:

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

Signature

 

 

Print Name

 

 

Date

 

-2-


UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant

  

 

  

Vesting Commencement Date

  

 

  

Number of Restricted Stock Units

  

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE.]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units in Part I of this Award Agreement (“Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested

 

-1-


in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act at the time the Restricted Stock Units are paid to Participant, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the receipt of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

4. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.

5. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Unit Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be bound by this Section 5.

 

-2-


6. Payment after Vesting .

(a) General Rule . Subject to Section 10, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 6(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the vesting date or (ii) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

(b) Acceleration .

(i) Discretionary Acceleration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan, this Award Agreement, or any other plan or agreement to the contrary, if the Administrator, in its discretion, accelerates the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, Section 7, and Section 10, the payment of such accelerated portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the new vesting date, but, except as provided in this Award Agreement, in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the vesting date or (ii) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the applicable vesting date; provided, however, if the Award is “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final Treasury Regulations and any official guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”), the payment of such accelerated portion of the Restricted Stock Units nevertheless shall be made at the same time or times as if such Restricted Stock Units had vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant as if the acceleration had not been applied, including any necessary application of Section 6(b)(ii) (whether or not Participant remains employed by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as of such date(s)), unless an earlier payment date, in the judgment of the Administrator, would not cause Participant to incur an additional tax under Section 409A, in which case, payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units shall be made no later than the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month (and in all cases within ninety (90) days) following the earliest permissible payment date that would not cause Participant to incur an additional tax under Section 409A (subject to Section 6(b)(ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any delay in payment pursuant to this Section 6(b)(i) will cease upon Participant’s death and such payment will be made as soon as practicable after the date of Participant’s death (and in all cases within ninety (90) days following such death).

(ii) Separation from Service . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan, this Award Agreement, or any other plan or agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be payable by virtue of such acceleration until and unless Participant has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Until Participant has a “separation from service,” the payment of such accelerated portion of the Award will be made at the same time or times as if such Award had vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set

 

-3-


forth in the Notice of Grant as if the acceleration had not been applied. Further, and notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if any such accelerated Restricted Stock Units would otherwise become payable upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such “separation from service” (other than due to Participant’s death) and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s “separation from service,” then, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of such additional taxation, the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units otherwise payable to Participant during such six (6) month period will accrue and will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s “separation from service,” unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death (and in all cases within ninety (90) days of Participant’s death).

(iii) Change of Control . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan, this Award Agreement, or any other plan or agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of all or a portion of the Restricted Stock Units accelerates (i) pursuant to Section 15(c) of the Plan in the event of a Change of Control that is not a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A or (ii) pursuant to any other plan, agreement, resolutions or arrangement that provides for acceleration in the event of a change in control that is not a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of such accelerated portion of the Restricted Stock Units will be made in accordance with the timing of payment rules that apply to discretionary accelerations under Section 6(b)(i) of this Award Agreement. If the vesting of all or a portion of the Restricted Stock Units accelerates in the event of a Change of Control that is a “change in control” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units shall be paid no later than the date that is the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month (and in all cases within ninety (90) days) following the vesting date.

(c) Section 409A . It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

7. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

8. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its

 

-4-


agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

9. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Withholding Taxes, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (c) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (d) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to such Withholding Taxes, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount of the Withholding Taxes. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Withholding Taxes hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 4 or 6, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to deliver the Shares if such Withholding Taxes are not delivered at the time they are due.

11. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD

 

-5-


OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

13. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 9, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 13 any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 14 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an

 

-6-


assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 14, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 14 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 14. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 14, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

15. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

-7-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., 91 East Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

17. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

18. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this

 

-8-


Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

19. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

20. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

21. Interpretation . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

22. Modifications to the Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

23. Governing Law; Severability . This Award Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision

 

-9-


hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

24. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below

 

PARTICIPANT:

    

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

 

Signature

    

 

By

 

Print Name

    

 

Title

Residence Address :

    

 

 

 

    

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

 

:

      

COMPANY

 

:

      

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

SECURITY

 

:

      

COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT

 

:

      

DATE

 

:

      

In connection with the receipt of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company

 

-11-


becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-12-

Exhibit 10.4

LOGO

May 19, 2011

Dear Steve,

On behalf of Ubiquiti Networks, I am pleased to extend you an offer to join the Company, reporting to the CEO, Robert Pera.

This letter sets forth the basic terms and conditions of your employment with the Company. We would like you to begin your employment with the Company as soon as possible. This offer expires May 23, 2011.

 

1.

Salary . $300,000 per year. In addition, a 50% yearly bonus if company exceeds fiscal year forecasts.

 

2.

Equity Based Compensation . 20,000 RSU’s at fair market value, pending approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Terms and condition of equity grant included in our standard form option grant document.

 

3.

Employee Benefits . You will be eligible for paid vacation, sick leave and holidays. 401k plan and medical benefits.

 

4.

Term of Employment . Your employment with the Company is “at-will.” In other words, either you or the Company can terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice.

 

5.

Severance . If the Company terminates your employment other than for “Cause” or you resign for “Good Reason” as defined below, and provided that you sign and do not revoke within the time period specified by the Company a standard release of claims in a form mutually acceptable to the Company and you, then you will be paid a lump-sum severance at such time equal to eight weeks of your then annual base salary.

Cause ” means (a) intentional and material dishonesty in the performance of your duties for the Company; (b) conduct (including conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony) which has a direct and material adverse effect on the Company or its reputation; (c) material failure to perform your reasonable duties or comply with your obligations under this Agreement or the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement after receipt of written notice specifying the failure, if you do not remedy that failure within 10 business days of receipt of written notice from the Company, which notice will state that failure to remedy such conduct may result in termination for Cause or (d) an incurable material breach of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, including, without limitation, theft or other misappropriation of the Company’s proprietary information.” Nothing in this section shall alter the at-will nature of


employment or provide an obligation express or implied for the payment of severance except as expressly provided herein.

Good Reason ” means, without your express written consent, (i) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided, however that any reduction in position occurring in connection with a “Change of Control” of the Company shall not constitute “Good Reason”; (ii) a reduction by the Company in your annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction other than a reduction that is applicable to all executives of the Company (iii) any material breach of this agreement by the Company.

 

6.

Adjustments and Chances in Employment Status . You understand that the Company reserves the right to make personnel decisions regarding your employment, including but not limited to decisions regarding any promotion, salary adjustment, transfer or disciplinary action, up to and including termination, consistent with the needs of the business.

 

7.

Immigration Documentation . Please be advised that your employment is contingent on your ability to prove your identity and authorization to work in the U.S. for the Company. You must comply with the Immigration and Naturalization Service’s employment verification requirements.

 

8.

Representation and Warranty of Employee . You represent and warrant to the Company that the performance of your duties will not violate any agreements with or trade secrets of any other person or entity.

 

9.

Severability . If any term of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected; and, the parties shall use their best efforts to find an alternative way to achieve the same result.

We look forward to your joining our organization. In order to confirm your agreement with and acceptance of these terms, please sign one copy of this letter and return it to me. The other copy is for your records. If there is any matter in this letter which you wish to discuss further, please do not hesitate to speak to me.

 

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

     

/s/    Robert. J. Pera        

  5/19/2011    

/s/    Steve Hanley        

  5/19/2011

By: Robert J. Pera

  Date    

Steve Hanley

  Date

Title: CEO

       

Exhibit 10.5

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC./BENJAMIN MOORE

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“the Agreement”) is entered into between Benjamin Moore, an individual (“Executive”), and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., (“the Company”), effective February 10, 2011 (the “Effective Date”).

1. Position.

Executive will continue to be employed as the Vice President, Business Development. Executive and the Company may mutually agree to change Executive’s positions or titles, and may from time to time alter the duties, responsibilities or functions initially associated with the positions.

2. Primary Duties.

Executive will perform such duties and functions as are generally associated with the position of Vice President, Business Development as well as such other specific duties and functions that are reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

3. Base Salary.

Beginning on the Effective Date, Executive will receive an annual base salary of $212,000, (the “Base Salary”) which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and which will be subject to withholding required by law. Thereafter, Executive’s annual base salary will be reviewed at least annually to determine whether, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), Executive’s base salary should be changed.

4. Annual Bonus.

Beginning in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, Executive will be eligible to receive a discretionary annual bonus (the “Discretionary Bonus”), pro-rated for the first partial year of service, subject to achieving Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The award and payment of the executive bonus will be governed by the terms of the Company’s management bonus plan as approved by the Compensation Committee, who shall have the sole discretion to determine whether Executive is entitled to any such bonus and to determine the amount of any such bonus.

5. Executive Benefits.

Executive will be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans or programs, including but not limited to group medical benefits and 401(k) plan maintained or established by the Company to the same extent as other employees at Executive’s level within the Company, subject to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan or program in question and the determination of any person or committee administering such plan or program.


6. Other Obligations.

Executive will be subject to and agrees to materially adhere to all policies or procedures of the Company, as amended from time to time, applicable to Executive’s position or level within the Company. Executive’s employment agreement is conditioned upon Executive’s executing and faithful observance of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), a copy of which is attached.

7. At-Will Employment.

Executive’s employment with the Company is for no specified duration and is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment or the terms of his employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. The at-will nature of Executive’s employment with the Company may be altered only in writing expressly so stating signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. However, as described in Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of the termination of Executive’s employment.

8. Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination Prior to a Change of Control; Termination More than Twenty-Four Months After a Change of Control Without Cause .

(i) Termination Without Cause Prior to a Change of Control or More than Twenty-Four Months After a Change of Control . If, before or more than twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 8(g)), the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 8(d)), then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release of Claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following: (A) continued payments for six (6) months of his then-existing Base Salary, and (B) Executive’s equity compensation awards shall immediately accelerate vesting as to an additional six (6) months’ vesting. Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock option or stock appreciation right agreements.

(ii) If Executive’s employment is terminated with Cause or if Executive initiates the termination of his employment, Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits set forth above, although the Company may pay severance in its sole discretion.

(b) Termination On or Within Twenty-Four Months Following a Change of Control by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If within the twenty-four (24) month period on or following a Change of Control (as defined in section 8(g)), Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company Without Cause or is voluntarily terminated by Executive for Good Reason (as defined in section 8(f)) then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release, the Executive shall be entitled to the following: (A) a lump-sum cash payment equal to six (6) months of his then-existing Base Salary and Target Bonus,

 

-2-


and (B) Executive’s equity compensation awards shall immediately accelerate vesting one hundred percent (100%). Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock option or stock appreciation right agreements.

(c) Voluntary Terminations . If executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, other than a voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in section 8(f)) on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control, then Executive will (i) receive his Base Salary through the date of termination of employment and (ii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits (including, without limitation, accelerated vesting of stock options or other equity compensation awards) from the Company except as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code). All payments and benefits will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

(d) Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) the Executive’s willful act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or other misconduct; (ii) the Executive’s willful failure to perform his duties to the Company, failure to materially follow Company policy as set forth in writing from time to time, or failure to follow the legal directives of the Company (other than failure to meet performance goals, objectives or measures), that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the failure; (iii) the Executive’s misappropriation of any material asset of the Company; (iv) the Executive conviction of, or a plea of “Guilty” or “No Contest” to a felony; (v) Executive’s use of alcohol or drugs so as to interfere with the performance of his duties; (vi) the Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach; (vii) conduct which, in the Company’s determination, is a material violation of Executive’s fiduciary obligations to the Company; or (viii) intentional material damage to any property of the Company.

(e) Without Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination of the Employment by the Company “Without Cause” shall mean a termination by the Company in the absence of “Cause”, as defined above.

(f) Good Reason . For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” for the Executive’s resignation will exist if he resigned from his employment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing or by e-mail by the Executive, within 60 days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any reduction in his Base Salary or Discretionary Bonus of 20% or more (other than temporary reductions applying to all senior executives of the Company); (ii) a change in his position with the Company or successor company that substantially reduces his duties and responsibilities as Vice President, Business Development; (iv) office relocation of more 50 miles further from the Executive’s primary residence; or (v) any other material breach by the Company of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement that is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Company by the Executive, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach.

 

-3-


(g) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is not a stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (a) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (b) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

9. Non-Solicitation.

During the Executive’s Employment Term, Executive, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venture or otherwise, will not engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world which develops, manufactures or markets products or performs services which are competitive with the products or services of the Company or products or services which the Company has under development or which are the subject of active planning. Executive is not prohibited from purchasing equities or derivatives in any publicly traded any company.

For a period of twelve (12) months following the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, Executive, directly or indirectly, will not: (i) solicit, induce, influence or encourage any person to leave employment with the Company or its resellers or distributors or (ii) solicit any of the Company’s customers or users who were customers or users at any time during Executive’s employment with Company or (iii) harass or disparage the Company or its employees, clients, directors or agents.

10. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable

 

-4-


until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.” All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(c) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(d) Receipt of the severance payments and benefits specified in section 8 shall be contingent on Executive’s execution of the Release, the lapse of any statutory period for revocation, and such Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full arrears on the fifty-third (53d ) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A.

11. Code Section 280G Shareholder Approval or Best Results. To the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive, including accelerated vesting of any equity compensation (collectively, the “Payments”) would (but for shareholder approval within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(5)(B)) result in a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Code Section 280G (a “Parachute Payment”), the Company will use

 

-5-


commercially reasonable efforts to solicit shareholder approval (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code) of such Payments, provided; however, that if such shareholder approval is not obtained or if any stock of the Company (as determined under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder) has become “readily tradeable on an established securities market or otherwise” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5)(A) of the Code, then if any Payment would (i) constitute a Parachute Payment and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of stock awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first), with full-value awards reversed before any stock option or stock appreciation rights are reduced; and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder and perform the foregoing calculations. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive. Any good faith determinations of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

12. Written Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

Except as provided in this paragraph, this Agreement may be altered, modified, or amended only by a writing signed by Executive and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer expressly acknowledging that it is altering, modifying or amending the Agreement. No modification, waiver or discharge of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by the Executive and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. No waiver by either party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or a waiver of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

-6-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may modify this Agreement unilaterally without the Executive’s written consent in the event that, in the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, a change in applicable laws, rules or regulations necessitate (including Code Section 409A) such modifications; however, no such modification may adversely affect any payment or benefit to the Executive under this Agreement unless the Company provides the Executive with a substitute payment or benefit that complies with the change in legal requirements and is the economic equivalent of the adversely affected payment or benefit.

13. Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. This Agreement is specific to Executive and may not be assigned or substituted for without the express written consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.

14. Term.

The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall have a term of three (3) years and will automatically be renewed for one (1) year periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the Agreement and unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

15. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, and the attached Confidential Information Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive relating to its subject matter, is fully integrated and supersedes all prior of contemporaneous discussions, representations, and agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the parties on that subject matter.

16. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Executive hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the State and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement, without regard to his then-current residence or domicile.

17. Severability.

The invalidity or unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent of the law.

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE     UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

/s/ Benjamin Moore

    By  

/s/ John Ritchie

Benjamin Moore        
Dated:  

Feb 10th

  , 2011     Dated:  

2/10

  , 2011

 

-8-


EXHIBIT A

UBIQUTI NETWORKS, INC./BENJAMIN MOORE

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This Release of Claims (“Agreement”) is made by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., and Benjamin Moore (“Employee”).

WHEREAS, Employee has agreed to enter into a release of claims in favor of the Company upon certain events specified in the offer letter agreement by and between Company and Employee (the “Employment Agreement”).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Termination . Employee’s employment from the Company terminated on                      (the “Termination Date”).

2. Confidential Information . Employee shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of the Company and shall continue to comply with the terms and conditions of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”). Employee shall return all the Company property and confidential and proprietary information in his possession to the Company on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3. Payment of Salary . Employee acknowledges and represents that the Company has paid all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation, commissions and any and all other benefits due to Employee.

4. Release of Claims . Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company. Employee, on behalf of himself, and his respective heirs, family members, executors and assigns, hereby fully and forever releases the Company and its past, present and future officers, agents, directors, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, parents, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns, from, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal or administrative proceedings concerning any claim, duty, obligation or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts or facts that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement including, without limitation,

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

 

A-1


(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; and conversion;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, and Labor Code section 201, et seq. and section 870, et seq. and all amendments to each such Act as well as the regulations issued thereunder;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any severance obligations due Employee under the Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement waives Employee’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance.

5. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Employee acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee and the Company agree that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good

 

A-2


faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. Any revocation should be in writing and delivered to the Vice-President of Human Resources at the Company by close of business on the seventh day from the date that Employee signs this Agreement.

6. Civil Code Section 1542 . Employee represents that he is not aware of any claims against the Company other than the claims that are released by this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that he has been advised by legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code 1542, below, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Employee, being aware of said code section, agrees to expressly waive any rights he may have thereunder, as well as under any statute or common law principles of similar effect.

7. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Employee represents that he has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in his name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein. Employee also represents that he does not intend to bring any claims on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any other person or entity referred to herein.

8. Application for Employment . Employee understands and agrees that, as a condition of this Agreement, he shall not be entitled to any employment with the Company, its subsidiaries, or any successor, and he hereby waives any right, or alleged right, of employment or re-employment with the Company.

9. No Cooperation . Employee agrees that he will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so.

10. No Admission of Liability . Employee understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise and settlement of disputed claims. No action taken by the Company, either previously or in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any claims heretofore made or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to the Employee or to any third party.

11. Costs . The Parties shall each bear their own costs, expert fees, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with this Agreement.

 

A-3


12. Arbitration . The Parties agree that any and all disputes arising out of the terms of this Agreement, their interpretation, and any of the matters herein released, including any potential claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination shall be subject to binding arbitration, to the extent permitted by law, as specified in the Confidential Information Agreement.

13. Authority . Employee represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

14. No Representations . Employee represents that he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Neither party has relied upon any representations or statements made by the other party hereto which are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

15. Severability . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision.

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the Confidential Information Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee concerning Employee’s separation from the Company.

17. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Employee and the CEO of the Company or the Chair of the Board’s Compensation Committee.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

19. Effective Date . This Agreement is effective eight (8) days after it has been signed by both Parties.

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

21. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . This Agreement is executed voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Parties hereto, with the full intent of releasing all claims. The Parties acknowledge that:

(a) They have read this Agreement;

(b) They have been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of their own choice or that they have voluntarily declined to seek such counsel;

 

A-4


(c) They understand the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains;

(d) They are fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below.

 

EMPLOYEE   UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Date:  

 

    Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

 

A-5

Exhibit 10.6

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC./JOHN RITCHIE

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“the Agreement”) is entered in between John Ritchie, an individual (“Executive”), and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., (“the Company”), effective May 10, 2010 (the “Effective Date”).

 

  1. Position.

Commencing May 10, 2010, Executive will be employed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Executive and the Company may mutually agree to change Executive’s positions or titles, and may from time to time alter the duties, responsibilities or functions initially associated with the positions.

 

  2. Primary Duties.

Executive will perform such duties and functions as are generally associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer as well as such other specific duties and functions that are reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  3. Base Salary.

Beginning on the Effective Date, Executive will receive an annual base salary of $330,000, (the “Base Salary”) which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and which will be subject to withholding required by law. Thereafter, Executive’s annual base salary will be reviewed at least annually to determine whether, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), Executive’s base salary should be changed.

 

  4. Annual Bonus.

Beginning on the fiscal year ending June 30, 2011, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target payout equal to 50% of his Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”), subject to achieving Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The award and payment of the executive bonus will be governed by the terms of the Company’s management bonus plan as approved by the Compensation Committee, who shall have the sole discretion to determine whether Executive is entitled to any such bonus and to determine the amount of any such bonus. Executive shall also receive a pro-rated bonus for the period of service beginning on the Effective Date to the end of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2010, which will be paid with the bonus for fiscal year 2011. Such bonus shall be determined by the Compensation Committee and based on the performance of the Company and the Executive.

 

  5. Executive Benefits.

Executive will be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans or programs, including but not limited to group medical benefits and 401(k) plan maintained or established by the Company


to the same extent as other employees at Executive’s level within the Company, subject to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan or program in question and the determination of any person or committee administering such plan or program.

 

  6. Equity.

(a) Stock Options . Executive shall be granted a stock option (the “Option”) covering 25,059 shares of Company common stock, with a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date, and vesting as to 1/4 th of the covered shares on the first anniversary of the Effective Date and as to 1/48 th of the covered shares each month thereafter, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to Executive’s continuing as a Service Provider, as such term is defined in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), through each vesting date, and further subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in Section 9 below. The Option shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the standard form of option agreement thereunder. The Option shall be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent permitted under the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), and to the extent, if any, not so permitted shall be a nonstatutory stock option.

(b) Restricted Stock Award . Executive shall be granted restricted stock (the “Restricted Stock Award”) covering 50,118 shares vested as to 25% of the covered shares on each anniversary of the Effective Date, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, subject to Executive’s continuing as a Service Provider, as such term is defined in the Plan, through each vesting date, and further subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in Section 9 below. The Restricted Stock Award shall otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the standard form of restricted stock purchase agreement thereunder.

 

  7. Other Obligations.

Executive will be subject to and agrees to adhere to all policies or procedures of the Company, as amended from time to time, applicable to Executive’s position or level within the Company. Executive’s employment agreement is conditioned upon Executive’s executing and faithful observance of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), a copy of which is attached.

 

  8. At-Will Employment.

Executive’s employment with the Company is for no specified duration and is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment or the terms of his employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. The at-will nature of Executive’s employment with the Company may be altered only in writing expressly so stating signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. However, as described in Section 9 of this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

-2-


  9. Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination Prior to a Change of Control; Termination More than Twenty-Four Months After a Change of Control Without Cause .

(i) Termination Without Cause Prior to a Change of Control or More than Twenty-Four Months Following a Change of Control . If, before or more than twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control (as defined in section 9(g)), the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in section 9(d)), then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release of Claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), the Executive shall be entitled to (A) continued payments for twelve (12) months of his then existing Base Salary, and (B) in addition to Executive’s stock options that were exercisable immediately prior to such termination, Executive’s Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award and any other outstanding equity compensation awards shall accelerate vesting and, with respect to stock options or stock appreciation rights, shall become immediately exercisable by the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as if the Executive had remained continuously employed for a period of twelve (12) months following such termination. Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock option or stock appreciation right agreements.

(ii) If Executive’s employment is terminated with Cause or if Executive initiates the termination of his employment, Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits set forth above, although the Company may pay severance in its sole discretion.

(b) Termination On or Within Twenty-Four Months Following a Change of Control by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If within the twenty-four (24) month period on or following a Change of Control (as defined in section 9(g)), Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company Without Cause or is voluntarily terminated by Executive for Good Reason (as defined in section 9(f)) then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release, the Executive shall be entitled to the following: (A) a lump-sum cash payment equal to twelve (12) months of his then-existing Base Salary and Target Bonus, and (B) in addition to Executive’s stock options that were exercisable immediately prior to such termination, Executive’s Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award and any other outstanding equity compensation awards shall accelerate their vesting 100% so as to become fully vested, and, with respect to stock options or stock appreciation rights, fully exercisable. Any stock options or stock appreciation rights shall remain exercisable for the period prescribed in the Executive’s stock option or stock appreciation right agreements.

(c) Voluntary Terminations . If executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, other than a voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in section 9(f)) on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control, then Executive will (i) receive his Base Salary through the date of termination of employment and (ii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits (including, without limitation, accelerated vesting of stock options or other equity compensation awards) from the Company except as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code). All payments and benefits will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

 

-3-


(d) Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) the Executive’s willful act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or other misconduct; (ii) the Executive’s willful failure to perform his duties to the Company, failure to follow Company policy as set forth in writing from time to time, or failure to follow the legal directives of the Company (other than failure to meet performance goals, objectives or measures), that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the failure; (iii) the Executive’s misappropriation of any material asset of the Company; (iv) the Executive conviction of, or a plea of “Guilty” or “No Contest” to a felony; (v) Executive’s use of alcohol or drugs so as to interfere with the performance of his duties; (vi) the Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach; (vii) conduct which, in the Company’s determination, is a material violation of Executive’s fiduciary obligations to the Company; or (viii) intentional material damage to any property of the Company.

(e) Without Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination of the Employment by the Company “Without Cause” shall mean a termination by the Company in the absence of “Cause”, as defined above.

(f) Good Reason . For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” for the Executive’s resignation will exist if he resigned from his employment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing or by e-mail by the Executive, within 60 days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any reduction in his Base Salary or Target Bonus of 20% or more (other than temporary reductions applying to all senior executives of the Company); (ii) a change in his position with the Company or successor company that substantially reduces his duties and responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer; (iv) office relocation of more 50 miles further from the Executive’s primary residence; or (v) any other material breach by the Company of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement that is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Company by the Executive, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach.

(g) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that is not a stockholder of the Company as of the date hereof becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (a) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (b) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent directors

 

-4-


at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

  10. Non-Solicitation.

During the Executive’s Employment Term, Executive, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venture or otherwise, will not engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world which develops, manufactures or markets products or performs services which are competitive with the products or services of the Company or products or services which the Company has under development or which are the subject of active planning. Executive is not prohibited from purchasing equities or derivatives in any publicly traded any company.

For a period of twelve (12) months following the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, Executive, directly or indirectly, will not: (i) solicit, induce, influence or encourage any person to leave employment with the Company or its resellers or distributors or (ii) solicit any of the Company’s customers or users who were customers or users at any time during Executive’s employment with Company or (iii) harass or disparage the Company or its employees, clients, directors or agents.

 

  11. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other than due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.” All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this

 

-5-


Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” then any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

(c) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(d) Receipt of the severance payments and benefits specified in Section 9 shall be contingent on Executive’s execution of the Release, the lapse of any statutory period for revocation, and such Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full arrears on the fifty-third (53 rd ) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A.

 

  12. Written Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

Except as provided in this paragraph, this Agreement may be altered, modified, or amended only by a writing signed by Executive and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer expressly acknowledging that it is altering, modifying or amending the Agreement. No modification, waiver or discharge of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by the Executive and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. No waiver by either party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or a waiver of the same condition or provision at another time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may modify this Agreement unilaterally without the Executive’s written consent in the event that, in the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, a change in applicable laws, rules or regulations necessitate (including Code Section 409A) such modifications; however, no such modification may adversely affect any payment or benefit to the Executive under this Agreement unless the Company provides the Executive with a substitute payment or benefit that complies with the change in legal requirements and is the economic equivalent of the adversely affected payment or benefit.

 

-6-


  13. Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. This Agreement is specific to Executive and may not be assigned or substituted for without the express written consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.

 

  14. Term.

The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall have a term of three (3) years and will automatically be renewed for one (1) year periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the Agreement and unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

  15. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, and the attached Confidential Information Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive relating to its subject matter, is fully integrated and supersedes all prior of contemporaneous discussions, representations, and agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the parties on that subject matter.

 

  16. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Executive hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the State and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement, without regard to his then-current residence or domicile.

 

  17. Severability.

The invalidity or unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent of the law.

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE     UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC
/s/ John Ritchie     By:  

/s/ Robert Pera

John Ritchie      
Dated:               4/27/2010     Dated:               4/28/2010

 

-8-


FINAL

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT,

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTION ASSIGNMENT,

AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

As a condition of my employment with Ubiquiti Networks, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ Ubiquiti ” or the “ Company ”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree to the following provisions of this Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (this “ Agreement ”):

 

  1.

At-Will Employment

I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR NO SPECIFIED TERM AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OR CEO OF UBIQUITI. ACCORDINGLY I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT MY OPTION OR AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, WITH OUR WITHOUT NOTICE. I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE COMPANY MAY MODIFY JOB TITLES, SALARIES, AND BENEFITS FROM TIME TO TIME AS IT DEEMS NECESSARY.

 

  2.

Confidentiality

A. Definition of Confidential Information . “ Company Confidential Information ” means information that the Company has or will develop, acquire, create, compile, discover or own, that has value in or to the Company’s business which is not generally known and which the Company wishes to maintain as confidential. Company Confidential Information includes both information disclosed by the Company to me, and information developed or learned by me during the course of my employment with Company and during the Prior Engagement Period. Company Confidential Information also includes all information of which the unauthorized disclosure could be detrimental to the interests of Company, whether or not such information is identified as Company Confidential Information. By example, and without limitation, Company Confidential Information includes any and all non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business and/or products, research or development of the Company, or to the Company’s technical data, trade secrets, or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, produce plans, or other information regarding the Company’s products of services and markets therefor, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on which I called or with which I may become acquainted during the terms of my employment or during the Prior Engagement Period), software, source code, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, together with any and all text, diagrams, charts, presentations, manuals, and other information that describe the foregoing, marketing, finances, and other business information: (i) disclosed to me by the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, or other third parties either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by


drawings or inspection of premises, parts, equipment, or other property; or (ii) created by me during the Prior Engagement Period or in connection with my employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company Confidential Information shall not include any such information which I can establish (i) was publicly known or made generally available prior to the time of disclosure by Company to me; or (ii) becomes publicly known or made generally available after disclosure by Company to me through no wrongful action or omission by me. I understand that nothing in this Agreement is intended to limit employees’ rights to discuss the terms, wages, and working conditions of their employment, as protected by applicable law.

B. Nonuse and Nondisclosure . I agree that during and after my employment with the Company. I will hold in the strictest confidence, and take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of Company Confidential Information. During the Prior Engagement Period, I have held Confidential Information in the strictest confidence. I have not, and during and after the term of this Agreement I will not (i) use the Company Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than for the benefit of the Company in the course of my employment, or (ii) disclose the Company Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written authorization of the President, CEO, or the Board of Directors of the Company. Prior to disclosure when compelled by applicable law; I shall provide prior written notice to the President CEO, and General Counsel of the Company (as applicable). I agree that I obtain no title to any Company Confidential Information, and that as between Company and myself, Ubiquiti retains all Confidential Information as the sole property of Ubiquiti. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Company Confidential Information during my employment may lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company. I understand that my obligations under this Section 3.B shall continue after termination of my employment.

C. Former Employer Confidential Information . I agree that during my employment with the Company, I have not and will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity. I further agree that I have not and will not bring onto the Company’s premises or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information, or trade secrets belonging to any such third party unless disclosure to, and use by, the Company has been consented in writing by such third party.

D. Third Party Information . I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties associated with the Company, e.g., the Company’s customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, partners, or collaborators (“ Associated Third Parties ”), their confidential or proprietary information (“ Associated Third Party Confidential Information ”) subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such Associated Third Party Confidential Information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. By way of example, Associated Third Party Confidential Information may include the habits or practices of Associated Third Parties, the technology of Associated Third Parties, requirements of Associated Third Parties, and information related to the business conducted between the Company and such Associated Third Parties. I agree at all times during the Prior Engagement Period, during my employment with the Company and thereafter, that I owe the Company and its Associated Third Parties a duty to hold all such Associated Third Party Confidential Information in the strictest confidence, and not to use it or to disclose it to any person, firm, corporation, or other third party except as necessary in carrying out

 

-2-


my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such Associated Third Parties. I further agree to comply with any and all Company policies and guidelines that may be adopted from time to time regarding Associated Third Parties and Associated Third Party Confidential Information. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Associated Third Party Confidential Information or violation of any Company policies during my employment may lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company.

 

  3.

Ownership

A. Assignment of Inventions . As between Company and myself, I agree that all right, title, and interest in and to any and all copyrightable material, information, documents notes, records, drawings, designs, inventions, improvements, developments, discoveries, know-how, show-how and trade secrets conceived, created, discovered, authored, invented, developed, incorporated or reduced to practice by me, solely or in collaboration with others, during the Prior Engagement Period or the period of time I am in the employ of the Company (including during my off-duty hours), or with the use of Company’s equipment, supplies facilities, or Company Confidential Information, and any copyrights, patents, trade secrets, trade marks, design rights, know-how, show-how mask work rights or other intellectual property rights (whether or not registrable or patentable) relating to the foregoing, except as provided in Section 4.G below (collectively, “ Inventions ”), are the sole and exclusive property of Ubiquiti. I also agree to promptly make full written disclosure to the Company of any Inventions. I hereby irrevocably assign fully to Ubiquiti all of my existing and future rights, title and interest in and to Inventions. I agree that this assignment includes a present conveyance to the Company of ownership of Inventions that are not yet in existence. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship that are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and that are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any Inventions is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit, and that no royalty or other consideration will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such Inventions. I also undertake not to disclose, use, or otherwise exploit any part of the Inventions except for the sole purpose of performing obligations under this Agreement or the performance of my employment.

B. Pre-Existing Materials . I have attached hereto as Exhibit A , a list describing all inventions, discoveries, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, trade secrets and other proprietary information or intellectual property rights owned by me or in which I have an interest prior to, or separate from, my employment with the Company and which are subject to California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B ), and which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products, or research and development (“ Prior Inventions ”); or, if no such list is attached, I represent and warrant that there are no such Prior Inventions. Furthermore, I represent and warrant that if any Prior Inventions are included on Exhibit A , they will not materially affect my ability to perform all obligations under Agreement. I will inform the Company in writing before incorporating such Prior Inventions into any Invention or otherwise utilizing such Prior Invention in the course of my employment with the Company, and I hereby grant the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, transferable worldwide license (with the right to

 

-3-


grant and authorize sublicenses) to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell, reproduce, distribute, modify, adapt, prepare derivative works of, display, perform, and otherwise exploit such Prior Inventions, without restriction, including, without limitation, as part of or in connection with such Invention, and to practice any method related thereto. I have not and will not incorporate any invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery, work of authorship or other proprietary information owned, in whole or in part, by me or any third party into any Invention without the Company’s prior written permission.

C. Moral Rights . Any assignment to Ubiquiti of Inventions includes all rights of attribution, paternity, integrity, modification, disclosure and withdrawal, and any other rights throughout the world that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”). To the extent that Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law, I hereby irrevocably waive and agree not to enforce any and all Moral Rights, including, without limitation, any limitation on subsequent modification, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

D. Maintenance of Records . I will keep and maintain adequate, current, accurate, and authentic written records of all inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, electronic files, reports, or any other format that may be specified by the Company. I hereby assign such records and any and all intellectual property rights therein to the Company and as between Company and myself, the records are and will be available to and remain the sole property of Ubiquiti at all times.

E. Further Assurances . I agree to fully cooperate and will assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, and all other instruments that the Company shall deem proper or necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights, and in order to deliver, assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title, and interest in and to all Inventions, and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Inventions. I further agree that my obligations under this Section 4.E shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.

F. Attorney-in-Fact . I agree that, if the Company is unable because of my unavailability, mental or physical incapacity, or for any other reason to secure my signature with respect to any Inventions, including, without limitation, for the purpose of applying for or pursuing any applications for any United States or foreign patents or mask work or copyright registrations covering the Inventions assigned to Ubiquiti in Section 4.A , then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and on my behalf to execute and file any papers and oaths, and to do all other lawfully permitted acts with respect to such Inventions to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. This power of attorney shall be deemed coupled with an interest, and shall be irrevocable.

 

-4-


G. Exception to Assignments . I UNDERSTAND THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRING ASSIGNMENT OF INVENTIONS TO THE COMPANY DO NOT APPLY TO ANY INVENTION THAT QUALIFIES FULLY UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 (ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B ). I WILL ADVISE THE COMPANY PROMPTLY IN WRITING OF ANY INVENTIONS THAT I BELIEVE MEET THE CRITERIA IN CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 AND ARE NOT OTHERWISE DISCLOSED ON EXHIBIT A .

 

  4. Conflicting Obligations

A. Current Obligations . During the term of my employment with the Company and during the Prior Engagement Period, I have not and will not engage in or undertake any other employment, occupation, consulting relationship, or commitment that is directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved or has plans to become involved, nor will I engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to the Company.

B. Prior Relationships . Without limiting Section 5.A , I represent and warrant that I have no other agreements, relationships, commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, my obligations to the Company under this Agreement, or my ability to become employed and perform the services for which I am being hired by the Company. I further agree that if I have signed a confidentiality agreement or similar type of agreement with any former employer or other entity, I will comply with the terms of any such agreement to the extent that its terms are lawful under applicable law. I represent and warrant that after undertaking a careful search (including searches of my computers, cell phones, electronic devices, and documents), I have returned all property and confidential information belonging to all prior employers (and/or other third parties I have performed services for in accordance with the terms of my applicable agreement). Moreover, I agree to fully indemnify the Company, its directors, officers, agents, employees, investors, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessor and successor corporations, and assigns for all verdicts, judgments, settlements, and other losses incurred by any of them resulting from my breach of my obligations under any agreement with a third party to which I am a party or obligation to which I am bound, as well as any reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs if the plaintiff is the prevailing party in such an action, except as prohibited by law.

 

  5. Return of Company Materials

Upon separation from employment with the Company, on Company’s earlier request during my employment, or any time subsequent to my employment upon demand from the Company, I will cease to use or exploit and immediately deliver to Ubiquiti and will not keep in my possession, recreate, or deliver to anyone else, any and all Company property, including, but not limited to, Company Confidential Information, Associated Third Party Confidential Information, all devices and equipment belonging to the Company (including computers, handheld electronic devices, telephone equipment, and other electronic devices), all tangible and intangible embodiments of the Inventions, all electronically stored information and passwords to access such property, Company credit cards, records, data, notes, notebooks, reports, files, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, photographs, charts, any other documents

 

-5-


and property, and reproductions of any of the foregoing items, including, without limitation, those records maintained pursuant to Section 4.D . I also consent to an exit interview to confirm my compliance with this Article 6 .

 

  6. Termination Certification

Upon separation from employment with the Company, I agree to immediately sign and deliver to the Company the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C . I also agree to keep Ubiquiti advised of my home and business address for a period of three (3) years after termination of my employment with the Company, so that the Company can contact me regarding my continuing obligations provided by this Agreement.

 

  7. Notification of New Employer

In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my obligations under this Agreement.

 

  8. Solicitation of Employees

To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, I agree during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, with or without cause, I will not directly or indirectly solicit any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment at the Company. I agree that nothing in this Article 9 shall affect my continuing obligations under this Agreement during and after this twelve (12) month period, including, without limitation, my obligations under Article 3 .

 

  9. Conflict of Interest Guidelines

I agree to diligently adhere to all policies of the Company, including the Company’s Conflict of Interest Guidelines. A copy of the Company’s current Conflict of Interest Guidelines is attached as Exhibit D hereto, but I understand that these Conflict of Interest Guidelines may be revised from time to time during my employment.

 

  10. Representations

Without limiting my obligations under Section 4.E above, I agree to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I represent and warrant that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I hereby represent and warrant that I have not entered into, and I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict herewith.

 

  11. Audit

I acknowledge that I have no reasonable expectation of privacy in any computer, technology system, email, handheld device, telephone, voicemail, or documents that are used to conduct the

 

-6-


business of the Company. All information, data, and messages created, received, sent, or stored in these systems are, at all times, the property of the Company. As such, the Company has the right to audit and search all such items and systems, without further notice to me, to ensure that the Company is licensed to use the software on the Company’s devices in compliance with the Company’s software licensing policies, to ensure compliance with the Company’s policies, and for any other business-related purposes in the Company’s sole discretion. I understand that I am not permitted to add any unlicensed, unauthorized, or non-compliant applications to the Company’s technology systems, including, without limitation, open source or free software not authorized by the Company, and that I shall refrain from copying unlicensed software onto the Company’s technology systems or using non-licensed software or websites. I understand that it is my responsibility to comply with the Company’s policies governing use of the Company’s documents and the internet, email, telephone, and technology systems to which I will have access in connection with my employment.

I am aware that the Company has or may acquire software and systems that are capable of monitoring and recording all network traffic to and from any computer I may use. The Company reserves the right to access, review, copy, and delete any of the information, data, or messages accessed through these systems with or without notice to me and/or in my absence. This includes, but is not limited to, all e-mail messages sent or received, all website visits, all chat sessions, all news group activity (including groups visited, messages read, and postings by me), and all file transfers into and out of the Company’s internal networks. The Company further reserves the right to retrieve previously deleted messages from e-mail or voicemail and monitor usage of the Internet, including websites visited and any information I have downloaded. In addition, the Company may review Internet and technology systems activity and analyze usage patterns, and may choose to publicize this data to assure that technology systems are devoted to legitimate business purposes.

 

  12. Arbitration and Equitable Relief

A. Arbitration . IN CONSIDERATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, ITS PROMISE TO ARBITRATE ALL EMPLOYMENT-RELATED DISPUTES, AND MY RECEIPT OF THE COMPENSATION, PAY RAISES, AND OTHER BENEFITS PAID TO ME BY THE COMPANY, AT PRESENT AND IN THE FUTURE, I AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER, OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY, IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE), ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY OR THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, INCLUDING ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE ARBITRATION RULES SET FORTH IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 1280 THROUGH 1294.2, INCLUDING SECTION 1281.8 (THE “ACT”), AND PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA LAW. THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT SHALL CONTINUE TO APPLY WITH FULL FORCE AND EFFECT NOTWITHSTANDING THE APPLICATION OF PROCEDURAL RULES SET FORTH IN THE ACT. DISPUTES THAT I AGREE TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS

 

-7-


UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT, THE WORKER^ ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAMILY RIGHTS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION, AND WRONGFUL TERMINATION, AND ANY STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW CLAIMS. I FURTHER UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH ME.

B. Procedure . I AGREE THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY JUDICIAL ARBITRATION & MEDIATION SERVICES, INC. (“ JAMS ”), PURSUANT TO ITS EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES & PROCEDURES (THE “ JAMS RULES ”). I AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION, AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. I AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ISSUE A WRITTEN DECISION ON THE MERITS. I ALSO AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL AWARD ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. I AGREE THAT THE DECREE OR AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED AS A FINAL AND BINDING JUDGMENT IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR JAMS EXCEPT THAT I SHALL PAY ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION THAT I INITIATE, BUT ONLY SO MUCH OF THE FILING FEES AS I WOULD HAVE INSTEAD PAID HAD I FILED A COMPLAINT IN A COURT OF LAW. I AGREE THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW, INCLUDING THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AND THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY SUBSTANTIVE AND PROCEDURAL CALIFORNIA LAW TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAW. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH CALIFORNIA LAW, CALIFORNIA LAW SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. I AGREE THAT ANY ARBITRATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA.

C. Remedy . EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE ACT AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE, AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN ME AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE ACT AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER I NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION.

 

-8-


D. Administrative Relief . I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT ME FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY OR GOVERNMENT AGENCY THAT IS AUTHORIZED TO ENFORCE OR ADMINISTER LAWS RELATED TO EMPLOYMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION, THE NATIONAL LABOR RELATIONS BOARD, OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE ME FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY LAW.

E. Voluntary Nature of Agreement . I ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I AM EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. I ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I HAVE RECEIVED A COPY OF THE TEXT OF CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870 IN EXHIBIT B . I FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT I HAVE ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR ME TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES, AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND IT, INCLUDING THAT I AM WAIVING MY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . FINALLY, I AGREE THAT I HAVE BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF MY CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

  13. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to California’s conflicts of law rules that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than California. To the extent that any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, I hereby expressly consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed against me by the Company.

B. Assignability . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, assigns, administrators, and other legal representatives, and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. There are no intended third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement, except as may be expressly otherwise stated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Ubiquiti may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of Ubiquiti’s relevant assets, whether by merger, consolidation reorganization, reincorporation, sale of assets or stock, or otherwise.

C. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits herein and any executed written offer letter between me and the Company, to the extent such materials are not in conflict with this Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements, discussions, or representations between us, including, but not limited to, any representations made during my interview(s) or relocation negotiations. I represent and warrant that I am not relying on any statement or representation not contained in this Agreement. Any

 

-9-


subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary, or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

D. Headings . Headings are used in this Agreement for reference only and shall not be considered when interpreting this Agreement.

E. Severability . If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction finds, or the Parties mutually believe, any provision of this Agreement, or portion thereof, to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of the Parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

F. Modification, Waiver . No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement will be effective unless in a writing signed by the President or CEO of the Company, and me. Waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

G. Survivorship . The rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement will survive termination of my employment with the Company.

 

Date: 10-25-2010     /s/ John Ritchie
    Signature
      John Ritchie
    Name of Employee (typed or printed)

 

Witness:
/s/ Sean Deorsey
Signature
Sean Deorsey
Name (typed or printed)

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

Title

 

Date

 

Identifying Number
or Brief Description

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

þ

No inventions or improvements

          Additional Sheets Attached

 

Date: 10-25-2010     /s/ John Ritchie
    Signature
    John Ritchie
    Name of Employee (typed or printed)

 

-11-


EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

INVENTION ON OWN TIME-EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT

“(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

-12-


EXHIBIT C

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, any other documents or property, or reproductions of any and all aforementioned items belonging to Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “ Company ”).

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein) conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) as covered by that agreement.

I further agree that, in compliance with the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all Company Confidential Information and Associated Third Party Confidential Information, including trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data, or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, databases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information, or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants, or licensees.

I also agree that for twelve (12) months from this date, I will not directly or indirectly solicit any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment at the Company. I agree that nothing in this paragraph shall affect my continuing obligations under the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement during and after this twelve (12) month period, including, without limitation, my obligations under Article 3 (Confidentiality) thereof.

After leaving the Company’s employment, I will be employed by                      in the position of                      .

 

Date: __________________________________        
      Signature
         
    Name of Employee (typed or printed)
Address for Notifications:        
         
   

 

-13-


EXHIBIT D

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST GUIDELINES

It is the policy of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc. to conduct its affairs in strict compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and to adhere to the highest principles of business ethics. Accordingly, all officers, employees, and independent contractors must avoid activities that are in conflict, or give the appearance of being in conflict, with these principles and with the interests of the Company. The following are potentially compromising situations that must be avoided:

1. Revealing confidential information to outsiders or misusing confidential information. Unauthorized divulging of information is a violation of this policy whether or not for personal gain and whether or not harm to the Company is intended. (The At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement elaborates on this principle and is a binding agreement.)

2. Accepting or offering substantial gifts, excessive entertainment, favors, or payments that may be deemed to constitute undue influence or otherwise be improper or embarrassing to the Company.

3. Participating in civic or professional organizations that might involve divulging confidential information of the Company.

4. Initiating or approving personnel actions affecting reward or punishment of employees or applicants where there is a family relationship or is or appears to be a personal or social involvement.

5. Initiating or approving any form of personal or social harassment of employees.

6. Investing or holding outside directorship in suppliers, customers, or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship might influence in any manner a decision or course of action of the Company.

7. Borrowing from or lending to employees, customers, or suppliers.

8. Acquiring real estate of interest to the Company.

9. Improperly using or disclosing to the Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with whom obligations of confidentiality exist.

10. Unlawfully discussing prices, costs, customers, sales, or markets with competing companies or their employees.

11. Making any unlawful agreement with distributors with respect to prices.

 

-14-


UBIQUITI NETWORKS

Confidentiality Agreement

This Confidentiality Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into and is effective as of 10-25-2010 by and between Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., 91 E Tasman Dr., San Jose CA (“Ubiquiti Networks”) and John Ritchie (“Recipient”).

 

  1. Definition of Confidential Information.

Recipient aggress that information disclosed by Ubiquiti Networks to Recipient regarding technology and other information, including but not limited to information learned by Recipient from Ubiquiti Networks’ employees, agents or through inspection of Ubiquiti Networks’ property, that relates to Ubiquiti Networks’ products, designs, business plans, business opportunities, finances, research, development, know-how, personnel, or third-party confidential information disclosed to Recipient by Ubiquiti Networks, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the existence of the discussions between Recipient and Ubiquiti Networks will be considered and referred to collectively in this Agreement as “Confidential Information.” Confidential Information, however does not include information that: A) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no fault or breach on the part of Recipient; B) Recipient can demonstrate to have had rightfully in its possession prior to disclosure to Recipient by Ubiquiti Networks; C) is independently developed by Recipient without the use of any Confidential Information; or D) Recipient rightfully obtains from a third party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.

 

  2. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information

Recipient will not disclose, publish, or disseminate Confidential Information to anyone other than those of its employees with a need to know and aggress to take reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use, disclosure, publication, or dissemination of Confidential Information. Recipient agrees to accept Confidential Information for the sole purpose of evaluation in connection with Recipient’s business discussions with Ubiquiti Networks. Recipient agrees not to use Confidential Information otherwise for its own or any third party’s benefit without the prior written approval of an authorized representative of Ubiquiti Networks in each instance.

 

  3.

No License in Confidential Information

All Confidential Information remains the property of Ubiquiti Networks and no license or other rights in the Confidential Information is granted or implied hereby. Recipient will not file any copyright registrations, patent applications or similar registrations of ownership on the Confidential Information. In the event Recipient does so in violation of this Agreement, Recipient will assign to Ubiquiti Networks such registrations and applications. Subject to Recipient’s patents and copyrights, Ubiquiti Networks is free to sue and incorporate in Ubiquiti Networks products any ideas, suggestions, or recommendations provided by Recipient, without payment of royalties or other consideration to Recipient.


  4. No Warranty

All information is provided “AS IS,” and without any warranty, whether express or implied, as to its accuracy or completeness.

 

  5. Return of Documents

Within ten business days of receipt of Ubiquiti Networks’ written request, and at Ubiquiti Networks’ option, Recipient will either return to Ubiquiti Networks all tangible Confidential Information, including but not limited to all computer programs, documentation, notes, plans, drawings, and copies thereof, or will provide Ubiquiti Networks with written certification that all such tangible Confidential Information has been destroyed.

 

  6. Equitable Relief

Recipient hereby acknowledges that unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information could cause irreparable harm and significant injury to Ubiquiti Networks that may be difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, Recipient agrees that Ubiquiti Networks will have the right to seek and obtain immediate injunctive relief to enforce obligations under this Agreement in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have.

 

  7. No Export

Recipient certifies that no Confidential Information, or any portion thereof, will be exported to any country in violation of the United States Export Administration Act and regulations thereunder.

 

  8. Entire Agreement and Governing Law

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the Confidential Information disclosed herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such Confidential Information. This Agreement may not be amended except by the written agreement signed by authorized representatives of both parties. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding that body of California concerning conflicts of law.

 

Ubiquiti Networks. Inc.

   

Recipient

Sean Deorsey, Controller

   

John Ritchie CFO

Printed Name and Title

   

Printed Name and Title

/s/ Sean Deorsey                                                         10/25/2010

    /s/ John Ritchie

By (Signature)                                                                       Date

    By (Signature)                                                              Date

Exhibit 10.7

UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC./JOHN SANFORD

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (“the Agreement”) is entered in between John Sanford, an individual (“Executive”), and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., (“the Company”), effective May 01, 2010 (the “Effective Date”).

 

  1. Position.

Commencing May 01, 2010, Executive will be employed as the Company’s Chief Technology Officer. Executive and the Company may mutually agree to change Executive’s positions or titles, and may from time to time alter the duties, responsibilities or functions initially associated with the positions.

 

  2. Primary Duties.

Executive will perform such duties and functions as are generally associated with the position of Chief Technology Officer as well as such other specific duties and functions that are reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  3. Base Salary.

Beginning on the Effective Date, Executive will receive an annual base salary of $400,000, (the “Base Salary”) which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and which will be subject to withholding required by law. Thereafter, Executive’s annual base salary will be reviewed at least annually to determine whether, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”), Executive’s base salary should be changed.

 

  4. Annual Bonus.

Beginning on the Effective date, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target payout equal to 50% of his Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”), pro-rated for the first partial year, subject to achieving Company and individual performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The award and payment of the executive bonus will be governed by the terms of the Company’s management bonus plan as approved by the Compensation Committee, who shall have the sole discretion to determine whether Executive is entitled to any such bonus and to determine the amount of any such bonus.

 

  5. Executive Benefits.

Executive will be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans or programs, including but not limited to group medical benefits and 401(k) plan maintained or established by the Company to the same extent as other employees at Executive’s level within the Company, subject to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan or program in question and the determination of any person or committee administering such plan or program.


  6. Other Obligations.

Executive will be subject to and agrees to adhere to all policies or procedures of the Company, as amended from time to time, applicable to Executive’s position or level within the Company. Executive’s employment agreement is conditioned upon Executive’s executing and faithful observance of The Company’s At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidential Information Agreement”), a copy of which is attached.

 

  7. At-Will Employment.

Executive’s employment with the Company is for no specified duration and is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment or the terms of his employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. The at-will nature of Executive’s employment with the Company may be altered only in writing expressly so stating signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. However, as described in Section 8 of this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits depending upon the circumstances of the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

  8. Termination of Employment.

(a) Termination Before and After a Change of Control Without Cause or By Executive for Good Reason Outside of a Change of Control .

(i) Termination Without Cause Prior to or More than Twenty-Four Months Following a Change of Control . If, before or more than twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control (as defined in section 8(g)), the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (as defined in section 8(d)), then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release of Claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”), the Executive shall be entitled to (i) continued payments for 12 months of his then existing Base Salary and Target Bonus, and (ii) twelve months of accelerated vesting on any outstanding stock option, restricted stock or other equity compensation awards. Moreover, Executive shall receive a payment in respect of vacation and/or paid-time off accrued through the date of his employment termination.

(ii) If Executive’s employment is terminated with Cause or if Executive initiates the termination of his employment, Executive shall not be entitled to the severance benefits set forth above, although the Company may pay severance in its sole discretion.

(b) Termination On or Within Twenty-Four Months Following a Change of Control by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason . If within the twenty-four (24) month period on or following a Change of Control (as defined in section 8(g)), Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company Without Cause or is voluntarily terminated by Executive for Good Reason (as defined in section 8(f)) then, subject to Executive entering into and not revoking a Release, the Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum cash payment equal to twelve (12) months of his then-existing Base Salary and Target Bonus and twelve months of

 

-2-


accelerated vesting on any outstanding stock option, restricted stock or other equity compensation awards.

(c) Voluntary Terminations . If executive voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, other than a voluntary termination for Good Reason (as defined in section 8(f)) on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control, men Executive will (i) receive his Base Salary through the date of termination of employment and (ii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits (including, without limitation, accelerated vesting of stock options or other equity compensation awards) from the Company except as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code). All payments and benefits will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

(d) Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination for “Cause” shall mean that the Executive’s employment is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) the Executive’s willful act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or other misconduct; (ii) the Executive’s willful failure to perform his duties to the Company, failure to follow Company policy as set forth in writing from time to time, or failure to follow the legal directives of the Company (other than failure to meet performance goals, objectives or measures), that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the failure; (iii) the Executive’s misappropriation of any material asset of the Company; (iv) the Executive conviction of, or a plea of “Guilty” or “No Contest” to a felony; (v) Executive’s use of alcohol or drugs so as to interfere with the performance of his duties; (vi) the Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Confidential Information Agreement that, with respect to curable failures only, is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach; (vii) conduct which, in the Company’s determination, is a material violation of Executive’s fiduciary obligations to the Company; or (viii) intentional material damage to any property of the Company.

(e) Without Cause . For all purposes under this Agreement, a termination of the Employment by the Company “Without Cause” shall mean a termination by the Company in the absence of “Cause”, as defined above.

(f) Good Reason . For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” for the Executive’s resignation will exist if he resigned from his employment, unless otherwise agreed to in writing or by e-mail by the Executive, within 60 days after the occurrence of any of the following: (i) any reduction in his Base Salary or Target Bonus of 20% or more (other than a reduction applying to all senior executives of the Company); (ii) a change in his position with the Company or successor company that substantially reduces his duties and responsibilities as Chief Technology Officer, provided, however that Executive remaining as the chief technology officer of a division, subsidiary or other business unit comprising all or substantially all of the Company’s business following a Change of Control shall not in and of itself constitute Good Reason; (iv) office relocation of more 50 miles further from the Executive’s primary residence; or (v) any other material breach by the Company of its obligations to the Executive under this Agreement that is not corrected within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof to the Company by the Executive, such notice to state with specificity the nature of the material breach.

 

-3-


(g) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s men outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (a) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (b) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iii) A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

 

  9. Non-Solicitation.

During the Executive’s Employment Term, Executive, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venture or otherwise, will not engage, participate or invest in any business activity anywhere in the world which develops, manufactures or markets products or performs services which are competitive with the products or services of the Company or products or services which the Company has under development or which are the subject of active planning. Executive is not prohibited from purchasing equities or derivatives in any publicly traded any company.

For a period of twelve (12) months following the date Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, Executive, directly or indirectly, will not: (i) solicit, induce, influence or encourage any person to leave employment with the Company or its resellers or distributors or (ii) solicit any of the Company’s customers or users who were customers or users at any time during Executive’s employment with Company or (iii) harass or disparage the Company or its employees, clients, directors or agents.

 

  10. Section 409A.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits payable under this Agreement will be considered due or payable until and unless Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of

 

-4-


the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A, as each may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” other man due to Executive’s death, then any severance benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and any other severance payments or separation benefits, that in each case when considered together may be considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) and are otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s “separation from service” will accrue during such six (6) month period and will instead become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s “separation from service.” All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his “separation from service” but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the date of his “separation from service,” men any Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits delayed in accordance with this Section will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death, but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Executive’s death, and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit

(c) It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to Executive.

(d) Receipt of the severance payments and benefits specified in Section 8 shall be contingent on Executive’s execution of the Release, the lapse of any statutory period for revocation, and such Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. Any severance payment to which Executive otherwise would have been entitled during such fifty-two (52) day period shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full arrears on the fifty-third (53rd) day following Executive’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A.

 

  11. Written Amendment or Modification; Waiver.

Except as provided in this paragraph, this Agreement may be altered, modified, or amended only by a writing signed by Executive and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer expressly acknowledging that it is altering, modifying or amending the Agreement. No modification, waiver or discharge of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing signed by the Executive and by the

 

-5-


Company’s Chief Executive Officer. No waiver by either party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or a waiver of the same condition or provision at another time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may modify this Agreement unilaterally without the Executive’s written consent in the event that, in the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, a change in applicable laws, rules or regulations necessitate (including Code Section 409A) such modifications; however, no such modification may adversely affect any payment or benefit to the Executive under this Agreement unless the Company provides the Executive with a substitute payment or benefit mat complies with the change in legal requirements and is the economic equivalent of the adversely affected payment or benefit

 

  12. Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns. This Agreement is specific to Executive and may not be assigned or substituted for without the express written consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  13. Term.

The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall have a term of three (3) years and will automatically be renewed for one (1) year periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty (60) days written notice prior to the expiration of the Agreement and unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

  14. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, and the attached Confidential Information Agreement, sets form the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive relating to its subject matter, is fully integrated and supersedes all prior of contemporaneous discussions, representations, and agreements, whether oral or in writing, between the parties on that subject matter.

 

  15. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Executive hereby expressly consents to personal jurisdiction in the State and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit arising from or relating to this Agreement, without regard to his then-current residence or domicile.

 

  16. Severability.

The invalidity or unenforceability of one or more provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent of the law.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE       UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC
/s/ John Sanford     By:   /s/ Robert Pera
John Sanford      
Dated: May 1, 2010       Dated:                      , 2010

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.8

LEASE SUMMARY

 

Lease Date:    April       , 2009
Landlord:    91 E. Tasman, LLC
Address of Landlord:   

c/o Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.

Development

1960 the Alameda, Suite 20

San Jose, CA 95126

Tenant:    Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.
Address of Tenant:   

495 Montague Expressway

Milpitas, CA 95035

Contact:    Xuelian Chi
Telephone:    (408) 942-3085
Premises Square Footage:    Approximately 18,154 rentable square feet
Building Square Footage:    Approximately 80,317 rentable square feet
Premises Address:   

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, California

Commencement Date:    May 25, 2009
Term:    Three (3) years
Monthly Rent:    Months of Term    Monthly Rent
         
   1 through 3    $0.00/month
   4 through 12    $24,508.00/month
   13 through 24    $25,416.00/month
   25 through 36    $26,323.00/month
Tenant’s Percentage:    22.60%
Security Deposit:    $26,323.00


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.      

  Basic Lease Provisions      1   
 

1.1

   Premises      1   
 

1.2

   Building      1   
 

1.3

   Commencement Date      1   
 

1.4

   Term      1   
 

1.5

   Use      1   
 

1.6

   Monthly Rent      1   
 

1.7

   Security Deposit      1   
 

1.8

   Property      1   
 

1.9

   Brokers      1   
 

1.10

   Business Day      1   

2.

 

Premises

     2   

3.

 

Definitions

     2   
 

3.1

   Alterations      2   
 

3.2

   Commencement Date      2   
 

3.3

   HVAC      2   
 

3.4

   Interest Rate      2   
 

3.5

   Landlord’s Agents      2   
 

3.6

   Outside Area      2   
 

3.7

   Real Property Taxes      2   
 

3.8

   Rent      2   
 

3.9

   Sublet      2   
 

3.10

   Subtenant      3   
 

3.11

   Tenant Improvements      3   
 

3.12

   Tenant’s Agents      3   
 

3.14

   Tenant’s Personal Property      3   

4.

 

Lease Term

     3   
 

4.1

   Term      3   
 

4.2

   Delays      3   
 

4.3

   Early Entry      4   

5.

 

Rent

     4   
 

5.1

   Monthly Rent      4   
 

5.2

   Additional Rent      4   

6.

 

Late Payment Charges

     4   

7.

 

Security Deposit

     4   

8.

 

Holding Over

     5   

9.

 

Condition of Premises

     5   


10.   Use of the Premises      6   
  10.1    Tenant’s Use      6   
  10.2    Compliance      6   
  10.3    Toxic Materials      6   
11.   Quiet Enjoyment      7   
12.   Alterations      7   
13.   Surrender of the Premises      7   
14.   Real Property Taxes      8   
  14.1    Payment by Tenant      8   
  14.2    Taxes on Tenant Improvements and Personal Property      8   
  14.3    Proration      8   
15.   Utilities and Services      8   
16.   Repair and Maintenance      9   
  16.1    Landlord’s Obligations      9   
  16.2    Tenant’s Obligations      9   
  16.3    Waiver      11   
  16.4    Compliance with Government Regulations      12   
17.   Liens      12   
18.   Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises      12   
19.   Signs      12   
20.   Insurance      13   
  20.1    Tenant’s Indemnification      13   
  20.2    Tenant’s Insurance      13   
     20.2.1    Liability      13   
     20.2.2    Personal Property      13   
  20.3    Special Form Insurance      13   
  20.4    Certificates      14   
  20.5    Insurance Requirements      14   
  20.6    Landlord’s Disclaimer      14   
21.   Waiver of Subrogation      14   
22.   Damage or Destruction      15   
  22.1    Partial Damage Insured      15   
  22.2    Partial Damage - Uninsured      15   
  22.3    Total Destruction      16   
  22.4    Landlord’s Obligations      16   
  22.5    Damage Near End of Term      16   


23.   Condemnation      16   
24.   Assignment and Subletting      17   
  24.1    Landlord’s Consent      17   
  24.2    Information to Be Furnished      17   
  24.3    Landlord’s Alternatives      18   
  24.4    Executed Counterpart      18   
  24.5    Exempt Sublets      18   
  24.6    Sublet Profits      18   
25.   Default      18   
  25.1    Tenant’s Default      18   
  25.2    Remedies      19   
  25.3    Landlord’s Default      20   
26.   Subordination      20   
27.   Notices      21   
28.   Attorneys’ Fees      21   
29.   Tenant Statements      21   
  29.1    Estoppel Certificates      22   
  29.2    Financial Statements      22   
30.   Transfer of the Property by Landlord      22   
31.   Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants      22   
32.   Tenant’s Remedy      22   
33.   Mortgagee Protection      23   
34.   Brokers      23   
35.   Acceptance      23   
36.   Recording      23   
37.   Quitclaim      23   
38.   Modifications for Lender      23   
39.   Parking      23   
40.   Roof Rights      23   
41.   General      25   
  41.1    Captions      25   


  41.2    Executed Copy      25   
  41.3    Time      25   
  41.4    Separability      25   
  41.5    Choice of Law      25   
  41.6    Gender, Singular, Plural      25   
  41.7    Binding Effect      25   
  41.8    Waiver      25   
  41.9    Entire Agreement      26   
  41.10    Authority      26   
  41.11    Exhibits      27   


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A    The Premises
EXHIBIT B    The Property
EXHIBIT C    Work Letter Agreement

 

-v-


STANDARD MULTI-TENANT LEASE – TRIPLE NET

THIS LEASE (the “ Lease ”), for reference purposes only dated April      , 2009, is entered into by and between 91 E. Tasman, LLC, a California limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), whose address is c/o Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc. Development, 1960 The Alameda, San Jose, California 95126 and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation (“ Tenant ”), whose address is 495 Montague Expressway, Milpitas, California 95035.

1. Basic Lease Provisions .

1.1 Premises . Those premises consisting of approximately eighteen thousand nine hundred fifty-four (18,154) rentable square feet in the Building located at 91 East Tasman Drive, in the City of San Jose (“ City ”), Santa Clara County, California, as approximately shown on the floor plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT A (THE “ Premises ”).

1.2 Building . That certain two-story building consisting of approximately eight thousand three hundred seventeen (80,317) rentable square feet, commonly known as 91 East Tasman Drive, San Jose, California.

1.3 Commencement Date . May 25, 2009.

1.4 Term . Three (3) years.

1.5 Use . General office and administrative purposes, research and development and any other legal purpose for which the Premises may be used.

1.6 Monthly Rent . Net Monthly Rent (“ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Months of Term

   Monthly rent  

1 through 3

   $ 0.00/month   

4 through 12

   $ 24,508.00/month   

13 through 24

   $ 25,416.00/month   

25 through 36

   $ 26,323.00/month   

1.7 Security Deposit . $26,323.00

1.8 Property . The real property located at 91 East Tasman Drive, San Jose, California, together with the Building, all as approximately shown on the site plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT B .

1.9 Brokers . CPS Corfac International (“ Broker ”).

1.10 Business Day . “ Business Day ” means days on which banks are generally open in the State of California.


2. Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises.

3. Definitions . The following terms shall have the following meanings in this Lease:

3.1 Alterations . Any alterations, additions or improvements made in, on or about the Building by Tenant after the Commencement Date, including but not limited to, lighting, heating ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, partitioning, drapery and carpentry installations.

3.2 Commencement Date . The Commencement Date of this Lease shall be the first day of the Term determined in accordance with Paragraph 4.1.

3.3 HVAC . Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

3.4 Interest Rate . Ten percent (10%) per annum, however, in no event to exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted by law.

3.5 Landlord’s Agents . Landlord’s authorized agents, partners, subsidiaries, director, officers, and employees.

3.6 Outside Area . All areas and facilities within the Property, exclusive of the Building, including without limitation, parking areas, access and perimeter roads, sidewalks, landscaped areas, service areas, trash disposal facilities, and similar areas and facilities, subject to the reasonable rules and regulations and changes therein from time to time promulgated by Landlord governing the use of the Outside Area.

3.7 Real Property Taxes . Any form of assessment, license, fee, rent tax, levey, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), or tax (other than net income, estate, succession, inheritance, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed by any authority having the director or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement of other district or division thereof, whether such tax is: (i) determined by the area of the Property or any part thereof or the rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant, including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of such rent or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Property or any part hereof; (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in all or any part of the Property; or (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing or additional taxes against the Property whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties.

3.8 Rent . The net Monthly Rent plus the Additional Rent described in Paragraph 5.2.

3.9 Sublet . Any transfer, sublet, assignment, license or concession agreement, change of ownership, mortgage, or hypothecation of this Lease or the Tenant’s interest in the Lease or any portion thereof.

 

-2-


3.10 Subtenant . The person or entity with whom a Sublet agreement is proposed to be or is made.

3.11 Tenant Improvements . Those improvements to the Premises to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT C .

3.12 Tenant’s Agents . Tenant’s authorized agents, partners, subsidiaries, directors, officers, and employees.

3.13 Tenant’s Percentage . “ Tenant’s Percentage ” shall be that percentage determined by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by the total rentable area of the Building and multiplying the result by 100. Tenant’s Percentage is agreed to be twenty-two and 60/100 ths percent (22.60%) for the purpose of this Lease.

3.14 Tenant’s Personal Property . Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property in the Premises.

4. Lease Term .

4.1 Term . The Term shall be three (3) years, commencing on May 25, 2009 (“ Commencement Date ”) and terminating May 24, 2012, unless sooner terminated. Tenant agrees that if Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by May 25, 2009, then, except as expressly provided in Paragraph 4.2 below, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, nor shall this Lease be void or voidable. In such event, the Commencement Date, termination date and all other dates of this Lease shall be extended to conform to the date of Landlord’s tender of possession of the Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Monthly Rent hereunder until the date that is three (3) months from the date that possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Additional Rent hereunder until the date that possession of the Premises is tendered to Tenant.

4.2 Delays . Except to the extent the Commencement Date is delayed due to Tenant’s failure to timely review and approve the final Plans and Specifications for the Tenant Improvements, if Landlord does not deliver possession of the premise to Tenant by May 25, 2009, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the holdover rent actually charged to Tenant by, and paid by Tenant to, the landlord under the lease for Tenant’s current premises located at 495-499 Montague Expressway, Milpitas, California (the “ Montague Lease ”) as a result of Tenant’s holdover at such location, for the period commencing on the later of (a) May 26, 2009 and (b) the expiration of the term of the Montague Lease, and ending on the Commencement Date. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the holdover rent (i.e., base rent and additional rent) payable by Tenant under the Montague Lease will be $15,824.00 per month ($7,912 x 200%), pro rated on a daily basis (the “ Holdover Rent ”). The foregoing rights to payment of Tenant’s Holdover Rent under the Montague Lease shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event Landlord fails to substantially complete the Tenant Improvements by May 25, 2009. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any damages or losses that Tenant may suffer or

 

-3-


incur as a result of any such delay in substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements other than the Holdover Rent.

4.3 Early Entry . If Tenant is permitted to occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of fixturing or any other purpose permitted by Landlord, such early entry shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and subject to all the terms and provisions hereof, except for the payment of Monthly Rent which shall commence on the first day of the fourth (4 th ) month of the Term. Landlord shall have the right to impose such additional conditions of Tenant’s early entryas Landlord shall deem appropriate.

5. Rent .

5.1 Monthly Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in lawful money of the United States, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month throughout the Term, net Monthly Rent in the amounts set forth in Paragraph 1.6, except that the net Monthly Rent due for the fourth month of the Term shall be paid upon execution of this Lease by Tenant. Net monthly Rent shall be payable in advance, without abatement, deduction, claim, offset, prior notice or demand, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

5.2 Additional Rent . This Lease is intended to be a triple net lease. All monies required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, Real Property Taxes pursuant to Paragraph 14, insurance premiums pursuant to Paragraph 20, and Operating Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 16.3, shall be deemed Additional Rent (“ Additional Rent ”) and shall be paid to Landlord monthly on or before the first day of each month of the Term.

6. Late Payment Charges . Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other charges provided for under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult or impracticable to fix. Therefore, notwithstanding the notice provision in Paragraph 25.1.1, if any installment of Rent or any other charge due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the date such Rent or other charge is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant.

Initials :

/s/ illegible     /s/ RJR
Landlord     Tenant

7. Security Deposit . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon execution of this Lease the Security Deposit for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other sum in default, the repair of such damage to the Premises or the payment of any other amount

 

-4-


which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default to the full extent permitted by law. Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the use or application of the Security Deposit by Landlord as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor describing in reasonable detail Landlord’s deduction of any amounts from the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant is not otherwise in default, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days of termination of the Lease and surrender of the Premises by Tenant.

8. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only and not a renewal hereof or any extension for any further term, and in such case, the net Monthly Rent shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the net Monthly Rent payable during the last month of the Term and such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement of this Lease. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the Term despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation any claim made by a succeeding tenant, resulting from Tenant’s failure to surrender.

9. Condition of Premises .

9.1 Construction of Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements to the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement attached as EXHIBIT C . Within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the Premises with Landlord and complete a punch-list of any incomplete or defective work. The punch-list to be prepared by Tenant shall not include any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s move-in, which damage shall be repaired or corrected by Tenant, at its expense. If Tenant fails to submit a punch-list to Landlord within such 10-day period, it shall be deemed that there are no items needing additional work or repair. Landlord’s contractor shall complete all reasonable punch-list items within thirty (30) days after the walk-through inspection or as soon as practicable thereafter. Upon completion of such punch-list items, Landlord shall so notify Tenant. Tenant shall approve such completed items in writing to Landlord. If Tenant fails to reasonably approve such items within fifteen (15) days of notice of completion by Landord, such items shall be deemed approved by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its Agents have agreed to undertake any Alternation or construct any Tenant Improvements to the Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease.

9.2 Landlord’s Representations . Landlord represents to Tenant that on the Commencement Date the electrical, telephone and Internet communications, lighting, plumbing, water and gas and HVAC systems serving the Building and the Premises shall be in good working condition and repair, and that, to the Premises (including any Tenant Improvements and common Areas) are in compliance with all laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all government agencies applicable to the Premises (including the Tenant Improvements and Common Areas) as of such date. Subject to the foregoing representations and

 

-5-


Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements, including any punch-list items, if applicable, by taking possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in good, clean condition and repair. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth herein, and in Paragraph 10.3 below, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s Agents have made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Property or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business.

10. Use of the Premises .

10.1 Tenant’s Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes specified in Paragraph 1.5 and shall not use the Premises for any other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

10.2 Compliance . Tenant shall not use the Premises or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, zoning restriction, ordinance or governmental law, rule, regulation or requirement of duly constituted public authorities now in force or which may hereafter be in force, or the requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the condition, use of occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not commit any public or private nuisance or any other act or thing which might or would disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of Landlord or any occupant of nearby property. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials ore refuse or allow such to remain outside the Building proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Building.

10.3 Toxic Materials . Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all laws relating to the storage, use and disposal of hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including those materials identified in 22 California Code of Regulations Sections 66261.1 et seq., as they may be amended from time to time (collectively “ Toxic Materials ”). If Tenant does store, use or dispose of any Toxic Materials, other than office supplies and cleaning supplies typically used for general office purposes, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to their first appearance on the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its Agents harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the storage, use and/or disposal of any Toxic Materials in, on or under the Premises or the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees. Tenant shall further be solely responsible for and shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and its Agents harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with the removal, clean-up and restoration work and materials necessary to return the Premises and the Property and any other property of whatever nature to their condition existing prior to the appearance of any such Toxic Materials on the Premises. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of this Lease. Landlord represents to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge, there are no Toxic Materials present in, on or under the Premises or the Property as of the date of this Lease. Landlord shall be solely responsible for

 

-6-


and shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against all claims, costs and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with (a) any Toxic Materials that may be present in, on or under the Premises or the Property as of the Commencement Date, or (b) the storage, use and/or disposal of any Toxic Materials in, on or under the Premises or the Property by Landlord, its agents, employees or invitees. Landlord’s obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of this Lease.

11. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performing the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, shall have quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises as against any person claiming the same by, through or under Landlord.

12. Alterations .

12.1 General . After the Commencement Date, Tenant shall not make or permit any Alterations in, on or about the Building, except for nonstructural Alterations not exceeding Five Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($5,000.00) in cost, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and according to plans and specifications reasonably approved in writing by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, make any (i) alterations to the exterior of the Building; (ii) alterations to and penetrations of the roof of the Building; or (iii) alterations visible from outside the Building to which Landlord may withhold Landlord’s consent on wholly aesthetic grounds. All Alterations shall be installed at Tenant’s sole expense, in compliance with all applicable laws and permit requirements by a licensed contractor, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner conforming in quality and design with the Premises existing as of the Commencement Date, and shall not diminish the value of either the Building or the Premises. All Alterations made by Tenant shall be and become the property of Landlord upon installation and shall not be deemed Tenant’s Personal Property; provided, however, that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant to remove, at Tenant’s expense, any or all Alterations installed by Tenant. If Tenant removes any Alterations as required or permitted herein, Tenant shall repair any and all damage to the Premises caused by such removal and return the Premises to their condition as of the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear excepted and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 22. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of any Alterations made by it to the Premises.

12.2 Security Access System . Tenant may install at its own cost and expense a security system, including security cameras and a system for controlled access through the use of key cards or RFI cards or similar devices (“ Security Equipment ”), for limiting and monitoring each of the points of ingress and egress to the Premises as well as the main entrance to the Building; provided, that with respect to any general access entrance to the Building, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to install Security Equipment that is compatible with other tenants in the Building. Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably, withheld, conditioned or delayed) plans for the proposed Security Equipment, including, without limitation, detailed information regarding the systems, locations, manner of attachment and method of tying in to the existing Building systems. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have no right to require Tenant to leave the Security Equipment in

 

-7-


the Building, and Tenant shall remove, at Tenant’s expense, all Security Equipment and related wiring and components and repair any and all damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal and return the Premises and the Building to their condition as of the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear excepted and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 22.

13. Surrender of the Premises . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, normal wear and tear and fire or other casualty excepted, with all interior walls repaired and repainted if marked or damaged, all carpets shampooed and cleaned, all broken, marred or nonconforming acoustical ceiling tiles replaced, all windows washed, the plumbing and electrical systems and lighting located in the Premises in good order and repair, including replacement of any burned out or broken light bulb or ballasts, and all floors cleaned and waxed, all to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Tenant shall remove from the Premises all of Tenant’s Alterations required to be removed pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all Tenant’s Personal Property and repair any damage and perform any restoration work caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove such Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property, and such failure continues after the termination of this Lease, Landlord may retain such property and all rights of Tenant with respect to it shall cease, or Landlord may place all or any portion of such property in public storage for Tenant’s account. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for costs of removal of any such Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property and storage and transportation costs of same, and the cost of repairing and restoring the Premises, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord.

14. Real Property Taxes .

14.1 Payment by Tenant . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Percentage of the Real Property Taxes for the Property as set forth on the most current County assessor’s tax statement for the Property. Commencing with the Commencement Date, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord monthly, on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Percentage of the annual Real Property Taxes for the applicable fiscal year, prorated for any partial month. If any Real Property Taxes increase from time to time due to a new tax statement from the County assessor, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of such increase within thirty (30) days after receipt of a statement from Landlord. Assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such purposes as fire protection, street, sidewalk, road, utility construction and maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services which may formerly have been provided without charge to property owners or occupants. It is the intention of the parties that all new and increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges are to be included within the definition of Real Property Taxes for purposes of this Lease.

14.2 Taxes on Tenant Improvements and Personal Property . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Tenant shall pay the full amount of any increase in Real Property Taxes during the Term resulting from any and all Alterations and Tenant Improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about the Premises for the benefit of, at the request of, or by Tenant. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed or levied against Tenant’s

 

-8-


Personal Property in, on or about the Premises. When possible, Tenant shall cause its Personal Property to be assessed and billed separately from the real or personal property of Landlord.

14.3 Proration . Tenant’s liability to pay Real Property Taxes shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year to account for any fractional portion of a fiscal tax year included at the commencement or expiration of the Term.

15. Utilities and Services . Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer, telephone, refuse pickup, janitorial service and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to or used by Tenant in, on or about the Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. Any utilities that are not separately metered to the Premises shall be charged to Tenant on an equitable basis as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages, consequential or otherwise, nor shall there be any Rent reduction, Rent abatement or right of Tenant to terminate this Lease, as result of any failure or interruption of any utility service or other service furnished to the Premises. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to promptly correct any failure or interruption caused by the act or neglect of Landlord.

16. Repair and Maintenance .

16.1 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall at all times and at its own expense clean, keep and maintain in good safe and sanitary order, condition and repair the foundation of the Building, the concrete sub-flooring, the structural elements of the roof, the structural condition of exterior and load-bearing walls, and any underground utilities serving the Building, except for any damage thereto caused by the negligence or willful acts or omissions of Tenant or of Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, or by reason of the failure of Tenant to perform or comply with any terms, conditions or covenants in this Lease, or cause by Alterations made by Tenant or by Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, which shall be Tenant’s responsibility. Landlord shall also maintain, repair and replace the roof membrane of the Building, the Building elevator, the HVAC system, and the Outside Area and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Percentage of the costs thereof as provided in paragraph 16.3. [At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to maintain, repair and replace the HVAC system for the Premises. In such case, Tenant shall cause the HVAC system for the Premises to be maintained in good condition at all times and Tenant shall obtain an HVAC system preventative maintenance contract with monthly service which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord and paid for by Tenant and which shall provide for and include replacement of filters, oiling and lubricating of machinery, parts replacement, adjustment of drive belts, oil changes and other preventative maintenance. If Tenant is performing the repair and maintenance of the HVAC system, Tenant shall have the benefit of all warranties available to Landlord regarding such equipment.] It is a condition precedent to all obligations of Landlord to repair under this Paragraph 16.1 that Tenant shall have notified Landlord in writing of the need for any repairs.

16.2 Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall at all times and at its own expense, clean, keep and maintain in good, safe and sanitary order, condition and repair every part of the Premises which is not within Landlord’s obligation pursuant to Paragraph 16.1. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, without limitation, all plumbing and sewage facilities within the Premises, all equipment, fixtures, interior walls, floors, ceilings, interior windows,

 

-9-


store front, doors, entrances, plateglass, showcases, all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, any automatic fire extinguisher equipment within the Premises, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises. Tenant shall provide at Tenant’s expense all janitorial service to the Premises and all pest control within the Premises. All glass is at the sole risk of Tenant, and any broken glass shall promptly be replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s expense with glass of the same kind, size and quality.

16.3 Tenant to Pay Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Percentage of all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during the Term in maintaining, repairing and managing the Building and the Outside Area (the “ Operating Expenses ”). Operating Expenses may include, without limitation, the cost of labor, materials, supplies and services used or consumed in operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing, as necessary, the Building systems (including the HVAC system), the roof membrane (including annual inspections and preventive maintenance work on the roof), exterior windows, exterior walls and the Outside Area, including landscaping and sprinkler systems, concrete walkways and paved parking areas, signs and site lighting; all utilities provided to the Outside Area; any utilities to the Building that are not separately metered to the Premises; any alterations or improvements required by governmental authority; and a reasonable management fee. Any Operating Expenses that constitute capital expenditures (e.g., replacement of HVAC systems) shall be amortized over their useful life in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Operating Expenses that are allocated to the Building by Landlord or any party retained by Landlord for the management of the Building as a portion of expenses that are allocable by Landlord and/or any manager to the Building and one or more other properties owned and/or managed by Landlord and/or any manager of the Building, shall be apportioned in good faith between the Building and such other properties, and Landlord shall provide Tenant along with any statements with respect to the calculation of Operating Expenses the reasonable basis and method of determination of such apportionment between the Building and any other property. Operating Expenses shall not include: (a) capital expenditures (other than the amortized cost over the useful life of the item); (b) depreciation; (c) principal payments of mortgage or other non-operating debts of Landlord; (d) costs of repairs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; (e) costs of leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; (f) costs of selling, financing or refinancing the Building; (g) fines, penalties or interest resulting from late payment of Real Property Taxes, insurance premiums or other building Operating Expenses; (h) organizational, legal, accounting and other similar expenses of creating or operating the entity that constitutes Landlord (as distinguished from expenses of operating the Property); (i) damages paid to Tenant hereunder or to other tenants of the Building under their respective leases; or (j) wages, salaries, fees or fringe benefits (“ Labor Costs ”) paid to executive personnel or officers or partners of Landlord (provided, however, that if such individuals provide services directly related to the operation, maintenance or ownership of the Property that, if provided directly by a general manager or property manager or his or her general support staff, would normally be chargeable as an operating expense of a comparable office building, then, subject to the second sentence of the preceding paragraph, the Labor Costs of such individuals may be included in Operating Expenses to the extent of the percentage of their time that is spent providing such services to the Property).

16.4 Monthly Payments . From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term an amount estimated

 

-10-


by Landlord to be Tenant’s Percentage of the monthly Operating Expenses which for the first twelve (12) months of the term are estimated to be equal to $0.27 per square foot per month (“ Estimated First Year Expenses ”). The foregoing estimated monthly charges may be adjusted by Landlord at the end of any calendar quarter on the basis of Landlord’s experience and reasonably anticipated costs. Any such adjustment shall be effective as of the calendar month next succeeding receipt by Tenant of written notice of such adjustment. Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year Landlord shall finish Tenant a statement of the actual Operating Expenses (“ Actual Expenses ”), Real Property Taxes and Insurance (“ Additional Rent Statement ”) for the calendar year and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such period. If Tenant’s payments for the Operating Expenses do not equal the amount of the Actual Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant’s Percentage of the Actual Expense increase by more than five percent (5%) per annum, meaning the amount of such Actual Expenses as measured against the Estimated First Year Expenses for the first twelve months of the Term and thereafter Tenant’s Actual Expenses for the preceding twelve (12) months period. If Tenant’s payments exceed the Actual Expenses, Landlord shall either offset the excess against the Operating Expenses next thereafter to become due to Landlord if such amount is less than the Monthly Rent, or shall refund the amount of the overpayments to Tenant, in cash. There shall be appropriate adjustments of the Operating Expenses as of the Commencement Date and expiration of the Term.

16.5 Landlord’s Records . Within 60 days after receiving any Additional Rent Statement (the “ Review Notice Period ”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“ Review Notice ”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and Insurance for the year to which such Additional Rent Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within 60 days after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below); Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within 60 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “ Objection Period ”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Additional Rent Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. Tenant may not deliver more than one Review Notice or more than one Objection Notice with respect to any expense year. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Additional Rent Statement. If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State of California and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review; provided, however, that if Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Additional Rent for the year in question was overstated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord, within thirty (30) days shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable amounts paid by Tenant to third parties in connection with such review. The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Auditors ”). Before making any records available for review, Landlord

 

-11-


may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant may not examine Landlord’s records or dispute any Statement if any uncured Default for failure to pay Rent exists. If, for any expense year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Percentage of the Actual Expenses, Real Property Taxes and/or Insurance is less or more than the amount reported, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, against or with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within thirty (30) days after such determination.

16.6 Waiver . Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent due under this Lease.

16.7 Compliance with Government Regulations . Tenant shall, at its cost, comply with, including the making by Tenant of any Alteration to the Premises, all present and future regulations, rules, laws, ordinances, and requirements of all governmental authorities (including state, municipal, County and federal governments and their departments, bureaus, boards and officials) arising from the use or occupancy of the Premises.

17. Liens . Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Property free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant and hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord and its Agents harmless from all liability and cost, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, in connection with or arising out of any such lien or claim of lien. Tenant shall cause any such lien imposed to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond acceptable to Landlord within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s intention to perform work on the Premises which might result in any claim of lien at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such work to enable Landlord to post and record a Notice of Nonresponsibility or other notice reasonably deemed proper by Landlord. If Tenant fails to so remove any such lien within the prescribed ten (10) day period, then Landlord may do so and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand. Such reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

18. Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises . Tenant shall permit Landlord and its Agents to enter the Premises at all reasonable times with reasonable notice, except for emergencies in which case no notice shall be required, to inspect the same, to post Notices of Nonresponsibility and similar notices, to show the Premises to interested parties such as prospective lenders and purchasers, to make necessary repairs, to discharge Tenant’s obligations hereunder when Tenant has failed to do so within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord, and at any reasonable time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Term, to place upon the Building or in the Outside Area ordinary “For Lease” signs and to show the Premises to prospective tenants. The above rights are subject to

 

-12-


reasonable security regulations of Tenant, and to the requirement that Landlord shall at all times act in a manner to cause the least possible interference with Tenant’s business.

19. Signs . Subject to Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental approvals, and Landlord’s reasonable approval of the size, design, and materials for Tenant’s proposed signage, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install Tenant identification signage on (a) the Building exterior at a location to be designated by Landlord, and (b) the multi-tenant monument sign provided by Landlord in the Outside Area; provided, however, that Tenant’s identification signage on the multi-tenant monument sign shall be limited to Tenant’s Percentage of the overall area of such monument sign. All costs associated with Tenant’s signage, including installation, maintenance, repair and removal, shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall remove all of its signage from the Building and the monument sign upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and shall repair any damage to the Building and/or the monument sign caused by the installation and/or removal of Tenant’s signage. If Tenant fails to maintain its signs, or, if Tenant fails to remove its signs upon termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord for such amounts shall be deemed Additional Rent.

20. Insurance .

20.1 Tenant’s Indemnification . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 21, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all damage, loss, liability or expense including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal costs suffered directly or by reason of any claim, suit or judgment brought by or in favor of any person or persons for damage, loss or expense due to, but not limited to, bodily injury and property damage sustained by such person or persons (“ Claims ”) to the extent any such Claim arises out of, is occasioned by or in any way attributable to the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part thereof and adjacent areas by the Tenant, the acts or omissions of the Tenant, Tenant’s agents, or any contractors brought onto the Premises by Tenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agents or third parties other than Tenant, Tenant’s agents, or any contractors brought onto the Premises by Tenant. Tenant agrees that the obligations assumed herein shall survive this Lease.

20.2 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Term, at its own expense, for the protection of Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier or carriers reasonably acceptable to Landlord which afford the following coverage:

20.2.1. Liability . Commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) combined single limit for both bodily injury and property damage which includes blanket contractual liability broad form property damage, personal injury, completed operations, products liability, and fire damage legal (in an amount not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000)), naming Landlord and its Agents as additional insureds.

 

-13-


20.2.2. Personal Property . Special form property insurance (including, without limitation, vandalism, malicious mischief, inflation endorsement, and sprinkler leakage endorsement) on Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Premises. Such insurance shall be in the full amount of the replacement cost, as the same may from time to time increase as a result of inflation or otherwise, and shall be in a form providing coverage comparable to the coverage provided in the standard ISO special form.

20.3 Special Form Insurance . During the Term Landlord shall maintain special form property insurance, including inflation endorsement, sprinkler leakage endorsement and, at Landlord’s option, earthquake coverage, on the Building, excluding coverage of all Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Building but including the Tenant Improvements. Such insurance shall also include insurance against loss of rents on a special form basis, including earthquake, in an amount equal to the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent, and any other sums payable under the Lease, for a period of at least twelve (12) months commencing on the date of loss. Such insurance shall name Landlord and its Agents as named insureds and include a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of Landlord’s lender (Form 438 BFU Endorsement). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, for Tenant’s Percentage of one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual cost of such insurance, prorated for any partial month, or on such other periodic basis as Landlord shall elect. If the insurance premiums are increased after the Commencement Date due to an increase in premium rates, an increase in the valuation of the Building its replacement cost, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of such increase within ten (10) days of notice thereof.

20.4 Certificates . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant, and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of each such policy, certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not less than those specified above. The certificates shall expressly provide that the interest of Landlord therein shall not be affected by any breach of Tenant of any policy provision for which such certificates evidence coverage. All certificates shall expressly provide that no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall be given Landlord in the event of cancellation of the coverage evidenced by such certificates.

20.5 Insurance Requirements . All insurance shall be in a form satisfactory to Landlord and shall be carried with companies that have a general policy holder’s rating of not less than “A” and a financial rating of not less than Class “X” in the most current edition of Best’s Insurance Reports; shall provide that such policies shall not be subject to material alteration or cancellation except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord; and shall be primary as to Landlord. The policy or policies, or duly executed certificates for them, together with satisfactory evidence of payment of the premium thereon shall be deposited with Landlord prior to the Commencement Date, and upon renewal of such policies, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If Tenant fails to procure and maintain the insurance required hereunder, Landlord may, upon written notice to Tenant, order such insurance at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord. Such reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

 

-14-


20.6 Landlord’s Disclaimer . Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, glass, tile or sheetrock, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface, or from any other cause whatsoever, unless caused by or due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable for interference with the light, air, or any latent defect in the Premises. Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord in case of a casualty, accident or repair needed in the Premises.

21. Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss or damage occasioned to such waiving party for its property or the property of others under its control to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policies which may be in force at the time of such loss or damage, even if such damage may have been caused by the negligence of the other party, its agents or employees. Tenant and Landlord shall, upon obtaining policies of insurance required hereunder, give notice to the insurance carrier that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease and Tenant and Landlord shall cause each insurance policy obtained by such party to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any damage covered by such policy.

22. Damage or Destruction .

22.1 Partial Damage Insured . If the Premises (or Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises) are damaged by any casualty which is covered under the special form insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20.3 (“ Covered Casualty Event ”), then Landlord shall restore such damage, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay at least ninety-five percent (95%) or more of the cost of restoration and provided such restoration can be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement of the work in the reasonable opinion of a registered architect or engineer appointed by Landlord for such determination. If insurance proceeds are not available to cover ninety-five percent (95%) or more of the cost of restoration or the estimated period for restoration exceeds one hundred twenty (120) days, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after determination of the estimated period for restoration. In such event, this Lease, if not otherwise so terminated, shall continue in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Rent while such restoration takes place, such proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the restoration efforts interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, as reasonably agreed upon between Tenant and Landlord. Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the amount of such rent reduction shall be resolved by arbitration, and such arbitration shall comply with and be governed by the California Arbitration Act Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. If it is anticipated by Landlord that such restoration cannot be completed within one hundred twenty (120), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the estimated repair period. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the estimated repair period as soon as reasonably possible following the damage or destruction, but not later than thirty (30) days following such Covered Casualty Event. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease as permitted herein,

 

-15-


Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements. The Landlord repairs shall restore the Premises and the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Covered Casualty Event occurred. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant that is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.2 Partial Damage - Uninsured . If the Premises (or Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises) are damaged by a casualty not covered by Landlord’s insurance (an “ Uncovered Casualty Event ”), or the proceeds of available insurance are less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the cost of restoration, or the restoration cannot be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement of work, in the reasonable opinion of the registered architect or engineer appointed by Landlord for such determination, then Landlord shall have the option either to: (i) repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but the Rent to be proportionately abated as provided in Paragraph 22.1; or (ii) give notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such damage terminating this Lease as of a date to be specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after giving such notice. If notice of termination is given, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on such date so specified in such notice and the Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction based upon the extent, if any, to which such damage interfered with the use of the Premises by Tenant, shall be paid to the date of such termination. If it is anticipated by Landlord that such restoration cannot be completed within one hundred twenty (120) days after commencement of work, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the estimated repair period. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the estimated repair period as soon as reasonably possible following the damage or destruction, but not later than thirty (30) days following such Uncovered Casualty Event. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease as permitted herein, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements. The Landlord repairs shall restore the Premises and the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Uncovered Casualty Event occurred. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant that is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.3 Total Destruction . If the Premises are totally destroyed or the Premises cannot be reasonably restored under applicable laws and regulations or due to the presence of hazardous factors such as earthquake faults, chemical waste and similar dangers, notwithstanding the availability of insurance proceeds, this Lease shall be terminated effective the date of the damage.

22.4 Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any restoration or replacement of any panelings, decorations, partitions, railings, floor coverings, office fixtures which are Alterations or Personal Property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the expense of Tenant. Except for abatement of Monthly Rent, if any, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration; nor shall Tenant have the right to

 

-16-


terminate this Lease as the result of any statutory provision now or hereafter in effect pertaining to the damage and destruction of the Premises, except as expressly provided herein.

22.5 Damage Near End of Term . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Premises are destroyed or significantly damaged during the last nine (9) months of the Term, then Landlord may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If such damage substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, then Tenant may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by the other provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. Condemnation . If title to all of the Premises or so much thereof is taken or appropriated for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain so that reconstruction of the Premises will not, in Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual reasonable judgment, result in the Premises being suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses and purposes permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall terminate as of the date that possession of the Premises or Building or part thereof be taken, provided that if the parties disagree, the Lease shall not terminate and the issue as to whether the remaining Premises are suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses permitted by this Lease shall be submitted into arbitration and such arbitration shall comply and be governed by the California Arbitration Act, Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes of this paragraph. If any part of the Premises is taken and the remaining part is reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the purposes and uses permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date that possession of such part of the Premises is taken. If the Premises are so partially taken the Rent and other sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in the same proportion that Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises is reduced. If the parties disagree as to the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or the amount of any applicable Rent reduction, the matter shall be resolved by arbitration. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned. Tenant assigns to Landlord its interest in any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant arising in or to the same or any part thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s Personal Property, for the interruption of Tenant’s business, or its moving costs, or for the loss of its good will. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to any abatement of Rent except to the extent of interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and to the extent covered by rent abatement insurance; provided, however, that in any event Rent shall not be abated if Tenant is separately and ,directly compensated for such interference by the condemning authority. Any award made to Tenant by reason of such temporary taking shall belong entirely to Tenant and Landlord shall not be entitled to share therein. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other all instruments that may be required to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph.

 

-17-


24. Assignment and Subletting .

24.1 Landlord’s Consent . Except as permitted tinder Paragraph 24.5 below, Tenant shall not enter into a Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any attempted or purported Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void and confer no rights upon any third person and shall be deemed a material default of this Lease. Each Subtenant shall agree in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, to assume, to be bound by, and to perform the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Tenant shall not be released from personal liability for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease by reason of Landlord’s consent to a Sublet unless Landlord specifically grants such release in writing.

24.2 Information to Be Furnished . If Tenant desires at any time to Sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name of the proposed Subtenant; (ii) the nature of the proposed Subtenant’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed Sublet and a copy of the proposed Sublet form containing a description of the subject premises; and (iv) such financial information, including financial statements, as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed Subtenant.

24.3 Landlord’s Alternatives . At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in Paragraph 24.2, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect: (i) to consent to the Sublet by Tenant; (ii) to refuse its consent to the Sublet Mating the reasonable grounds therefor, or (iii) elect to terminate this Lease as of the date the Sublet would be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as of the date the Sublet would be effective as provided in clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw its request for Landlord’s consent to the Sublet by providing written notice of such withdrawal (“ Withdrawal Notice ”) within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of its election to terminate this Lease. If Tenant timely delivers a Withdrawal Notice, then Tenant shall not enter into the Sublet and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as if Tenant’s original request for consent to the Sublet had not been delivered. If Tenant does not timely deliver a Withdrawal Notice after receiving written notice of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date the Sublet would be effective. If Landlord consents to the Sublet, Tenant may thereafter enter into a valid Sublet of the Premises or portion thereof, upon the terms and conditions and with the proposed Subtenant set forth in the information furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 24.2.

24.4 Executed Counterpart . No Sublet shall be valid nor shall any Subtenant take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the Sublet agreement has been delivered to Landlord.

24.5 Exempt Sublets . Notwithstanding the above, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be required for a Sublet to an entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant, provided that Tenant gives Landlord notice of any such Sublet. Landlord shall not be entitled to any Sublet profits received by Tenant in connection with any

 

-18-


such Sublet. An assignment or other transfer of this Lease to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a Sublet requiring Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

24.6 Sublet Profits . Except as provided in Paragraph 24.5, if the Rent received by Tenant from any Sublet, after first deducting Tenant’s reasonable brokerage commissions paid in connection therewith, exceeds the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of such excess to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent.

25. Default .

25.1 Tenant’s Default . A default under this Lease by Tenant shall exist if any of the following events shall occur:

25.1.1. If Tenant fails to pay Rent or any other sum required to be paid hereunder within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord; provided, however, that any such notice given pursuant to the requirements of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure regarding unlawful detainer actions shall be deemed to be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice that may be required hereunder; or

25.1.2. If Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of money, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord where such breach could reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, that where such failure could not reasonably be cured within the thirty (30) day period, that Tenant shall not be in default if it commences such performance within the thirty (30) day period and diligently thereafter prosecutes the same to completion; or

25.1.3. If Tenant assigns its assets for the benefit of its creditors; or

25.1.4. If a court shall make or enter any decree or order other than under the bankruptcy laws of the United States adjudging Tenant to be insolvent; or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of Tenant; or directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant and such decree or order shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days.

25.2 Remedies . Upon a default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

25.2.1. Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due.

25.2.2. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect, and relet the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all reasonable costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof; including, without limitation, broker’s commissions,

 

-19-


expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlords interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenants right to possession. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s Personal Property and store same at Tenants cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

(a) The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary which is to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any reasonable costs of expenses incurred by Landlord: (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for any other costs reasonably necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 25.2.2(a) and 25.2.2(b) is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate on the unpaid rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 25.2.2(c) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

25.2.3. Landlord may, with or without terminating this Lease, re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant.

 

-20-


25.3 Landlord’s Default . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying the nature of such default; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion.

26. Subordination .

(a) General. This Lease is subject and subordinate to ground and underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust (collectively “ Encumbrances ”) which may now affect the Premises and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the holder or holders of any such Encumbrance (“ Holder ”) shall require that this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, within ten (10) days of written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver any and all reasonable documents or instruments which Landlord or Holder deems necessary or desirable for such purposes. Subject to section (b) below, Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all Encumbrances which are now or may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided only, that in the event of termination of any such lease or upon the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, so long as Tenant is not in default, Holder agrees to recognize Tenant’s rights under this Lease as long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, and concurrent with the receipt by Tenant of the Non-Disturbance Agreement specified in subsection (b) below, Tenant shall execute any and all documents required by Landlord or the Holder to make this Lease subordinate to any lien of the Encumbrance. If Tenant fails to do so and Holder has issued the Non-Disturbance Agreement, it shall be deemed that this Lease is so subordinated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this paragraph, Tenant hereby atoms and agrees to attorn to any entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale or other proceeding or pursuant to the exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies under such Encumbrance.

(b) Non-Disturbance Agreement. Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease as described in subsection (a) above shall not be effective unless Landlord has provided Tenant with a non-disturbance agreement from the Holder (“ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) which such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall be on the Holder’s standard form. Tenant shall have seven (7) days after Tenant’s receipt of Holder’s proposed Non-Disturbance Agreement to negotiate with Holder any changes requested by Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be excused from its obligation to subordinate this Lease as described in subsection (a) above if Holder is unwilling to incorporate any revisions requested by Tenant.

(c) Upon the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall request a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the existing Holder.

 

-21-


27. Notices . Any notice or demand required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally served or in lieu of personal service may be given by mail or by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service. If given by mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been given when seventy-two (72) hours have elapsed from the time when such notice was deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, and postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served. If given by overnight courier service, such notice shall be deemed to be effective upon the next business day after deposit with the courier service. At the date of execution of this Lease, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as set forth in the first paragraph of this Lease. After the Commencement Date, the address of Tenant shall be the address of the Premises. Either party may change its address by giving notice of same in accordance with this paragraph.

28. Attorneys’ Fees . If either party brings any action; legal proceeding or arbitration proceeding for damages for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, or other sums due, to terminate the tenancy of the Premises or to enforce, protect or establish any term, condition or covenant of this Lease or right of either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceedings, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

29. Tenant Statements . Tenant shall within ten (10) days following written request by Landlord:

29.1 Estoppel Certificates . Execute and deliver to Landlord any documents, including estoppel certificates, in the form prepared by Landlord (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord, or, if there are uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord, stating the nature of such uncured defaults, and (c) evidencing the status of the Lease as may be required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises or a purchaser of the Premises from Landlord, Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within ten (10) days after delivery of Landlord’s written request therefor shall be conclusive upon Tenant (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) that there are now no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and (c) that no Rent has been paid in advance.

29.2 Financial Statements . Deliver to Landlord the current financial statements of Tenant, and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statements year, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared by a certified public accountant.

30. Transfer of the Property by Landlord . In the event of any conveyance of all or any portion of the Property and assignment by Landlord of this Lease, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely released from all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease occurring after the date of such conveyance and

 

-22-


assignment, provided such transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant agrees to attorn to such transferee.

31. Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants . If Tenant fails to make any payment or perform any other act on its part to be made or performed under this Lease, provided that Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, make such payment or perform such other act to the extent Landlord may deem desirable, and in connection therewith, pay expenses and employ counsel. All sums so paid by Landlord and all penalties, interest and costs in connection therewith shall be due and payable by Tenant upon receipt of written demand by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date Tenant receives Landlord’s written demand to the date of payment by Tenant to Landlord, plus collection costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies for the nonpayment thereof as in the case of default in the payment of Rent.

32. Tenant’s Remedy . If, as a consequence of a default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Property and out of Rent, insurance proceeds, condemnation proceeds or other income from the Property received by Landlord or out of consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition, taking, damage or destruction of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Property, and neither Landlord nor its Agents shall be liable for any deficiency.

33. Mortgagee Protection . If Landlord defaults under this Lease, Tenant will notify by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Property, of whom Tenant has been notified in writing, and offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Property by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.

34. Brokers . Tenant and Landlord warrant and represent that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with ‘the negotiation of this Lease, other than the Broker, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant and Landlord each agree to defend, indemnify and hold the other party and its Agents from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with claims made by any other broker or individual for commissions or fees on the basis of the acts or omissions of the indemnifying party. Each of Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that Broker is the only broker with respect to this Lease and has therefore has acted as a dual agent of each of Tenant and Landlord. Each of Tenant and Landlord hereby consent to this dual agency and waive each against the other Party any Claim resulting from any possible or actual conflict of interest which may arise from such representation.

35. Acceptance . Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This Lease shall only

 

-23-


become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

36. Recording . Neither party shall record this Lease.

37. Quitclaim . Thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term, or, if this Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term, within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver to Landlord a quitclaim deed of the Premises, which quitclaim deed may, at Landlord’s election, be recorded upon termination of the Lease or anytime thereafter.

38. Modifications for Lender . If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Property or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modification to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided such modifications do not adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder and are reasonably and customarily required by lenders in similar transactions.

39. Parking . Tenant, Tenant’s employees, guests and visitors shall have the non-exclusive right to park in the Property’s parking facilities (“ Parking Facilities ”) upon terms and conditions as may from time to time be reasonably established by Landlord; provided, that during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall not charge any fees for such parking. Landlord represents that it shall generally make available for Tenant’s and its employees, guests and visitors up to fifty-five (55) parking spaces in the Property’s Parking Facilities.

40. Roof Rights .

40.1 Tenant’s Equipment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 40, and Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental approvals, Tenant shall have the right to install and operate communication equipment on the roof of the Building, and related cabling within the Building risers (collectively, “ Tenant’s Equipment ”), at no charge to Tenant for the use of the roof and the risers, for the purpose of transmitting and/or receiving microwave or radio signals, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s business. Tenant shall, however, be responsible for all costs associated with the installation, maintenance and repair of Tenant’s Equipment as well as any utility costs associated with the operation of Tenant’s Equipment. The number, size, location and method of installing or affixing Tenant’s Equipment on the roof shall subject to the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned so long as (a) Tenant’s Equipment can be installed and operated on the roof of the Building without damaging the Building structure, and (b) the installation and operation of Tenant’s Equipment will not interfere with any other communications equipment installed and operated on the roof of the Building by any other tenants of the Building. Installation shall be designed and supervised by a duly registered and qualified professional engineer or architect approved by the Landlord. The installation shall be actually fastened (bolted, welded or otherwise positively anchored, not ballasted) to the structure and properly flashed to the roof membrane with all necessary work to preserve the roof integrity and any warranties. Any future installations or changes in Tenant’s Equipment shall be subject to all the conditions and restrictions for original installation of Tenant’s Equipment as set forth herein, and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval. For any transmitting device, the Tenant shall

 

-24-


submit data to the Landlord detailing necessary safety precautions that will be used on the installation in keeping with accepted operating and safety standards. Tenant shall not be permitted to transfer Tenant’s Equipment installation and operation rights to any other party other than a permitted assignee or sublessee. The right to operate Tenant’s Equipment shall expire upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, at which time Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Equipment, including all cabling, from the Building and repair any damage to the Building caused by the installation, operation or removal of Tenant’s Equipment. Landlord reserves the right to install any other equipment or allow other tenants to install, maintain and operate other equipment on the roof and in the Building provided that the same do not interfere with the operation of Tenant’s Equipment. Landlord shall have the right to do maintenance, repairs and remodeling to the Building and roof space at any time without Tenant’s prior approval.

40.2 Access . Tenant may only access the roof of the Building through the existing access in the Common Area of the Building. Tenant agrees that it will not pass through other tenants’ spaces, nor will it interfere with any other tenants’ businesses. Additionally, Tenant agrees to give the Landlord reasonable notice prior to accessing the roof, any cabling or communication closets. Tenant also agrees only to access same during business hours and upon Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

40.3 Cabling . In the event that Tenant desires to run any cable through the Building in connection with the installation and maintenance of Tenant’s Equipment, Tenant agrees to submit working drawings to the Landlord specifying the following: (i) the locations throughout the Building where the cable will be located; (ii) the manner in which the cabling will be run through the Building; (iii) the communications closets, if any, which will be utilized in installing and maintaining such cabling; (iv) the amount of cable which will be required to be utilized; and (v) the type of cable which will be utilized. Such working drawings are subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and Tenant shall not install any cabling or perform any work until such working drawings have been approved by the Landlord. Additionally, Tenant agrees that all cable shall be shielded cable; the cable coating shall comply with all applicable fire codes and properly labeled so that it can be identified by Landlord, Landlord’s Agents or third parties. Tenant further agrees to provide Landlord reasonable notice prior to installing any cable, and such notice shall set forth the times at which Tenant expects to be installing or working on such cables. Tenant agrees that it will not pass through other tenants’ spaces, (other than to access plenum space or communications closets) and in any event in a manner so as to not interfere with any other tenants’ businesses when installing or maintaining such cables.

41. General .

41.1 Captions . The captions and headings used in this Lease are for the purpose of convenience only and shall not be construed to limit or extend the meaning of any part of this Lease.

41.2 Executed Copy . Any fully executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

 

-25-


41.3 Time . Time is of the essence for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease.

41.4 Separability . If one or more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

41.5 Choice of Law . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

41.6 Gender, Singular, Plural . When the context of this Lease requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural.

41.7 Binding Effect . The covenants and agreement contained in this Lease shall be binding on the parties hereto and on their respective successors and assigns to the extent this Lease is assignable.

41.8 Waiver . The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, condition or covenant, of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord or payment of Rent hereunder by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance or making of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant as applicable.

41.9 Entire Agreement . This Lease is the entire agreement between the parties, and there are no agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

41.10 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation or partnership, as the case may be, represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with its corporate bylaws, statement of partnership or certificate of limited partnership, as the case may be, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms. Landlord, at its option, may require a copy of such written authorization to enter into this Lease. The failure of Tenant to deliver the same to Landlord within seven (7) days of Landlord’s request therefor shall be deemed a default under this Lease.

 

-26-


41.11 Exhibits . All exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

THIS LEASE is effective as of the date the last signatory necessary to execute the Lease shall have executed this Lease.

 

    TENANT    
Dated: 4/13/09     UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC. a California corporation
      By:   /s/ Robert J. Pera
      Its:   President
    LANDLORD
Dated: 4/13/09    

91 E. TASMAN, LLC

a California limited liability company

      By:   TBI-Tasman, LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager
        By:   Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.
Development, Manager
          By:   /s/ illegible
          Its:   President & CEO

 

-27-


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES

Page 1 of 2

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

THE PROPERTY

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

In connection with the Tenant Improvements to be installed on the Premises Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Plans and Specifications for Tenant Improvements . Landlord and Tenant have reviewed and approved the space plan for the Tenant Improvements to the Premises prepared by                      dated              , 2009, a copy of which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT C-1 (the “ Space Plan ”). Landlord shall cause its architect to prepare and submit to Tenant final working architectural and engineering plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements based upon the approved Space Plan (“ Final Plans and Specifications ”) not later than April [      ], 2009. Tenant shall cooperate diligently with Landlord’s architect, and shall furnish to such architect, within five (5) days after written request therefor, all information required by Landlord’s architect for the completion of the Final Plans and Specifications. Tenant shall notify Landlord of Tenant’s approval or disapproval of the Final Plans and Specifications within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. If Tenant disapproves any part of the Final Plans and Specifications, Tenant’s disapproval shall provide objections with sufficient particularity for the architect to revise the Final Plans and Specifications. Such revisions shall be subject to Landlord and Tenant’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Following final approval of the Final Plans and Specifications by Landlord and Tenant, such plans shall be submitted by Landlord to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a building permit.

2. Construction and Work Quality . Landlord shall construct or install the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with (a) the Final Plans and Specifications approved by Landlord and Tenant, (b) all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and (c) the building permit issued by the City of San Jose for such construction. Landlord shall arrange for the Tenant Improvements to be fully warranted (labor and materials) by the general contractor, subcontractor, or appropriate supplier, as the case may be, for a period of one (1) year from the completion thereof.

3. Payment of Tenant Improvements Cost . Landlord shall construct, at its sole cost and expense, the Tenant Improvements shown on the approved Space Plan, using building standard finishes and materials, or such materials and finishes as may be set forth on EXHIBIT C-1 . If Tenant requests any changes or substitutions to the Tenant Improvements shown and described on the approved Space Plan, any additional costs therefore, including architectural and space planning fees resulting from such changes, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord has provided Tenant with an itemized invoice for such additional costs.

4. Change Requests . No revisions to the approved Final Plans and Specifications shall be made by either Landlord or Tenant unless approved in writing by both parties. Landlord agrees to make all changes: (i) required by any public agency to conform with governmental regulations or other applicable laws, or (ii) reasonably requested in writing by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any costs related to


any changes requested by Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant as set forth in Paragraph 3. Costs related to such changes shall include, without limitation, any architectural or design fees and Landlord’s general contractor’s price for effecting the change.

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

SPACE PLAN

LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease (“First Amendment”), dated as of April 29, 2009, is entered into by and between 91 E. Tasman, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated April 29, 2009 (the “Lease”) for the premises consisting of approximately 18,154 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) in the building located at 91 East Tasman Drive, San Jose, California.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease to adjust the schedule of Monthly Rent payable for the first twelve (12) months of the Term.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and other valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Monthly Rent . The schedule of net Monthly Rent set forth in paragraph 1.6 of the Lease and in the Lease Summary is hereby deleted and replaced with the following schedule:

 

Months of Term

        Monthly Rent  

first

      $ 40,572.00   

2 through 3

      $ 0.00/month   

4 through 12

      $ 20,000.00/month   

13 through 24

      $ 25,416.00/month   

25 through 36

      $ 26,323.00/month   

The net Monthly Rent in the amount of $24,508.00 that was originally due for the fourth month of the Term and paid by Tenant upon execution of the Lease, shall now be applied against the net Monthly Rent due for the first month of the Term, and Tenant shall pay the balance of the net Monthly Rent due for the first month of Term on or before the Commencement Date.

2. No Other Modifications . Except as set forth in this First Amendment, the Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

LANDLORD    

TENANT

 

91 E. TASMAN, LLC, a California limited liability company     UBIQUITI NETWORKS, INC., a California corporation
By: TBI-Tasman, LLC, a California limited liability
        company, Manager
   

By:   

  /s/ Robert J. Pera
  By:   Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.
Development, Manager
    Its:   President
    By:   /s/ Brad W. Krouskup        
      Brad W. Krouskup, President
and Chief Executive Officer
       

Exhibit 10.9

NON-RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT

Signed May 28, 2009 in Kaunas between:

Tomo Grébliúno , personal code 36906300743, residing Žvaigždžiu g. 11-14, Panevezys, tel.: +370 686 19499, Tomo Skučo , personal code 36912260033, residing Kiškiu g. 13, Kaunas, and Vygantés Skučienés , personal code 47101200077 residing Kiškiu g. 13, Kaunas, all of whom shall hereafter shall be referred to as the LANDLORD or AGREEMENT PARTY and

UAB “Devint” (hereafter “ TENANT or AGREEMENT PARTY ), company code 300633724, VAT code LT100003127916, a/s LT947300010098138017, AB Bank “Hansabankas”, bank code 73000, headquarters address: Statybininku g. 7 LT-50118, Kaunas, telephone +370 37 361021, fax.:+370 37 361021 represented by the director Kęstutis Kupčiūnas acting in accordance with TENANT undertaking statutes.

This immovable property lease agreement shall hereinafter be referred to as “AGREEMENT”, and the LANDLORD and TENANT together – “AGREEMENT PARTIES”).

ARTICLE 1. GENERAL AGREEMENT PROVISIONS

1.1. The LANDLORD shall transfer the object of the AGREEMENT to the TENANT for temporary management and use (lease) in accordance with the provisions of the AGREEMENT for a designated fee, and the TENANT shall be obligated to pay the rent and other associated fees as set forth in the AGREEMENT.

1.2. The subject of the AGREEMENT is the immovable property, which is located at Savanoriu pr. 221, Kaunas (hereafter – “PREMISES”). The PREMISES are located in the building (thereafter “BUILDING”), its unique code No. 1998-6009-5012, at the address of Savanoriu pr. 221, Kaunas, on the third floor, designated on the floor plan as 1B4p.

1.3. Total area of the PREMISES is 232.96 sq. m. The exact measurement of the total area of the PREMISES shall be specified upon signing the PREMISES transfer-acceptance act.

1.4. The PREMISES are designated for administrative. The TENANT shall have the right to use the PREMISES for activity as agreed upon with the LANDLORD. The LANDLORD shall be obligated to guarantee that the TENANT is able to use the PREMISES in accordance with its designation outlined in the AGREEMENT.

1.5. The transfer of the PREMISES to the TENANT shall be legalized by signing PREMISES transfer-acceptance act (thereafter – TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT”) signed by the AGREEMENT PARTIES.

1.6. The LANDLORD hereby declares, guarantees and confirms that:

 

 

(i)

The BUILDING in accordance with the general ownership right belongs to the LANDLORD and AB “TEO”: the co owner of the BUILDING shall not object to conclusion of the AGREEMENT between the LANDLORD and the TENANT;

 

 

(ii)

The LANDLORD has the right to rent the PREMISES to the TENANT;

 

 

(iii)

This AGREEMENT shall not infringe upon any third parties’ rights or lawful claims under any circumstances, while the LANDLORD, upon signing this AGREEMENT, shall not infringe on any obligations towards third parties on the basis of current contracts, legal acts or other reasons.

 

 

(iv)

The TENANT shall have the right to use the PREMISES in accordance with its designation purpose outlined in paragraph 1.4 of the AGREEMENT:

 

/s/ illegible    /s/ Tomas Skučas

  /s/ illegible


 

(v)

The LANDLORD shall have all unlimited rights to sign agreements and assume obligations as set forth in legislature;

 

 

(vi)

All necessary approvals from third parties (if needed) have been received for drafting of this AGREEMENT;

 

 

(vii)

The PREMISES have not been leased nor have been assigned for use by any other persons, they are not under arrest, there are no liens related to these PREMISES, including those issued by the court;

 

 

(viii)

The LANDLORD has not received any notices from state or municipal institutions regarding intentions to limit its rights to these PREMISES, nor has received any notices about transfer of rights to the PREMISES to any third parties, or regarding application of any limitations thereof;

 

 

(ix)

All due fees related to the PREMISES, including fees associated with its exploitation are current and there are no current arrearages;

 

 

(x)

There are no known deficiencies affecting the PREMISES that would be hidden from the TENANT in effect prohibiting the use of the PREMISES in accordance with its intended purpose, nor are there any deficiencies which would reduce usability of the PREMISES if such knowledge of such deficiencies could prevent the TENANT from renting the PREMISES altogether or affect the TENANT’s agreement to pay the asking rent price;

 

 

(xi)

Neither the BUILDING nor the PREMISES are limited by any third parties’ rights or restrictions thereof, and third parties have no rights nor claims to the BUILDING or the PREMISES;

 

 

(xii)

All provisions of this AGREEMENT and all obligations assumed by the LANDLORD in accordance with this AGREEMENT are fully legal; the LANDLORD shall not refuse, claim or argue its legality.

1.7 The TENANT hereby declares guarantees and confirms that:

 

 

(i)

The TENANT is registered in accordance with legal acts of the Republic of Lithuania and operates as a legal enterprise, and has all unlimited rights in accordance with legislature to enter into any agreements and assume obligations;

 

 

(ii)

All provisions of this AGREEMENT and all obligations assumed by the TENANT in accordance with this AGREEMENT are fully legal; the TENANT shall not refuse, claim or argue its legality.

1.8. Declarations, guarantees and confirmation listed in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 of this AGREEMENT shall be considered presented, valid and effective as of the day of the AGREEMENT signing. At any moment following PREMISES transfer-acceptance agreement one AGREEMENT PARTY shall have the right to request the other AGREEMENT PARTY to confirm that these declarations and confirmations are correct at the time when the answer to such a request is provided.

1.9. In cases when such declarations, guarantees and confirmation listed in paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 of this AGREEMENT are not correct or valid on a given day, then the AGREEMENT PARTY which has been provided such wrongful declaration, guarantee or confirmation shall have the right (additionally and without limitations of rights which it may exercise in accordance with legal acts of the Republic of Lithuania) to demand that the AGREEMENT PARTY which made such declaration, guarantee or confirmation to reimburse all loss and additional expense incurred for the fact that the AGREEMENT PARTY which suffered loss relied on declarations, guarantees or confirmations that did not correspond reality, and which would not have occurred had such declarations, guarantees or confirmations been truthful.

 

/s/ illegible    /s/ Tomas Skučas

  /s/ illegible


ARTICLE 2. AGREEMENT AND LEASE TERM

2.1. The AGREEMENT has an end date. The AGREEMENT shall be valid for 3 (three) years. The lease term shall begin on the day following the AGREEMENT signing, after the PREMISES are transferred to the TENANT in accordance with the transfer-acceptance act.

2.2. The TENANT shall have the priority right to renew the AGREEMENT assuming the terms of the AGREEMENT are fully executed up until then.

ARTICLE 3. INSTALLATION AND RENOVATION OF THE PREMISES. PREMISES TRANSFER TO THE TENANT. RETURN OF THE PREMISES

3.1. The AGREEMENT PARTIES agree, that from the moment the AGREEMENT becomes effective, the LANDLORD shall not hinder the TENANTS employees from entering the PREMISES and carrying out installation and shall provide all necessary related information.

3.2. Upon completion of installation, the PREMISES shall be transferred to the TENANT in accordance with the PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT. The PREMISES upon their transfer shall be orderly, clean, completely vacant, without any LANDLORD or other third party belongings and unoccupied by third parties. The PREMISES shall be transferred upon signing three PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT copies for the AGREEMENT PARTIES and one for the Public Institution Registry center. The PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT shall have an Addendum with the floor plan of the PREMISES. The PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT presents calculated data readings from accounting instruments used for calculation of servicing fees as set forth in this agreement.

3.3. The PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT shall be signed by authorized representatives of both AGREEMENT PARTIES. The photos of the PREMISES signed by both authorized representatives of the AGREEMENT PARTIES may also be included as part of the PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT.

3.4. Effective on the day of the PREMISES transfer-acceptance agreement signing, the TENANT, its employees or authorized representatives and clients shall have the right to enter the PREMISES, change door locks, keep their belongings, remove other objects not belonging to the TENANT, refuse third parties from entering the PREMISES and set their own PREMISES entrance procedures and exercise full rights awarded to the TENANT of the AGREEMENT without needing additional permission or agreement from the LANDLORD.

3.5. The LANDLORD shall be obligated to perform any immediately necessary major repairs of the PREMISES and the BUILDING, as well as repairs of all general communications systems within the BUILDING.

3.6. In the event the LANDLORD fails to execute contractual obligation set forth in paragraph 3.5 of the AGREEMENT, the TENANT shall acquire the right to either (i) perform such repairs including their cost in calculation of rent or (ii) terminate this AGREEMENT. The TENANT, upon performing repairs at its own expense shall be required to provide the LANDLORD repair estimates and invoices. The LANDLORD shall cover in advance coordinated repair costs.

3.7. The LANDLORD, during execution of repairs during the lease term, shall be obligated to inform the TENANT of necessity to perform such repairs 14 days prior to commencing repairs and coordinate in writing repair timeline. Given the repair notice is conveyed appropriately and in time, the TENANT shall provide the LANDLORD all necessary conditions to perform such work.

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

  /s/ illegible


3.8. The LANDLORD shall have the right to demand that the TENANT temporarily stop using the PREMISES or part of them if major repairs are necessary and therefore cannot be postponed. In such an event during the entire duration of such extensive repairs the TENANT does not pay full rent or its respective share depending on which part of the PREMISES under extensive repairs the TENANT is unable to use, in accordance with the PREMISES purpose outlined in paragraph 1.4. of this AGREEMENT and/or not able to fully exercise one’s rights as a TENANT as outlined in this AGREEMENT.

3.9. The TENANT, upon finding out about damage or other serious deficiencies of the PREMISES or the BUILDING, the removal of which would need immediate serious repairs, shall immediately notify the LANDLORD. Should the LANDLORD fail to eliminate the deficiencies upon receipt of such notice within certain required and reasonable period (30 days), the TENANT shall have the right to forego receipt of official permission , after notifying the LANDLORD as is appropriate, and commence necessary repairs, if they are needed to sustain functionality of the PREMISES, and later submit to the LANDLORD documentation detailing incurred repair expenses. The AGREEMENT PARTIES shall calculate reasonable and necessary repair expenses towards payable rent sum.

3.10. The TENANT is obligated to conduct regular repairs of the PREMISES at one’s own expense and discretion.

3.11. Upon expiry of the AGREEMENT the TENANT shall return the PREMISES to the LANDLORD in good condition considering regular wear and tear within 30 (thirty) days, in accordance with the transfer-acceptance act, which is signed by the AGREEMENT PARTIES. If agreed upon by both AGREEMENT PARTIES, the transfer-acceptance act may contain photographs of the PREMISES which both AGREEMENT PARTIES sign.

3.12. Any equipment or other improvements and alterations, installed at the expense of the TENANT without prior permission by the LANDLORD shall be considered the property of the TENANT and may be taken by the TENANT only in the event when such equipment, improvements or alterations may be taken off without any damages to the PREMISES and/or the BUILDING. Upon agreement between the AGREEMENT PARTIES the TENANT may leave such equipment behind for the LANDLORD’S use for the agreed amount of remuneration.

ARTICLE 4. AGREEMENT COST AND PAYMENT TERMS

4.1. The TENANT shall be assessed PREMISES rental fee of 28 Litas (twenty-eight litas, 0 cents) rent per one meter of the leased PREMISES each month including GMP [resident income tax] and PSD [mandatory medical insurance], plus real estate taxes (but no more than 2 (two) Lt. per square meter each month, otherwise the sum exceeding two Litas per square meter may be calculated towards the rent fee). Real estate property taxes are paid to the account of the State Tax Inspectorate in accordance with the laws. Rent amount, according to this AGREEMENT, is calculated in accordance with the Litas and Euro currency exchange rate set by the Bank of Lithuania, which at the time of the AGREEMENT signing is: 1 EUR = 3.4528 Litas. In the event of regular rent fee payment day the referred to currency rate should change, the LANDLORD shall have the right (upon notifying the TENANT in writing before regular rent payment is due) to recalculate rent and other fees in accordance with this AGREEMENT. Rent and other associated fees in Litas shall be recalculated to Euro on the day of the AGREEMENT drafting (or later agreement regarding rent amount and other fee determination) based on currency

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


exchange rate on the day of the AGREEMENT drafting and the calculated sum in Euros shall be converted to Litas in accordance with the exchange rate on the date of the agreement signing. GPM and PSD shall be calculated and deducted from lease payment by the TENANT and make payments in the name of the LANDLORD to the State Tax inspectorate and Social Security accounts in accordance with legal acts. 50 per cent of the calculated GPM shall be paid under the name of Tomas Grébliúnas, and 50 per cent in the name of Tomas Skučas. The LANDLORD shall be obligated to inform the TENANT immediately in writing if the above referenced GPM payment procedure should change. GPM makes up 15 % on the day of the AGREEMENT signing, and PSD makes up 6 %.

4.2. The parties agree, that PREMISES lease payment may change (may be recalculated) at the end of the calendar year. Rent may be recalculated and may change up to 20 (twenty) % considering internal market prices. The parties shall agree, that the amended (recalculated) rent fee shall be applied beginning on the 1 st day of January. In the event conditions referenced to in this paragraph should occur, rent shall be recalculated each calendar year.

4.3. The TENANT is obligated to enter into agreement directly with the administrator of the building and pay all fees for utilities and cleaning services determined by the building administrator in accordance with the provisions of the agreement entered into with the administrator of the building.

4.4. The TENANT shall pay for electronic communication services in accordance with the invoices presented by the service provider. Fire safety agreement is drafted by the LANDLORD in the name of the TENANT. These service fees shall be paid by the TENANT in direct proportion to the size of the PREMISES.

4.5. Rent payment and payments for services are outlined in paragraphs 4.1. and 4.3. of the AGREEMENT, and shall be calculated as of the day following installation of the PREMISES and their transfer to the TENANT in accordance with the PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT.

4.6. Rent, outlined in paragraph 4.1. of the AGREEMENT shall be paid as follows:

4.6.1. 50 per cent of rent set forth in paragraph 4.1. of the AGREEMENT shall be remitted to the account in the name of Tomas Grébliúnas LT514010042501696006;

4.6.2. 50 per cent of rent set forth in paragraph 4.1. of the AGREEMENT shall be remitted to the account in the name of Tomas Skučas LT514010042501696006;

4.6.3. Rent shall be paid every three months for three preceding months at a time by 10 th (tenth) day of the month, and fees for services shall be paid in accordance with terms agreed upon with the building services administrator.

4.7. The TENANT shall within 5 (five) calendar days from signing this AGREEMENT be obligated to pay the LANDLORD a deposit amounting to 2 months’ rent, i.e. 13977.6 (thirteen thousand nine hundred seventy-seven) Lt. (this sum includes GPM), which, upon the TENANTS unfounded refusal to sign PREMISES TRANSFER-ACCEPTANCE ACT, shall not be refundable, and upon the TENANT’s acceptance of the leased PREMISES shall be regarded as rent for the last two months of lease term.

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


ARTICLE 5.RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LANDLORD

5.1. The LANDLORD shall be obligated to eliminate all accidents or damage in the inner systems of the BUILDING and the PREMISES in cases when they occur not because of the TENANT. In the event the accident or damage within the systems of the BUILDING or the PREMISES occurs due to the TENANT, the LANDLORD may eliminate such accidents and damage at one’s own expense. Such properly founded (in writing) and reasonable expense incurred by the LANDLORD shall be paid for by the TENANT. The AGREEMENT PARTIES are obligated to immediately notify one another of any accidents or damage.

5.2. The LANDLORD shall guarantee proper functioning of electricity, cold and hot water supply, heating, plumbing systems as well as engineer’s network servicing and air conditioning systems.

5.3. The LANDLORD, in efforts to check exploitation conditions of the PREMISES as well as on other important occasions, shall have the right to enter the PREMISES at a time agreed upon with the TENANT, with the TENANT’s representative present, as well as without one, and fill out an appropriate form in cases when an accident or damage occurred that would cause damage to the BUILDING or people working there.

5.4. The TENANT shall have the right to have a necessary number of telephone lines installed in the PREMISES in one’s name and at one’s sole expense and refuse telephone lines which are not being used. The LANDLORD shall within 5 (five) days from the day of the TENANT’s request receipt be obligated to give him or to the fixed telephone connection provider a written agreement or permissions to install telephone lines in the PREMISES, with the TENANT designated as the user of the line, also transferring existing phone numbers, as well as transferring the right to use existing telephone lines and systems of the PREMISES to the TENANT. The TENANT may have service providers install other telephone, Internet, information services provision at one’s expense. The AGREEMENT PARTIES are obligated to cooperate bilaterally and provide each other any necessary information in efforts to find the most acceptable to the AGREEMENT PARTIES solution regarding questions set forth in this paragraph of the AGREEMENT.

5.5. The LANDLORD shall grant the TENANT the right to use the lot of land (for parking of cars, mechanical equipment, unloading and uploading shipments, garbage container storage, tenant service advertising, etc.).

5.6. The LANDLORD shall give the TENANT up to 20 units of reserved free car parking spaces. Additional reserved automobile parking spaces shall be given to the TENANT for an additional agreed upon fee.

5.7. The LANDLORD shall allow individuals specified by the TENANT with whom the TENANT has entered into a contract to enter the leased property to perform technical equipment installation, servicing and dismantling work which is necessary for the TENANT in accordance with safety requirements set forth by the LANDLORD.

5.8. The LANDLORD, upon selling or transferring the PREMISES shall be obligated to notify the receiver of the PREMISES or other party of the Lease agreement, and the TENANT shall be notified of pending sale or transfer of the PREMISES.

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


5.9. The TENANT shall be obligated at one’s own expense to install in the PREMISES the following: conditioners (2 units), non-fixed windows (1 unit on the side of Savanoriu avenue and 3 units on the side of the parking lot), install in the PREMISES on the side of the parking lot one light construction partition, install a shower stall in the bathroom, install kitchen equipment belonging to the TENANT. Premises SURRENDER-TRANSFER [sic] act shall be signed and premises shall be transferred only upon completion of these improvements, but not later than within one month from signing this agreement and payment of the deposit.

ARTICLE 6. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE TENANT

6.1. The TENANT, in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of this AGREEMENT, is obligated to pay rent and fees for services listed in the AGREEMENT.

6.2. The TENANT is obligated to use the PREMISES in accordance with its designated purpose described in paragraph 1.4 of this AGREEMENT, and abide by local regulations, fire safety, sanitation rules, safety and technical requirements applicable to such premises. In the event the TENANT breaches these obligations, he shall be required to cover the LANDLORD’s expenses in accordance with monetary sanctions applied to the TENANT by appropriate institutions.

6.3. The TENANT is obligated to take care of cleanliness and order in the PREMISES.

6.4. The TENANT is obligated to conduct regular repairs of the PREMISES at one’s own expense except if agreed otherwise by the parties.

6.5. The TENANT shall be obligated to guarantee security of the LANDLORD’s property located in the PREMISES. The l is not responsible for the TENANT’s property located on the PREMISES.

6.6. The TENANT shall guarantee that neither its employees, nor clients, nor subletting individuals will interfere with the LANDLORD and other renters in the same building or their clients ability to use the BUILDING.

6.7. The TENANT shall be obligated to make timely payments for services to utility service providers.

6.8. The TENANT shall be obligated to guarantee that utility service providers and other third parties would not express objections to the LANDLORD regarding the TENANT’s activities. In the event such objections should arise, the TENANT shall be obligated to deal with such objections directly with the third party in question. In case of improper execution of obligations by the TENANT set forth in this paragraph should result in the LANDLORD experiencing any type of damage, the TENANT shall be obligated to reimburse these damages within 10 calendar days of receiving such damage reimbursement request.

ARTICLE 7. VALIDITY OF THE AGREEMENT, EXPIRATION AND TERMINATION

7.1. The AGREEMENT shall become effective immediately after its signing by the AGREEMENT PARTIES.

7.2. The lease of the PREMISES in accordance with the AGREEMENT shall expire upon ending of the lease term unless it is renewed in accordance with the paragraph 2.2 of this AGREEMENT.

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


7.3. The lease of the PREMISES shall end in the event of the PREMISES or BUILDING collapse, as well as in the event when such lease is terminated based on the decision adopted by the court or when the AGREEMENT is terminated in accordance it’s outlined procedure.

7.4. The LANDLORD shall have the right to unilaterally terminate the AGREEMENT without addressing the court by providing the notice thereof to the TENANT in the event of the following:

 

 

(i)

The TENANT uses the PREMISES not in accordance with its purpose and/or not in accordance with the provisions set forth in this AGREEMENT and has failed to correct the situation within the set term after receiving a written notice thereof;

 

 

(ii)

The TENANT willfully causes the state of the PREMISES to deteriorate;

 

 

(iii)

The TENANT fails to pay rent when it is due and fails to correct the situation within the set term after receiving a written notice thereof;

 

 

(iv)

The TENANT fails to fulfill its obligations set forth in Article 6 of this AGREEMENT or infringes on the LANDLORD’s rights outlined in Article 5 of this AGREEMENT, and fails to correct the situation within the set term after receiving a written notice thereof.

7.5 The TENANT has the right to unilaterally terminate the AGREEMENT without addressing the court in the event of the following:

 

 

(i)

The PREMISES, the BUILDING become unsuitable for use due to circumstances unrelated to the TENANT;

 

 

(ii)

Transferred PREMISES turn out to contain major deficiencies which were never brought to attention by the LANDLORD nor were known to the TENANT, as a result of which the PREMISES appear to be unsuitable for use according to its original purpose and provisions of this AGREEMENT;

7.6. AGREEMENT PARTIES have the right to terminate this AGREEMENT prior to its term expiration upon mutual PARTY agreement regarding the conditions of such termination.

7.7. AGREEMENT PARTIES have the right to terminate this agreement prior to its term expiration by giving each other 30 days’ notice.

7.8. Lease AGREEMENT termination prior to its term expiration also terminates all subletting and/or use of agreements if such were ever signed.

ARTICLE 8. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE AGREEMENT PARTIES

8.1. AGREEMENT PARTIES are expected to carry out their obligations in accordance with this AGREEMENT properly and on time.

8.2. In the event a PARTY fails to carry out its monetary obligation execution in accordance with this AGREEMENT, it shall be assessed 0.04 (four hundredths) % in late fees from the amount owed for each day late up until the time when the remaining balance is remitted in full.

8.3. AGREEMENT PARTIES are responsible for the damage to the other party’s property that occurred as a result of their fault.

8.4. The AGREEMENT PARTY shall be excused from responsibility in accordance with this AGREEMENT for lack of full or partial obligation execution in such cases when a PARTY in question presents proof that the AGREEMENT was not executed due to circumstances beyond control or reasonable ability to predict at the time the AGREEMENT was drafted, and that the PARTY was unable to stop occurrence of such circumstances or prevent their effects from happening (thereafter – force majeure ).

8.5. In cases when circumstances preventing execution of the AGREEMENT are temporary, then the AGREEMENT PARTY is excused from such obligation only for the duration which is reasonable considering circumstantial effects on execution of the AGREEMENT.

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


8.6. The AGREEMENT PARTY, which requests to be excused from responsibility due to force majeure , shall no later than within 3 (three) days inform the other AGREEMENT PARTY in writing regarding force majeure also presenting the evidence showing that all reasonable security measures and efforts were applied in efforts to reduce expense and negative consequences, also informing of the tentative term for obligation execution. The AGREEMENT PARTY which has requested exemption from responsibility due to force majeure shall no later than within 3 (three) days inform the other AGREEMENT PARTY in writing about disappearance of the basis for non-execution of obligations.

8.7. The basis for excusing the AGREEMENT PARTY from its obligation appears from the moment of force majeure incident, or, if not informed of it in time, from the day when the other AGREEMENT PARTY receives and confirms such a notice in writing. Should the AGREEMENT PARTY fail to send the information to the other AGREEMENT PARTY in time and fails to inform of force majeure , it shall be obligated to reimburse the other AGREEMENT PARTY for damages which occurred due to lack of timely information delivery or announcement.

8.8.If force majeure circumstances last longer than six months, and AGREEMENT PARTIES fail to come to an agreement as to on which basis, after force majeure is over, obligations should continue to be executed, then any of the AGREEMENT PARTIES, in the event force majeure still exists, shall have the right to terminate this AGREEMENT after notifying of such an even the other AGREEMENT PARTY at least 30 (thirty) days before the event.

ARTICLE 9. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES AND APPLICABLE LAW

9.1. All disputes and disagreements arising from or affected by the AGREEMENT and its execution shall be resolved through negotiation.

9.2. In the even when dispute or disagreement cannot be resolved within 30 (thirty) calendar days after one AGREEMENT PARTY offers in writing the other AGREEMENT PARTY to resolve the dispute or disagreement through negotiations, and the dispute or disagreement remains unsolved, the interested AGREEMENT PARTY may address the court in accordance with the procedures set forth in procedural laws.

9.3. This AGREEMENT and its effective relations shall be governed by the laws of the Republic of Lithuania.

ARTICLE 10. FINAL AGREEMENT PROVISIONS

10.1. The AGREEMENT may be altered or updated based on mutual decision by the AGREEMENT PARTIES. All amendments of this AGREEMENT, supplements and annexes are valid if written officially in writing, signed by representatives of the AGREEMENT PARTIES and approved with the seal of the LANDLORD.

10.2. The AGREEMENT PARTIES shall inform each other about any changes, such as change of address, title, bank accounts. In the event the AGREEMENT PARTY breaches its obligation to inform, it shall lose its right to express objections to the other PARTY’s failure to fulfill obligations directly conditioned by failure of the other PARTY to inform.

10.3. AGREEMENT PARTIES agree, that all declarations, notices, written requests and other documents related to execution of this AGREEMENT (thereafter referred to as “NOTICES”) shall be sent to the LANDLORD to their address at Žvaigždžiu 11-14, Panevéžys. NOTICES to the TENANT shall be sent to the TENANT’s address noted on the preamble of the AGREEMENT or to the address of the leased PROPERTY. In accordance with this AGREEMENT or its related NOTICES shall be legalized [sic] in writing and shall be considered properly served on the day of its delivery to the recipient, if they

 

/s/ illegible     /s/ Tomas Skučas

   /s/ illegible


are served to the addressee for signing in person, sent by registered mail (including notice of delivery) or by express mail.

10.4. This AGREEMENT and its provisions shall be considered confidential and information may not be disclosed to third parties without a written agreement by the AGREEMENT PARTY, except for instances when the contents of the NOTICE must be disclosed to third parties or governmental institutions in accordance with provisions of legal acts, or due to obligations set forth in this AGREEMENT, or in order to exercise rights awarded by this AGREEMENT.

10.5. The AGREEMENT shall be issued in five legally and equally valid copies, three of which are given to the LANDLORD, one to the TENANT and one is given to the public entity Center of Registers. The representatives of the LANDLORD and the TENANT shall sign the AGREEMENT on each page, while the last page shall contain the TENANT’s company seal.

10.6. This agreement shall become effective as of the moment of its signing and will remain valid for as long as the PARTIES fulfill obligations set forth in this AGREEMENT. All written and verbal agreements between the PARTIES prior to signing this AGREEMENT shall lose their validity the moment this AGREEMENT becomes effective.

This AGREEMENT was read by the PARTIES, its contents and ramifications have been understood, it represents the PARTIES’ will and hence is considered adopted and signed.

ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD:

 

Tomas Skučas

 

personal code 36912260033

 

/s/ Tomas Skučas

(signature)

Vygante Skučienè

 

personal code 47101300077

 

/s/ Vygante Skučienè

(signature)

Tomas Grébliúnas

 

personal code 36906300743

 

on behalf of /s/ illegible

ON BEHALF OF TENANT:

 

/s/ illegible

(signature)

 

/s/ illegible

(signature)

 

/s/ illegible

(First and last name)

[stamp:] REPUBLIC OF LITHUANIA [illegible]


ANNEX NO 1 to Non-residential Property Lease Agreement signed May 28, 2009

PREMISES ACCEPTANCE – TRANSFER ACT

07-08-2009

Kaunas

Tomas Grébliúnas, personal code 36906300743, Tomas Skučas personal code 36912260033, Vygante Skučiené personal code 47101200077, ([thereafter referred to as the] Landlord) on the one hand, and UAB “DEVINT”, company code 300633724, representing Kęstutis Kupčiūnas (thereafter the Tenant) on the other hand, and both of them thereafter referred to as the “Parties”, adopted the following Premises Acceptance-Transfer Act:

 

1.

The Landlord shall transfer and the Tenant shall accept premises located in the building whose address is Savanoriu pr. 221, Kaunas , unique No. 1998-6009-5012 (thereafter – “Building”). The premises are located on the third floor and marked as: 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 4-7 with the total area of 232.96 sq m. (thereafter – “Premises”).

The Premises are being transferred in neat and clean order. All equipment and systems within the Premises are operational.

 

2.

This Premises Acceptance-Transfer act is being issued in two copies, one for the Landlord and one for the Tenant.

 

3.

The Tenant upon signing the Acceptance-Transfer Act shall receive:

Keys:      sets [hw:] [illegible]

Alarm code: -

 

4.

Meter readings at the time of acceptance-transfer act signing:

Electricity: [hw:] 1303

Water: [hw:] 00027

Heating: -

 

5.

The premises acceptance-transfer act contains a supplement: Photo-fixation of the premises

 

6.

Notes: [hw:] Missing keys to the main entrance

 

    No.   

Note

  

Repairs to be completed

  

Repairs completed (date, signature)

[hw:]

  1   

Windows, 4 units

  

07-20-2009

  
  2   

Shower stall

  

07-10-2009

  
  3   

Kitchen electricity

  

07-10-2009

  
  4   

Heating meter reading

  

07-10-2009

  

Legal addresses and accounts of the Parties:

 

Landlords:

Tomas Grébliúnas

Personal code 36906300743

Residing Zvaigzdziu st. 11-14, Panevezys

Tel.: 8 686 19499

As LT514010042501696006

Tomas Grébliúnas /s/ Tomas Grébliúnas

 

Tomas Skučas

Personal code 36912260033

Residing Kiskiu st. 13, Kaunas

Tel.: 8 698 86668

A.s. LT514010042501696006

Tomas Skučas /s/ Tomas Skučas

  

Tenant:

 

UAB “Devint”

Statybininku g. 7, LT-50118, Kaunas

Personal code LT947300010098138017

AB Hansabankas, Kaunas branch

Tel.: 837 361021

Fax: 837 361021

 

Director

 

Kęstutis Kupčiūnas /s/ Kęstutis Kupčiūnas

 

Vygante Skučiené

Personal code 47101200077

Residing Kiskiu st 13, Kaunas

  

[stamp:] REPUBLIC OF

LITHUANIA, CITY OF

KAUNAS, UAB “DEVINT”

 

  
  

[hw:] [illegible] No. [JV]- 8091

Vygante Skučiené /s/ Vygante Skučiené

     

Exhibit 10.10

Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease

Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease

Contract ID #

Relevant Accounting Literature

 

   

Statement Of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 , Accounting for Leases

 

Agreement Date

   March 16, 2010
Type    Tenant Lease - 12 floor., No. 107, Songren Rd.,
                               Xinyi Dist., Taipei City 110, Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Lease Terms    36 months (March 16, 2010 through March 15, 2013)
Payment Terms    15th day of each month
Commencement Date    March 16, 2010
Monthly Rent    New Taiwan Dollar 520,000
   Note: Free Rent for two months (March 16 to May 15, 2010)
Parking Spaces    1 space 1 st floor 10,000 = NT $10,000
   3 spaces 3rd floor 7,000 = NT$21,000
Deposit    New Taiwan Dollar (3 months’ rent) 1,560,000

Terms of the Agreement

Subject to terms and conditions of this Agreement, Landlord herby leases to Tennant Ubiquity Networks, and Tenant herby leases from Landlord for the term and subject to the agreements, covenants, conditions and provisions set forth in this lease to which Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually agree.

 

   

Area of premises

 

   

6,471 (181.86 ping x 35.58), (1 ping = 35.58 square feet) rentable square feet as reflected on the diagram of the premises attached hereto as Schedule 1.

 

   

Permitted Use : General office and administrative purposes, research and development and other legal purpose for which the Premises may be used.

 

   

Parking Spaces : Four (4)

1 underground parking space /1 st floor — V14

3 underground parking spaces / 3 rd floor - 33, 34, 35

 

-1-


Jinyong Ji Investment Taiwan Lease

 

   

List the Principal Agents on the Lease :

Lessor: Jinyong Ji Investment Co., Ltd.

Lessee: Robert Para

Provision for Sub-Lease of Property; Not indicated on Lease

Management Fees:

 

   

Current building management fee (based on leased space). New Taiwan Dollar 45,465 monthly (not including sales tax).

 

   

Current parking management fee (based on 4 spaces). New Taiwan Dollar 32,000 monthly (not including sales tax).

Other Types of Fees:

 

   

Lessee is responsible for utility fees associated with office space leased.

 

   

Other fees (water, power, maintenance, management) related to Building common areas are prorated based on office space leased.

 

   

Management fee related to parking is prorated based on number of parking spaces.

TENANT INSURANCE:

Does the Lease have any exit Terms : YES

 

   

Early Termination within 1 year- Lessee must notify lessor one month before termination date and to pay 6 months’ rent as early termination penalty.

 

   

Early Termination within Years 2 & 3- Lessee must notify lessor one month before termination date and pay 3 months’ rent early termination penalty

 

   

Lessee to notify lessor one month prior to termination date related to parking spaces. Lessee is responsible for paying one months’ rent for each parking space if Lessee fails to notify Lessor one month in advance.

Does the lease have the ability to extend Lease : YES

 

   

Lessee to notify Lessor 3 months before lease expiration date regarding lease extension.

 

   

Lease Extension contract must be completed before the current lease expires

Are there any Risk or Rewards passed from the Lessor to Lessee? : NO

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.11

WELSH CENTER NORTH

1250 Grove Avenue

Barrington, Illinois 60010

THIS LEASE is made this 9th day of July, 2010, between The Welsh Office Center LLC, (“Landlord”), and UBiQUiTi Networks as (“Tenant”), for space in the building known as or located at 1250 South Grove Avenue, Barrington, Illinois (such building, together with the land upon which it is situated, being herein referred to as the “Building”). The following schedule (the “Schedule”) sets forth certain basic terms of this Lease:

 

1.    Premises:       Suite 100   
2.    Annual Base Rent: $16.50 SF    Year 1        09/01/10 - 09/30/10    (free month)
      Year 1    10/1/10 - 08/31/11    $89,314.56
      Year 2    09/01/11 - 08/31/12    $93,780.24
      Year 3    09/01/12 - 08/31/13    $98,469.24
      Year 4    09/01/13 - 09/30/13    $   8,205.77
3.    Monthly Base Rent:
2% annual increases
   Year 1    $ 7442.88   
      Year 2    $ 7815.02   
      Year 3    $ 8205.77   
      Year 4    $ 8205.77   
4.    Tenant’s Proportionate Share:       5.86%   
5.    Gross Rentable Square Feet       5413   
6.    Base Expenses or Base Expense Year:       N/A   
7.    Base Taxes or Base Tax Year:       N/A   
8.    Security Deposit:       $ 7442.88   
9.    Broker:       Grubb & Ellis   
10.    Rent Commencement Date       September 1, 2010   
10 (a)    Move in date:      

September 1, 2010 or sooner,

When buildout is complete.

  
11.    Expiration Date:       September 30, 2013   

 


1. DEMISE AND TERM . Not applicable.

2. RENT .

A. Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “Rent” shall mean Base Rent and any other sums or charges due by Tenant hereunder.

(ii) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Item 4 of the Schedule which has been determined by dividing the retable square feet in the Premises by the retable square feet in the building.

B. Payment of Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at the office of the Building or at such other place as Landlord designates, the Annual Rent in effect and as adjusted from time to time in equally monthly installments as set forth in the Schedule, in advance on or before the first day of each month of the Term, except that Tenant shall pay the first month’s installment of Annual Rent upon commencement date.

C. Other Rent Matters . The following provisions shall govern the payment of Rent: (I) if this Lease commences or ends on a day other than the first day or last day of a calendar year, respectively, the Rent for the year in which this Lease so begins or ends shall be prorated and the monthly installments shall be adjusted accordingly; (ii) all Rent shall be paid to Landlord without offset or deduction, and the covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease; and (iii) any sum due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within five days shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the annual rate of two percentage points above the rate then most recently announced by The First National Bank of Chicago as its corporate base lending rate from time to time in effect, but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”); and, in addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge for any Rent payment which is paid more than Thirty(30) days after its due date equal to five percent of such payment.

D. Annual Rent Adjustment . See item #2 - page 1.

3. USE . Tenant agrees that it shall occupy and use the Premises only as business offices and for no other purposes. Tenant shall comply with all federal, state, and municipal laws, ordinances and regulations and all covenants, conditions and restrictions of record applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy for the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not cause, nor permit, any hazardous or toxic substances to be brought upon, produced, stored, used, discharged or disposed of in, on or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord and then only in compliance with all applicable environmental laws.

4. CONDITION OF PREMISES . Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition when Tenant took possession, except such defects of which Tenant had no knowledge and which Tenant could not detect with reasonable diligence. No agreement of Landlord to alter, remodel, decorate, clean or

 

-2-


improve the Premises or the Building (or to provide Tenant with any credit or allowance for the same), and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or the Building, have been made by or on behalf of Landlord or relied upon by Tenant, except as stated in the rider attached to this lease or in a separate work letter, if any, executed by Landlord and Tenant.

5. BUILDING SERVICES .

A. Basic Services . Landlord shall furnish the following services: (I) heating and air conditioning to provide a temperature condition required, in Landlord’s judgement, for comfortable occupancy of the Premises under normal business operations, daily from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted; (ii) water for drinking, and, subject to Landlord’s approval, water at Tenant’s expense for any private rest rooms and office kitchen requested by Tenant; (iii) men’s and women’s rest rooms at locations designated by Landlord, in common with other tenants of the Building; (iv) daily janitor service in the Premises and common areas of the Building, weekends and holidays excepted, including periodic outside window washing of the perimeter window in the Premises; (v) passenger elevator service in common with Landlord and other tenants of the Building, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week; and (vi) snow and ice removal from parking lots and sidewalks.

B. Electricity . Paid for by Landlord.

C. Telephones . Tenant shall arrange for telephone service directly with one or more of the public telephone companies servicing the Building and shall be solely responsible for paying for such telephone service. If Landlord acquires ownership of the telephone cables in the Building at any time, Landlord shall permit Tenant to connect to such cables on such terms and conditions as Landlord may prescribe. In no event does Landlord make any representation or warranty with respect to telephone service in the Building, and Landlord shall have no liability with respect thereto.

D. Additional Services . Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any services other than those stated above. If Landlord elects to furnish services requested by Tenant in addition to those stated above (including services at times other than those stated above), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then prevailing charges for such services. If Tenant shall fail to make any such payment, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant and in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, discontinue any additional services. No discontinuance of any such service shall result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant or be considered as an eviction or a disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In addition, if Tenant’s concentration of personnel or equipment adversely affects the temperature or humidity in the Premises or the Building, Landlord may install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises, and Tenant shall pay for the cost or installation and maintenance thereof.

E. Failure or Delay in Furnishing Services . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages for failure or delay in furnishing any service stated above if such failure or delay is caused, in whole or in part, by any one or more of the events stated in Section 25(j) below, nor shall any such failure or delay be considered to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay any Rent when due

 

-3-


or from any other obligations or Tenant under this Lease. If the Landlord’s failure or delay in furnishing services not due to the events stated in Section 25(j) below materially and adversely affects the use of the Premises by Tenant, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall abate if such failure or delay is not corrected within seven (7) days. If the material effect \continues for 30 days or longer, Tenant may terminate the Lease upon thirty (30) days notice.

6. RULES AND REGULATIONS . Tenant shall observe and comply, and shall cause its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents to observe and comply, with the rules and regulations listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and with such reasonable modifications and additions thereto as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord shall not be liable for failure of any person to obey such rules and regulations. Landlord shall not be obligated to enforce such rules and regulations against any person, and the failure of Landlord to enforce any such rules and regulations shall not constitute a waiver thereof or relive Tenant from compliance therewith.

7. CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD . Landlord reserves the following rights, each of which Landlord may exercise without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant, and the exercise of any such rights shall not be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises and shall not give rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of rent or any other claim: (a) to change the name or street address of the Building or the suite number of the Premises; (b) to install, affix, and maintain any and all signs on the exterior or interior of the Building; (c) to make repairs, decorations, alterations, additions, or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises, temporarily close doors, corridors and other areas in the Building and interrupt or temporarily suspend services or use of common areas, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for overtime and similar expenses incurred if such work is done other than during ordinary business hours at Tenant’s request; (d) to retain at all times and to use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises (e) to grant to any person or to reserve unto itself the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building, provided that this shall not be construed to authorize Landlord to prohibit Tenant from carrying on its current business or any other activity permitted by this Lease; (f) to show or inspect the Premises at reasonable times and, if vacated or abandoned, to prepare the Premises for re-occupancy; (g) to install, use and maintain in and through the Premises pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Building, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises; and (h) to take any other reasonable action in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building.

8. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS . Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain and keep the Premises in good order and repair at all times during the Term, subject to ordinary wear and tear. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of any repairs to the Building necessitated by the acts or omissions of Tenant, its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents, to the extent Landlord is not reimbursed for such costs under its insurance policies. Subject to the preceding sentence, Landlord at its expense shall perform any maintenance or make any repairs to the Building as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary for the safety, operation or preservation of the Building, or as Landlord may be required or requested to do by the Village of Barrington or by the order or decree of any court or by any other proper authority.

 

-4-


9. ALTERATIONS .

A. Requirements . Tenant shall not make any replacement, alteration, improvement or addition to or removal from the Premises (collectively and “alteration”) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant proposes to make any alteration, Tenant shall, prior to commencing such alteration, submit to Landlord for prior written approval: (I) detailed plans and specifications; (ii) sworn statements, including the names, addresses and copies of contracts for all contractors; (iii) all necessary permits evidencing compliance with all applicable governmental rules, regulations and requirements; (iv) certificates of insurance in form and amounts required by Landlord, naming Landlord and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insiders; and (v) all other documents and information as Landlord may reasonably request in connection with such alteration. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s standard charges for review of all such items and supervision of the alteration. Neither approval of the plans and specifications on or supervision of the alteration by Landlord shall constitute a representation of warranty by Landlord as to the accuracy, adequacy, sufficiency or propriety of such plans and specifications or the quality of workmanship or the compliance of such alteration with applicable law. Tenant shall pay the entire cost of the alteration and, if requested by Landlord, shall deposit with Landlord, prior to the commencement of the alteration, security for the payment and completion of the alteration in form and amount required by Landlord. Each alteration shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and shall meet or exceed the standards for construction and quality of materials established by Landlord for the Building. In addition, each alteration shall be performed in compliance with all applicable governmental and insurance company laws, regulations and requirements. Each alteration shall be performed by union contractors if required by Landlord and in harmony with Landlord’s employees, contractors and other tenants. Each alteration, whether temporary or permanent in character, made by Landlord or Tenant in or upon the Premises (excepting only Tenant’s furniture, equipment and trade fixtures) shall become Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease without compensation to Tenant; provided , however , that Landlord may have the right to require Tenant to remove such alteration at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the provisions of Section 15 of this Lease.

B. Liens . Upon completion of any alteration, Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord with sworn owner’s and contractors’ statements and full and final waivers of lien covering all labor and materials included in such alteration. Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s lien to be filed against the Building, or any part thereof, arising out of any alteration performed, or alleged to have been performed, by or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien is filed, Tenant shall within ten days thereafter have such lien released of record or deliver to Landlord a bond in form, amount, and issued by a surety satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying Landlord against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to have such lien so released or to deliver such bond to Landlord, Landlord, without investigating the validity of such lien, may pay or discharge the same; and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s expenses and attorneys’ fees.

 

-5-


10. INSURANCE . Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain at all times during the Term the following insurance policies; (a) fire insurance, including extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and water damage coverage and demolition and debris removal, insuring the full replacement cost of all improvements, alterations or additions to the Premises made at Tenant’s expense and all other property owned or used by Tenant and located in the Premises; (b) commercial general liability insurance, contractual liability insurance and property damage insurance with respect to the Building and the Premises, with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for personal injury, sickness or death or for damage to or destruction of property for any one occurrence. All such policies shall be issued by insurers acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of Illinois and shall contain a waiver of any rights of subrogation thereunder to the extent such waiver is reasonably obtainable. In addition, the policies shall name Landlord and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord as additional insureds, shall require at least thirty days’ prior written notice if reasonably obtainable to Landlord of termination or modification and shall be primary and not contributory. Tenant shall, at least ten days prior to the Commencement Date, and within ten days prior to the expiration of each such policy, deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing the foregoing insurance or renewal thereof, as the case may be.

11. WAIVER AND INDEMNITY .

A. Waiver . Tenant releases Landlord, Landlord’s beneficiaries and their respective agents and employees from, and waives all claims for, damage or injury to person or property and loss of business sustained by Tenant and resulting from the Premises or any part thereof or any equipment therein becoming in disrepair, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises, except to the extent caused by or resulting from the negligence or intentionally wrongful act or intentionally wrongful omission of Landlord, Landlord’s agents or Landlord’s employees in the operation in maintenance of the Premises or the Building. This paragraph shall apply particularly, but not exclusively, to flooding, damage caused by Building equipment and apparatus, water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors, excessive noise or vibration or the bursting or leaking of pipes, plumbing fixtures or sprinkler devises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant may have reasonable rights and claims of recovery against Landlord for any loss or damage to any property of Tenant, which loss or damage is insured against, or required to be insured against, by Tenant pursuant to Section 10 above, wither or not such loss or damage is due to the fault or negligence of Landlord or such beneficiaries, agents or employees, and regardless of the amount of insurance proceeds collected or collectible under any insurance policies in effect.

Landlord releases Tenant, Tenant’s beneficiaries and their respective agents and employees from, and waives all claims for, damage or injury to person or property and loss of business sustained by Landlord and resulting from the premises or any part thereof or any equipment therein becoming in disrepair, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises, except to the extent caused by or resulting from the negligence or the intentionally wrongful act or intentionally wrongful omission of Tenant, Tenant’s agents or Tenant’s employees in the operation in maintenance of the Premises or the Building. This paragraph shall apply particularly, but not exclusively, to flooding, damage caused by building equipment and apparatus, water, snow, frost, steam, excessive heat or cold, broken glass, sewage, gas, odors,

 

-6-


excessive noise or vibration or the bursting or leaking of pipes, plumbing fixtures or sprinkler devices. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord waives all claims and rights of recovery against Tenant, Tenant’s beneficiaries and their respective agents and employees for any loss or damage to any property of Landlord, which loss or damage is insured against, or required to be insured against, by Landlord pursuant to Section 10 above, whether or not such loss or damage is due to the fault or negligence of Tenant or such beneficiaries, agents or employees, and regardless of the amount of insurance proceeds collected or collectible under any insurance policies in effect.

B. Indemnity by Tenant . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord’s beneficiaries and their respective agents and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees),arising from any activity, work, or thing done permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises (including, without limitation, any alteration by Tenant) or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease or due to any other act or omission of Tenant, its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses arising out of the use or storage of hazardous or toxic materials in amounts in violation of applicable law in the Premises by Tenant. If any such proceeding is filed against Landlord or any such indemnified party, Tenant agrees to defend Landlord or such party in such proceeding at Tenant’s sole cost.

C. Indemnity by Landlord . Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents and employees, officers, directors and shareholders from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), for injuries to any person or damages to or theft or misappropriation or loss of property occurring in and about the Building and arising from the management and/or operation of the Building by the Landlord or from any activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Landlord in and about the Building (including, without limitation, any alteration by Landlord) or from any breach or default on the part of Landlord in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Landlord to be performed under this Lease or due to any other act or omission of Landlord, its agents, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from any claims, liabilities or damages, costs and expenses arising out of the use or storage of hazardous or toxic materials in the Building by Landlord. If any such proceeding is filed against Tenant or any such indemnified party, Landlord agrees to defend Tenant or such party in such proceedings at Landlord’s sole cost.

12. FIRE AND CASUALTY . If all or a substantial part of the Premises or the Building is rendered untenantable by reason of fire or other casualty, Landlord may, at its option, either restore the Premises and the Building, or terminate this Lease effective as of the date of such fire or other casualty. Landlord agrees to give Tenant written notice within thirty days after the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty designating whether Landlord elects to so restore or terminate this Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Rent shall be paid through and apportioned as of the date of such fire or other casualty. If Landlord elects to restore, Landlord’s obligation to restore

 

-7-


the Premises shall be limited to restoring those improvements in the Premises existing as of the date of such fire or other casualty which were made at Landlord’s expense and shall exclude any furniture, equipment, fixtures, additions, alterations or improvements in or to the Premises which were made at Tenant’s expense. If Landlord elects to restore, Rent shall abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis from the date of such fire or other casualty until Landlord has completed its repair and restoration work, provided that Tenant does not occupy such part of the Premises during said period.

13. CONDEMNATION . If the Premises or the Building is rendered untenantable by reason of a condemnation (or by a deed given in lieu thereof), then either party may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of termination to the other party within thirty days after such condemnation, in which event this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date of such condemnation. If this Lease so terminates, Rent shall be paid through and apportioned as of the date of such condemnation. If such condemnation does not render the Premises or the Building untenantable, this Lease shall continue in effect and Landlord shall promptly restore the portion not condemned to the extent reasonably possible to the condition existing prior to the condemnation. In such event, however Landlord shall not be required to expend an amount in excess of the proceeds received by Landlord from the condemning authority. Landlord will provide reasonable compensation in the event the condemnation affects tenants space. Tenant shall make no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for compensation for Termination of Tenant’s leasehold interest under this Lease or interference with Tenant’s business.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

A. Landlord’s Consent . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord: (I) assign, convey, mortgage or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder or sublease the Premises, or any part thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law; or (ii) permit the use of the Premises by any person other than Tenant and its employees. Any such transfer, sublease or use described in the preceding sentence (a “Transfer”) occurring without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be void and of no effect. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any future transfer. Landlord’s consent to any Transfer or acceptance of rent from any party other than Tenant shall not release Tenant from any covenant or obligation under this Lease. Landlord may require as a condition to its consent to any assignment of this Lease that the assignee execute an instrument in which such assignee assumes the obligations of Tenant hereunder. For the purposes of this paragraph, the transfer (whether direct or indirect) of all or a majority of the capital stock in a corporate Tenant (other than the shares of the capital stock of a corporation Tenant whose stock is publicly traded) or the merger, consolidation or reorganization of such Tenant and the transfer of all or any general partnership interest in any partnership Tenant shall be considered a Transfer.

B. Standards for Consent . If Tenant desires the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least sixty days prior to the proposed effective date of the Transfer, a written notice which includes such information as Landlord may require about the proposed Transfer and the transferee. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 14 (c), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease. Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its

 

-8-


consent if, in the judgement of Landlord: (I) the transferee is of a character or engaged in a business which is not in keeping with the standards or criteria used by Landlord in leasing the Building; (ii) the financial condition of the transferee is such that it may not be able to perform its obligations in connection with this Lease; (iii) the purpose for which the transferee intends to use the Premises or portion thereof is in violation of the terms of this Lease or the lease of any other tenant in the Building; (iv) the transferee is a tenant of the Building; or (v) any other reasonable bases which Landlord deems appropriate. If Landlord wrongfully withholds its consent to any transfer, Tenants sole and exclusive remedy therefore shall be to seek specific performance of Landlord’s obligation to consent such transfer.

C. Recapture . Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to that portion of the Premises covered by a Transfer. Landlord may exercise such right to terminate by giving notice to Tenant at any time within thirty days after the date on which Tenant has furnished to Landlord all of the items required under Section 14 (b) above. If Landlord exercises such right to terminate, Landlord shall be entitled to recover possession of, and Tenant shall surrender such portion of, the Premises (with appropriate demising partitions erected at the expense of Tenant) on the later of (I) the effective date of the proposed Transfer, or (ii) sixty days after the date of Landlord’s notice of termination. In the event Landlord exercises such right to terminate, Landlord shall have the right to enter into a lease with the proposed transferee without incurring any liability to Tenant on account thereof. If Landlord consents to any Transfer. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all rent and other consideration received by Tenant in excess of the Rent paid by Tenant hereunder for the portion of the Premises so transferred. Such rent shall be paid as and when received by Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to such Transfer.

15. SURRENDER . Upon termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any alterations pursuant to Section 9, then such removal shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner; and upon such removal Tenant shall restore the Premises to its condition prior to the installation of such alterations after request to do so by Landlord, Landlord may remove the same and restore the Premises, and Tenant shall pay the cost of such removal and restoration to Landlord upon demand. Tenant shall also remove its furniture, equipment, trade fixtures and all other items of personal property from the Premises prior to termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. If Tenant does not remove such items, Tenant shall be conclusively presumed to have conveyed the same to Landlord without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant; or at Landlord’s sole option such items shall be deemed abandoned, in which event Landlord may cause such items to be removed and disposed of at Tenant’s expense without notice to Tenant and without obligation to compensate Tenant.

16. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES .

A. Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default (a “Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

 

-9-


(i) Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due and such failure is not cured within five days after notice from Landlord (which notice may be in the form of a Landlord statutory five-day notice);

(ii) Tenant fails to perform any other provision of this Lease and such failure is not cured within thirty days (or immediately if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after notice from Landlord;

(iii) The leasehold interest of Tenant is levied upon or attached under process of law;

(iv) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease dies or dissolves, provided, in the case of dissolution of the Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to reinstate within 90 days;

(v) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease sells or otherwise transfers a material portion of its assets, tangible or intangible, including customer lists, trade secrets, or any other property material to the conduct of Tenant’s business otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, to any person without the prior written consent of Landlord which will not be unreasonably withheld.

(vi) Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises; or

(vii) Any voluntary or involuntary proceedings are filed by or against Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws and, in the case of any involuntary proceedings, are not dismissed within 45 days after filing.

B. Right of Re-Entry . Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, or, without terminating this Lease, terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. Upon any such termination, Tenant shall immediately surrender and vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord. Tenant grants to Landlord the right to enter and repossess the Premises and to expel Tenant and any others who may be occupying the Premises and to remove any and all property therefrom, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass and without relinquishing Landlord’s rights to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law.

C. Reletting . If Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, Landlord must, subject to the provisions of the succeeding sentence, attempt to relet the Premises or any part thereof. In such case, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord shall reasonably deem appropriate; provided, however, Landlord may first lease Landlord’s other available space and shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant or to observe any instructions given by Tenant about such reletting. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable costs and expenses of reletting the Premises. In addition, if the consideration collected by Landlord upon any such reletting, after payment of the expenses of reletting the Premises which have not been reimbursed by Tenant, is insufficient to pay monthly the full amount of the Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of each monthly deficiency as it becomes due. If such consideration is greater than the amount necessary to pay the full

 

-10-


amount of the Rent, the full amount of such excess shall be retained by the tenant and shall in no event be payable to Landlord.

D. Termination of Lease . If Landlord terminates this Lease other than pursuant to Section 14 C hereof, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, as and for liquidated and final damages, and accelerated lump sum amount equal to the amount by which Landlord’s estimate of the aggregate amount of rent owing from the date of such termination through the expiration date plus Landlord’s estimate of the aggregate expenses of reletting the Premises, exceeds Landlord’s estimate of the fair rental value of the Premises for the same period (after deducing from such fair rental value the time needed to relet the Premises and the amount of concessions which would normally be given to a new tenant) both discounted to present value at the rate most recently announced by the First National Bank of Chicago as its prime rate and shall be mitigated thereto.

E. Other Remedies . Landlord may but shall not be obligated to perform any obligation of Tenant under this Lease; and, if Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses paid by Landlord in forming such obligation, together with interest at the Default Rate, shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord on demand. Any and all remedies set forth in this Lease; (I) shall be in addition to any and all other remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, (ii) shall be cumulative, and (iii) may be pursued successively or concurrently as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

F. Bankruptcy . If Tenant becomes bankrupt, the bankruptcy trustee shall not have the right to assume or assign this lease unless the trustee complies with all requirements of the United States Bankruptcy Code; and Landlord expressly reserves all of its rights, claims and remedies thereunder.

G. Waiver of Trial by Jury . Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in the event of any action, proceeding or counter claim brought by either Landlord or Tenant against the other in connection with this lease.

H. Venue . If either Landlord or Tenant desires to bring an action against the other in connection with this Lease, such action shall be brought in the federal or state courts located in Cook County, Illinois. Landlord and Tenant consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and waive any right to have such action transferred from such courts on the grounds of improper venue or inconvenient forum.

17. HOLDING OVER . If Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Term of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay Rent during such holding over at 150% the rate in effect immediately preceding such holding over computed on a monthly basis for each month or partial month that Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall also pay, indemnify and defend Landlord from and against all claims and damages, consequential as well as direct, sustained by reason of Tenant’s holding over. In addition, within 60 days after expiration or termination of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises (provided in each case that Tenant remains in possession), Landlord may elect instead, by written notice to Tenant and not otherwise, to have such retention of possession constitute a renewal of this

 

-11-


Lease for one year from the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord but in no event less than the Rent payable immediately prior to such holding over. The provisions of this Section do not waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or right to regain possession by actions at law or in equity or any other rights hereunder, and any receipt of a payment by Landlord shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s remaining in possession or be construed as creating or renewing any lease or right of tenancy between Landlord and Tenant.

18. SECURITY DEPOSIT . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit the security deposit set forth in Item 8 of the Schedule (the “Security Deposit”) with Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may pay or become obligated to pay by reason on such Default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such Default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is used, Tenant shall within five days after written demand therefore deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. In no event shall the Security Deposit be considered an advanced payment of rent, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to use the Security Deposit for the payment of Rent. If no default by Tenant exists hereunder, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty days after the expiration of the Term and vacation of the Premises by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to any purchaser of the Building. Upon such transfer, Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser for return of the Security Deposit, and Landlord shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the Security Deposit.

19. SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES . Not applicable.

20. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Tenant agrees that, from time to time upon not less than ten days’ prior request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a written certificate certifying: (I) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effective (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in possession of the Premises, if that is the case; (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) that Tenant has no off-sets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any off-sets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof); and (vi) such additional matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, it being agreed that such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee, or other person having or acquiring an interest in the Building. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver any such certificate within ten days after written request, Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord and Landlord’s beneficiaries as Tenant’s attorneys- in- fact to execute and deliver such certificate in Tenant’s name.

21. SUBORDINATION . Tenant acknowledges that the Building and Premises are expressly subject to the lien of a Mortgage and Loan Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2001 (the “Mortgage”), between Landlord, as mortgagor, and Mid North Financial, as mortgagee. If any such mortgage (including the Mortgage) upon request of the mortgagee or holder, as the case may be, Tenant will attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale. The foregoing provisions are declared to

 

-12-


be self-operative and no further instruments shall be required to effect such subordination and/or attornment; provided, however, that Tenant agrees upon request by such mortgagee, holder or purchaser at foreclosure, to execute and deliver such subordination and/or attornment. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver any such instrument within ten days after request, Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord as Tenant’s attorneys-in-fact to execute and deliver such instrument in Tenant’s name.

22. QUIET ENJOYMENT . As long as no Default exists, Tenant shall peacefully and quietly have and enjoy the Premises for the Term, free from interference by Landlord, subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease. The loss or reduction of Tenant’s natural light or view will not be deemed a disturbance of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises nor will it affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or create any liability of Landlord to Tenant.

23. BROKER . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt only with the broker set forth in Item 9 of the Schedule (the “Broker”) in connection with this Lease and that, insofar as Tenant knows, no other broker negotiated this Lease or is entitled to any commission in connection herewith. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s beneficiaries and agents harmless from and against any claims for a fee or commission made by any broker, other than the Broker, claiming to have acted by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord agrees to pay the Broker a commission in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and the Broker.

24. NOTICES . Each notice, consent, request or other communication required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed “given” to a party on the first to occur of any of the following: (I) when delivered by hand to such party, (ii) when sent by “facsimile” to such party to the fax telephone number below, (iii) on the third business day after deposit in the U.S. Mail, postage prepaid and certified, addressed to the party to whom it is to be given at the address set forth below or (iv) on the first business day after proper and timely deposit, charges prepaid, with a nationally recognized next-day delivery service providing next-day service to the location of the recipient, addressed to such party at the address set forth below:

 

If to Landlord:
 

The Welsh Office Center LLC

1250 S. Grove Avenue #200

Barrington, IL 60010

 

If to Tenant:
 

Ubiquiti Networks

91 East Tasman Drive

San Jose, CA 95134

25. MISCELLANEOUS .

A. Successors and Assigns . Subject to Section 14 of this Lease, each provision of this Lease shall extend to, bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns; and all references herein to Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to include all such parties.

 

-13-


B. Entire Agreement . This Lease, and the riders and exhibits, if any, attached hereto which are hereby made a part of this Lease, represent the complete agreement between Landlord and Tenant; and Landlord has made no representations or warranties except as expressly set forth in this Lease. No modification or amendment of or waiver under this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that any lease executed by Landlord and Tenant or any of their predecessors, successors or assigns, which pertains to any other portion of the Building shall, on the Commencement Date, be validly terminated.

C. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

D. Execution and Delivery . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of space or an option for lease, and it is not effective until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. Execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth herein, which offer may not be revoked for five business days after such delivery.

E. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect or impair any other provisions.

F. Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

G. Attorney’s Fees . If any action or actions are commenced for the breach of any covenants or conditions of this Lease, or for any Rent, or for any other action arising out of this Lease, or for the possession of said Premises, or if Landlord or Tenant necessarily intervenes in, or becomes a party to, or is made a party to, any action or actions accruing out of this Lease in order to protect its rights, then the losing party will pay to the prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in such action or actions.

H. Delay in Possession . In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date for causes outside Landlord’s reasonable control. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the premises to Tenant by the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date, and the Tenant’s obligation to pay rent hereunder, shall be deferred until Landlord can deliver possession to Tenant, and the Expiration Date shall be deferred for an equal number of days. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant may terminate this Lease and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations under this Lease. In the event there is a delay in Possession Landlord will provide temporary office space to tenant at no cost to tenant.

I. Joint and Several Liability . If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

-14-


J. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder and Tenant shall not be excused from performing any of its obligations hereunder if Landlord is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder due to any accident, breakage, strike, industry-wide shortage of materials, acts of God or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

K. Demolition or Renovation . Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 180 days’ prior notice to Tenant if Landlord intends to substantially renovate or demolish the Building or a substantial part thereof. Landlord will absorb all reasonable costs to lease substantially similar space for the duration of the lease period left on the original lease less the remaining lease payments per this agreement.

L. Captions . The headings and titles in this Lease are for convenience only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of this Lease.

M. No Waiver . No provision of this Lease will be deemed waived by either party unless it is expressly waived in writing signed by the waiving party. No waivers shall be implied by delay or any other act or omission by either party. No waiver by either party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of such provision with respect to a subsequent matter relating to such provision and such party’s consent or approval respecting any action by the other party shall not constitute a waiver of the requirement for obtaining such party’s consent or approval respecting any such subsequent action. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant of any term or provision of this Lease.

N. No Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease or a memorandum of this Lease in any official records.

O. Limitation of Liability . Any liability of Landlord under this Lease shall be limited solely to its interest in the Building, and in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Landlord in connection with this Lease nor shall any recourse be had to any other property or assets of Landlord.

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year written below.

 

The Welsh Office Center, LLC., Landlord
By:   /s/ Donald Crotty
  Donald Crotty, Managing Member
Date:   7-14-2010

 

UBiQUiTi Networks
By:   /s/ John Ritchie
Title:   CFO
Date:   7/13/2010

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS COMPLETED BY LANDLORD

 

   

Re-Paint entire suite and clean carpet in east office area

 

   

Remove section of demising wall to allow access into both suites

 

   

Construct 5 new offices in East office area as discussed

 

   

Reduce size of the kitchen area and increase the size of the conference room area as discussed

 

   

Remove offices in west office area and retain data room and office directly to the west of the data room

 

   

Replace any stained ceiling tiles throughout suite

 

-16-


EXHIBIT A

Rules and Regulations

1. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvas to solicit business from other tenants in the Building and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any item or service in or from the Premises unless ordinarily included within Tenant’s use of the Premises as specified in the Lease, except as approved by Landlord in writing. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delays.

2. Tenant shall not make any use of the Premise which may be dangerous to person or property or which shall increase the cost of insurance or require additional insurance coverage.

3. Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering or direction or install any lights on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, other than the Premises, and then not on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from outside the Premises, except as approved by Landlord in writing.

4. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in advertising or other publicity, except as the address of its business, and shall not use pictures of the Building in advertising or publicity.

5. Tenant shall not obstruct or place objects on or in sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, corridors, vestibules, halls, elevators and stairways in and about the building. Tenant shall not place objects against glass partitions or doors or windows or adjacent to any open common space which would be unsightly from the Building corridors or from the exterior of the Building.

6. Bicycles shall not be permitted in the Building other than in locations designated by Landlord.

7. Tenant shall not allow any animals, other than seeing eye dogs, in the Premises or the Building.

8. Tenant shall not disturb other tenants or make excessive noises, cause disturbances, create excessive vibrations, odors or noxious fumes or use or operate any electrical or electronic devices or other devices that emit excessive sound waves or are dangerous to other tenants of the Building or that would interfere with the operation of any device or equipment or radio or television broadcasting or reception from or within the Building or elsewhere, and shall not place or install any projections, antennae, aerials, or similar devices outside of the Building or the Premises.

9. Tenant shall not waste electricity or water and shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls except for the thermostats within the Premises. Tenant shall keep all doors to the Premises closed.

10. Unless Tenant installs new doors to the Premises, Landlord shall furnish two sets of keys for all doors to the Premises at the commencement of the Term. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with duplicate keys for any new or additional locks on doors installed by Tenant. When the Lease is terminated, Tenant shall deliver all keys to Landlord and will provide to Landlord the means of opening any safes, cabinets or vaults left in the Premises.

 

-17-


11. Except as otherwise provided in the Lease, Tenant shall not install any signal, communication, alarm or other utility or service system or equipment without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

12. Tenant shall not use any draperies or other window coverings instead of or in addition to the Building standard window coverings designated and approved by Landlord for exclusive use throughout the Building.

13. Landlord may require that all persons who enter or leave the Building identify themselves to watchmen, by registration or otherwise. Landlord, however, shall have no responsibility or liability for any theft, robbery or other crime in the Building. Tenant shall assume full responsibility for protecting the Premises, including keeping all doors to the Premises locked after the close of business.

14. Tenant shall not overload floors; and Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written approval as to size, maximum weight, routing and location of business machines, safes and other heavy objects. Tenant shall not install or operate machinery or any mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises.

15. In no event shall Tenant bring into the Building inflammables such as gasoline, kerosene, naphtha and benzene, or explosives or firearms or any other articles of an intrinsically dangerous nature.

16. Furniture, equipment and other large articles may be brought into the Building only at the time and in the manner designated by Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a list of furniture, equipment and other large articles which are to be removed from the Building, and Landlord may require permits before allowing anything to be moved in or out of the Building. Movements of Tenant’s property into or out of the Building and within the Building are entirely at the risk and responsibility of Tenant.

17. No person or contractor, unless approved in advance by Landlord, shall be employed to do janitorial work, interior window washing, cleaning, decorating or similar services in the Premises.

18. Tenant shall not use the Premises for lodging, cooking (except for microwave reheating and coffee makers) or manufacturing or selling any alcohol beverages or for any illegal purposes.

19. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

20. Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Building.

21. Tenant shall not loiter, eat, drink, sit or lie in the lobby or other public areas in the Building. Tenant shall not go onto the roof of the Building or any other non-public areas of the Building (except the Premises), and Landlord reserves the rights to control the public and non-public areas of the Building. In no event shall Tenant have access to any electrical, telephone, plumbing or other mechanical closets without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

-18-


22. Tenant shall not use the freight or passenger elevators, loading docks or receiving areas of the Building except in accordance with regulations for their use established by Landlord.

23. Tenant shall not dispose of any foreign substances in the toilets, urinals, sinks or other washroom facilities, nor shall Tenant permit such items to be used other than for their intended purposes; and Tenant shall be liable for all damage as a result of a violation of this rule.

24. If Tenant designates non-smoking areas in the Premises, Tenant shall also designate sufficient smoking areas in the Premises for its employees, and in no event shall Tenant allow its employees to use the public areas of the Building and smoking areas.

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.12

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

Atheros Communications, Inc.

 

 

 

Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

By:   /s/ Rick Hegberg

 

 

By:   /s/ John Ritchie

 

Name:   Rick Hegberg

 

 

Name:  John Ritchie

 

Title:  Vice President of Sales

 

 

Title:  CFO

 

Date:  9/24/2010

 

 

Date:  9/27/2010

 

Principal Place of Business:

     5480 Great America Parkway

     Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

 

Principal Place of Business:

     91 E. Tasman Drive

     San Jose, CA 95134

 

 

Date of this Amended Agreement: September 1, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”);

 

 

This Amended Technology License Agreement (together with its Exhibits and Attachments: “ License ” or “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 1, 2010 by and between Atheros Communications, Inc. (“ Atheros ” or “ we ” or “ us ”), and the licensee identified above (“ Licensee ” or “ you ”), and replaces the Technology License Agreement between the parties with an effective date of September 1, 2010 (“ Effective Date ”), including all Exhibits attached thereto, and all other agreements between the parties, effective on or after the Effective Date, regarding the purchase or sale of Atheros components. The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

Atheros Competitor ” means a person or entity that designs, develops, manufactures or markets any integrated circuit, device or software that provides baseband, media access control (MAC-layer) or radio-frequency front-end functionality for wireless communications using unlicensed radio spectrum.

Component ” means a semiconductor product sold under an Atheros label or manufactured under license from Atheros.

Designated Equipment ” means equipment that incorporates one or more Components.

Development Hardware ” means Components and boards listed on the price list in Exhibit A, or on our then-current Development Hardware price list: (i) that are purchased by you directly from us for use solely in developing Designated Equipment and Your Software,

and (ii) that will not be resold, either on a stand-alone basis or in or with other equipment.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble above.

Excluded Code ” means files and groups or files that are governed by a separate (e.g., signed or click-wrapped terms, or terms provided within the file itself and acknowledged through use of the file) license agreement. Software licensed by you under the GPL, BSD or other open source licenses is Excluded Code unless agreed by us otherwise in writing.

Intellectual Property Rights ” means patents, trademarks, tradenames, service marks, mask works, copyrights, and applications for any of the foregoing, know-how, confidential information, trade secrets and any other similar rights throughout the world.

License Term ” means: (i) for the Modules listed in Exhibit A, for all other Modules that you acquire from Atheros during the Term and for which you are not required to pay a separate license fee, and for Updates to the foregoing Modules: the Term; and (ii) for Modules and Upgrades for which you pay us a separate license fee, and for Updates to such Modules and Upgrades: the initial term (“ Initial License Term ”) of such license specified by us at the time of such purchase, and any Renewal License Term of that license.

Each Initial License Term will automatically renew, without an additional license fee, for successive one year periods (each: a “ Renewal License Term ”), until and unless one of the parties provides the other a notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of a then-current License Term.

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 1 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Licensed Technology ” means each and all of the following provided to you during the Term: (i) Reference Designs, (ii) Our Software, (iii) the Technical Documentation, and (iv) Atheros end user documentation.

Module ” means each and all of the following: (i) the software file or group of files listed in Section 6 of Exhibit A, and (ii) any different software file or group of files (excluding Reference Designs) that you download, with authorization, from an Atheros server or that Atheros otherwise provides to you during the Term. “Module” excludes and does not mean Excluded Code.

Object Code ” means an object or binary (machine-readable) version of an item of Our Software or Your Software.

Our Software ” means each and all of the following: (i) a Module, (ii) an Update obtained from us during a Support Term for which you have paid the applicable fees pursuant to Section 8.3 (Renewal, Support Fees), (iii) an Upgrade for which you pay a separate license fee to us, and that is not governed by a separate written (e.g. signed or click-wrap) license agreement.

Reference Design ” means the Gerber files and other computer code provided to you by Atheros during the Term that provide a reference design for boards incorporating a Component.

Source Code ” means the source (human readable) version of an item of Our Software or Your Software.

Support Term ” means the first year of the Initial Term designated on Exhibit A, and each annual extension of that Support Term for which the requisite annual support fee has been paid.

Technical Documentation ” means documentation, of Our Software or of a Reference Design, that we provide to you during the Term, other than end user documentation of Our Software.

Term ” means the Initial Term designated on Exhibit A, and any Renewal Term. The Initial Term will automatically renew, without an additional license fee, for successive one year periods (each: a “ Renewal Term ”), until and unless one of the parties provides the other a notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of a then-current Term.

Update ” means a version of a Module (released after the date you first obtain the Module) that we make generally available during the License Term of that Module, without additional charge, to all customers that have purchased support services from us.

 

Upgrade ” means a version of a Module (released after the date you first obtain the Module) that we make available during the License Term of that Module, and that is not an Update.

Your Documentation ” means any documentation, of Our Software or Your Software, supplied by you to your customers.

Your Software ” means each and all of the following: (i) any change to Our Software developed by or for you under this License, and (ii) other software developed by or for you under this License using any application programming interfaces in Our Software.

 

2. PERMITTED USES AND RESTRICTIONS.

2.1.  General . Our Software and Reference Designs are licensed, not sold, to you, for use only as permitted by this License. We reserve all rights not expressly granted to you. The rights granted below are non-exclusive, and are limited to our and our licensors’ Intellectual Property Rights in Our Software and Reference Designs.

2.2.  Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this License:

2.2.1.   Source Code . During the License Term of a Module, you may;

   (i) use, copy and modify the Source Code of that Module, solely to develop Your Software for use in or with Designated Equipment, to generate Object Code of Our Software for use as permitted in Section 2.2.2 (Object Code), and to develop Designated Equipment;

   (ii) use, copy and modify the Source Code of Your Software that was developed pursuant to clause (i) above to generate Object Code of Your Software for use as permitted in Section 2.2.2 (Object Code), and to develop Designated Equipment; and

   (iii) sublicense your rights under (i) and (ii) to a person or entity that is not an Atheros Competitor (a “ contractor ”) solely to enable the contractor to perform development services solely for you, provided the contractor agrees in writing to: (a) abide by all the provisions of this License applicable to such Source Code, including restrictions on the disclosure and use of the code, and (b) return to you or destroy all copies of any provided Source Code. You will be responsible for ensuring the contractor’s compliance with that agreement and agree to enforce such terms in a manner similar to that which you use to protect your own source code and most confidential information.

2.2.2.   Object Code . During the License Term of a Module, you may: (i) use, copy, modify and

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 2 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

incorporate into the Object Code of that Module, and of Your Software developed using that Module or developed for use with that Module, as firmware, within a software development kit, or when embedded in Designated Equipment or as a driver of a Component, and (ii) manufacture, have manufactured, import, offer to sell and sell (directly and indirectly) Designated Equipment incorporating such Object Code. You may sublicense the rights under (i) only to end users of the Designated Equipment, firmware or software development kit, pursuant to a binding software license agreement meeting the requirements set forth in Exhibit B.

2.2.3.   Reference Designs . During the Term, you may use, copy and modify the Reference Designs solely to develop, manufacture and have manufactured, and support, Designated Equipment.

2.2.4.   Documentation Branding . During the Term, you may:

   (i) use and copy Technical Documentation solely in connection with the development, manufacture and support of Designated Equipment; and

   (ii) subject to the requirements of this Section 2.2.4 (Documentation, Branding), modify the Atheros end user documentation we supply to you by incorporating all or any portion of it into Your Documentation, and distribute (directly and indirectly) Your Documentation to purchasers of Designated Equipment.

   Other than to list a Component as an ingredient of Designated Equipment, Your Documentation and Designated Equipment may not be branded with our name or brand without our prior written permission. You must delete from Your Documentation all references to Atheros being the contact for technical support. You may use a third-party fulfillment house to produce Your Documentation, provided you are responsible for ensuring such third party’s compliance with the terms of this License.

2.3.  No Open Source . In your exercise of the rights granted under this License, you will not take any action or enter any agreement that would result in any contractual requirement that we or you make available to a third party any of the Source Code of Our Software or Your Software. The foregoing provision does not apply to Atheros Software obtained under the GNU Lesser Public License.

2.4.  Restrictions . Each copy of Our Software must include all copyright and other proprietary notices contained on the original copy of that software. Each copy of Your Software must include a copyright or other notice sufficient

to protect our Intellectual Property Rights in Our Software from which Your Software was derived.

Except to the extent permitted in this Section 2 (Permitted Used and Restrictions) or by applicable law, you may not (and may not allow anyone else to): (i) copy, decompile, decrypt, reverse engineer, disassemble, modify, or create derivative works of any Licensed Technology or Development Hardware, or attempt to reconstruct or discover any Source Code or underlying ideas or algorithms of Our Software, (ii) remove, alter or obscure any product identification, copyright or other intellectual property notices embedded within or on the Licensed Technology or any Development Hardware, or (iii) publish, disclose, sell, rent, lease, lend, distribute, sublicense or provide Licensed Technology or any Development Hardware to any third party.

2.5.  Delivery . Licensed Technology will be made available to you in electronic format for download, using a user authorization mechanism (i.e., password). You may provide the authorization mechanism only to your employees on a need-to-know basis.

 

3. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

3.1.  Ownership, Covenant . We are and will be the sole owner of all right, title and interest, including all the Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Licensed Technology, and all modifications, enhancements, updates, upgrades and derivative works thereof made by or for us. Subject to Atheros’ ownership in the Licensed Technology, you will be the sole owner of all right, title and interest, including all the Intellectual Property Rights, in and to Your Software and Your Documentation, and all derivative works thereof made by or for you.

3.2.  Omitted

3.3.  Notices . You agree to include on Your Documentation, all copyright, proprietary and other Intellectual Property Rights notices reasonably requested by us in writing.

3.4.  Notification of Unauthorized Use . You will promptly notify us if you become aware of any unauthorized use of the Licensed Technology or violation or threatened violation of our Intellectual Property Rights therein. You agree to cooperate with us and render such assistance as we may reasonably request to identify, halt and/or prevent any violation of the provisions of this License.

3.5.  Announcement . Except as required to satisfy legal disclosure and financial reporting requirements, neither party may use the name of the other party in any news release, public announcement, advertisement or other form of publicity without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 3 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

4. FEES, PAYMENTS, TAXES

4.1.  Fees . You agree to pay to us: (i) the license fees set forth in Exhibit A for Our Software listed in Section 6.1 of Exhibit A, (ii) the then-current license fee, if any, of any other Module or Update you obtain under this Agreement; (iii) the support fees described in Section 8 (Support), and (iv) the hardware fees described in Section 5 (Supply of Components and Development Hardware).

4.2.  Payments . Payments will be due within [***] of invoice date. All prices are stated, and all payments must be made, in U.S. dollars. Late payments shall accrue interest at a rate of 18% per year or a lesser amount required by law.

4.3.  Taxes . All fees are exclusive of, and you are responsible for, any taxes, tariffs, duties and other government-imposed charges resulting from the license, sale, provision or use of Our Technology or of any product or service under this License (except for taxes based on our net income) and any penalties, interest and collection or withholding costs associated with any of the foregoing items. You agree to pay our fees without deduction for withholding taxes or other assessments required or imposed by any taxing authorities, and to pay all such withholding taxes and assessments. You further agree promptly to furnish us with a certificate evidencing payment of each such tax or assessment. When we have the legal obligation to pay or collect such taxes or fees, you agree to pay such amounts unless you provide us a valid tax exemption certificate. You agree to reimburse us for any fines, penalties, taxes and other charges, including expenses incurred by us, due to your submission of invalid tax-related information.

5.     SUPPLY OF COMPONENTS AND DEVELOPMENT HARDWARE

5.1.  Supply of Components . You may order Components from us (or, in our discretion, from our wholly-owned subsidiary, Atheros Technology Ltd., a Bermuda corporation), at the then-current Component list prices or such price as is quoted to you in a written price quote. All orders are subject to acceptance, and will be governed by the terms of Exhibit C. Those terms may be modified or supplemented only as provided in Exhibit C. The terms and conditions appearing on any purchase order or other document submitted by you will not apply to your order, except for name(s) of product(s) ordered, quantity, requested shipment date and delivery destination.

Subject to our prior written consent, which consent may be provided via email, you may authorize third parties such as contract manufacturers to order Components on your behalf. You may not reveal pricing to the third party, and you guarantee payment and compliance by such third party under and with the provisions of Exhibit C.

5.2.  Development Hardware . During the Term, you may order a reasonable quantity of Development Hardware, at the prices set forth on the then-current Development Hardware Price List. All orders are subject to acceptance, and will be governed by the terms of Exhibit C, except that the provisions of this Agreement that explicitly reference Development Hardware will take precedence over any contrary or additional provisions of Exhibit C related to the same subject matter, and we assume no intellectual property indemnification or defense obligations with respect to Development Hardware.

 

6. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

6.1.  Third Party Software Supplied . Our Software may include software licensed from third parties (“ Third Party Software ”). Third Party Software is subject to the license terms and disclaimers (together: “ Terms ”) provided by the licensor. Third Party Software will be identified in a Read Me or Credits file or folder accompanying such software. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS LICENSE, YOUR USE OF EACH ITEM OF THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE IS GOVERNED BY ITS APPLICABLE TERMS, AND WE ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR, AND MAKE NO WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE.

6.2.  Third Party Software Required to be Obtained by You . You may need to obtain software from third parties to use or for use with Our Software. For example, you may need to obtain ethernet source code from National Semiconductor, or a runtime license and development seats for VxWorks. It is your responsibility to ensure you obtain and pay for any such required third party software.

6.3.  Published Standards, Royalty Obligations . You understand and acknowledge that third parties may claim that a royalty or other fee is due to them as a result of the adherence of Our Software or Your Software to published standards. Any such fees are your sole responsibility.

 

7. WARRANTIES, INDEMNITY

7.1.  Disclaimer of Warranty . The Licensed Technology is provided AS IS, with all faults. We support Our Software as set forth in Section 8.2 (Support Services).

7.2.  Development Hardware Warranty . We warrant solely to you that for 30 days after delivery to you (“ Hardware Warranty Period ”), each item of Development Hardware will be operative. If you give us written notice that an item of Development Hardware is non-operative within the Hardware Warranty Period, we will, at our sole option, replace the non-operative item or refund the purchase price of that item (or if that item was provided on a bundled basis without separate charge, then the price of such item as set forth in Exhibit A).

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 4 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

7.3. Warranty Disclaimer and Limited Remedies . SECTION 7.2 STATES YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND OUR ENTIRE LIABILITY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. WE MAKE NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION THAT ANY LICENSED TECHNOLOGY OR DEVELOPMENT HARDWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR WORK IN COMBINATION WITH ANY HARDWARE OR APPLICATIONS SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY THIRD PARTIES, THAT THE OPERATION OF OUR SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, OR THAT ANY DEFECTS IN ANY LICENSED TECHNOLOGY WILL BE CORRECTED. EXCEPT AS EXPLICITLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.2, WE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY US OR ANY OF OUR EMPLOYEES OR REPRESENTATIVES WILL CREATE A WARRANTY.

7.4. Intellectual Property Indemnity .

7.4.1.   By Us . Provided the requirements of Section 7.4.3 (Conditions) are met, we will, at our expense, defend (or at our option, settle) any suit brought against you, and will pay all damages, and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (together: “ Damages ”) finally awarded against you, to the extent based on a claim that Our Software or a Component purchased from Atheros under this Agreement directly infringes [***] patent or Berne Convention copyright, or misappropriates any trade secret right of any third party.

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will have no liability or obligation with respect to claims or Damages to the extent arising from: (i) Your Software (to the extent it differs from Our Software), Third Party Software or a modification to or derivative work of Our Software not made by or for us; (ii) the combination or use of Our Software with anything other than a Component; (iii) the use of Out Software to practice any method or process that does not occur wholly within Our Software; (iv) our modification of Our Software or a Component to comply with your design requirements or specifications or those of your customer (provided this exclusion does not apply to

 

 

[***] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

claims of copyright infringement); (v) the use of a release of Our Software not then supported by Atheros; (vi) any modification, servicing or addition made to the Component by anyone other than Atheros; (vii) the use of the Component as a part of or in combination with any devices, parts or software that are both not provided by Atheros and not required to use the Component; (ix) the sale or distribution of other than the then-current unaltered release of the Component available from Atheros; or (x) any implementation of a Component other than in a Licensee Product (as defined in Exhibit C), (each, an “ Excluded Claim ”).

  If the use or distribution of Our Software or a Component purchased from Atheros hereunder is enjoined, we may, at our sole option and expense; (i) procure for you the right to continue using Our Software as licensed herein or the Components purchased hereunder; (ii) modify Our Software or the Component and provide you functionally equivalent, non-infringing software or a non-infringing unit of the affected Component that is substantially equivalent in functionality; or (iii) if none of the foregoing is commercially reasonable for Our Software, terminate the license to the affected software and refund a portion of the license fee you paid for that software (if any) (amortizing that fee on a straight-line basis over its License Term). Atheros shall not be obligated to accept new orders for Components that are or may be subject to a claim of infringement covered under this Article unless it accepts such orders from another Component customer.

  THIS SECTION 7.4.1 STATES OUR ENTIRE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY, AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, FOR ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS ARISING WITH RESPECT TO OUR SOFTWARE AND ANY OTHER ITEMS, PRODUCTS OR SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER.

7.4.2.    By You . Provided the requirements of Section 7.4.3 (Conditions) are met, you will, at your expense, defend (or at your option, settle) any suit brought against us, and will pay all Damages finally awarded against us, to the extent based on an Excluded Claim. THIS SECTION 7.4.2 STATES YOUR ENTIRE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY, AND OUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, FOR ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS ARISING WITH RESPECT TO YOUR SOFTWARE OR ANY EXCLUDED CLAIM.

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 5 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

7.4.3. Conditions . As a condition to receiving the indemnification and defense specified above, the indemnified party must: (i) promptly notify the indemnifying party of any actual or threatened suit, claim or proceeding on which indemnity is or may be sought (except that failure to give prompt notice will not affect the indemnified party’s rights hereunder if such failure does not prejudice the indemnifying party’s rights or defense, or otherwise cause the indemnifying party significant harm); (ii) give the indemnifying party sole control, through counsel of its choice, of the defense and settlement of the claim; and (iii) at the indemnifying party’s expense, reasonably cooperate in the defense and settlement of the claim and provide the indemnifying party all information, assistance and authority requested to enable it to defend or settle the claim.

 

8. SUPPORT

8.1.  Training . No training is provided under this Agreement.

8.2.  Support Services . During the Support Term, subject to the provisions of this Section 8.2, we will provide to you, at no additional charge, Updates of Our Software and Technical Documentation, and the other support services described below.

8.2.1.   Error Correction . You may inform us of Errors in Our Software by sending e-mail to support@Atheros.com . We will use reasonable commercial efforts to respond to such reports within two (2) business days, and to correct any documented, reproducible Error, to provide an acceptable work-around, or correct errors in the documentation. “ Error ” means a problem that causes Our Software not to operate substantially in conformance with its Technical Documentation.

8.2.2.   Limitations . Atheros will not support Your Software. You have sole responsibility for providing technical support to, and you assume any and all warranty obligations to, your customers (at any tier) with respect to Our Software, Your Software and Designated Equipment. You have no authority to obligate us in any way under any warranty you may provide.

8.2.3.   Additional Support Services Location Option . Support services will be provided only to the site listed on Exhibit A, Section 4. Subject to our consent, you may purchase support services for additional location(s) (“ Additional Support Services Location(s) ”) at which Our Software, Reference Designs and Development Hardware will be used by

executing an amendment to this License and paying our then-current fees for such Additional Support Services Locations) for each year for which you request such support. We will deliver to you, at the Additional Support Services Location(s), at no additional charge, one test and software development board.

8.2.4.   Support of Back Revs of Our Software . Migration to the then-current release of Our Software may be required for continued support.

8.2.5.   No Support for Excluded Code, Even if Provided to You by Us, our Partner, Agent or Contractor . You may now possess or may receive, from us, from our contractor or agent, or from another party or source, Excluded Code that functions or is intended to function with our Components, but which is not licensed under this Agreement. Excluded Code, even if owned and controlled by us, will not be supported by us and is in no way warranted, indemnified or otherwise endorsed by us under this Agreement.

8.3.  Renewal, Support Fees . Support services will be provided to you without charge during the first year following the Effective Date. Thereafter, the Support Term will automatically extend for successive annual periods, until one of the parties provides the other a notice of non-renewal of support services at least 90 days prior to the end of the then-current Support Term. You agree to pay for annual support services after the first anniversary of the Effective Dale. The fee for each year of support services may be increased by Atheros in its sole discretion, but will not exceed [***]% of the support fee for the prior year. For purposes of this calculation, the first year support fee is set forth on Exhibit A.

Each annual invoice for support services will be rendered approximately 30 days before the end of the then-current Support Term. Payment is due within 30 days of the invoice date. Failure to timely pay the fee shall terminate the Support Term.

8.4.  Omitted .

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

9.1.  Limited Remedies, Damages Exclusion . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(i) Our total, cumulative liability arising from or in connection with this Agreement or any item or service ordered or provided hereunder (including Components) will be limited to the lesser of either the total amount you paid

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 6 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

us over [***] immediately preceding the date your first claim is brought multiplied by [***], or [***].

(ii) In no event will we be liable for incidental, consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages or lost revenue, data or profits (all collectively: “ indirect damages ”), arising from or in connection with this License or any product or service ordered or provided hereunder. The limitations on and disclaimers of remedies, warranties and damages set forth in this License will apply regardless of: (a) whether any specified remedy fails of its essential purpose, (b) the form of action (e.g., contract, tort, statute, or other legal theory) and (c) whether we were advised of the possibility of such damages or such damages were foreseeable. These limitations and disclaimers reflect the parties’ reasonable allocation of the risks associated with any performance or non-performance under this License, and are included in this License as a material inducement for us to enter into this License.

9.2.  High Risk Applications . The Licensed Technology is not designed or warranted for use with chips other than Components, and it and the Components are not warranted by us for use in developing, or for incorporation into, products or services used in applications or environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, life support machines., surgically implanted devices, weapons systems, or other applications, devices or systems in which the failure of a Component or of Our Software or Your Software could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage (“ High Risk Activities ”). Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you may not use or permit any third party to use Our Software, Your Software or any Designated Equipment in connection with any High Risk Activity. You assume all risk of such uses, and if you or your customers at any tier use or permit the use of any such item(s) in connection with High Risk Activities, you agree to indemnify, defend and hold us harmless from all claims, expenses and liability arising, as a result of such use.

 

10. TERM, TERMINATION

10.1.  Term . Unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Section 10, this License will continue for the Term.

10.2.  Termination for Cause . This License and all licenses granted hereby will automatically terminate upon

 

 

[***] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

any breach by you of a provision of Sections 2.2.1 (Source Code), 2.2.3 (Reference Designs), 2.3 (No Open Source), 2.4 (Restrictions), or 12 (Confidentiality). In addition, this License and all licenses granted hereby may be terminated by either Party if the other party breaches any provision of this License and fails to remedy such breach within 30 days of receipt of written notice.

10.3.  Bankruptcy . We may terminate this License immediately upon written notice upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: (i) a receiver is appointed for either you or your property; (ii) you become insolvent or admit in writing your inability to pay your debts as they become due, (iii) you make a general assignment for the benefit of your creditors; (iv) you commence, or have commenced against you, proceedings under any bankruptcy, insolvency or debtor’s relief law, which proceedings are not dismissed within 60 days; or (v) you are liquidated, dissolved or cease to do business.

 

11. EFFECT OF TERMINATION/EXPIRATION

11.1.  Return of Materials . On any termination or expiration of this License, except as provided in Section 11.2 (Retention of Copies, Sell-Off), you agree immediately to cease all use of, and destroy, all copies (including backup copies) of the Licensed Technology, including all tangibles incorporating any such items (but excluding Designated Equipment), and promptly to certify to us in writing that you have done so.

11.2.  Retention of Copies, Sell-Off . You may: (a) retain copies of the Licensed Technology solely for use in supporting customers that purchased Designated Equipment prior to the expiration or termination of this License, and (b) sell inventory of Designated Equipment that has already been manufactured or is in process on the date of expiration or termination.

11.3.  Survival . Termination or expiration of this License will not affect Object Code sublicenses granted to purchasers of Designated Equipment pursuant to Section 2.2.2 (Object Code) prior to expiration or termination, each of which will remain in effect in accordance with its terms. In addition, the parties’ rights and obligations under the following provisions will survive any termination or expiration of this License: Sections 2.4 (Restrictions), 3 (Intellectual Property), 4 (Fees, Payments, Taxes), 6 (Third Party Rights), 7.3 (Warranty Disclaimer and Limited Remedies), 7.4 (Intellectual Property Indemnity), 9 (Limitation of Liability), 11 (Effect of Termination/Expiration), 12 (Confidentiality) and 13 (General) and, with respect to Development Hardware, the provisions of Exhibit C that survive termination of that Agreement, and the last sentence of Section 5.2 (Development Hardware).

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 7 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

12. CONFIDENTIALITY

12.1.  Definition . “ Confidential Information ” means: (i) any information disclosed by us to you, either directly or indirectly, during the Term, by any means (whether in writing, orally or visually, or by permitting inspection of tangible objects (including without limitation documents, prototypes, samples, plant and equipment)), provided such information is designated as “Confidential”, “Proprietary” or some similar designation at the time of disclosure; and (ii) the Licensed Technology, whether or not so designated. Confidential Information does not, however, include any information that you demonstrate: (a) is legally and publicly available, other than through a breach of your obligations under this Section 12, (b) you received, without an obligation of confidentiality, from a third party that was entitled so to disclose it, or (c) is independently developed by you without use of or reference to Confidential Information. Nothing in this License will prevent you from disclosing Confidential Information to the extent you are required by law to disclose such Confidential Information, provided you give us prompt written notice of that requirement prior to such disclosure and cooperate with our efforts to obtain an order protecting the information from public disclosure.

12.2.  Non-use and Non-disclosure . You agree not to disclose Confidential Information other than to those of your employees and contractors who have a need to know to exercise the rights and licenses granted to you herein, and not to use Confidential information other than in the exercise of such rights and licenses, or to determine whether and on what terms to purchase Components from us. You agree that prior to any disclosure by you of Confidential Information to an employee or contractor, you will have entered into a written non-disclosure agreement with such person, containing terms at least as strict as those contained in this Section 12. You may not reverse engineer, disassemble or decompile any prototypes, software or other tangible objects that embody Confidential Information and that are provided hereunder.

12.3.  Maintenance of Confidentiality . You agree to take reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid the unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information, including at (least those measures that you take to protect your own most highly confidential information. You may not make any copies of Confidential Information except as expressly permitted by Section 2.2 (Grant) or as approved by us in advance, in writing. You must reproduce all proprietary right notices on any such approved copies, in the same manner in which such notices were set forth in or on the original.

12.4.  Return of Confidential Information . Except as provided in Section 11.2 (Retention of Copies, Sell-Off),

you agree promptly to return to us or destroy, at our request, all copies of Confidential Information, in whatever form or media, and to certify to us in writing that you have done so.

12.5.  Remedies . You agree that any violation or threatened violation of any provision of this Section 12 will cause us irreparable injury, entitling us to injunctive relief in addition to ail legal remedies.

12.6.  Announcement . Neither party will disclose, advertise or publish the terms or conditions of this License without the written consent of the other party, except (i) as may be required, by law and (ii) to its professional advisors and to investors or potential investors who are under an obligation of confidentiality at least as restrictive as that contained in this Section 12.

 

13. GENERAL

13.1.  Notices . All notices and consents required or permitted under this License must be in writing and sent, if to us, to the address listed in the signature block above to the attention of Legal Department, and if to you, to the address listed on Exhibit A under Legal or, if none, the address listed in the signature block above; or to such other address as is specified by notice from time to time. Any notice of non-performance, termination or non-renewal must be sent by nationally (or, if applicable, internationally) recognized overnight courier or by certified mail, return receipt requested. All other notices and consents may be sent as provided above or by fax or e-mail (if to us, to 408-773-9909 or legal@atheros.com) with a confirmation of receipt. Notices will be deemed given and received on receipt (except that faxes and e-mails received on a non-business day (according to the recipient’s business calendar) will be deemed received on the next business day). If a notice cannot be received because the recipient has moved and failed to notify the sender of its change of address, or because the recipient is out of business, then a notice will be deemed received when sent

13.2.  Entire Agreement . This License, together with its Exhibit(s), constitutes the complete, exclusive and final expression of the parties’ agreement and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, proposals, representations or communications, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

13.3.  Governing Law, Exclusive Jurisdiction and Venue . This License will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws provisions. The provisions of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.4 (Arbitration), each party hereby: (i) agrees that any action, suit or proceeding (“ Action ”) that arises, in whole or in part, under or in connection with this License

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 8 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

will be brought in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California San Jose Branch or the Superior or Municipal Courts of the State of California, Santa Clara County; and (ii) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the jurisdiction of all such courts for purposes of any such Action, and irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection (such as inconvenient forum) to the laying of venue of any Action in any such court.

13.4. Arbitration . All disputes, claims, and controversies between the parties arising out of or related to this License or the breach hereof will be settled by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by one arbitrator appointed pursuant to the applicable procedures of JAMS and conducted under the then-current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator will issue an award in support of his or her decision within 120 days of the selection of the arbitrator, stating the legal and factual basis for the decision and the reasoning lending to such decision. The decision and award of the arbitrator will be final and binding and judgment on the award so rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration will be held in Santa Clara County, California, and the award will be deemed to be made in California. Both parties will share the costs of the arbitration equally, except that each party will bear its own costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, witness fees, travel expenses, and preparation costs.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a party may seek injunctive relief (or any other provisional remedy) from any court having jurisdiction over the parties and the subject matter of the dispute.

Within 30 days after the filing of the response to the arbitration demand, each party will provide the other with copies of all documents that are likely to bear significantly on their respective claims and defenses.

The arbitrator will allow the parties to engage in other discovery, including depositions, unless the arbitrator determines that the likely benefit of the proposed discovery is outweighed by the burden and expense of the proposed discovery, taking into account the amount in controversy, the importance of the issues at stake in the arbitration, the importance of the proposed discovery in resolving those issues, and the parties’ desire to seek justice while minimizing the time and expense of arbitrating their dispute. The arbitrator’s decisions regarding discovery will be final and conclusive.

This agreement to arbitrate and any award rendered by the arbitrator will be enforceable under California law and Title 9 of the United States Code, to the extent applicable. All questions concerning the arbitrability of a dispute (including whether the parties have agreed to

arbitrate the dispute) will also be decided by arbitration, and this agreement to arbitrate applies notwithstanding any claim that all or any part of this agreement is void, voidable or unenforceable for any reason. Neither party will have the right to appeal the arbitrator’s decision.

Each party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of all duly constituted courts of the State of California and the United States District Court for the Northern District of California for the purpose of enforcement of this agreement to arbitrate and any awards rendered by such arbitration; provided that this sentence does not limit the right of either party to enforce any award in any proper forum.

13.5.  Attorney’s Fees . Except as provided in Section 13.4 (Arbitration), in any action to enforce this License or collect on any judgment rendered, the prevailing patty will be entitled to recover all court costs and reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred.

13.6.  No Assignment . Your rights and obligations under this License are personal, and may not be assigned or transferred, voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, without our prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld if the proposed transfer occurs in connection with the sale of substantially all of your assets or outstanding voting securities to a third party that is not an Atheros Competitor. Any attempt assignment or transfer without our consent will be void. For purposes of this License, a Change of Control will be deemed an assignment that requires our prior written consent. “Change of Control” means the acquisition of beneficial ownership of more than 50% of your then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, including any such acquisition that is made pursuant to a merger or other business combination. Your rights under an order may not be assigned with Atheros’s written consent.

13.7.  Government Authorization . You are responsible for all governmental authorizations and approvals relating to this License. You represent and warrant that as of the Effective Date and throughout the Term, you are and will remain in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations necessary for you to enter into this License and execute your obligations under this License including, without limitation, any governmental authorization necessary for you lo contract with a foreign party. You represent and warrant to us that you are fully knowledgeable regarding and will be responsible for any applicable governmental regulatory compliance matter affecting the design, manufacture or distribution of Your Software or of Designated Equipment. Distribution of Your Software or Designated Equipment with, or for use with, a product that is not in compliance with a country’s spectrum use regulations shall be a material breach of this Agreement,

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 9 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

and you hereby indemnify Atheros for damages resulting from any such use or distribution.

13.8.  Export Law Assurances . You may not download, use, transfer, export or re-export any Licensed Technology or any product or derivative work thereof, or any Confidential Information, except as authorized by United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Licensed Technology was obtained. In particular, but without limitation, Licensed Technology and derivative works thereof may not be downloaded, used, exported or re-exported (a) in or to (or by or to a national or resident of) any country then under U.S. economic embargo, or (b) to any person or entity on the U.S. Treasury Department’s list of Specially Designated Nationals or on the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Denied Persons List or Entity List. By downloading or using Licensed Technology, you represent and warrant that you are not located in, under control of, or a national or resident of any such country or on any such list.

13.9.  Records and Audit . During the Term and for six months thereafter, we will have the right at reasonable times no more than once per year, directly or through its representative, upon a minimum of 14 days’ written notice setting forth the period under review, to review your books and records regarding your adherence to the Intellectual Property Rights provisions of this License.

13.10.  Amendment, Waiver, Remedies . No amendment or modification of this License is binding unless signed by you and an officer of Atheros. The observance of any provision of this License may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance) only by the written consent of the party or parties adversely affected by such waiver. No failure of a party to enforce its rights under this License will be deemed a waiver. A waiver will be narrowly construed to apply solely to the specific instance to which such waiver is directed. Except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy provided in this License will be without prejudice to the right to exercise any other right or remedy provided by law or equity.

13.11.  Severability . If any provision of this License or portion thereof is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary and this License will otherwise remain in full force and effect. In addition, the patties agree to substitute for the limited or eliminated provision a new provision that effects, as nearly as possible, the original intent of the parties.

13.12.  Counterparts, Fax Signatures . This License may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will

constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures will be considered original signatures.

13.13.  Mutual Negotiations . Each provision of this License will be fairly interpreted and construed in accordance with its provisions and without any strict

13.14.   interpretation or construction in favor of or against either party.

13.15.  Choice of Language . The original of this License is in English. You waive any right to have this License written in any other language, regardless of whether your country of incorporation is English speaking.

13.16.  No Third Party Beneficiaries . No provision of this Agreement is intended or will be construed to confer upon or give to any person or entity other than you and us any rights, remedies or other benefits under or by reason of this License.

 END BODY OF AGREEMENT.

 EXHIBITS BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 10 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

     Exhibit A

     1.            YOUR CONTACTS.

LEGAL

Name

    

Address

    

Telephone

    

Fax

    

Email

    
SHIPPING

Name

    

Address

    

Telephone

    

Fax

    

Email

    
BILLING

Name

    

Address

    

Telephone

    

Fax

    

Email

    
TECHNICAL/DEVELOPMENT

Name

    

Address

    

Telephone

    

Fax

    

Email

    
QUALITY/PROCUREMENT

Name

    

Address

    

Telephone

    

Fax

    

Email

    

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 11 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

2.            INITIAL TERM OF LICENSE. Beginning on the Effective Date and continuing for one year.

3.            LICENSE TYPE. General Purpose.

 

4. SUPPORT SERVICE SITE . Support services are offered only to a single site. You may have several development locations, of which one must be designated as the site to which Atheros will deliver support services.

 

Support Service    
Site  Address    
  Same as Technical/Development Address unless this block modified. If no Technical/Development Address provided, then same as signature block address on page 1.

5.            FEES. Atheros’s then-current fees apply.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 12 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

6.            LICENSED TECHNOLOGY. Atheros will deliver to You:

 

       6.1            Reference Designs, Technical Documentation and Software Modules

These items were previously provided without additional charge. In addition, you may elect to purchase Development Hardware separately.

[***]

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 13 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

In addition to the above, the Licensed Technology includes:

The following files and any updates thereto and the following documentation file:

[***]

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 14 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Development Hardware prices (subject to change without notice):

Atheros reserves the right to limit the quantity of Development Hardware that may be purchased. Refer to Part Numbers (available separately from Atheros sales staff) to order. Development hardware will be provided at Atheros’s then-current price at the time of order.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 15 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

MINIMUM TERMS OF END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

Your End User License Agreement will include terms at least as restrictive of Atheros’ liabilities and at least as protective of Atheros’ rights as the following:

 

1. License Grant and Restrictions . [Licensee] grants End User a non-exclusive license to use the software (such as object code or firmware) program and related documentation (“ Software ”) only in conjunction with [name of a product containing an Atheros Wireless LAN Chipset (“ Product ”)]. End User only obtains a non-exclusive license to use the Software with the Product and only in the country where the Product was purchased. This Software is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties, as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties. The Software is licensed, not sold. Title does not pass to End User. There is no implied license, right or interest granted in any copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark, invention or other intellectual property right.

 

2. No Reverse Engineering . End User will not decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer the software. If End User is a European Union resident, information necessary to achieve interoperability with other programs is available upon request.

 

3. Termination . Upon any violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, End User’s rights to use the Software will automatically terminate and End User will be obligated to destroy all copies of the Software. End User may terminate this Agreement at any time by destroying the Software.

[Licensee]’S SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, DIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCT OR ANY SOFTWARE.

 

4. Export . The Software may only be operated, exported or re-exported in compliance with all applicable laws and export regulations of the United States and the country in which End User obtained them. The Software is specifically subject to the U.S. Export Administration Regulations. End User may not export, directly or indirectly, the Software or technical data licensed hereunder or the direct product thereof to any country, individual or entity for which the United States Government or any agency thereof, at the time of export, requires an export license or other government approval, without first obtaining such license or approval.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 16 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT C

Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for Components

 

1. Scope . These Terms and Conditions of Sale (“Agreement”) apply to sales of semiconductor products (“Components”) by Atheros Communications, Inc. or Atheros Technology Ltd., as applicable (“Atheros”) to buyer (“Buyer”). Atheros and Buyer may be referred to herein as “Party” when referred to individually and “Parties” when referred to collectively. “Components” refers only to hardware, chips and chipsets. Any software, reference designs, developer’s kits, and documentation have been separately licensed under the Atheros Non-Exclusive Technology License Agreement (“Technology License Agreement”) mutually executed either (a) by Atheros Communications, Inc. and Buyer where Buyer is a license of Atheros Communications, Inc. (“Licensee”) for Licensee’s user in integrating the Components as part of products developed by or for Licensee (“Licensee Products”) or (b) between Atheros Communications, Inc. and a Licensee of Atheros Communications, Inc. who authorizes Buyer to purchase Components from Atheros for use in integrating the Components as part of Buyer’s manufacture of Licensee Products of such Licensee. In the case of (b), use of the term “Buyer” in this Agreement shall be deemed to mean Licensee, unless the context indicates that such change would be improper. Buyer certifies to Atheros that it is authorized to purchase Components from Atheros pursuant to such Technology License Agreement and will indemnify and hold harmless Atheros from any and all liabilities, costs, damages, expenses relating to breach of the foregoing certification.

2. Orders

2.1 Rescheduling and Cancellation . Atheros will promptly notify Buyer if any order or part of an order cannot be filled or if there will be any delays in delivery. Atheros will use all reasonable efforts to ship and deliver on indicated dates but it will not be liable for failure to do so. Alternatively, should Atheros find that the delivery date agreed on cannot be met, Atheros shall notify Buyer in writing, stating the cause of the delay and an estimated delivery date. For non-custom products, Buyer may reschedule orders accepted by Atheros and scheduled for delivery, subject to the following limitations:

Days until Atheros

scheduled shipment of

an order

  Limits on order reschedules and cancellations
61 - 90  

Rescheduling for a period of up to [***] later than the original scheduled ship date. One reschedule per order only. Rescheduled orders may not be subsequently cancelled ; OR

Cancellation of up to [***].

 

31 - 60  

Rescheduling for a period of [***] later than the original scheduled ship date. One reschedule per order only. Rescheduled orders may not be subsequently cancelled ; OR

Cancellation of up to [***].

 

30  

[***].

 

2.2 Purchase Order . This Agreement takes precedence over Buyer’s additional or different terms and conditions which may be included on Buyer’s purchase order or otherwise, to which notice of objection is hereby given, and any inconsistent or additional terms in such form will be of no effect. Any changes to this Agreement must be specifically agreed to in writing by Atheros.
2.3 Acceptance . Orders shall be subject to written acceptance by Atheros and delivery schedules established in accordance with Component availability and Buyer’s credit status. If Atheros chooses to obsolete any Components, it shall give at least [***] advance notice to Buyer. Buyer may place orders during the notification period for shipment no later than [***] after the obsolescence date.

 

 

[***] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 17 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

3. Delivery; Title

3.1 Delivery . Components will be delivered Ex Works (Incoterms 2000), Atheros’ designated factory deck or distribution center dock. Buyer will pay all costs relating to transportation, delivery, duties and insurance. Buyer will provide Atheros with shipping instructions on its order and if it fails to do so, Atheros will determine the carrier and means of transportation and will ship the Components freight collect. Buyer shall notify Atheros in writing of any shortage in any shipment within thirty (30) days after Buyer’s receipt of such shipment. All shipments shall be directed to a Buyer operated receiving location.
3.2 Risk of Loss . Risk of loss for the Components shall pass from Atheros to Buyer at the Atheros shipping point, and Buyer will bear the risk of loss after the shipping point and will be solely responsible for filing claims relating to any lost or damaged goods.
3.3 Title . Title to the Components shall pass to Buyer as follows:
For Components Delivered Outside of United States: Atheros reserves title in the Components until paid for in full by Buyer, for the purpose of protecting Atheros’ right to receive payment under the laws of various countries. This reservation of title does not affect Buyer’s ability to transfer title to the Components in the ordinary course of its business, provided that Buyer hereby assigns in advance to Atheros any proceeds from the disposition of such Components to the extent of the amount owed to Atheros.
For Components Delivered within the United State) . Title to the Components shall pass from Atheros to Buyer at the Atheros shipping point. Buyer hereby grants to Atheros a purchase money security interest covering each shipment of Components made hereunder (and any proceeds derived therefrom) in the amount of Atheros’ invoice for such shipment until payment in full is received by Atheros. Buyer agrees to sign and execute any and all documents as required by Atheros to perfect such security interest.
3.4 Exporter and Importer of Record . For international shipments, Buyer or its properly authorized agent or freight forwarder shall be exporter of record from the United States. Buyer shall be the importer of record and is responsible for fulfilling quota terms, obtaining import licenses, paying import license or permit fees, duties and customs fees, and any other governmental or import taxes or fees, and preparing and submitting all required documentation in connection with importing the Components.

 

4. Returns . No Components may be returned except under warranty or due to shipment error by Atheros. All returns must be made in accordance with Atheros’ then-current Return Material Authorization (RMA) procedures or such other procedures as are expressly agreed to in writing by an authorized representative of Atheros (“Atheros RMA Procedures”). Atheros shall have no responsibility or liability for returns not made in accordance with such Atheros RMA Procedures.

5. Prices; Payment; Taxes; Rebates

5.1 Prices . Pricing is stated in a written price quote from the designated Atheros Account Manager (or a designated substitute) to Buyer. Atheros may change its prices at any time. All prices are in U.S. dollars.
5.2 Payment . Provided that Buyer receives written approval of the extension of credit terms from Atheros’ credit department, payment terms are net [***] from the date of invoice unless otherwise specified in writing from Atheros. Buyer must give Atheros written notice of any discrepancies among the purchase order, the invoice, and the Components received, within [***] after receipt of the Components or the invoice, whichever occurs later. Payment is not conditioned upon the Components meeting any acceptance testing procedures or criteria. If there is any dispute as to a part of a shipment, Buyer will pay for the undisputed part of that shipment. All payments to Atheros shall be in U.S. dollars, free of any restrictions or withholding. Atheros reserves the right to require payment in advance by wire transfer, confirmed irrevocable letter of credit, or such other means as are acceptable to Atheros.
5.3 Interest . Atheros may charge Buyer interest on any delinquent balance, computed on a daily basis for each day that the payment is delinquent, at the lesser of (a) eighteen percent (18%) per annum or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.
5.4 Taxes . Buyer is responsible for payment of all taxes of every kind imposed in connection with the sale to Buyer of Components or which Atheros may incur in respect of this Agreement (except for taxes imposed on Atheros’ net income) and any penalties, interest and collection or withholding costs associated with any of the foregoing items. All such amounts are in addition to other amounts payable hereunder. If Buyer is required to withhold any taxes or fees from amounts due to Atheros under this Agreement, then Buyer agrees to increase the payment to Atheros so that, after

 

 

[***] Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 18 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

payment of all taxes and fees, Buyer will have paid to Atheros the total amount due to Atheros as if no taxes or fees were withheld. Buyer may provide Atheros with a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities in lieu of paying certain taxes; however, Buyer shall reimburse Atheros for any fines, penalties, taxes and other charges, including expenses incurred by Atheros, due to Buyer’s submission of invalid information.

5.5 Rebates. If a rebate applies, the payment of any such rebate will be subject to the following terms: (i) by the first day of each calendar month, Buyer shall submit to Atheros a consumption report stating the number of Components purchased and received by Buyer from its board supplier (or, if applicable, directly from Atheros) during the immediately preceding month, together with supporting documentation acceptable to Atheros in its discretion; (ii) as soon as practicable after the beginning of each calendar quarter, Buyer and Atheros will cooperate in good faith to agree upon the rebate amount for the previous quarter, based on the above monthly consumption reports and supporting documentation delivered by Buyer for such quarter, and Buyer shall issue an invoice to Atheros for such agreed-upon rebate amount; (iii) if Buyer is a direct customer of Atheros, Buyer must deliver to Atheros the above monthly information and a mutually agreed-upon invoice for the rebate amount as provided above, no later than 180 days after Atheros has delivered to Buyer the Components to which such rebate amount applies; (iv) if Buyer has purchased Components from a board supplier, Buyer must deliver to Atheros the above monthly information and a mutually agreed-upon invoice for the rebate amount as provided above, no later than 180 days after the board supplier has delivered to Buyer the Components to which such rebate amount applies; and (v) rebates are only payable with respect to Components for which Atheros has received payment from Buyer or Buyer’s board supplier, as applicable.

 

6. No License; Markings . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the sale to Buyer of the Components does not convey any license expressly or by implication, to, and Buyer shall not, manufacture, reverse engineer, duplicate, or otherwise reproduce any of the Components or any part thereof. Buyer will not remove, alter or obfuscate any patent markings on the Components or otherwise cause any patent on the Components to become ineffective under applicable patent laws. Buyer shall place in a conspicuous location on each and every Licensee Product sold by it or documentation shipped therewith, a legally sufficient patent notice. Atheros will advise Buyer of the patent number or numbers and the applicable notice.

 

7. No Support or Other Services . Buyer acknowledges that no installation, training, education, or any other support or other services are contracted for or purchased hereunder unless specifically agreed to in writing by Atheros. If Atheros offers or gives technical advice or performs any training in connection with the use of any Components, such advice or training will be provided only as an accommodation to Buyer, and Atheros has no responsibilities whatsoever for the content or use of such advice or for any damages that may result from the use, support, maintenance, servicing or alteration of the Components by an Atheros representative.

8. Limited Warranty

8.1 Component Warranty . Atheros warrants that the Components will substantially conform to the features specified in its then-current datasheet, as it may be amended by Atheros from time to time, for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of shipment. Atheros warrants that all Components sold by Atheros to Buyer under the terms of this Agreement will be free from defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and service for one (1) year from the date of shipment by Atheros. If a Component does not operate as warranted during the applicable warranty period, and provided that Buyer notifies Atheros promptly within the warranty period and complies with the Atheros RMA Procedures, Atheros shall, in its sole discretion (a) deliver to Buyer an equivalent Component to replace such defective Component at Us expense or (b) if replacement is not feasible, refund or issue a credit to Buyer (at Atheros’ sole discretion) in the amount of the purchase price paid for the defective Component. Replacement Components are warranted for ninety (90) days or the balance of the original warranty period, whichever is longer.
8.2 Warranties Exclusive .
8.2.1

Sole Remedy . BUYER’S SOLE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY ABOVE SHALL BE REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OR CREDIT (AT ATHEROS’ SOLE DISCRETION) OF THE PURCHASE PRICE AS SPECIFIED ABOVE, AT ATHEROS’ OPTION. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE WARRANTY AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR. IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES, TERMS OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, CORRESPONDENCE WITH DESCRIPTION, NON-INFRINGEMENT, AND ACCURACY OF INFORMATION GENERATED, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. ATHEROS’ WARRANTIES HEREIN RUN ONLY TO BUYER AND ARE NOT EXTENDED TO ANY THIRD PARTIES,

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 19 of 20


 

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

AMENDED TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

WHICH FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, INCLUDES ANY AGENTS OR RESELLERS OF LICENSEE PRODUCTS OR END USERS. ATHEROS NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHER PERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR USE OF THE COMPONENTS.

8.2.2 No Atheros Defect . ATHEROS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE UNDER THIS WARRANTY IF ITS TESTING AND EXAMINATION DISCLOSE THAT THE ALLEGED DEFECT IN THE COMPONENT DOES NOT EXIST OR WAS CAUSED BY BUYER’S, END USER’S OR ANY THIRD PERSON’S MISUSE, NEGLIGENCE, IMPROPER INSTALLATION OR IMPROPER TESTING, ATTEMPTS TO REPAIR OR USE BEYOND THE RANGE OF THE INTENDED USE, OR BY ACCIDENT, FIRE, LIGHTNING OR OTHER HAZARD OR ANY OTHER CAUSE BEYOND ATHEROS’ CONTROL.
8.3 Buyer Responsibilities . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer is solely responsible for the selection of the Components, their ability to achieve the results Buyer intends, their use with any hardware, software, peripherals or any system, and the performance that Buyer, Buyer’s customers and end users obtain from using them. Buyer alone shall assume any and all warranty obligations with customers and end users for each Licensee Product that incorporates the Components, and Buyer has no authority to obligate Atheros in any way under each such warranty.

9. Deleted

10. Limitation of Liability

10.1 Omitted. Section 9 of the Technology License Agreement applies.
10.2 Omitted. Section 9 of the Technology License Agreement applies.
10.3 Special Applications . The Components are not designed and are not warranted to be suitable for use in applications involving the risk of personal injury or death or the destruction of property, medical life support devices, or similar applications (‘“Special Applications”). Use of any Atheros product in a Special Application without the express written approval of Atheros is prohibited and ATHEROS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES ASSOCIATED WITH SUCH USE. Buyer assumes any and all risks associated with the use of the Components in Special Applications and shall indemnify, defend, and hold Atheros harmless from any third-party claims arising out of or related to the use of the Components in any such Special Applications.

 

11. Export Compliance . Buyer agrees not to export, either directly or indirectly, the Components or technical data without first obtaining any required license or other approval from the U.S. Department of Commerce or any other agency or department of the United States Government. If Buyer exports any Components or technical data from the United States or re-exports it from a foreign destination, Buyer shall ensure that the export/re-export or import of the Components and technical data is in compliance with all laws, regulations, orders or other restrictions of the United States and the appropriate foreign government. Atheros may require Buyer to execute a Letter of Assurance on an annual basis or more frequently when required and may require details on the end user or end use application when necessary in order to comply with U.S. export license requirements.

12. General

12.1 Force Majeure . Atheros shall not be liable to Buyer for any alleged loss or damages resulting from delays in performance (including loss or damages resulting from delivery of the Components being delayed) resulting from acts of Buyer, acts of civil or military authority, governmental priorities, earthquake, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine, energy crisis, unavailability of supplies, strike, labor trouble, war, riot, accident, shortage, delay in transportation, or any other causes beyond Atheros’ reasonable control.

 

12.2 Survival . The following provisions shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the relationship between Atheros and Buyer: Articles: 3.3 Title, 3.4 Exporter and Importer of Record; 4. Returns; 5. Prices; Payment; Taxes, 6. No License; Markings, 8. Limited Warranty, 10. Limitation of Liability, 11. Export Compliance and 12. General.

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Version 3.1 – Approved Jan. 1, 2006, Amended 2-20-10    Page 20 of 20

Exhibit 10.13

Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

OEM Agreement

This Agreement, entered into this 31th day of August, 2006 (“Effective Date”), by and between Ubiquiti Networks Inc. , a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of <Country>, having its principal office of business at 495-499 Montague Expressway, Milpitas, CA 95035 (hereinafter referred to as “Buyer”) and LITE-ON Technology Corp., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Taiwan, having its principal office of business at 22F,No 392, Ruey Kuang Road, Neihu, Taipei 114, Taiwan (hereinafter referred to as “Seller”).

WHEREAS , Seller will manufacture and supply to the Buyer Products and related services (“Services”) as defined herein, and Buyer will purchase the Products and Services from the Seller for its resale, at its own discretion, throughout the world.

NOW THEREFORE , the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

 

 

1.1

Defective Product ” means a product which does not operate according to specifications due to workmanship error solely caused by Seller. Malfunction related to electronic and/or mechanical design are specifically excluded.

 

 

1.2

Effective Date ” means the date of commencement of this Agreement specified in the preamble hereof.

 

 

1.3

Epidemic Failure ” means the number of Defective Products resulting from the same common root cause for the same phenomenon derived from workmanship, as verified by Seller, exceeds [X percent (X%)] of all Products that are delivered to Buyer during any ninety (90) day period, providing the said basis and relevant percentage may be adjusted according to the result of pilot run.

 

 

1.4

Products ” means Wireless Lan Network products including parts and components thereof, identified in attached hereto, manufactured by or for Buyer in accordance with the Specification as hereinafter defined in Exhibit A .

 

 

1.5

Purchase Prices ” means the price of Products as defined in Exhibit B , provided, the Purchase Prices is based on FCA (Incoterms 2000) Hong Kong term which shall include any kinds of taxes imposed on the sale of the Products by any governmental subdivision thereof at FCA Hong Kong point. The Purchase Prices do not include any taxes or import duties or any other charges or costs of any kind or nature levied by the government of the delivered-in countries on the Products. Any such taxes or import duties shall be paid by Buyer. Seller agrees to pursue all commercially reasonable opportunities to reduce the price of the Product(s). In addition, Seller may reasonably cooperate with Buyer to purchase parts and materials from the same suppliers from whom Buyer purchases the same parts and materials in order to obtain volume discounts.

 

 

1.6

Long lead-time ” and “ Unique ” items are specified in Exhibit C .


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

2. Term

This Agreement is valid from 31 day of August, 2006, and shall continue in effect for _1_year thereafter (the “ Initial Term ”) and shall automatically renew for successive twelve (12) month terms (each a “ Renewal Term ” and together with the Initial Term, the “ Term ”) unless either party provides written notice of termination at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as the case may be, or unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 14 herein.

3. Purchase Order

 

 

3.1

Buyer shall order specific quantities of Products/Services by placement of a purchase order prior to [***] of delivery date (“Purchase Order” or “P.O.”). Each PO shall designate the Product model number, quantity, arrival, shipping instructions and destination. Seller agrees to confirm such P.O. within [***] upon the receipt of it. Seller shall make good faith efforts to supply the Products in response to Purchase Orders where such Purchase Order does not meet the lead time specified by in this Section 3.1., providing Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery under such P.O. A Purchase Order is Seller’s only authorization to ship Products to Buyer. The minimum order quantity shall be [***] per purchase order.

 

 

3.2

The purchase order is non-cancelable order. Buyer shall not cancel all or any part of a Purchase Order at its convenience at any time. However, Buyer may require changes to delivery date at its discretion with [***] prior written notice. Seller will try its best to meet this written requirement, at Buyer’s expense, and Buyer shall also compensate Seller for any/all reasonable costs and expenses incurred for storing the Products beyond the original [***] due to such reschedule. The maximum reschedule is [***] upon previous agreed delivery date. After that, Seller will ship the products to Buyer without further postponement, provided that notwithstanding any earlier rescheduling, if an Epidemic Failure occurs, Buyer may reschedule any outstanding Purchase Orders for up to an additional [***] upon notice to Seller.

 

 

3.3

Seller will maintain a list of long-lead time material (components with greater than 45 day lead-time) updated monthly. Buyer will provide on a quarterly basis, a [***] rolling forecast as a planning document only. Such document will not be a substitute for a properly executed PO, nor is Seller authorized to ship product to Buyer based on that document. If Seller is not able to meet a scheduled delivery date due to unavailability of a properly identified long-lead item, Buyer shall compensate Seller for any/all reasonable costs associated with material management of such other components necessary to complete the build. However, Seller shall take all reasonable precautions to minimize such liability. Buyer shall not be liable for material handling and storage charges beyond the [***] period if such delay is caused by failure of Seller to properly identify a long-lead item.

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-2-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

 

 

3.4

Buyer recognizes that there occasionally are unexpected material shortages of critical components such as Chipset, Flash memory and SDRAM. When such shortages occur, Buyer and Seller will work together to adjust the delivery date of any outstanding POs. Buyer agrees to compensate Seller for any/all reasonable costs associated with material management of such other components necessary to complete the build beyond the original 60-day period of delivery date. Seller agrees to use its best efforts to expedite material acquisition to minimize Buyer’s liabilities in Section 3.5 herein.

 

 

3.5

In case of any discrepancy or conflict between the PO and this Agreement, the terms/conditions of this Agreement shall prevail.

4. Shipment

The delivery terms for all shipments shall be FCA Hong Kong as defined in “Incoterms 2000” of the International Chamber of Commerce. Seller will ship the Products only via carriers qualified to generally accepted international standards for shipment of similar commodities. Seller will handle, pack, mark and ship the Products in accordance with generally accepted international standards for similar commodities and any packing and labeling specifications required by Buyer as set forth in Exhibit A . Seller will mark the Products and packaging with the country of origin as required by applicable law, and provide a certificate of origin and any other documents required for customs clearance and/or tax purposes. The risk of Products will be transferred from Seller to Buyer at the point of Buyer’s assigned shipping agent in Hong Kong and title of the Products will be passed to Buyer upon full payment of the Products. The scheduled delivery date stated in a Purchase Order and confirmed by Seller is a material term of this Agreement, and time is of the essence for all deliveries of Products.

5. Inspection.

Buyer will inspect each Product shipment from Seller to determine whether the Products meet the Manufacturing specifications set forth in Exhibit A and the warranties set forth herein at Seller’s factory within [***] prior to shipment. In case a shipment fails to meet the quality criteria as stated in Exhibit A, Buyer shall notify Seller in writing (via letter, facsimile, or electronic mail) of the nature of the defect within [***] of inspection and Seller will, at its expense, correct the problem and agree with Buyer on a satisfactory recovery plan. Buyer may also elect to inspect the Products at Seller’s manufacturing, warehouse or distribution facility. Any Product that fails Buyer’s inspection according to relevant specifications set forth in Exhibit A shall be deemed a Defective Product. Buyer may reject any Defective Product and return such Defective Product to Seller at Seller’s sole risk and expense as set forth in Section 8.1. In the event that there is deficiency in the quantity ordered by Purchase Orders occurred before the delivery of Products to Buyer’s carrier, Seller shall immediately deliver to Buyer the deficient quantity of Products in order to make up such deficiency.

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-3-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

6. Payment

Buyer shall pay

(i) [***] in advance while P.O. is placed.

(ii) remaining [***] as balance amount for Products: within [***] before the scheduled shipping date.

All invoices will set forth all amounts due in U.S. dollars and contain at minimum, the items identified in section 6.1 below to allow Buyer to determine the accuracy of the amount(s) billed. All undisputed invoices for Products shall be due and payable in full with [***] in advance. However, the payment term may be changed upon mutual written agreement. If the Buyer does not make any due payments that are undisputed, then Seller is entitled to charge interest for late payment at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from the date the payment becomes due up the date of the payment is received in full.

 

 

6.1

Invoice Itemization shall include: Model Number, Product Number, Quantity and Unit Price.

7. Changes

 

 

7.1

The Buyer may, by [***]days prior written notice, request changes within the general scope of this Agreement in drawings, designs, specifications, method of shipment or packing, or time or place of delivery, require additional work, or direct the omission of the work.

 

 

7.2

If any such changes cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, and or any impact on the delivery time required for, or Seller’s performance of this Agreement, Seller is entitled to adjust related terms/conditions which include but not limited to the price or delivery date.

8. Warranty & Epidemic Failure.

8.1 Epidemic Failure . If an Epidemic Failure occurs, then Seller agrees at its expense, to assist Buyer in the technical resolution of the Epidemic Failure and to be responsible for all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and/or expenses incurred by Buyer as a result of the Epidemic Failure. Furthermore, Buyer may, at its sole option return any inventory of Products then in the possession of Buyer for repair or replacement and any and all associated shipping and insurance charges upon receipt of a Return Material Authorization (RMA), and/or immediately terminate this Agreement upon giving written notice to Seller, providing that Buyer shall be liable to Seller for any/all costs/expenses of excess materials prepared for the production and/or repair/replacement under this Agreement arising from and/or in connection with such termination. Seller has the right to inspect units at Buyer’s fulfillment location to identify Defective Products of the same root cause.

8.2 Failure Analysis . If any Epidemic Failure occurs, then, within five (5) working days after receipt of a sample of returned Defective Products, Seller will provide Buyer with a written “root cause” failure analysis and a written corrective action plan. Seller will bear all risks and expenses associated

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-4-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

with preparing such failure analysis and corrective action plan and in implementing the same, and with providing related technical support as Buyer may reasonably request.

8.3 Inspection . Buyer will conduct all testing and inspection according to Section 5 on Seller premises. In case of the volume of returned Products by Buyer to Seller exceed certain quantity, both parties hereto agree to negotiate with each other for practicable solution.

8.4 Warranty Period . Seller warrants [***] period for defective products resulted from the same common root cause for the same phenomenon solely attributed from manufacturing workmanship. Seller will release RMA to Buyer upon receipt of Buyer’s level 1 screening result providing with serial number, failure symptoms and description.

9. Intellectual Property Rights (“IPRs”)

Each Party continues to own its pre-existing IPRs and other pre-existing rights including know-how (e.g. Product and its manufacturing specific know-how). For purposes of this Agreement “Pre-Existing IPR “ shall mean any Intellectual Property Rights existing at the effective date of the relevant Product Agreement or independently developed without using any information disclosed by the other Party during the term of this Agreement as proven by contemporaneous documents.

Seller shall hold harmless and defend Buyer from and against any and all suits for actual or alleged infringement of any intellectual property rights arising from and/or in connection with the manufacture of any Products by Seller.

The foregoing obligation of indemnification by Seller shall not apply to any of infringement arising from and/or in connection with features or changes in specifications or designs incorporated into the Products provided and/or directed by Buyer. Buyer agrees and shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from and against any claim, suit, damages, costs, loss, demands, and proceedings brought against Seller arising from and/or in relation to such infringement by Buyer.

10. Confidentiality

Both parties acknowledge and agree that any party may disclose to the other parry certain information which may be in oral, visual, written or other tangible form including, but not limited to, software, drawings, product specifications, techniques, compilations, methods, models, prototype, schematics, data, documentation, diagrams, flow charts, research, development, processes, procedures, trade secrets, know-how, marketing techniques and materials and other proprietary rights (“Information”). However, any oral Information shall be summarized in writing within [***] upon such disclosure. Each party agrees to keep the Information confidential and not to disclose any part of the Information to any third party without prior written consent by the other party other than its employee, counselor, agency or third party who needs to know for the execution of this Agreement. Each party agrees to use the same standard of care with respect to its obligations that it uses with respect to its own proprietary and confidential information, but in no event less than that of a reasonable care.

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-5-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

Information shall not be afforded the protection of this Agreement if such Information:

 

 

A.

Becomes generally available to and known by the public without breaching the confidentially obligation.

 

 

B.

Becomes rightfully known by either party from a third party who is under no obligation to the other party and has no duty at law not to disclose such Information.

 

 

C.

Was known by either party prior to the time it was received from the other party

 

 

D.

Is independently developed by either party without any use of the Information, by persons not having access to Information and Repairer can prove such development clearly and convincingly through its own records.

 

 

E.

Is disclosed as required by the court or government

The non-disclosure and non-use obligations of each party hereunder shall survive for two years upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, provided that expiration of such period shall not constitute a license to any of either party’s intellectual property rights.

11. Liability

Except for a breach of confidentiality obligations, in no event shall either party be liable for any loss of data, loss of revenue, loss of reputation or any other special, indirect or consequential damages arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the breach thereof whether in an action of contract or tort including negligence. Notwithstanding the foregoing expressed, except for Seller’s indemnification obligations for a breach of confidentiality obligations, in no event shall the total liability of Seller under this Agreement exceed the amount paid by Buyer during [***] prior to such claim.

12. Insurance

At all times during the Term, Seller will, at its own expense, maintain in force policies of insurance with reputable insurers sufficient in coverage and amounts to secure its obligations and potential liabilities under this Agreement. All premiums, and any deductibles and/or retentions associated with such insurance will be solely the responsibility of Seller. At a minimum, such insurance policies will include the following coverage: Commercial General Liability insurance with policy limits of not less than [***] each occurrence for bodily injury and [***] each occurrence for damage to property. These insurance requirements will not in any way limit the liability of Seller under this Agreement.

13. Termination

 

 

13.1

In case there is any breach of this Agreement by either party during the term of this Agreement and such breach cannot be cured within thirty (30) days upon the receipt of the

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-6-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

notice for cure, the other party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement thereafter and the loss and damages sustained thereby shall be indemnified by the party responsible for such termination.

 

 

13.2

In the event Buyer fails to make payment on an outstanding invoice within [***] from the date of receipt of such notice by Seller, Seller can terminate this Agreement without any liability to Buyer.

 

 

13.3

Further, in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution, consolidation, or receivership proceedings affecting the operation of business for any reason by either party hereto, the other party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with a written notice to such party.

 

 

13.4

Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement, the confidentially obligation, payment obligation, IPR and indemnification under this Agreement shall survive after termination or expiration.

15. Arbitration

All disputes, controversies or differences which may arise between the parties hereto, out of, in relation to or in connection with this Agreement, shall be finally settled by arbitration and the place of such arbitration shall be in Singapore. The award rendered by arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon both parties.

16. Modification; Waiver

This Agreement may not be modified except by a written agreement dated subsequent to the Effective Date and signed in a non-electronic form on behalf of Seller and Buyer by their respective duly authorized representatives. No delay or failure of each party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

17. Force Majeure

Neither of the parties shall be liable for any damages, including special or consequential damages, hereunder and either assumes any liability for failure to fulfill this Agreement, provided such failure be due to fire, strike, accident, war, government regulation, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, provided, however, that the party so affected shall promptly give notice to the other party whenever such contingency or other act becomes reasonably foreseeable and shall use its best efforts to overcome the effects of the contingency as promptly as possible. When a party’s delay or

 

 

*** Certain portions denoted with an asterisk have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

-7-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

nonperformance as a result of such force majeure continues for a period of at least four (4) weeks, the other party may terminate upon fifteen (15) days written notice, at no charge or liability to the other, this Agreement and/or any outstanding Purchase Order. In no event herein shall relieve Buyer from its obligation to pay for Products actually purchased hereunder.

18. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

19. Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all provisions, negotiations, agreements and commitments in respect thereto, and shall not be released, discharged, changed or modified in any manner except by instruments signed by duly authorized officers or representatives of each of the parties hereto.

20. Notices

All notices given under this Agreement must written in the English language and signed by an authorized representative of the Party (or Parties) in a non-electronic form, and will be deemed given as of the day received by the addressee party via messenger or courier delivery service and addressed as set forth on the first page of this Agreement or to such other address as a party may give notice of.

21. Language; Currency

This Agreement is executed in the English language only and any translation of this Agreement into any language other than English will be for reference only and without legal effect. All references to dollar amounts, “dollars” and/or the symbol “$” refer to United States dollars. The Section headings used in this Agreement are for ease of reference only.

22. Assignment

This Agreement may not be assigned by any party in whole or in part, by contract or operation of law, without the prior written consent of other party which may be withheld in its sole discretion , and any attempted assignment without such consent of the other party will be null and void.

23. Independent Contractors

The parties are independent contractors, and nothing in this Agreement will be construed as creating an employer-employee relationship, a partnership, joint venture or other relationship between the parties. Neither party has any authority to assume or create obligations or liability of any kind on behalf of the other.

24. Compliance with Law; Government Approvals

Seller will comply with all requirements of applicable law, including all applicable health, safety and environmental regulations. Seller will also, at its own expense, obtain and arrange for the

 

-8-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

maintenance in full force and effect of all governmental approvals, licenses, registrations and the like as may be necessary or advisable for Seller’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed and sealed by their duly authorized officer or representative as of the date first above written.

 

Buyer: Ubiquiti Networks Inc.

/s/ Linus Lin

     

LITE-ON Technology Incorporation

illegible

(Authorized Signature)

 

Title: Operations Director

Address: 495-499 Montague Expreeway,

Milpitas, CA 95035, USA

 

Tel: (408) 942-3085

Fax: (408) 351-4973

     

(Authorized Signature)

 

Title: General Manager of Network Access BU

Address: 4F, No. 90, Chien-I Rd., Chungho,

Taipei Hsien 235, Taiwan, ROC

 

Tel: 886-2-2222-6181, ext. 8200

Fax: 886-2-2226-5871

 

-9-


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

Exhibit A

 

 

1.

Product Specification defined by Buyer

 

2.

Manufacturing Specification mutually agreed by Buyer and Seller.

 


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

Exhibit B

Pricing

 


Confidential Treatment Requested by Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

 

Exhibit C

Long lead-time ” and “ Unique ” items

 

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Ubiquiti Networks, Inc.

Ubiquiti Networks International Limited

Hong Kong

UAB “Devint”

Republic of Lithuania

Ubiquiti Networks (India) Private Limited

Republic of India

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., of our report dated June 17, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Ubiquiti Networks, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 17, 2011